I
/ \
V
/\
LIFE,
EDUCATIONAL PRINCIPLES, AND METHODS,
OP
JOHN HENRY PESTALOZZI;
WITH
BIOGEAPHICAL SKETCHES
OF SEVERAL OF HIS
ASSISTANTS AND DISCIPLES.
Reprinted from, the American Journal of Education.
EDITED BY HENRY BARNARD, LL.D,
Chancellor of the University of Wisconsin.
IN TWO PARTS
NEW YOEK:
PUBLISHED BY F. C. BROWNELL,
NO. 12 APPLETON'S BUILDING,
1859.
ENTERED, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1859,
BY HENRY BARNARD,
In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of Connecticut.
eoucATior
SECOND EDITION.
THE following Memoirs and Papers were originally prepared
by the editor, or at his request, for " The American Journal of
Education" as part of the History and Discussion of the great
subject to which that periodical is devoted. They are col-
lected in the present volume, as a Tribute to the Character
and Services of one of the great Champions of Popular En-
lightenment, and as a valuable contribution to the department
of Educational Literature in the English language.
54 -i
PART I.
MEMOIR OF PESTALOZZI, AND BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCHES
OF SEVERAL OF HIS ASSISTANTS AND DISCIPLES.
PART II.
SELECTIONS FROM THE PUBLICATIONS OF PESTALOZZI.
CONTENTS.
PART I.
LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI.
Portrait of Pestalozzi, 1
Preface,
INTRODUCTION. Influence of Pestalozzi on the aims, principles, and methods of popular
education.
Influence on Reformatory Education. By Dr. Blochmann, ...'.-
Influence on the Sch'ls and Educational Methods of Germany. By Dr. Diesterweg, 16
Summary of Pestalozzi's Principles of Education. By William C. Woodbridge,
Influence on the Infant School System of England, 32
LIFE OF PESTALOZZI. By Karl von Raumer, 37
Preface, 41
I. Childhood and Youth, 1746-1767, 49
II. Agricultural and Educational Experiments at Neuhof, 1767, .... - 56
III. The Evening Hour of a Hermit, 1780, 59
IV. Leonard and Gertrude, 1781. 62
V. Life and Writings between 1781 and 1798, 65
VI. Experience at Sfanz. 1798, 68
VII. " Burgdorf, 1799-1804, 71
VIII. '« Buchsee, 1804, 87
IX. " Yverdun, 1805, 87
X. Last Years, 1815-1827, 115
XI. Relations to Christianity, 116
XII. Retrospect, 123
APPENDIX. By the American Editor, 1^7
Celebration of Pestalozzi's Centennial Birth-day in Germany and Switzerland, • 129
List of Publications by Pestalozzi, 139
List of Publications in different languages on Pestalozzi and his Educational Prin-
ciples and Methods, 142
BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCHES of several of the assistants and disciples of Pestalozzi. - - 145
Preface, 149
I. Johannes Niederer, 151
II. Hermann Kriisi, 161
III. Johannes Buss, 193
IV. Joseph Schmid, 202
V. John George Tobler. 205
VI. John Ramsauer, ' 213
VII. John Ernst Plamann, 217
IX. Hans George Nageli. 220
X. Johannes Harnisch. 221
XI. Karl Augustus Zeller. 223
XII. Charles Christian Wilhelm von Turk, 155
yill. Hern hard Gottlieb Denzel, 227
XIV. Friedrich Adolf Wilhelm Diesterweg, 229
Gustavus Frederick Dinter, 232
PART II.
SELECTIONS FROM THE PUBLICATIONS OF PESTALOZZI.
Preface, 1
I. LEONARD AND GERTRUDE; or a Book for the People, As tirst published in
German in 1781, - 9
Notice of subsequent additions, .......... 135
The School in Bonnal, 137
II CHRISTOPHER AND ALICE, - - - 151
School and Home Education compared, 151
III. THE EVENIN ; HOUR OF A HERMIT. The Programme or Key to Pestalozzi's Edu-
cational Labors. First published in German in 1780, 154
IV. A CHRISTMAS EVE. DISCOURSE. Delivered by Pestalozzi to his Family School
on the 24th of December, J8jO, 166
V. NEW YEARS ADDRESS, 180^, 175
VI. SEVENTY-SECOND BIRTHDAY ADDRESS. 178
VII. How GERTRUDE TEACHES HER CHILDREN, - - • « 171
Notice, 183
Pestalozzi. account of his educational experience, 185
Methods of Elementary Instruction, 189
Modifications of. bv Bnttsh Home and Colonial Infant and Juvenile Sch'l Society, 217
VIII. PATEUNAL INSTRUCTIONS. A Ikijut.-t <>f Fatlp r Ptstalozzi to his Pupils. Edited
by Kriisi. Extracts, 228
PART I.
MEMOIR OF PESTALOZZ1.
Slsststnnts ttttfo Bisriphs nf |
1. The School-room. — Influence of the appearance of the school-room on the chil-
dren's character — Its effect on visitors — Desks and their arrangement — Cleaning — Yen
tilation— Temperature — Order and decoration — Apparatus — What it is — Its right appre
ciation — Care to be taken of it.
2. The Opening of a New School, 6fC. — Preliminary steps to be taken — Difficulties —
Spirit in which to commence — Plans to be adopted — Admission of children — Register
and other books — Payments,
3. The Organization of a School. — What it means — Importance of good organization —
Plans to be adopted — Treatment of new scholars — Points requiring attention, as time-
tables, programmes, distribution of work, &c.
4. Division or Classification of the Children. — Importance of classification of the chil-
dren of an Infant School — Too much neglected hitherto — The advantage seen in the
Model Schools of the Institution — Arrangement in galleries and classes — Principle
upon which this is made, of proficiency, not age or size — The difficulties of Infant
Schools, when Teachers have no assistance.
5. Regular and punctual Attendance, and the means of insuring it. — Importance of the
subject — Different causes of irregular attendance — Method of dealing with each —
Means for securing attendance, supplying a good education, having well defined and
positive rules — Quarterly pre-payment — Punctual attendance — How much depending
on the Teacher's own habits — Closing the door at a fixed hour — Visiting the parents, &c.
6. The Dinner hour and arrangements for it. — The Teacher's presence necessary — Its
inconvenience considered — The social and moral effects of superintending children at
dinner.
7. The Physical State of the Children. — Teacher's duties with respect to health,
cleanliness, and neatness — Duties of parents not to be too much interferred with —
Means of cultivating cleanliness, neatness, &c. — The effects.
8. The Play-ground. — Physical education — Its importance — Provision to be made
for its connection with a school — Advantages of the play-ground in reference to moral
instruction and moral training — Its bearing on the health and comfort of the Teacher —
Their objections answered — Tact required in the superintendence of the play-ground —
Apparatus, games, &c. — Time to be allotted to exercise — Objections of parents met.
9. Monitors, Pupil- Teachers, and Paid-Assistants. — Monitors, these " necessary evils,"
as they have been called, fast disappearing — Still often found useful — Relative value
of Monitors and Pupil-Teachers, and principle on which to be ascertained — The de-
partments of labor for which each best fitted — Pestalozzi's method of preparing Moni-
tors, and the work allotted them — Instruction of Pupil-Teachers, general and special —
Their management— Special cases examined — Pupil-Teachers almost essential to a
good school, and amply repay labors of first year or two — to be early trained to " self-
education" — When so trained a great relief to the Teacher — Always to be had where
practicable.
10. Examinations, for the satisfaction of the public — The parents — The Teacher —
The design and special advantages of each — Manner of conducting them — Abuses —
Addresses to parents a most desirable adjunct — Suitable topics for such addresses.
11. Holidays, their use and number — Never to be given at fairs, wakes, &c. — Not
generally desired by children in a well-conducted school.
12. Dealing with Parents. — Position of the parent — Its relation to the Teacher — Con-
clusions— The double duty of a Teacher to the parent and the school — Course to be
taken — Necessity of a conciliatory manner in dealing with parents who will not submit
to rules — On punishing children at the request of parents.
13. Visitors, special and casual — Connection of the former with the school — Attention
and courtesy due to them — How far the usual arrangement of a school may be changed
for visitors — Their suggestions — Spirit in which to be taken — Use to be made of them.
14. Inspectors. — The peculiar character of their office — Inspection always to be ob-
tained when practicable — Its value to a good Teacher — Their view of a school con-
trasted with that of the Teacher — Their relation as well to the Teacher as to the Pat-
ron— The Teacher's best friend — Inspection anticipated — Preparation to be made —
Lessons to be given before Inspector, as at other times.
15. Patrons and Committees. — Relation to the school — Claims — The blessing of a
good Patron — Difficulties with Patrons or Committees — The self-will and pride of a
Teacher not to be mistaken for conscience, or the love of doing good — Principles and
ends to be kept in view rather than plans — Not to thwart or oppose even when not con
vinced — to give way in minor matters if vital points are untouched — Circumstances
which appear to justify giving up a school.
IV. — THE GOVERNMENT OF A SCHOOL.
1. The Nature and Object of this Government. — All plans of government, if good, must
be adapted to the uniform tendencies of human nature — Qualifications required in
order to govern well — Importance of government in a school, as often giving to the
36 SCHOOL MANAGEMENT AND THE ART OF TEACHING.
child first ideas of subordination — Essential also to the comfort of the Teacher — To
the progress and happiness of the children — Disorder the master defect of many schools
— Dislike to Teachers often caused by misgovernment.
2. A knowledge of the Principles of Action in Childhood required in order to Govern
well. — The principles enumerated — Their importance — Scripture references on the in-
fluence of habits — Wisdom and beneficence of the Creator seen in the early formation
and power of habits — Difficulty of ascertaining motives — Importance of knowing them —
The use to be made of them in governing a school.
3. Parental Government. — Different kind of rule as to their spirit — The political —
The military — The family — Characteristics of each — Reasonableness of requiring the
parental spirit in Teachers — In what it consists — Effects of possessing the spirit — The
parental spirit manifested by God — Seen in Christ — The parental spirit should govern
our schools — Our debt to Pestalozzi for advocating it so powerfully — His fundamental
principle in all moral development and training.
4. Authority — Meaning of the term — Abuses of authority — Modern mistakes — Import-
ance of authority in the school-room — How to be used — Adaptation to the nature of the
child — Mistakes as to governing by love alone — Rules to be adopted in establishing and
maintaining authority.
5. Kindness. — Distinguished from other affections — Love essential to a Teacher —
Shock often received by children when transferred from a mother to an unkind
Teacher — Influence of Kindness— Principles on which based — Manner of carrying
them out — Caution against extremes.
6. Justice. — Definition — Temptations to partiality — Children's appreciation of jus
tice — Written rules often useful.
7. Fear. — Its abuses as a principle of government shown in the conduct of parents,
teachers, and nurses — The use of fear in the moral economy of the child, and conse-
quently its use by the Teacher — Cautions.
8. Influence. — What it is to govern with the will of a child — Means of obtaining in-
flence— its true value both in the Infant and Juvenile School.
9. Appeal to Principle. — Nature of principle, or sense of right and wrong — Relative
position among motives of action — Advantages — The result, self-government, &c. —
Perfection of a school as to government, when good conduct proceeds from principle.
10. Prevention. — Importance of this principle as applied to the government of a
school — Children to have full occupation — To associate pleasure with learning —
Teacher to call in aid the public opinion of the school — To obtain the co-operation of
parents.
11. Rewards. — What they are — How they act — Injurious as being an artificial ex-
citement— As giving wrong views both of justice and merit — As rousing a mercenary
spirit — As exciting vanity arid pride— Means to be used to make promised rewards un-
necessary— Example of Hofwyl — From our Infant Schools — The highest motives to be
cultivated — Animal motives to be properly directed — Different ways of rewarding
merit — Value of a reward consists not in the actual value of what is bestowed, but in
the association created — Reward occasional and not expected — When it is not an in-
centive to exertion, but a proof that merit is recognized, it gives the idea of justice.
12. Punishments. — Nature, design, and spirit — Difference between punishment, cor-
rection, and discipline — The true end of punishment — Mistakes of the passionate
Teacher — Effects of these on the child — Punishment should arise out of the fault —
God's dealings with us our example — Natural punishments enumerated — Children to
be shown the connection between sin and punishment — An unrarying punishment im-
possible— Should differ according to character and disposition, and the nature of faults,
&c. — Evils of severe punishments — Importance of discrimination — Public exposure as
a punishment — Spirit that leads a teacher to expose her pupils for her own gratifica-
tion— Effects of exposure on different dispositions, and on spectators — Corporal pun-
ishment— Former and present practice contrasted — Opinion of Dr. Arnold and Dr.
Bryce — Pestalozzi's rules for using it — Its absence in a good school — Expulsion when
to be resorted to — Circumstances to attend it.
13. Emulation. — Nature of the principle— Usual application — Meaning of the word-
Natural emulation, distinguished from Scripture emulation— " Generous rivalry," and
" rivalry a means of self-knowledge," false ideas — Natural emulation not to be stimu-
lated— Difficulties of a Teacher not using emulation — Substitutes for it, as — Desire to
overcome difficulties— To gain knowledge — To please a much-loved Teacher, &c.
MEMOIR OF PESTALOZZI.
$2 Jiarl ban
CONTENTS.
PAGE.
LIPB OF PBSTALOZZI. By Karl von Raumer, 37
Preface, 41
I. Childhood and Youth, 1746-1767, 49
II. Agricultural and Educational Experiments at Neuhof, 1767, ? • - - 56
III. The Evening Hour of a Hermit, 1780, 59
IV. Leonard and Gertrude, 1781, 62
V. Life and Writings between 1781 and 1798, 65
VI. Experience at Stanz, 1798, 68
VII. " Burgdorf, 1799-1804, ...» 71
VIII. " Buchsee, 1804, 87
IX. " Yverdun, 1805, 87
X. Last Years, 1815-1827, 115
XI. Relations to Christianity, 116
XII. Retrospect, 123
INTRODUCTION.
BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCH OF KARL VON RAUilER,
OUT of the numerous memoirs, brief and extended, which have ap-
peared in Switzerland and Germany, of the'great Swiss educator, we
select that by Prof. Karl von Raumer, in the second volume of his
elaborate "History of Pedagogy"* It is at once condensed and
sufficiently full and minute to give a correct, vivid picture of Pesta-
lozzi's own diversified and troubled career as a man and an educator, and
of his numerous contributions to the literature of education. Beyond
any other of his biographers, Prof. Raumer has not only a rich and
varied scholarship, but full and accurate knowledge of the past his-
tory of education and of schools, and a disposition to do justice to
Pestalozzi's large-hearted as well as original contributions to this de-
partment of human progress.
KARL VON RAUMER, was born at Worlitz, in the duchy of
Anhalt-Dessau, on the 9th of April, 1783. Until his fourteenth
year, he was under private instruction at home ; was then, with his
brother, (Frederic, the present Minister of Public Instruction
in Prussia,) placed at the Joachimsthal Gymnasium at Berlin ;
in 1801, went thence to the university of Gottingen to study law; in
1803, to Halle, to attend the lectures of Wolf and Steffens, and in
1805, to Freiberg, where he devoted himself to mineralogy and geol-
ogy under Werner. After exploring the mountain chains in Germany
and France, he went to Paris, in the autumn of 1808 to prosecute
his geological studies, where a change in his plans of life occurred,
which he thus describes in a chapter of his published lectures on
education :
" At Paris my views and intentions in regard to the future occupation of my
life underwent a great change, which was brought about by two different
causes. For one thing, I had learnt by my own experience how little a single
individual is able to accomplish for the science of mineralogy, even if he goes
to work with the best will and the most toilsome industry ; that it required,
much more, the united, intelligent and persevering labors of many, in order to
pass from a mere belief in the laws of mineralogy to an actual perception of their
operation in mountain chains. I thus became convinced that we ought not to
work for science as individuals, but that we should, after passing through our
own apprenticeship, instruct others and train them for the pursuit of science.
How much more useful is it, thought I, to produce one new workman than one
*Geschichte der Pddagogik vom Wicderaiifblvkcn klassischer studicn bis aus unaeie zeit
Stuttgart, 1847: 3 vols.
42 RAUMER'S HISTORY OF PEDAGOGIC S.
single new work, seeing that the former can execute many works, and even
train other workmen. This conviction caused me to turn my attention to the
question of education. But a second cause operated in a still higher degree to
produce the same result. The sad time that had passed since 1806 had alfected
me with horror and dismay; it had made me wish to shun the society of my
fellow-men, and had quite disposed me to give myself up to the most solitary re-
searches among the mountains. This disposition was strengthened at Paris, in
the midst of the haughty despisers of our German fatherland. But it was here,
too, where hope first dawned within me, where a solitary light beamed toward
me through the darkness of night. I read Pestalozzi, and what Fichte says, in
his 'Addresses to the German Nation,' about Pestalozzi and education. The
thought, that a new and better Germany must rise from the ruins of the old one,
that youthful blossoms must spring from the mouldering soil, took strong hold
of me. In this manner, there awoke within me a determination to visit Pesta-
lozzi at Yverdun.
Fichte's Addresses had great influence on me. Surrounded by Frenchmen,
the brave man pointed out to his Berlin hearers in what way they might cast
Dff the French yoke, and renew and strengthen their nationality.
He promised deliverance especially through a national education of the
Germans, which he indicated as the commencement of an entire reformation of
the human race, by which the spirit should gain a complete ascendency over
.he flesh. To the question, to which of the existing institutions of the actual
world he would annex the duty of carrying out the new education, Fichte an-
swered, ' To the course of instruction which has been invented and brought
forward by Henry Pestalozzi, and which is now being successfully carried out
under his direction.'
He then gives an account of Pestalozzi, and compares him with Luther, es-
pecially in regard to his love for the poor and destitute. His immediate object,
says Fichte, was to help these by means of education, but he had produced
something higher than a scheme of popular education, — he had produced a plan
of national education which should embrace all classes of society.
Further on he expresses himself in his peculiar manner on the subject of
Pestalozzi's method, which he criticises. He takes exception to Pestalozzi's
view of language, namely, ' as a means of raising mankind from dim perceptions
to clear ideas,' and to the Book for Mothers. On the other hand, he strongly
recommends the development of bodily skill and dexterity proposed by Pesta-
lozzi, for this, among other reasons, that it would make the whole nation tit for
military service, and thus remove the necessity for a standing army. Like Pes-
talozzi, he attaches a high value to the skill necessary for gaining a livelihood,
as a condition of an honorable political existence.
He especially insists that it is the duty of the State to charge itself with edu-
cation. He spoke in the year 1808, in the capital of Prussia, which had been
deeply humiliated by the unhappy war of the preceding years, and in the most
hopeless period of Germany's history.
' Would that the state,' he said to a Prussian audience, among whom were
several high officers of state, ' would look its present peculiar condition steadily
in the face, and acknowledge to itself what that condition really is ; would that
it could clearly perceive that there remains for it no other sphere in which it
can act and resolve as an independent State, except the education of the rising
generation ; that, unless it is absolutely determined to do nothing, this is now all
it can do ; but that the merit of doing this would be conceded to it undiminished
and unenvied. That we are no longer able to offer an active resistance, was
before presupposed as obvious, and as acknowledged by every one. How then
can we defend our continued existence, obtained by submission, against the re-
proach of cowardice and an unworthy love of life ? In no other way than by
resolving not to live for ourselves, and by acting up to this resolution; by
raising up a worthy posterity, and by preserving our own existence solely in
order that we may accomplish this object. If we had not this first object of
life, what else were there for us to do ? Our constitutions will be made for us,
the alliances which we are to form, and the direction in which our military re-
sources shall be applied, will be indicated to us, a statute-book will be lent to
us, even the administration of justice will sometimes be taken out of our hands;
we shall be relieved of all these cares for the next years to coine. Education
RAUMER'S HISTORY OF PEDAGOGICS. 43
alone has not been thought of; if we are seeking for an occupation, let us seize
this ! We may expect that in this occupation we shall be left undisturbed. I
hope, (perhaps I deceive myself, but as I have only this hope still to live for, I
can not cease to hope,) that I convince some Germans, and that I shall bring
them to see that it is education alone which can save us from all the evils by
which we are oppressed. I count especially on this, as a favorable circumstance,
that our need will have rendered us more disposed to attentive observation and
serious reflection than we were in the day of our prosperity. Foreign lands
have other consolations and other remedies ; it is not to be expected that they
would pay any attention, or give any credit to this idea, should it ever reach
them ; I will much rather hope that it will be a rich source of amusement to
the readers of their journals, if they ever learn that any one promises himself so
great things from education.'
It may easily be imagined how deep an impression such words made on me,
as I read them ha Paris, the imperial seat of tyranny, at a time when I was in a
state of profound melancholy, caused by the ignominious slavery of my poor
beloved country. There also I was absorbed in the perusal of Pestalozzi'a
work, ' How Gertrude teaches her children.' The passages of deep pathos in
the book took powerful hold of my mind, the new and great ideas excited strong
hopes in me ; at that time I was carried away on the wings of those hopes over
Pestalozzi's errors and failures, and I had not the experience which would have
enabled me to detect these easily, and to examine them critically.
About the same time I read the ' Report to the Parents on the state of the
Pestalozzian Institution;' it removed every doubt in my mind as to the possi-
bility of seeing my boldest hopes realized. Hereupon, I immediately resolved
to go to Yverdun, which appeared to me a green oasis, full of fresh and living
springs, in the midst of the great desert of my native land, on which rested the
curse of Napoleon."
At an age when most men, of his acknowledged ability and schol-
arship, are only thinking of securing a civil employment, which shall
bring both riches and honor, Von Raumer hastened to Pestalozzi at
Yverdun, where he devoted himself, for nearly two years, to a study
of the principles and methods of elementary instruction, as illustrated
by the great Swiss educator.
Returning from Switzerland, in May, 1810, Von Raumer accepted
an appointment of regular professor at Halle, with a handsome
salary ; but, not finding the pleasure he anticipated in his professorial
lectures, he soon after gave up the post, and proceeded to establish a
private school at Nuremberg, where he strove to realize his own ideal
of an educational institution. In this enterprise he was not so imme-
diately successful as he hoped to be. In 1822 he married a daughter
of Kappellmeister Reichardt, and, by the advice of his friends, he re-
turned to academic life by accepting the appointment of professor of
natural history, at Erlangen. In addition to his regular duties, he
found time to prepare and deliver occasional lectures on the " History
of Pedagogy from the revival of classical learning to our own time.'*
These lectures were subsequently published in three parts — the first
of which was issued in ] 843. Of the origin and plan of the work
the author thus speaks in the preface to the complete edition in
1846.
" This work has grown out of a series of lectures, upon the history of education,
44 RAUMER'S HISTORY OF PEDAGOGICS.
which I delivered, in 1822, at Halle, and several years later, from 1838 to
1842, at Erlangen.
The reader may inquire, how it was that my attention was directed to this
subject ? If he should, it will perhaps be sufficient to say in reply, that during
the thirty-one years of my professorship, I have not merely interested myself in
the science to which my time was devoted, but also in its corresponding art, and
this the more, because much of the instruction which I gave was additional to
my regular lectures, and imparted in the way of dialogue. This method stimu-
.ated my own thoughts too, to that degree, that I was induced as early as the
year 1819 to publish many didactical essays, and subsequently, a manual for in-
struction in Natural History. But were I called upon for a more particular ex-
planation, it would be necessary for me to relate the many experiences of my
somewhat eventful life, both from my passive years of training and instruction,
and from my active years of educating and instructing others. This, however,
is a theme, to which I can not do justice within the brief, compass of a preface ;
S hereafter an opportunity shall offer, I may treat it in another place.
And yet after all, the book itself must bear testimony to the fitness of the
author for his task. Of what avail is it to me, to say that I have been taught
by Meierotto, Buttman, Frederick Augustus, Wolfj Steffens, Werner, Pestalozzi,
and other distinguished men? When I have said all this, have I done any
more than to show that the author of this book has had the very best oppor-
tunity to learn what is just and true ?
My book begins with the revival of classical learning. And Germany I
aave had preeminently in view. Why, by way of introduction, I have given a
orief history of the growth of learning in Italy from Dante to the age of Leo X.,
the reader will ascertain from the book itself. He will be convinced, if not at
the outset, yet as he reads further, that this introduction is absolutely necessary
to a correct understanding of German didactics.
A history of didactics must present the various standards of mental culture,
which a nation proposes to itself during its successive eras of intellectual devel-
opment, and then the modes of instruction which are adopted in each era, in
order to realize its peculiar standard in the rising generation. In distinguished
men that standard of culture manifests itself to us in person, so to speak, and
hence they exert a controlling influence upon didactics, though they may not
themselves be teachers. 'A lofty example stirs up a spirit of emulation, and
discloses deeper principles to guide the judgment.'
But their action upon the intellectual culture of their countrymen has a re-
doubled power, when at the same time they labor directly at the work of teach-
ing, as both Luther and Melancthon did for years. This consideration haa
induced me to select my characters for this history among distinguished teachers,
those who were held in the highest respect by their contemporaries, and whose
example was a pattern for multitudes. Such an one was John Sturm at Stras-
burg, a rector, who with steady gaze pursued a definite educational aim, organ-
izing his gymnasium with the utmost skill and discernment, and carrying out
what he had conceived to be the true method, with the most scrupulous care.
An accurate sketch of the educational efficiency of this pattern rector, based
upon original authorities, in my opinion conveys far more insight and instruction
than I could hope to afford, were I to entangle myself amid fragmentary sketches
of numberless ordinary schools, framed upon Sturm's plan.
Thus much in explanation of the fact that this history has taken the form
of a series of biographies. And in view of the surprising differences among the
characters treated of, it can not appear singular, if my sketches should be widely
different in their form.
There was one thought, which I will own occasioned me abundant perplexi-
ty during my labors. If I was about to describe a man, who, I had reason to
suppose, was more or less unknown to most of my readers, I went about the
task with a light heart, and depicted his life and labors in their full proportions,
communicating every thing which could, by any possibility, render his image
clearer and more lifelike to the reader. But how different the case, when the
educational efficiency of Luther is to be set forth. 'My readers,' I say to my-
self, ' have long been acquainted with the man, and they will not thank me for
the information that he was born at Eisleben, on the 10th of November, 1483 ;
as if they had not known this from their youth up.' I am, therefore, compelled
RAUMER'S HISTORY OF PEDAGOGICS. 45
to omit all such particulars, and to confine myself exclusively to his educational
efficiency. And yet this did not stand alone ; but was for the most part united,
with its entire influence, both to the church and the state. As with Luther, so
also was it with Melancthon and others. Considerate readers will, hence, pardon
me, I hope, when, in cases of this kind, they are not fully satisfied with.my sketches.
In another respect, too, I ought perhaps to solicit pardon, though I am reluct-
ant to do so. "We demand of historians an objective portraiture, especially such
as shall reveal none of the personal sympathies or antipathies of the writer.
Now it is proper to insist upon that truth and justice which will recognize the
good qualities of an enemy, and acknowledge the faults of a friend. But free
from likes aiid dislikes I neither am, nor do I desire to be, but, according to the
dictates of my conscience and the best of my knowledge, I will signify my ab-
horrence of evil and my delight in good, nor will I ever put bitter for sweet or
Bweet for bitter. It may be, too, that a strict objectivity requires the historian
never to come forward himself upon the stage, and never to express his own
opinion in respect to the facts which he is called upon to chronicle. Herein he
is not allowed so much freedom of action as the dramatist, who, by means either
of the prologue and epilogue, or of the chorus between each of the acts, cornea
forward and converses with the public upon the merits of his play. Such an ob-
je~ :ivity, likewise, I can not boast myself of; for I record my own sentiments freely
where I deem it necessary. And surely will not the objectivity of history gain
more by an unrestricted personal interview with the historian, at proper intervals,
than by compelling him to a perpetual masquerade behind the facts and the nar-
rative ? Certainly it will, for in that case the reader discovers the character of
the writer in his opinions, and knows what he himself is to expect from the nar-
ration. He likewise observes with the more readiness, where the writer, though
conscientiously aiming at truth and impartiality, nevertheless betrays symptoms
of human infirmity and party zeal. From a church historian, for instance, who
should express his puritanical views without reserve, no intelligent reader
would expect an impartial estimate of the middle ages.
Another motive also urges me to a free expression of my opinions, and that
is, in order thereby to allure my readers to that close familiarity with many im-
portant educational subjects which the bare recital of facts seldom creates. If,
in this history, the ideal and the methods of such different teachers are depicted,
these diverse views can not but have the effect, especially those practically en-
gaged in training the young, to induce a comparison of their own aims and pro-
cedure therewith. Sentiments that harmonize with our own give us joy, and
inspire us with the pleasant consciousness that our course is the right one ;
differing or opposing opinions lead us to scrutinize our own course, even as
were it another's; and from such scrutiny there results either perseverance
based upon deeper conviction, or a change of course. I am happy to acknowl-
edge, that this practical aim has been my chief motive in undertaking the
present work, and has been uppermost in my thoughts during its prosecution.
As far as possible, I have depended on contemporaneous sources, and in
part from exceedingly rare works, and such, as, for aught that I know to the
contrary, in the present age, have fallen into almost total oblivion. And, for
this reason, I was the more influenced to render a service to the reader, by
bringing widely to his view the men and the manners of earlier centuries,
through the medium of contemporaneous and characteristic quotations."
We give on the next page the Table of Contents of the three
volumes of Raumer's great work.
46 RAUMER'S HISTORY OF PEDAGOGICS.
GESCHICHTE DER PADAGOGIK vom wiederaufbliihen klassischer studien bis
unsere zeit. [History of Pedagogics, or of the Science and Art of Education, from
the revival of classical studies down to our time.'] By Karl von Raumer. 3 vols.
Stuttgard, 2d edition, 1847.
VOLUME I.
PREFACE.
1. Middle Ages.
2. Italy, from birth of Dante to death of Petrarca and Boccaccio. 1. Dante.
2. Boccaccio. 3. Petrarca. Review of the period.
3. Development of classical studies in Italy, from death of Petrarca and Boccaccio
until Leo X. 1. John of Ravenna and Emanuel Chrysoloras. 2. The educators,
Guarino and Vittorino de Feltre. 3. Collection of MSS. Cosmo de Medici. Nicho-
las V. First printing. 4. Platonic Academy. Greek philologists. S.Italians. Phila-
jelphus. Poggius. Laurentius. 6. Lorenzo de Medici. Ficinus. Argyropulus.
Landinus. Politianus. Picus de Mirandola.
4. Leo X. and his time ; its lights and shadows.
5. Retrospect of Italy. Transition to Germany.
6. Germans and Dutch, from Gerhardus Magnus to Luther, 1340-1483. 1. The
Hieronymians. 2. John Wessel. 3. Rudolf Agricola. 4. Alexander Flegius. 5, 6.
Rudolf von Lange and Herman von den Busch 7. Erasmus. 8. School at Schlett-
stadt. Ludwig Dringenberg. Wimpheling. Crato. Lapidus. Platter. 9. John
Reuchlin. 10. Retrospect.
Reformation. Jesuits. Realism.
From Luther to the death of Bacon, 1483-1626. 1. Luther. 2. Melancthon. .3.
Valentin Friedland. Trotzendorf. 4. Michael Neander. 5. John Sturm. 6. Wur-
temberg. 1. Saxony. 8. Jesuits. 9. Universities. 10. Verbal Realism. 11. Fran-
cis Bacon. 12. Montaigne.
Appendix. — I. Thomas Platter. II. Melancthon's Latin grammar. III. John Sturm.
VOLUME II.
New ideas and methods of education. Struggle, mutual influence, and gradual con-
nection and exchange between the old and the new.
From Bacon's death to that of Pestalozzi. 1. The Renovators. 2. Wolfgang Ratich.
3. The Thirty Years' War. 4. Comenius. 5. The Century after the Thirty Years'
War. 6. Locke. 7. A. H. Franke. 8. Real Schools. 9. Reformatory Philologists.
J. M. Gesner. J. A. Ernesti. 10. J. J. Rousseau. 11. Philanthropists. 12. Ha-
mann. 13. Herder. 14. F. A. Wolf. 15. Pestalozzi.
Appendix. — 1. Wolfgang Ratich and his literature. II. Pedagogical works of Come-
nius. III. Interior of the Philanthropinum. IV. Pestalozzi and his literature. V. Pes-
tiilozzi's Evening Hour of a Hermit. VI. Pestalozzi on Niederer and Schmid. VII.
Stniniiers who remained some time at Pestalozzi's institution. VIII. Rousseau and
Pestalozzi.
VOLUME III.
Early childhood. Schools for small children. School and home. Educational in-
stitutions. Tutors in families.
Instruction. 1. Religion. 2 Latin. Preface.
I. History of Latin in Christian times. Speaking Latin. Writing Latin.
II. Methods of reading Latin. 1. These methods changed within the last three
centuries. 2. Adversaries of the old grammatical method. 3. New methods. A.
Learning Latin like the mother tongue. B. Latin and real instruction in connection.
Comenius. C. Combination of A and B. D. Ratich and similar teachers, a. Ratich.
b. Locke, c. Hamilton, d. Jacotot. e. Ruthardt. f. Meierotto. g, Jacobs. Con-
cluding remarks.
Aphorisms on the teaching of history.
Natural history and philosophy. Preface. 1. Difficulties. 2. Objections against
this instruction in gymnasia answered. 3. Grades of natural knowledge. 4. Begin-
nings. 5. Science and art. 6. Mathematical instruction and elementary instruction
in the knowledge of nature. 7. Instruction in mineralogy. 8. Characteristics of
scholars. 9. Instruction in botany. 10. Unavoidable inconsistency. 11. "Mysteri-
ously clear," (Goethe.) 12. Law and liberty. Concluding remarks.
Geometry.
Arithmetic.
Physical training. 1. Hygiene. 2. Hardening the body to toil and want. 3.
Gymnastics. 4. Cultivation of the senses. Concluding observations.
Appendix. — I. Ruthardt's new Loci Memoriales. II. Teachers of mineralogy. Til.
Use of counters in the elementary instruction in arithmetic. IV. Exp'anation of fjte^|^ which
the noble flight of true and patriotic sentiment had led the more dis-
tinguished of the young Swiss. "They had run," he says, "into^ne-
sid£d, r_asjh, and confused notions, into which Voltaire's seductive
infidelity, being opposed to the pure holiness of religion, and to its
simplicity and innocence, had helped to lead them. Out of all this,"
he tells us, " a ne-wJ^ndaiicyLJ!iuis_-pixiduced, which was totally_incojQ-
Sistent wjfh tJ^rfta.]_yp1fajyi nf\ onr native f.rmaa; constituted as it Was
according to the old-fashioned style of the imperial free cities, which
1 was neither calculated to preserve what was good in the old institu-
^tions, nor to introduce any that were substantially better."
At this time, Pestalozzi's contemporary, Lavater, founded a league
v which Pestalozzi joined, being then a lad of fifteen^ The young men
who formed this league, with Lavater at their head, brought a public
charge of jinj_usji£e against Grebel, the governor of the canton, im-
peached the ch aracterjof_ Bmnn er, the mayor of Zurich, and declared
war against uji^^iilh^uiUJlisiej^j}^^
" The moment Rousseau's Etnile appeared," says Pestalozzi, " my
visionary and highly speculative mind was enthusiastically seized by
this visionary and highly speculative book. I compared the educa-
tion which I enjoyed in the corner of my mother's parlor, and also in
the school which I frequented, with what Rousseau demanded for the
education of his Emilus. The home as well as the public education
of the whole world, and of all ranks of society, appeared to me alto-
gether as a crippled thing, which was to find a universal remedy for
"""^ /¥- its present pitiful condition in Rousseau's lofty ideas.
'k The ideal system of liberty, also, to which Rousseau imparted
fresh animation, increased in me the visionary desire for a more ex-
tended sphere of activity, in which I might promote the welfare and
happiness of the people. Juvenile ideas as to what it was necessary
and possible to do in this respect in my native town, induced me to
abandon the clerical profession, to which I had formerly leaned, and
for which I had been destined, and caused the thought to spring up
within me, that it might be possible, by the study of the law, to find
;a career that would be likely to procure for me, sooner or later, the
LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI. 53
opportunity and means of exercising an active influence on tlie civil
condition of my native town, and even of my native land."
There was at this time a great controversy in the canton of Zurich,
particularly between the town and the country. Pestalozzi had already
when living with his grandfather, the village pastor, won
and might early have
heard the complaint of the country clergy, omne malum ex urbe, —
" all harm comes from the town." A fierce hatred toward the aris-
tocracy who oppressed the country people was kindled in his young
heart, and eyejijn_ojii--ag^ it was not altogether extinguished. This
warmth of anger coexisted in him with great warmth of love for the
people ; Gothe's saying —
" Youth's wings should trim themselves for flight
Ere youthful strength be gone,
Throi hatjM)£wroji£ anj Jo\rej^f jjgjit
To bear him bravely on — "
^characterizes not only the v_oung. Pestalozzi, but also the old-man ; it
Lli^^
He was seconded at this time by a friend of the name of Blunt-
schli, but a pulmonary complaint laid this young man upon his death-
bed. He sent for Pestalozzi, and said to him, " I die, and when you
are left to yourself, you must not plunge into any career which from
your good natured and confiding disposition, might become danger-
ous to you. Seek for a otmgtjji^ji^nl_-c^:reer ; and unless you have
at your side a man who will faithfully assist you with a calm, dispas-
sionate knowledge of men and things, by no means embark in any
extensive undertaking whose failure would in any way be perilous to
you." An ^opinion of. Pestaloy./iy ^chaiaf.ter which was strikingly
confirmed by almost every subsequent event of his life.
Soon after his friend's death, Pestalozzi himself became danger-
ously ill, probably in consequence of his overstrained exertion in the
pursuit of his JegaJjyiilJiisicj^^ His physicians advised him.
to give up scientific pursuits for a time, and to recreate Jiiins.elf in the
country. This advice, which was strengthened by Rousseau's anti-
scientific diatribes, Pestalozzi fol|o\ved_^too faithfully. lie renounced
the study of books, !)Uj^tJns_jn^misciMpJs, went to his maternal rela-
tion, Dr. Ilotze at Richterswyl, and from thence to Kirchberg, in the
canton of Bern, to Tschiffeli, a farmer of considerable reputation.
From him Pestalozzi sought advice as to how he might best realize
his plans for the country people. "I had come to him," says Pestal-
ozzi, " a political visionary, though with many profound and correct
attainments, views, and prospects in political matters ; and I went
54 LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI.
away from him just as great an agricultural visionary, though with
many enlarged and correct ideas and intentions in regard to agricul-
ture. My stay with him only had this effect — that the gigantic
views in relation to my exertions were awakened within me afresh by
his agricultural plans, which, though difficult of execution, and in
part impracticable, were bold and extensive ; and that, at the same
time, they caused me, in my thoughtlessness as to the means of car-
rying them out, to fall into a callousness, the consequences of which
contributed in a decisive mariner to the pecuniary embarrassment into
which I was plunged in the very first years of my rural life."
Tschiffeli's plantations of madder were exciting great attention at
that time, and induced Pestalozzi to make a similar experiment. He
learnt that near the village of Birr there was a large tract of barren
chalky heath-land to be sold, which was only used for a sheep-walk.
He joined a rich mercantile firm in Zurich, and bought about 100
acres of this land, at the nominal price of ten florins. A builder
erected for him, on the land he had purchased, a dwelling house in
the Italian. style; Pestalozzi himself calls this an in|udieious and im-
prudent step. To the whole estate he gave the name of Neuhof.
Among the friends of Pestalozzi's youth, was Schulthess, (the son
of a wealthy merchant in Zurich,) for whose beauti|uL sister, Anna
Schulthess, Pestalozzi entertained an affection. A letter which he
wrote to the beautiful maiden, gives us a profound insight into the
workings of his heart, and even into his future life. In this letter he
lays before her his hop£S and resolutions, and also, with the utmost
Qari4oj* and with great self-knowledge, his faults. He thus writes : —
" MY DEAR, MY ONLY FRIEND.
*' Our whole future life, our whole happiness, our duties toward our
country and our posterity, and the security of virtue, call upon us to
follow the only correct guide in our actions — Truth. I will, with all
candor, made known to you the serious reflection I have had in these
solemn days upon the relation subsisting between us ; I am happy
that I know before-hand, that my friend will find more true love in
the calm truth of this contemplation, which so intimately concerns
our happiness, than in the ardor of pleasant, but often not too wise,
outpourings of a feeling heart, which I now with difficulty restrain.
" Dear friend, first of all I must tell you that in future I shall but
seldom dare to approach you. I have already come too frequently
and too imprudently to your brother's house; I see that it becomes
my duty to limit my visits to you ; I have not the slightest ability to
conceal my feelings. My sole art in this respect consists in fleeing
from those who observe them ; I should not be able to be in company
LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI. 55
with you for even half an evening, without its being possible for a
moderately acute observer to perceive that I was in a disturbed state
of mind. We know each other sufficiently, dear, to be able to rely
upon mutual straightforward honesty and sincerity. I propose to you
a correspondence in which we shall make our undisguised thoughts
known to each other with all the freedom of oral conversation. Yes,
I will open myself fully and freely to you ; I will even now with the
greatest candor, let you look as deep into my heart as I am myself
able to penetrate ; I will show you my views in the light of my pres-
ent and future condition, as clearly as I see them myself.
" Dearest Schulthess, those of my faults which appear to me the
most important in relation to the situation in which I may be placed
in after-life, are improvidence, incautiousness, and a want of presence
of mind to meet unexpected changes in my future prospects, when-
ever they may occur. I know not how far they may be diminished
by my efforts to counteract them, by calm judgment and experience.
At present, I have them still in such a degree, that I dare not conceal
them from the maiden whom I love ; they are faults, my dear, which
deserve your fullest consideration. I have other faults, arising from
my irritability and sensitiveness, which oftentimes will not submit to
my judgment. I very frequently allow myself to run into excesses
in praising and blaming, in my likings and dislikings ; I cleave so
strongly to many things which I possess, that the force with which I
feel myself bound to them often exceeds the limits which reason
assigns ; whenever my country or my friend is unhappy, I am myself
unhappy. Direct your whole attention to this weakness ; there will
be times when the cheerfulness and tranquillity of my soul will suffer
under it. If even it, does not hinder me in the discharge of my
duties, yet I shall scarcely ever be great enough to fulfill them, in
such adverse circumstances, with the cheerfulness and tranquillity of a
wise man, who is ever true to himself. Of my great, and indeed
very reprehensible negligence in all matters of etiquette, and gene-
rally in all matters which are not in themselves of importance, I need
not speak ; any one may see them at first sight of me. I also owe
you the open confession, my dear, that I shall always consider
my duties toward my beloved partner subordinate to my duties
toward my country ; and that, although I shall be the tenderest
husband, nevertheless I hold it to be my duty to be inexorable to
the tears of my wife, if she should ever attempt to restrain me by
them from the direct performance of my duties as a citizen, whatever
this might lead to. My wife shall be the confident of my heart, the
partner of all my most secret counsels. A great and honest simplicity
56 LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI.
shall reign in my house. And one thing more. My life will not
pass without important and very critical undertakings. I shall not
forget the precepts of Menalk, and my first resolutions to devote my-
self wholly to my country ; I shall never from fear of man, refrain
from speaking, when I see that the good of my country calls upon
me to speak : my whole heart is my country's ; I will risk all to alle-
viate the need and misery of my fellow countrymen. What conse-
quences may the undertakings to which I feel myself urged on, draw
after them ; how unequal to them am I ; and how imperative is my
duty to show you the possibility of the great dangers which they
may bring upon me !
"My dear, my beloved friend, I have now spoken candidly of my
character and my aspirations. Reflect upon every thing. If the
traits which it was my duty to mention, diminish your respect for me,
you will still esteem my sincerity, and you will not think less highly
of me, that I did not take advantage of your want of acquaintance
with my character, for the attainment of my inmost wishes. Decide
now whether you can give your heart to a man with these faults and
in such a condition, and be happy.
" My dear friend, I love you so truly from my heart, and with such
fervor, that this step has cost me much ; I fear to lose you, dear, when
you see me as I am ; I had often determined to be silent; at last I
have conquered myself. My conscience called loudly to me, that I
should be a seducer and not a lover, if I were to hide from my be-
loved a trait of my heart, or a circumstance, which might one day
disgust her and render her unhappy ; I now rejoice at what I have
done. If the circumstances into which duty and country shall call
me, set a limit to my efforts and my hopes, still I shall not have been
base-minded, not vicious ; I have not sought to please you in a mask,
\ * — I have not deceived you with chimerical hopes of a happiness that
* is not to be looked for ; I have concealed from you no clanger and
no sorrow of the future ; I have nothing to reproach myself with."
It was in the year 1767 that Pestalozzi removed to Neuhof. On
the 24th of January, 1769, two years later, he married Anna Schul-
thess, being then only tw^n^yj^ir^ajsjold. It was not long before
troubles came upon the young married couple. The madder planta-
tion did not prosper; an assistant whom Pestalozzi had engaged,
j the Zurich firm, which had
advanced money to Pestalozzi, sent two competent judges to examine
into the condition of the estate — both of them reported so unfavorably
upon it, especially upon the buildings, that the firm preferred taking
back their capital with loss, to trusting it any longer in Pestalozzi's
LIFE AN EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI. 5*7
Lands. " The c^usfi^Qfjheji^ihii^ of my undertaking," says he, " lay
and in my pronounced incapacity
for every kind o£ undertaking which requires eminent
ability."
Notwithstanding the great distress into which he fell, he resolved
not only to go on with farming, but to combine with it a school for
poor children. " I wished," says he, " to make my estate a centre for
wi^^ediic^tiojial and agricultural labors. In spite of all difficulties, I
wanted, like a visionary, to reach the highest point in every respect,
at the same time that I Iacj^e4jih^j^ from
which alone can proceed a proper attention to the first and humblest
beginnings and preparatory steps to the great things which I sought
after. So great, so unspeakably great, in consequence of the peculiarity
of my mind, was the contrast between what I wished to do and what
I did and was able to do, which arose from the disproportion between
my good natured zeal, on the one side, and my mental impotency and
unskillful ness in the affairs of life on the other."
By mental impotency, we must understand only a want of school-
ing or intellectual disciplining of the mind, for just at this time Pes-
talozzi's literary talent made itself known. He came forward with a
plan for the establishment of the Poor School. His views and prin-
ciples met with so much approbation in an economical point of veiw,
in spite of the want of confidence, in his practical ability, that he
received offers of assistance from Zurich, Bern, and Basel, and many
poor children were sent to him.
Thus began the Neuhof Poor School in the year 1775 ; it had
soon fifty pupils. In the summer, the children were to be chiefly em-
ployed in field-work, — in winter, with spinning and other handicrafts.
During the time that they were engaged in the handicrafts, Pesta-
lozzi gave them instruction ; exercises in speaking were predominant.
But no long time elapsed before the establishment declined ; to
which result many things contributed. The children, who were to
earn their support by their work, were, although beggar children,
spoilt and full of demands. Their parents, who every Sunday be-
sieged Neuhof, confirmed them in this, and also ran off with them as
soon as they had got new clothes. None of the authorities protected
Pestalozzi against this misconduct, from which the forming suffered a
great deal. " But these difficulties," says Pestalozzi, " might gradually
have been more or less overcome, if I had not sought to carry out
my experiment on a scale that was quite disproportioned to my
strength, and had not, with almost incredible thoughtlessness, wanted
to convert it, in the very beginning, into an undertaking which pre-
58 LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI.
supposed a thorough knowledge of manufactures, men, and business,
in which I was deficient in the same proportion as they were rendered
necessary to me by the direction which I now gave my undertaking.
I, who so much disapproved of the hurrying to the higher stages of
instruction, before a thorough foundation had been laid in the elemen-
tary steps of the lower stages, and looked upon it as the fundamental
error in the education of the day, and who also believed that I was
myself endeavoring with all my might to counteract it in my plan of
education, allowed myself to be carried away by illusions of the greater
remunerativeness of the higher branches of industry, without knowing
even remotely either them or the means of learning and introducing
them, and to commit the very faults in teaching my school children
spinning and weaving which, as I have just said, I so strongly repro-
bated and denounced in the whole of my views on education, and
which I considered dangerous to the domestic happiness of all classes.
I wanted to have the finest thread spun, before my children had
gained any steadiness or sureness of hand in spinning even the
coarser kinds, and, in like manner to, make muslin fabrics, before my
weavers had acquired sufficient steadiness and readiness in the weaving
of common cotton goods. Practiced and skillful manufacturers ruin
themselves by such preposterous conduct, — how much more certain to
be ruined by such conduct was I, who was so -blind in the discernment
of what was necessary to success, that I must distinctly say, that who-
ever took but a thread of mine into his hand was at once in a posi-
tion to cause half of its value to vanish for me ! Before I was aware
of it, too, I was deeply involved in debt, and the greater part of my
dear wife's property and expectations had in an instant, as it were,
gone up in smoke. Our misfortune was decided. I was now poor.
The extent and rapidity of my misfortune was owing to this among
other causes — that, in this undertaking, as in the first, I readily, very
readily, received an unquestioning confidence. My plan soon met
with a degree of confidence which an attentive consideration of my
former conduct would have shown that which I did not merit in the
present undertaking. After all the experience they had had of my
errors in this respect, people still did not think the extent of my inca-
pacity for everything practical was so great as it really was. I even
yet enjoyed for a while, to all appearance, an extensive confidence.
But when my experiment went rapidly to wreck, as it necessarily did,
this feeling changed, in my neighborhood, into just as inconsiderate
a degree of the contrary, into a totally blind abandonment of even
the last shadow of respect for my endeavors, and of belief in my
fitness for the accomplishment of any part of them. It is the course
LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI. 59
of the world, and it happened to me as it happens to every one who
thus becomes poor through his own fault. Such a man generally
loses, together with his money, the belief and the confidence in what
he really is and is able to do. The belief in the qualifications which
I really had for attaining my objects was now lost, along with the
belief in those which, erring in my self-deception, I gave myself credit
for, but which I really had not."
Thus it happened, that in the year 1780, Pestalozzi was obliged to
break up the establishment at Neuhof, after it had been five years in
operation. His situation was frightful. Frequently in his only too
elegant country house he wanted money, bread, fuel, in order to pro-
tect himself against hunger and cold. His faithful wife, who had
pledged nearly the whole of her property for him, fell into a severe
and tedious illness. "My friends," relates Pestalozzi, "now only
loved rne without hope ; in the whole circuit of the surrounding dis-
trict it was every where said that I was a lost man, that nothing more
could be done for me."
The breaking up of the establishment at Neuhof was a fortunate
thing for Pestalozzi — and for the world. He was no longer to fritter
away his strength in efforts to which he was not equal. And, never-
theless, his severe mental and physical labor was not to have been in
vain, but was to bear precious fruits. As the first of these fruits,
there appeared in 1*780 a paper of his, brief but full of meaning, in
Iselin's Ephemerides, under the title, The Evening Hour of a Hermit.
It contains a series of aphorisms, which nevertheless are cast in one
mould, and stand among one another in the closest connection.
Fruits of the past years of Pestalozzi's life, they are at the same
time seeds of the following years, programme and key to his educa-
tional labors. "Iselin's Ephemerides," he writes in 1801, alluding to
this Evening Hour, " bear witness, that the dream of my wishes is not
more comprehensive now, than it was when at that time I sought to
icalize it.
It is scarcely possible to make a selection from these concise and
thought-teeming aphorisms, the more so because they form, as I have
said, a beautiful and ingenious whole, which 'suffers in the selection.
Nevertheless, I will run the risk of selecting- some of the principal
thoughts.
The paper begins with melancholy seriousness. "Pastors and
teachers of the nations, know you man ; is it with you a matter of
conscience to understand his nature and destiny?
"All mankind are in their nature alike, they have but one path to
contentment. The natural faculties of each one are to be perfected
60 LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI.
into pure human wisdom. This general education of man must serve
as the foundation to every education of a particular rank.
" The faculties grow by exercise.
" The intellectual powers of children must not be urged on to re-
mote distances before they have acquired strength by exercise in
things near them.
" The circle of knowledge commences close around a man, and from
thence stretches out concentrically.
" Real knowledge must take precedence of word-teaching and mere
talk.
"All human wisdom is based upon the strength of a good heart,
obedient to truth. Knowledge and ambition must be subordinated
to inward peace and calm enjoyment.
"As the education for the closest relations precedes the education
for more remote ones, so must education in the duties of members
of families precede education in the duties of citizens. But nearer
than father or mother is God, ' the closest relation of mankind is
their relation to Him.'
"Faith in God is 'the confiding, childlike feeling of mankind to-
ward the paternal mind of the Supreme Being.' This faith is not the
result and consequence of cultivated wisdom, but is purely an instinct
of simplicity ; a childlike and obedient mind is not the consequence
of a finished education, but the early and first foundation of human
culture. Out of the faith in God springs the hope of eternal life.
* Children of God are immortal.'
" Belief in God sanctifies and strengthens the tie between parents
and children, between subjects and rulers ; unbelief loosens all ties,
annihilates all blessings.
" Sin is the source and consequence of unbelief, it is acting con-
trary to the inward witness of right and wrong, the loss of the child-
like mind toward God.
" Freedom is based upon justice, justice upon love, therefore free-
dom also is based upon love.
"Justice in families,^ the purest, most productive of blessings, has
love for its source.
" Pure childlike feeling is the true source of the freedom that is
based upon justice, and pure paternal feeling is the source of all
power of governing, that is noble enough to do justice and to love
freedom. And the source of justice and of all worldly blessings, the
source of the love and brotherly feeling of mankind toward one an-
other, this is based upon the great thought of religion, that we are
children of God, and that the belief in this truth is the sure ground
LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI. gj
of all worldly blessings. In this great thought of religion lies ever
the spirit of all true state policy that seeks only the blessing of the
people, for all inward power of morality, enlightenment and worldly
wisdom, is based upon this ground of the belief of mankind in God ;
and ungodliness, misapprehension of the relation of mankind as chil-
dren to the Supreme Being, is the source which dissolves all the
power with which morals, enlightenment, and wisdom, are capable
of blessing mankind. Therefore the loss of this childlike feeling of
mankind toward God is the greatest misfortune of the world, as it
renders impossible all paternal education on the part of God, and the
restoration of this lost childlike feeling is the redemption of the lost
children of God on earth.
* . " The Son of God, who with suffering and death has restored to
mankind the universally lost feeling of filial love toward God, is the Re-
deemer of the world, He is the sacrificed Priest of the Lord, He is
Mediator between God and sinful mankind. His doctrine is pure jus-
tice, educative national philosophy ; it is the revelation of God the
Father to the lost race of his children."
Much might be said upon these aphorisms ; each is a text for a
discourse ; indeed, Pestalozzi's life is a paraphrase in facts of these
texts. We must accuse human weakness, if the realization of his
great anticipations henceforward also turns out but miserably, nay,
only too often stands in the most glaring contradiction with them.
The plan of an inventive builder, however, retains its value, if even the
builder himself lack the skill to carry out the building according to
the plan.
Rousseau's Entile appeared eighteen years before Pestalozzi's Eve-
ning Hour ; in what relation does Rousseau stand to Pestalozzi ? In
particular points they frequently agree. Like Pestalozzi, Rousseau
requires real knowledge and trained skill in the business of life, not
an empty display of words, without an insight into the things them-
selves, and a ready power of acting. Like Pestalozzi, Rousseau also
ridicules the plan of giving children a discursive knowledge about
things remote, and leaving them in ignorance of the things in their
immediate vicinity ; he requires, like Pestalozzi, that they should first
be at home in this vicinity.
In this manner many other things might be pointed out in which
both men agree, arising principally from their common aversion to
a baseless, dead talkativeness, without any real intelligence, activity
of mind, or readiness of action. But when viewed more closely,
how immensely different are the two men in all that is most essential.
Rousseau will not have God named before children ; he is of opinion
62 LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI.
that long physical and metaphysical study is necessary to enable us
to think of God. With Pestalozzi, God is the nearest, the most inti-
mate being to man, the Alpha and Omega of his whole life. Rous-
seau's God is no paternal God of love, his Emile no child of God.
The man who put his children into a foundling hospital, knew nothing
of paternal and filial love ; still less of rulers as the fathers of the
nations, and of the childlike obedience of subjects ; his ideal was a
cold, heartless freedom, which was not based upon love, but was de-
fensive, isolating, and altogether selfish.
While, therefore, according to Pestalozzi, the belief in God pene-
trates, strengthens, attunes, sanctifies all the relations of men ; while
the relations between ruler and subjects, between fathers and children,
and the paternal love of God to his children, men, are every where
reflected in his paper — with Rousseau there is never any mention of
such bonds of love.
A year after the publication of the Evening Hour, namely, in 1*781,
appeared the first part of that work of Pestalozzi's which established
his reputation, which exercised an extensive and wholesome influence
at the time, and which will continue to exercise an influence in future.
That work is " Leonard and Gertrude : A Book for the People."
It was undertaken at a time, when, as he relates, " my old friends
looked upon it as almost settled that I should end my days in a
workhouse, or in a lunatic asylum." The form was suggested by
Marmontel's Conies moraux\ and he was stimulated to effort, by a
few words of encouragement from the bookseller Fiissli, of Zurich, or
rather of the brother better known as J^useli, the painter. After a
few attempts at composition with which he was not satisfied, "the
history of Leonard and Gertrude flowed from my pen, I know not
how, and developed itself of its own accord, without my having the
slightest plan in my head, and even without my thinking of one.
In a few weeks, the book stood there, without my knowing exactly
how I had done it. I felt its value, but only as a man in his sleep
feels the value of some piece of good fortune of which he is just
dreaming. " The book appeared, and excited quite a remarkable degree
of interest in my own country and throughout the whole of Germany.
Nearly all the journals spoke in its praise, and, what is perhaps still
more, nearly all the almanacs became full of it; but the most unex-
pected thing to me was that, immediately after its appearance, the
Agricultural Society of Bern awarded me their great gold medal, with
a letter of thanks.'7
LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI. Qg
Pestalozzi himself has repeatedly spoken of the character and ob-
ject of Leonard and Gertrude. In the preface to the first edition of
the work, he says : " In that which I here relate, and which I have
for the most part seen and heard myself in the course of an active
life, I have even taken care not once to add my own opinion to what
I saw and heard the people themselves feeling, judging, believing,
speaking, and attempting. And now this will show itself: — If the
results of my observation are true, and if I gave them as I received
them, and as it is my aim to do, they will find acceptance with all
those who themselves have daily before their eyes the things which
I relate. If, however, they are incorrect, if they are the work of my
imagination and the preaching of my own opinions, they will, like
other Sunday sermons, vanish on the Monday." In the preface to
the second edition, Pestalozzi gives as the object of the book, " To
bring about a better popular education, based upon the true condition
of the people and their natural relations." "It was," he says, "my
first word to the heart of the poor and destitute in the land. It was
my first word to the heart of those who stand in God's stead to the
poor and destitute in the land. It was ray first word to the mothers
in the land, and to the heart which God gave them, to be to theirs
what no one on earth can be in their stead.''
"I desired nothing, and to-day, (1800,) I desire nothing else, as the
object of my life, but the welfare of the people, whom I love, and
whom I feel to be miserable as few feel them to be miserable, having
with them borne their sufferings as few have borne them."
The remarks which I have cited characterize the soul of Leonard
and Gertrude. In the severe years of suffering at Neuhof, Pestalozzi
appeared to have wrought and suffered in vain. " To the accomplish-
ment of my purpose," he says, " there stood opposed my entire want
of trained practical skill, and a vast disproportion between the extent
of my will and the limits of my ability."
) He did not work in vain, however ; what was denied him on the
one side turned out to his advantage on the other. If he lacked all
skill in carrying out his ideas, he possessed on the other hand, in the
highest degree, the faculty of observing, comprehending, and por-
traying character. If he was not able to exhibit to the world his
ideal realized, it was given to him to infuse the loving desires of his
heart into the hearts of others, by means of his talent of poetical
delineation. He might hope that men of practical ability would be
among the readers of his book, and would be incited by it to realize
what he only knew how to picture. He has found such readers.
Leonard and Gertrude is in so many hands, that it is almost superflu-
ous to give a selection from the work. Only this. The principal
(J4 LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI.
person in it is Gertrude, the wife of Leonard, a good-natured but
rather weak man, whose stay and guardian she is. The manner in
which she keeps house and instructs and trains her children, is Pesta-
lozzi's ideal. Such house-keeping, such a manner of instructing and
training, he desires for all people. Gertrude is consulted even in the
management of the village school. Her house-keeping is the bright
side of the circumstances depicted ; in contrast with her is a terribly
dark side, a peasant community in the deepest depravity. It is re-
lated of what Ar-ner, the equally benevolent and intelligent lord of
the village, does to check the depravity.
Pestalozzi wished to give the people the knowledge and skill need-
ful for them chiefly by means of a good elementary instruction. If
this instruction began at the right place, and proceeded properly,
what an entirely different race would arise out of the children so
instructed, a race made independent by intelligence and skill !
In vain, however, did Pestalozzi look around him for elementary
teachers who could and would instruct after his manner and in his
spirit. Seminaries, too, were wanting in which such teachers could
be trained. Then the thought occurred to him who had grown up in
his mother's parlor : " I will place the education of the people in the
hands of the mothers; I will transplant it out of the school-room into
the parlor." Gertrude was to be the model of mothers. But how
are the mothers in the lower classes to be qualified for instructing? —
We shall see how Pestalozzi's Compendiums are meant to be an an-
swer to this question, to supply the place of knowledge and teaching
talent. The mothers have only to keep strictly to these books in the
instruction of their children ; if they do this, the mother of the most
limited capacity will instruct just as well as the most talented ; com-
pendiums and method are to equalize their minds: such was Pesta-
lozzi's ideal, to which I shall afterward come back.
With extreme short-sightedness, the persons in immediate inter-
course with Pestalozzi saw in this book of his dearly-bought expe-
rience nothing more than a proof that its author was born for novel-
writing, and would in future be able to earn his bread by it.
Others understood better the value of the book. Karl von Bon-
stetten entreated Pestalozzi to come and live with him on his estate
in Italian Switzerland ; the Austrian Minister of Finance, Count Zin-
zendorf, wished to have him in his neighborhood. Subsequently, he
became known, through Count Hohenwart, in Florence, to the Grand
Duke Leopold of Tuscany, who was about to give him an appoint-
ment, when he was called by the death of Joseph II., to the imperial
throne of Germany, and the appointment, was therefore not made.
LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI. 55
If it be asked whether he would have been of any use in a post of
importance, a word of Lavater's upon this subject may contain the
answer. Pestalozzi tells us — " He once said to his wife, * If I were a
prince, I would consult Pestalozzi in every thing that concerns the
people and the improvement of their condition ; but I would never
trust him with a farthing of money.' At another time, he said to my-
self, * When I only once see a line of yours without a mistake, I will
believe you capable of much, very much, that you would like to do
and to be.' "
FOR seventeen years after the publication of Leonard and Gertrude,
Pestalozzi continued to drag on his needy and depressed existence at
Neuhof, where he spent altogether thirty years. Of his outward life
during those seventeen years, we learn little else, besides the general
fact just stated. It is worthy of mention, that in this period he en-
tered the order of Illuminati, an order which was characterized by
infidelity, exaggerated ideas of enlightenment, and destructive but not
reconstructive principles, and that he even became eventually the head
of the order in Switzerland. He soon discovered his mistake, how-
ever, and withdrew from it. "That which is undertaken by associa-
tions," he says, " usually falls into the hands of intriguers."
In this period he wrote several books.
In the year 1782, he published "Christopher and Alice." He
himself relates the origin of this work. People had imbibed from
Leonard and Gertrude the idea, that all the depravity among the
common people proceeded from the subordinate functionaries in the
villages. " In Christopher and Alice," says Pestalozzi, " I wished to
make apparent to the educated public the connection of those causes
of popular depravity which are to be found higher in the social scale,
but which on this account are also more disguised and concealed,
with the naked, undisguised, and unconcealed causes of it, as they are
manifested in the villages in the persons of the unworthy function-
aries. For this purpose, I made a peasant family read together Leon-
ard and Gertrude, and say things about the story of that work, and
the persons introduced in it, which I thought might not occur of
themselves to everybody's mind."
So says Pestalozzi in the year 1826; but he spoke otherwise in the
preface to the book when it first appeared, in 1782. "Reader! " he
says, " this book which thou takest into thy hand is an attempt to
produce a manual of instruction for the use of the universal school
of humanity, the parlor. I wish it to be read in every cottage."
5
QQ LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI.
This wish was not accomplished, as we learn from the preface to
the second edition, (1824,) which commences thus, "This book has
not found its way at all into the hands of the people. In my native
land, even in the canton of my native town, and in the very village in
which I once lived, it has remained as strange and unknown, as if it
ha-d not been in existence."
In the same year, 1782, and the one following, Pestalozzi edited
" A Swiss Journal," of which a number appeared every week. In
this Journal, he communicated, among other things, memoirs of de-
ceased friends. Thus he wrote the memoirs of Frolich, the pastor of
Birr, who had died young. Pestalozzi says of him, " he dedicated
himself to the work of the great divine calling, but eternal love dedi-
cated him to the liberty of eternal life." The way in which he speaks
of the excellent Iselin, who had died in 1782, is particularly affecting.
" I should have perished in the depths into which I had fallen," he
says, " if Iselin had not raised me up. Iselin made me feel that I
had done something, even in the poor school."
The discourse " on Legislation and Infanticide " also appeared in
1782.
About 1783, Pestalozzi contemplated the establishment of a lunatic
asylum and a reformatory institution, and wrote upon the subject ; the
manuscript, however, was lost.
In the years between 1780 and 1790, in the days of the approach-
ing French revolution, and in the first symptoms of the dangers which
its influence on Switzerland might entail," * he wrote "The Figures
to my ABC-Book; they were not published, however, till 1795: a
new edition, under the title of "Fables," came out in 1805. They
relate principally to the condition of Switzerland at that time.
In the summer of 1792, he went to Germany, at the invitation of
his sister in Leipzig, and became acquainted with Gothe, Herder,
"Wieland, Klopstock, and Jacobi ; he also visited several normal
schools.
In 1798 appeared Pestalozzi's "Researches into the Course of Na-
ture in the Development of the Human Race." He says himself,
speaking of this book, " I wrought at it for three long years with in-
credible toil, chiefly with the view of clearing up my own mind upon
the tendency of my favorite notions, and of bringing my natural
feelings into harmony with my ideas of civil rights and morality.
But this work too is, to me, only another evidence of my inward
helplessness, the mere play of my powers of research ; my views were
'Pestalozzi 's words in the preface to the " Figures."
LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI. 57
altogether one-sided, while I was without a proportionate degree of
control over myself in regard to them, and the work was left void of
any adequate effort after practical excellence, which was so necessary
for my purpose. The disproportion between my ability and my views
only increased the more. The effect of my book upon those by
whom I was surrounded was like the effect of all that I did ; scarcely
any one understood me, and I did not find in my vicinity two men
who did not half give me to understand that they looked upon the
entire book as so much balderdash/'
Pestalozzi here assumes three states of man : an original, instinct-
like, innocent, animal state of nature, out of which he passes into the
social state, (this reminds us of Rosseau ;) he works himself out of
the social state and raises himself to the moral. The social man is
in an unhappy middle condition between animal propensities and
moral elevation.
The original animal state of nature can not be pointed to in any one
individual man ; the innocence of that state ceases with the first cry
of the new-born child, and " animal depra\7ity arises from whatever
stands opposed to the normal condition of our animal existence."
Against this depravity, man seeks for aid in the social state, but finds
it not ; it is only the moral will that can save him, " the force of
which he opposes to the force of his nature. He will fear a God, in
order that the animal instincts of his nature shall not degrade him in
liis inmost soul. He feels what he can do in this respect, and then he
makes what he can do the law to himself of what he ought to do.
Subjected to this law, which he imposes upon himself, he is distin-
guished from all other creatures with which we are acquainted."
Where and when, for example, did Pestalozzi's man of nature ever
exist — an innocent animal man, endowed with instinct ? * This
character does not apply to Adam in Paradise, who was not an
animal, but a lord of the animals, and still less does it apply to any
child of Adam. In how simple and sublime a manner, on the
* Voltaire wrote the following characteristic letter to Rosseau about his discourse, pre-
pared and offered for the prize proposed by the Academy of Dixon, on the origin of the
inequality among men, and published in 1775: — "I have received your new book against the
human race, and thank you for it. You will please men, to whom you speak the truth, but
not make them better. No one could paint in stronger colors the horrors of human society,
from which our ignorance and weakness promise themselves so many delights. Never has
any one employed so much genius to make us into beasts ; when one reads your book, one
is seized with a desire to go down on all fours. Nevertheless, as I have left off this habit
already more than sixty years, I feel, unfortunately, that it is impossible for me to take to it
again, and I leave this natural mode of walking to others who are more worthy of it than
you and I. Neither can I take ship, in order to visit the savages of Canada, firstly, because
the maladiesto which I am condemned, render a European physician necessary to me ; then
again, because there is at present war in that country, and the examples of our nations lias
made the savages almost as bad as we are ourselves. I am content to live as a peaceful
savage in the lonely district adjoining your native land, &c."
(53 LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI.
contrary, do the Holy Scriptures comprehend and characterize the
whole human race.
Thus we see Pestalozzi but little or not at all engaged in educa-
tional undertakings during the eighteen years from 1780 to 1798;
his writings too, during this time are mainly of a philosophical and
political character, and relate only indirectly to education. But the
French revolution introduced a new epoch, for Pestalozzi, as well as
for Switzerland.
The revolutionary armies of France pressed into the country, old
forms were destroyed, the whole of Switzerland was consolidated into
an "inseparable republic," at the head of which stood five directors,
after the model of the French directional government of that time.
Among these was Legrand, a man of a class that is always becoming
more rare. I visited the amiable octogenarian in Steinthal, where
formerly, with his friend Oberlin, he had labored for the welfare of
the communes. When the conversation turned on the happiness or
the education of the people, or on the education of youth generally,
the old man became animated with youthful enthusiasm, and tears
started to his eyes.
Legrand was a friend of Pestalozzi's ; no wonder, seeing that the
two men very nearly resembled each other in their way of thinking,
as well as in their enthusiastic activity and their unbounded hopeful-
ness. Pestalozzi joined the new republic, while, at the same time, he
did all in his power to subdue the Jacobinical element in it. lie
wrote a paper " On the Present Condition and Disposition of Man-
kind." In this paper, as also in the " Swiss People's Journal," which
he edited at the instigation of the government, he pressed upon the
attention of the people the necessity of a return to the integrity and
piety of their ancestors ; the instruction and education of youth, he
represented, were the means for attaining this object.
Although, in pointing to an ennobling education of youth, and
especially the youth of the people and the poor, as the securest guar-
antee of a lawfully ordered political condition, he only did that which
he could not leave undone ; still most people believed that he was
speaking and writing thus industriously, merely with the view of pro-
curing for himself an office under the new government, when an op-
portunity should arise. The government on whom he urged with far
too much vehemence the importance of order, justice, and law, actu»
ally offered him an appointment, in the hope that he would then be
quiet. But what was their astonishment, when, in reply to their in-
quiry as to what office he would be willing to accept, he said, " I WILL
BE A SCHOOLMASTER." But few understood him, only those who,
LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI. gg
like himself, were earnestly desirous for the foundation of a truly
equitable political condition.
Legrand entered into the idea ; and Pestalozzi was already about
to open an educational institution in the canton of Argovia, when one
of the misfortunes of war intervened. On the 9th of September,
1798, Stanz in Unterwalden was burnt by the French, the entire can-
ton was laid waste, and a multitude of fatherless and motherless
children were wandering about destitute and without a shelter. Le-
grand now called upon Pestalozzi to go to Stanz and undertake the
care of the destitute children.
Pestalozzi went ; what he experienced he has himself told us.
The convent of the Ursulines there was given up to him ; he took
up his abode in it, accompanied only by a housekeeper, before it was
even put into a fit condition for the reception of children. Gradually
he gathered around him as many as eighty poor children, from four
to ten years old, some of them orphans, horribly neglected, infected
with the itch and scurvy, and covered with vermin. Among ten of
them, scarcely one could say the alphabet. He describes the educa-
tional experiments which he made with such children, and speaks
of these experiments as " a sort of feeler of the pulse of the science
which he sought to improve, a venturesome effort." "A person with
the use of his eyes," he adds, " would certainly not have ventured
it ; fortunately, I was blind."
For example, under the most difficult circumstances, he wanted to
prove, by actual experiment, that those things in which domestic edu-
cation possesses advantages must be imitated in public education.
He gave the children no set lessons on religion ; being suspected
by the Roman Catholic parents, as a Protestant, and at the same time
as an adherent of the new government, he did not dare; but when-
ever the occurrence of daily life presented an opportunity, he would
make them the groundwork of inculcating some religious or moral
lesson. As he had formerly done at Neuhof, he sought to combine
intellectual instruction with manual labor, the establishment for in-
struction with that for industrial occupations, and to fuse the two into
each other. But it became clear to him, that the first stages of in-
tellectual training must be separated from those of industrial training
and precede the fusion of the two. It was here in Stanz also that
Pestalozzi, for want of other assistants, set children to instruct chil-
dren, a plan which Lancaster was similarly led to adopt in conse-
quence of the inability of the teacher to instruct the large numbers
of children who were placed under his charge.* Pestalozzi remarks,
* Lancaster's monitors, i. e children, set to teach and superintend other children. "At
that time, (1798,)" says Pestalozzi, " nobody had begun to speak of mutual instruction."
70 LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI.
•without disapprobation, that a feeling of honor was by this means,
awakened in the children ; a remark which directly contradicts his
opinion, that the performance of the duties of the monitor proceeded
from a disposition similar to brotherly love.
Another plan, which is now imitated in countless elementary schools,
was likewise tried by Pestalozzi at Stanz, namely, that of making a
number of children pronounce the same sentences simultaneously,
syllable for syllable.* "The confusion arising from a number of
children repeating after me at once," he says, " led me to see the ne-
cessity of a measured pace in speaking, and this measured pace
heightened the effect of the lesson."
Pestalozzi repeats, in his account of the Stanz institution, what he
had brought forward in Leonard and Gertrude. " My aim," he says,
*' was to carry the simplification of the means of teaching so far, that
all the common people might easily be brought to teach their chil-
dren, and gradually to render the schools almost superfluous for the
first elements of instruction. As the mother is the first to nourish
her child physically, so also, by the appointment of God, she must be
the first to give it spiritual nourishment; I reckon that very great
evils have been engendered by sending children too early to school,
and by all the artificial means of educating them away from home.
The time will come, so soon as we shall have simplified instruction,
when every mother will be able to teach, without the help of others,
and thereby, at the same time, to go on herself always learning."
I refer the reader to Pestalozzi's own description of his singularly
active labors in Stanz, where he was not only the teacher and trainer
of eighty children, but, as he says, paymaster, manservant, and al-
most housemaid, at the same time. In addition to this, sickness
broke out among the children, and the parents showed themselves
shamelessly ungrateful.
Pestalozzi would have sunk under these efforts had he not been
liberated on the 8th of June, 1799, by the French, who, being hard
pressed by the Austrians, came to Stanz, and converted one wing of
the convent into a military hospital. This induced him to let the
children return to their friends, and he went himself up the Gurnigel
mountains, to a medicinal spring. Only twenty-two children re-
mained ; these, says Mr. Heussler, " were attended to, taught, and
trained, if not in Pestalozzi's spirit, still with care and with more
order and cleanliness, under the guidance of the reverend Mr.
Businger."
* The plan of simultaneous reading and speaking had been introduced into the Austrian
schools at an earlier period.
LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI/ 7}
" On the Gurnigel," says Pestalozzi, " I enjoyed days of recreation.
I required them ; it is a wonder that I am still alive. I shall not for-
get those days, as long as I live : they saved me, but I could not live
without my work."
Pestalozzi was much blamed for giving up the Stanz institution,
although necessity had compelled him to do so. " People said to my
face," he says, "that it was a piece of folly, to believe that, because a
man had written something sensible in his thirtieth year, he would
therefore be capable of doing something sensible in his fiftieth year.
I was said to be brooding over a beautiful dream."
Pestalozzi came down from the Gurnigel ; at the advice of Chief
Justice Schnell, he went to Burgdorf, the second town in the canton
of Bern, where through the influence of well-wishers, Pestalozzi ob-
tained leave to give instruction in the primary schools. * He had
many enemies. The head master of the schools imagined that Pes-
talozzi wanted to supplant him in his appointment : the report spread
that the Heidelberg catechism was in danger : " it was whispered,"
says Pestalozzi, " that I myself could not write, nor work accounts,
nor even read properly. Popular reports are not always entirely des-
titute of truth," he adds ; " it is true that I could not write, nor read,
nor work accounts well.
As far as the regulations of the school would allow, Pestalozzi pro-
secuted here the experiments in elementary instruction which he had
begun at Stanz. M. Glayre, a member of the executive council of
the canton, to whom he endeavored to explain the tendency of these
experiments, made the ominous remark, " You want to render educa-
tion mechanical." " He hit the nail on the head," says Pestalozzi,
" and supplied me with the very expression that indicated the object
of my endeavors, and of the means which I employed for attaining
it."
Pestalozzi had not been schoolmaster at Burgdorf, quite a year,
when he had a pulmonary attack ; in consequence of this he gave up
the appointment, and a new epoch of his life commenced. M. Fis-
cher, secretary to the Helvetian minister of public instruction, had
entertained the idea of founding a normal school in the castle of
Burgdorf, but had died before carrying it into execution. With this
end in view, he had induced M. Kriisi to come to Burgdorf. Krusi
was a native of Gaiss, in the canton of Appenzell, was schoolmaster
there at the early age of eighteen, and had migrated thence in the
year 1799, taking with him 28 children. Pestalozzi now proposed
* In a school in which children from four to eight years old received instructions in
reading and writing, under the general superintendence of a female teacher.
72 LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI.
to Kriisi to join him in establishing an educational institution : Krusi
willingly agreed, and through him the cooperation of M. Tobler,
who had been for the last five years tutor in a family in Basel, was
obtained; through Tobler, that of M. Buss, of Tubingen. With
these three assistants, Pestalozzi opened the institution in the winter
of 1800.
It was in Burgdorf that Pestalozzi commenced a work which, with
the " Evening Hour," and " Leonard and Gertrude," stands out con-
spicuously amongst his writings. It was commenced on the 1st of
January, 1801.
It bears the queer title, " How Gertrude teaches her children : an
attempt to give Directions to Mothers how to instruct their own Chil-
dren." The reader must not be misled by the title; the book
contains any thing but directions for mothers."
There are numerous contradictions throughout the book, as well as
on the title page ; and it is therefore a most difficult task to give a
condensed view of it. Almost the only way to accomplish this will
be to resolve it into its elements.
Nothing can be more touching than the passage in which the
author speaks of the desire of his whole life to alleviate the condition
of the suffering people — of his inability to satisfy this desire — of his
many blunders — and of his despair of himself; and then humbly
thanks God, who had preserved him, when he had cast himself away,
and who graciously permitted him, even in old age, to look forward
to a brighter future. It is impossible to read any thing more affecting.
The second element of this book is a fierce and fulminating battle
against the sins and faults of his time. He advances to the assault
at storm-pace, and clears every thing before him with the irresistible
force of truth. He directs his attack principally against the hollow
education of our time, particularly in the higher ranks of society.
He calls the members of the aristocracy " miserable creatures of mere
words, who by the artificialities of their mode of life are rendered
incapable of feeling that they themselves stand on stilts, and that
they must come down off their wretched wooden legs, in order to
stand on God's earth with even the same amount of firmness as the
people."
In another part of the book, Pestalozzi declaims warmly against all
the education of the present age. " It sacrifices, (he says,) the sub-
stance of all instruction to the nonsense about particular isolated sys-
tem of instruction, and by filling the mind with fragments of truth,
it quenches the spirit of truth itself, and deprives mankind of the
power of independence which is based thereon. I have found, what
LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI. 73
was very obvious, that this system of instruction, does not base the
use of particular means either on elementary principles or elementary
forms. The state of popular instruction rendered it inevitable that
Europe should sink into error, or rather madness, and into this it
really did sink. On the one hand, it raised itself into a gigantic
height in particular arts ; on the other, it lost for the whole of its
people all the stability and support which are to be obtained by rest-
ing on the guidance of nature. On the one side, no quarter of the globe
ever stood so high ; but on the other, no quarter of the globe has ever
sunk so low. With the golden head of its particular arts, it touches
the clouds, like the image of the prophet ; but popular instruction,
which ought to be the basis and support of this golden head, is every
where, on the contrary, the most wretched, fragile, good-for-nothing
clay, like the feet of that gigantic image."
For this incongruity in our intellectual culture, he blames chiefly
the art of printing, through which, he says, the eyes have become
book-eyes — men have become book-men.
Throughout the work, he speaks against the senseless use of the
tongue — against the habit of talking without any real purpose.
" The babbling disposition of our time, (he says,) is so much bound
up with the struggle of tens of thousands and hundreds of thousands
for their daily bread, and with their slavish adherence to custom, that
it will be long, very long, before this temporizing race shall gladly
receive into their hearts truths so much opposed to their sensual de-
pravity. Wherever the fundamental faculties of the human mind
are allowed to lie dormant, and on those dormant faculties empty
words are propt up, there you are making dreamers, whose visions are
all the more visionary because the words that were propt up on their
miserable yawning existence, were high-sounding, and full of preten-
sions. As a matter of course, such pupils will dream any and every
thing before they will dream that they are sleeping and dreaming ;
but all those about them who are awake, perceive their presumption,
and, (when it suits,) put them down as somnambulists.
"The meaningless declamation of this superficial knowledge pro-
duces men who fancy that they have reached the goal in all branches
of study, just because their whole life is a belabored prating about
that goal; but they never accomplish so much as to make an effort to
reach it, because through their life it never had that alluring charm
in their eyes which any object must possess to induce a man to make
an effort to attain it. The present age abounds in men of this class,
and is diseased by a kind of wisdom which carries us forward pro
forma, as cripples are borne along a race-course, to the goal of knowl-
74 LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI.
edge, when, at the same time, it could never enable us to advance
toward this gaol by our own efforts, before our feet had been healed."
In other parts of the book he attacks governments as indifferent to
the welfare of the people. " The lower classes of Europe, (he says,)
are neglected and wretched : most of those who stand sufficiently
near to be able to help them, have no time for thinking what may be
for their welfare — they have always something to do quite different
from this."
From this, the second and polemical element of the book, I pass to
the third and positive one, namely, the kind of education by which
Pestalozzi proposes to replace the false education of our time. This
might in some measure be anticipated from the polemical passages
which have been cited.
He thus enunciates the problem which he proposed to himself to
solve : " In the empirical researches which I made in reference to my
subject, I did not start from any positive system ; I was not ac-
quainted with any one ; I simply put to myself the question, What
would you do, if you wanted to give a single child all the theoretical
knowledge and practical skill which he requires in order to be able to
attend properly to the great concerns of life, and so attain to inward
contentment ?"
Theoretical knowledge and practical skill constitute, accordingly,
the most important subjects of the work. They are treated with a
special relation to the two questions, — What knowledge and skill do
children require ? and, How are these best imparted to them ? The
aim is to point out the proper object of education, and the way to
attain that object.
Of practical skill, however, there is comparatively very little said,
notwithstanding that Pestalozzi sets so high a value upon it. " Knowl-
edge without skill, (he says,) is perhaps the most fatal gift which an
evil genius has bestowed upon the present age." But Pestalozzi's
ideas in relation to practical skill, and the method of attaining it,
seem to have been still indistinct.
On the other hand, he is quite at home in the region of theoretical
knowledge : to show the starting-point, the road, and the destination,
in the journey through this region, is the main design of his work.
His polemic against senseless talking shows that he had sought
and found the real root of the tree of which words are the spiritual
blossoms.
The beginning of all knowledge, according to Pestalozzi, is observa-
tion ; the last point to be attained, a clear notion. He says : " If I
look back and ask myself what I really have done toward the
LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI. ^5
improvement of the methods of elementary instruction, I find that, in
recognizing observation as the absolute basis of all knowledge, I have
established the first and most important principle of instruction, and
that, setting aside all particular systems of instructions, I have endeav-
ored to discover what ought to be the character of the instruction
itself, and what are the fundamental laws according to which the edu-
cation of the human race must be determined by nature." In another
place, he requires it to be acknowledged, "that observation is the ab-
solute basis of all knowledge, in other words, that all knowledge must
proceed from observation and must admit of being retraced to that
source."
But what does Pestalozzi understand by observation ? " It is, (he
says,) simply directing the senses to outward objects, and exciting con-
sciousness of the impression produced on them by those objects."
He refers, of course, principally to the sense of sight. But the ear is
not to be neglected. " When sounds are produced so as to be heard
by the child, and its consciousness of the impression which these
sounds make on its mind through the sense of hearing is aroused,
this, to the child, is just as much observation, as when objects are
placed before its eyes, and consciousness is awakened by the impres-
sion which the objects make on the sense of sight. By the aid of
his spelling book, therefore, the child's ear is to be familiarized with
the series of elementary sounds which constitutes the foundation of
a knowledge of language, just as it is to be made acquainted with
visible objects by the aid of his Book for Mothers.
According to this, observation would mean every impression which
the mind receives through the eye and the ear.
Does Pestalozzi exclude the remaining senses ? No ; for he fre-
quently speaks of the impressions of the jive senses, and he says that
the understanding collects the impressions which the senses receive
from external nature into a whole, or into a notion, and then develops
this idea until it attains clearness. And elsewhere he says that the
mechanical form of all instruction should be regulated by the eternal
laws according to which the human mind rises from the perceptions
of sense to clear notions.
Pestalozzi repeatedly dwells upon this process of intellectual
development.
Above every thing, he will have attention given to the first step in
the process, namely observation. Care is to be taken that the objects
are seen separately by the children, not dimly at a distance, but close
at hand and distinctly ; then also that there shall be placed before
the children, not abnormal, but characteristic specimens of any class
70 LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI.
of objects — such as will convey a correct idea of the thing and of its
most important properties. Thus, for example, a lame, one-eyed, or
six-fingered man, he says, would not be proper to convey the idea of
the human form.
Out of the observation of an object, the first thing that arises, he
says, is the necessity of naming it ; from naming it, we pass on to
determining its properties, that is to description ; out of a clear des-
cription is finally developed the definition — the distinct idea of the
object. The full maturity of this, the last fruit of all instruction, de-
pends materially on the vigorous germination of the seed sown in the
first instance — on the amount of wisdom exercised in guiding the
children to habits of observation. Definitions not founded on obser-
vations, he says, produce a superficial and unprofitable kind of
knowledge.
Just when we begin to think that we understand Pestalozzi's views,
he again leads us into uncertainty as to the idea which he attaches to
observation.
He says the idea had only lately struck him, " that all our knowl-
edge arises out of number, form, and words." On this triple basis,
he says, education must proceed ; and —
" 1. It must teach the children to look attentively at every object
which they are made to perceive as unity, that is, as separated from
those other objects with which it appears in connection.
2. It must make them acquainted with the form of every object,
that is, its size and proportion.
3. It must teach them as early as possible the names and words
applicable to all the objects with which they are acquainted."
Pestalozzi found it difficult, however, to answer the question, " Why
are not all the other properties which the five senses enable us to per-
ceive in objects, just as much elements of our knowledge, as number,
form, and name ?" His answer is, "All possible objects have neces-
sarily number, form, and name ; but the remaining properties which
the senses enable us to perceive are not possessed by any object in
common with all others, but this property is shared with one object,
and that with another."
When Pestalozzi made form a category to embrace all and every
thing, he only thought of the visible, as is evidenced by the further
development of his instruction in form, which deals chiefly with the
measuring of visible objects.
But there are innumerable observations which have nothing what-
ever to do with form and number ; for example, tasting honey,
smelling roses, &c.
LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI. ^
The prominence which Pestalozzi gave to form and number caused
him to undertake a new treatment of the subjects of geometry and
arithmetic. Subsequently he divided geometry into instruction in
form and instruction in spaces, for the reason that we perceive shape
and size, (mathematical quality and quantity,) independently of each
other ; drawing he made a part of the instruction in form — writing a
part of drawing.
But what became of Pestalozzi's principle, that observation is the
foundation of all intelligence, when he thus gave an undue prominence
to form and number, and neglected all other properties? Suppose
that we put a glass cube into the hands of a child and he observes in
respect to it nothing else, but that it has the cubic form, and, over and
above this, that it is one cube, — so far this glass cube is in no way
distinguished from a wooden one. But if I require to take notice of
other properties, such as color, transparency, weight. &c., in order
that I may form a correct idea of the glass cube, as a separate object,
and so describe it that it shall be distinguished with certainty from
every other cube, — then I must fix my attention, not only on form and
number, but on all apparent properties, as elements in a complete
observation.
Lastly, language itself has nothing to do with observation. Why
should I not be able to form a perfectly correct notion of an object
that has no name — for instance a newly-discovered plant ? Language
only gives us the expression for the impressions of the senses ; in it
is reflected the whole world of our perceptions. " It is," as Pestalozzi
rightly observes, " the reflex of all the impressions which nature's
entire domain has made on the human race." But what does he go
on to say ? " Therefore I make use of it, and endeavor, by the
guidance of its uttered sounds, to reproduce in the child the self-same
impressions which, in the human race, have occasioned and formed
these sounds. Great is the gift of language. It gives to the child in
one moment what nature required thousands of years to give man."
In that case, every child would be a rich heir of antiquity, without
the trouble of acquisition; words would be current notes for the
things which they designate. But both nature and history protest
against payment in such currency, and give only to him that hath.
Does not Pestalozzi himself repeatedly protest against this very thing ?
" The Christian people of our quarter of the world, (he says,) have
sunk into these depths, because in their lower school establishments
the mind has been loaded with a burden of empty words, which has
not only effaced the impressions of nature, but has even destroyed the
inward susceptibility for such impressions."
78 1-alt out boxes «n the ears right and left. But most of
the scholars rendered hi.s life very unhappy, so much so that 1 felt a real sym-
pathy for him, and kept myself all tin; nioiv quiot. This he soon obsem-d. and
many a time lie took me for a walk at el.-ven o'clock, for in fine wear
went every day to the banks of the river Krnrne, and for recreation and Bl
merit looked for different kinds of stones. I had to take part in this occupatioa
36 LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI.
myself, although it appeared to me a strange one, seeing that millions of stones
lay there, and I did not know which to search for. He himself was acquainted
with only a few kinds, but nevertheless he dragged along home from this place
every day with his pocket and his pocket handkerchief full of stones, though
after they were deposited at home, they were never looked at again. He re-
tained this fancy throughout his life. It was not an easy thing to lind a single
entire pocket handkerchief in the whole of the institution at Burgdorf, for all
of them had been torn with carrying stones.
There is one thing which, though indeed unimportant, I must not forget to
mention. The first time that I was taken in to Pestalozzi's school he cordially
welcomed and kissed me, then he quickly assigned me a place, and the whole
morning did not speak another word to me, but kept on reading out sentences
without halting for a moment. As I did not understand a bit of what was
going on, when I heard the word " monkey, monkey," come every time at the
end of a sentence, and as Pestalozzi, who was very ugly, ran about the room
as though he was wild, without a coat and without a neck-cloth, his long shirt-
sleeves hanging down over his arms and hands, which swung negligently about,
I was seized with real terror, and might soon have believed that he himself
was a monkey. During the first few days too, I was all the more afraid of him,
as he had, on my arrival, given me a kiss with his strong, prickly beard, the
first kiss which I remembered having received in my life.
Ramsauer does not relate so much about the instruction given by
the other teachers. Among the fruits of their instruction were two
of the three elementary works which appeared in 1803, under Pesta-
lozzi's name: (1.) "The ABC of Observation, or Lessons on the
Relations of Size," (2.) "Lessons on the Relations of Number." (3.)
The third elementary work alone was written by Pestalozzi himself;
it is the one already mentioned, the "Book for Mothers, or Guide
for Mothers in teaching their children to observe and speak."
The institution at Burgdorf attracted more and more notice ; people
came from a distance to visit it, induced particularly by Pestalozzi's
work, " How Gertrude teaches her children." M. Decan Ith, who was
sent by the Helvetian government in 1802, to examine the institution,
made a very favorable report on it, in consequence of which the
government recognized it as a public institution, and granted small
salaries to the teachers out of the public funds.
But that government was dissolved by Napoleon the very next
year, and the constitution of the cantoris restored. The Bernese
government now fixed on the castle of Burgdorf, as the seat of one
of the chief magistrates of the canton ; arid Pestalozzi had to clear
out of it, on the 22d of August, 1804.
In 1802, during Pestalozzi's stay at Burgdorf, Napoleon required
the Swiss people to send a deputation to him at Paris. Two districts
chose Pestalozzi as a deputy. Before his departure, he published a
pamphlet, entitled " Views on the Objects to which the Legislature
of Helvetia has to direct its attention." He put a memorandum on
the wants of Switzerland into the hands of the First Consul, who
paid as little attention to it as he did to Pestalozzi's educational
efforts, declaring that he could not mix himself up with the teaching
of the ABC.
LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI. gf
The Bernese government gave up the monastery of Buchsee to
Pestalozzi for his institution, and had the building properly arranged
for him. Close by Buchsee lies the estate of Hofwyl, where Fellen-
berg resided, and to whom the teachers gave the principal direction of
the institution, " not without my consent," says Pestalozzi, " but to
my profound mortification."
Notwithstanding, Pestalozzi allows Fellenberg to have possessed in
a high degree the talent of governing. In Fellenberg the intellect
predominated, as in Pestalozzi the feelings ; in the institution at
Buchsee, therefore, " that love and warmth was missing which, inspir-
ing all who came within its influence, rendered every one at Burg-
dorf so happy and cheerful : at Buchsee every thing was, in this
respect, totally different. Still Buchsee had this advantage, that in it
more order prevailed, and more was learned than at Burgdorf."
Pestalozzi perceived that his institution would not become inde-
pendent of Fellenberg, so long as it should remain at Buchsee, and
he gladly accepted, therefore, a highly advantageous proposal on the
part of the inhabitants of Yverdun, that he should remove his insti-
tution to their town. He repaired thither, with some of his teachers
and eight pupils ; half a year later, the remaining teachers followed,
having, as Pestalozzi remarks, soon found the government of Fellen-
berg far more distasteful than the want of government, under him,
had ever been to them.
We now enter on a period when Pestalozzi and his institution ac-
quired a European reputation, when Pestalozzian teachers had schools
in Madrid, Naples, and St. Petersburg, when the emperor of Russia
gave the venerable old man a personal proof of his favor and esteem,
and when Fichte saw in Pestalozzi and his labors the commencement
of a renovation, of humanity.
But to write the history of this period is a task of unusual difficul-
ty. On one side stand extravagant admirers of Pestalozzi, on the oth-
er bitter censurers; a closer examination shows us that both are
right, and both wrong. A fearful dissension arises, in the institution
itself, among the teachers; at the head of the two parties stand
Niederer and Schmid, who abuse each other in a manner unheard of.
With which party shall we side ; or shall we side with neither, or
with both ?
If we ask to which party Pestalozzi inclined, or whether he held
himself above the parties, and then go entirely according to his judg-
ment, our embarrassment will only be increased. He pronounced a
very different opinion on the same man at different times : at one time
he saw in him a helping angel, before whom he humbled himself
88 LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI.
more than was seemly, and from whom he expected every benefit to
his institution ; at another time, he saw in him an almost fiendish
being, who was only bent on ruining the institution.
If any fancy that they have a- sure source of information in the
account drawn up by Pestalozzi and Nieder, and published in 1807,
namely, the " Report on the State of the Pestalozzian Institution, ad-
dressed to the Parents of the Pupils and to the Public ;" they will be
undeceived by some remarks which Pestalozzi himself added to that
report at a later period, in the collected edition of his works, but still
more so in, " The Fortunes of my Life." This work is altogether at
variance with those which give a high degree of praise to the Pesta-
lozzian Institution, in its former condition. From the year in which
the dispute between Niederer and Schmid, broke out, (1810,) most
of those who give any information on the subject range themselves on
Niederer's side ; while Pestalozzi himself, from the year 1815 till his
death, holds unchangeably with Schmid.
I should despair of ever being able to thread my way in this laby-
rinth with any degree of certainty, were it not for the fact that I re-
sided some time in the institution, namely, from October, 1809, till May?
1810, and there became more intimately acquainted with persons and
circumstances than I could otherwise have been.
A friend, (Rudolph von Przystanowski,) accompanied me to Yver-
dun, where we arrived toward the end of October. It was in the
evening of a cold rainy day that we alighted at the hotel called the
Red House. The next morning we went to the old castle, built by
Charles the Bold, which with its four great round towers incloses
a courtyard. Here we met a multitude of boys ; we were conducted
to Pestalozzi. He was dressed in the most negligent manner: he
had on an old grey overcoat, no waistcoat, a pair of breeches, and
stockings hanging down over his slippers ; his coarse bushy black hair
uncombed and frightful. His brow was deeply furrowed, his dark
brown eyes were now soft and mild, now full of fire. You hardly
noticed that the old man, so full of geniality, was ugly ; you read in
his singular features long continued suffering and great hopes.
Soon after, we saw Niederer,* who gave me the impression of a
young Roman Catholic priest ; Kriisi,* who was somewhat corpu-
lent, fair, blue-eyed, mild and benevolent ; and Schmid,* who was, if
possible, more cynical in his dress than Pestalozzi, with sharp features
and eyes like those of a bird of prey.
At that time 137 pupils, of ages varying from six to seventeen
* A biographical sketch of Niederer, Kriisi, and Schmid, will be given at the close of the
life of Pestalozzi.— ED.
LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI. gg
years, lived in the institution ; 28 lodged in the town, but dined in
the institution. There were in all, therefore, 165 pupils. Among
them there were 78 Swiss ; the rest were Germans, French, Russians,
Italians, Spaniards, and Americans. Fifteen teachers resided in the
institution, nine of whom were Swiss teachers, who had been educated
there. Besides these, there were 32 persons who were studying the
method : seven of them were natives of Switzerland. The interior
of the building made a mournful impression on me ; but the situation
was extremely beautiful. An extensive meadow separates it from the
southern end of the glorious lake of Neufchatel, on the west side of
which rises the Jura range of mountains, covered with vineyards.
From the heights of the Jura, above the village of Granson, rendered
famous by the defeat of Charles the Bold, you survey on the one
side the entire chain of the Alps, from Mount Pilatus, near Lucerne,
to Mount Blanc ; on the other side you see far away into France.
A short time after my arrival, I went to live in the institution,
where I took my meals, and slept along with the children. If I
wanted to do any work for myself, I had to do it while standing at a
writing desk in the midst of the tumult of one of the classes. None
of the teachers had a sitting-room to himself. I was fully determined
to devote all my energies thenceforth to the institution, and accord-
ingly I had brought with me Freddy Reichardt, the brother of my
future wife, a boy of eight years, and now placed him among the
other' scholars. My position was well suited to enable me to compare
the reports on the institution with what I daily saw and experienced.
The higher my expectations had been raised by that report, the deep-
er was my pain, as I was gradually undeceived ; I even thought I saw
the last hopes of my native land disappear.
It is scarcely necessary for me to particularize the respects in which
I was undeceived ; they may be learnt from Pestalozzi's notes to the
latter copy of his report, but especially from his work, "The Fortunes
of my Life." Nevertheless I will advert to one or two principal
points.
I will particularly advert to what is said in the report about the
spirit of the institution, which is represented as being similar to that
which pervades a family.
" Wo may with a good conscience, declare publicly, that the children in our
institution are happy and cheerful ; that their innocence is preserved, their reli-
gious disposition cherished, their mind formed, ther knowledge increased, their
hearts elevated. The arrangements which have been adopted for attaining these
objects possess a quiet inward power. They are based principally on the benev-
olent and amiable character which distinguishes the teachers of our house, and
which is supported by a vigorous activity. There reigns throughout the entire
institution the spirit of a great domestic union, in which, according to the re-
quirements of such a union, a pure paternal and fraternal feeling every whero
90 LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZL
shines forth. The children feel themselves free, their activity finds even a pow-
erful charm in their employments ; the confidence reposed in them, and the af-
fection shown toward them, elevate their sentiments." " The life in the house
is, to a rare extent, a school for cultivating domestic affection and domestic un-
ity." "All the teachers in common, acting as an organized whole, do for all the
children what a careful mother does for the few children of her own family."
The body of teachers " attains the most perfect unity of thought and action,
and appears to the children as only one person."
"In general, it is to be remarked that we seek throughout to awaken and to
foster the spirit of peace, of love, and of mutual brotherly fellowship. The dis-
position of the great body of our inmates is good. A spirit of strength, of re-
pose, and of endeavor rests on the whole. There is much in our midst that is
eminently good. Some pupils evince an angelic disposition, full of love and of a
presentiment of higher thoughts and a higher existence. The bad ones do not
feel themselves comfortable in the midst of our life and labor ; on the other
hand, every spark of good and noble feeling which still glimmers even in the
bad ones encouraged and developed. The children are in general neither har-
dened by punishment, nor rendered vain and superficial by rewards. The mild
forbearance of the most amiable household has the most undisturbed play in our
midst. The children's feelings are not lightly wounded. The weak are not
made to compare themselves with the strong, but with themselves. We never
ask a pupil if he can do what another does. We only ask him if he can do a
thing. But we always ask him if he can doit perfectly. As little of the strug-
gle of competition takes place between one pupil and another, as between
affectionate brothers and sisters who live with a loving mother in a happy
condition."
" We live together united in brotherly love, free and cheerful, and are, in re-
spect to that which we acknowledge as the one thing needful, one heart and
one soul. We may also say that our pupils are one heart and one soul with us.
They feel that we treat them in a fatherly manner ; they feel that we serve them,
and that we are glad to serve them ; they feel that we do not merely instruct
them ; they feel that for their education we give life and motion to every thing
in them that belongs to the character of man. They also hang with their
whole hearts on our actions. They live in the constant consciousness of their
own strength."
Must not even a sober reader of these passages be led to believe
that a spirit of the most cordial love and concord reigned in a rare
manner in the Pestalozzian institution. How much more did I believe
so, who, deeply distressed by the calamities of those days, and inspired
with hope by the eloquence of Fichte, perceived in Yverdun the
commencement of a better time, and ardently longed to hasten its
approach. Those who did not themselves live through those years
of anguish, in which injustice increased and love waxed cold in the
hearts of many, may perhaps smile at the enthusiasm of despair.
Pestalozzi himself says of the institution that, as early as the time
when it was removed from Buchsee to Yverdun, it bare within itself
" the seeds of its own internal decay, (these are his own words,) in the
unequal and contradictory character of the abilities, opinions, inclina-
tions, and claims of its members ; although as yet this dissension had
done any thing but declare itself general, unrestrained, and fierce."
He says, that nevertheless many of the members were still desirous
for peace, and that others were moderate in their views and feelings.
" But the seeds of our decay had been sown, and though they were
Btill invisible in many places, had taken deep root. Led aside by
LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI. gj
worldly temptations and apparent good fortune from the purity, sim-
plicity, and innocence of our first endeavors, divided among ourselves
in our inmost feelings, and from the first made incapable, by the
heterogeneous nature of our peculiarities of ever becoming of one
mind and one heart in spirit and in truth for the attainment of our
objects, we stood there outwardly united, even deceiving ourselves
with respect to the real truth of our inclination to this union, and
unfortunately we advanced, each one in his own manner, with firm
and at one time with rapid steps along a path which, without our
being really conscious of it, separated us every day further from the
possibility of our ever being united.
What Ramsauer says entirely agrees with this. In Burgdorf, he
says, there reigned a kindly spirit. " This ceased when the family
life was transformed in the institution into a constitutional state
existence. Now the individual was more easily lost in the crowd :
thus there arose a desire on his part to make himself felt and noticed.
Egotism made its appearance every day in more offensive forms.
Envy and jealousy rankled in the breasts of many." " Much indeed
was said about * a domestic life,' which ought to prevail in an educa-
tional establishment, just as a very great deal was said and written
about an ' harmonious development of all the faculties of the pupil ;'
but both existed more in theory than in practice. It is true, that a
good deal of common interest was evinced in the general working of
the institution, but the details were allowed to go on or stand still
very much as they might, and the tone of the whole house was
more a tone of pushing and driving than one of domestic quietude."
In the report is thjs passage : " In respect to the execution of the
design, we may say decidedly, that the institution has stood the fiery
ordeal of eight severe years."
On this passage Pestalozzi remarks as follows in 1823 : " What is
here said in confirmation of this view is altogether a consequence of
the great delusion under which we lay at that period, namely, that all
those things in regard to which we had strong intentions and some
clear ideas, were really as they ought to have been, and as we should
have liked to make them. But the consequences of the partial truth
which in this instance had hold of our minds were, from want of suf-
ficient knowledge, ability, and skill for carrying it out, fixed in our
midst, confused, and made the seed of countless weeds, by which the
good seed that lay in the ground was on all sides crowded, and here
and there choked. Neither did we perceive the weeds at that time ;
indeed, as we then lived, thought, acted, and dreamt, it was impossi-
ble that we should perceive them."
92 LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI.
I am fully aware that by some these later observations of Pestalozzi
have been attributed partly to the weakness of old age, partly to the
influence of Schmid. To this I can not assent. As early as new-
year's day, 1808, at the same time as the report appeared, Pestalozzi
said to his teachers :
" My work was founded in love ; love vanished from our midst ; it could not
but vanish. We deceived ourselves as to the strength which this love de-
mands ; it could not but vanish. I am no longer in a position to provide any
help for it. The poison which eats into the heart of our work is accumulating
in our midst. Worldly honor will increase this poison. 0 God, grant that we
may no longer be overcome by our delusion. I look upon the laurels which are
strewn in our path as laurels set up over a skeleton. 1 see before my eyes the
skeleton of my work, in so far as it is my work. I desire to place it before your
eyes. I saw the skeleton which is in my house appear crowned with laurels be-
fore my eyes, and the laurels suddenly go up in flames. They can not bear the
lire of affliction which must and will come upon my house ; they will disap-
pear ; they must disappear. My work will stand. But the consequences of
my faults will not pass away. I shall be vanquished by them. My deliverance
is the grave. I go away, but you remain, Would that these words now stood
before your eyes in flames of fire ! — Friends, make yourselves better than I was,
that God may finish his work through you, as he does not finish it through me.
Make yourselves better than I was. Do not by your faults lay those same hin-
drances in your way that I have lain in mine. Do not let the appearance of success
deceive you, as it deceived me. You are called to higher, to general sacrifice,
or you too will fail to save my work. Enjoy the passing hour, enjoy the full-
ness of worldly honor, the measure of which has risen for us to its greatest
height ; but remember that it vanishes like the flower of the field, which blooms
for a little while, but soon passes away."
What contradictions ! Does then the same fountain send forth both
sweet and bitter ? Was the report actually intended to deceive the
world ?
Never; but Pestalozzi was not entirely free from an unfortunate
spirit of worldly calculation, although his calculations in most cases
turned out incorrect. Ever full of the idea of spreading happiness
over many lands, in a short time, by means of his methods of instruc-
tion and education, he naturally considered it all-important that peo-
ple should have a good opinion of his institution. By the bulk of the
public, indeed, the institution was taken as substantial evidence for or
against the excellence and practicability of his educational ideas : with
it they stood or fell.
The concern which Pestalozzi felt about the reputation of his
establishment became especially apparent when foreigners, particularly
persons of distinction, visited Yverdun.
" As many hundred times in the course of the year," says Ramsauer, " as
foreigners visited the Pestalozzian Institution, so many hundred times did Pesta-
lozzi allow himself, in his enthusiasm, to be deceived by them. On the arrival
of every fresh visitor, he would go to the teachers in whom he placed most con-
fidence and say to them : ' This is an important personage, who wants to
become acquainted with all we are doing. Take your best pupils and their
analysis-books, (copy-books in which the lessons wore written out,) and show
him what we can do and what we wish to do.' Hundreds and hundreds of
times there came to the institution, silly, curious, and often totally uneducated
pereons, who came because it was the 'the fashion.' On their account, we
LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI. 93
usually had to interrupt the class instruction and hold a kind of examination.
In 1814, the aged Prince Elsterhazy came. Pestalozzi rail all over the house,
calling out : ' Rarnsauer, Ramsauer, where are you ? Come directly with your
best pupils to the Red House, (the hotel at which the Prince had alighted.)
He is a person of the highest importance and of infinite wealth ; he has thou-
sands of bond-slaves in Hungary and Austria. He is certain to build schools
and set free his slaves, if he is made to take an interest in the matter.' I took
about fifteen pupils to the hotel. Pestalozzi presented me to the Prince with
these words : ' This is the teacher of these scholars, a young man who fifteen
years ago migrated with other poor children from the canton of Appenzell and
came to me. But he received an elementary education, according to his individ-
ual aptitudes, without let or hindrance. Now he is himself a teacher. Thus
you see that there is as much ability in the poor as in the richest, frequently
more ; but in the former it is seldom developed, and even then, not methodically.
It is for this reason that the improvement of the popular schools is so highly im-
portant. But he will show you every thing that we do better than I could. I
will, therefore, leave him with you for the present.' I now examined the
pupils, taught, explained, and bawled, in my zeal, till I was quite hoarse,
believing that the Prince was thoroughly convinced about every thing. At the
end of an hour, Pestalozzi returned. The Prince expressed his pleasure at what
he had seen. He then took leave, and Pestalozzi, standing on the steps of the
hotel, said : ' He is quite convinced, quite convinced, and will certainly establish
schools on his Hungarian estates.' When we had descended the stairs, Pesta-
lozzi said : ' Whatever ails my arm ? It is so painful. Why, see, it is quite
swollen, I can't bend it.' And in truth his wide sleeve was now too small for
his arm. I looked at the key of the house-door of the maison rouge and said
to Pestalozzi ; ' Look here, you struck yourself against this key when we were
going to the Prince an hour ago.' On closer observation it appeared that Pesta-
lozzi had actually bent the key by hitting his elbow against it. In the first
hour afterward he had not noticed the pain, for the excess of his zeal and his
joy. So ardent and zealous was the good old man, already numbering seventy
years, when he thought he had an opportunity of doing good. I could adduce
many such instances. It was nothing rare in summer for strangers to come to
the castle four or five times in the same day, and for us to have to interrupt the
instruction on their account two, three or four times."
After this highly characteristic account, I ask the reader whether
he will cast a stone at the amiable and enthusiastic old man? I cer-
tainly will not, though I could heartily have wished that, faithful in
small things and mindful of the grain of mustard seed, he had plant-
ed his work in stillness, and that it had been slow and sound in its
growth, even if it had been observed by only a few.
The source of the internal contradiction which runs through the
life of Pestalozzi, was, as we saw from his own confessions, the fact
that, in spite of his grand ideal, which comprehended the whole human
race, he did not possess the ability and skill requisite for conducting
even the smallest village school. His highly active imagination led
him to consider and describe as actually existing in the institution
whatever he hoped sooner or later to see realized. His hopeful spir-
it foresaw future development in what was already accomplished, and
expected that others would benevolently do the same. This bold as-
sumption has an effect on many, especially on the teachers of the
institution. This appears to explain how, in the report on the institu-
tion, so much could be said bond fide which a sober spectator was
forced to pronounce untrue.
94 LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZ1.
But this self-delusion is never of long duration ; the period of over-
strung enthusiasm is followed by one of hopelessness and dejection.
The heart of man is indeed an alternately proud and dejected thing !
Such an ebb and flow of lofty enthusiasm and utter despair pervades
the entire life of Pestalozzi. The address which he delivered to his
teachers in 1808 appears almost as the caput mortuumof the report:
the truth at last makes itself heard in tones of bitter remorse. Pes-
talozzi makes a more tranquil confession concerning the early times of
Yverdun, at a later period of his life, in his autobiography. More
than sixteen years had elapsed, and passion had cooled down. He
states soberly what he had enthusiastically wished to accomplish in
those earlier days ; he acknowledges that he had deceived himself
and he can now therefore relate the history of the institution clearly
and truthfully. But the times less removed from him are still too
present to his feelings, too near to his impassioned gaze, for him to
be able to delineate them with the same historical clearness in that
work.
The report speaks of the instruction imparted in the institution in
a way which can not have failed to give offense to persons who were
not enthusiastically prejudiced in favor of Pestalozzi. Listen to these
remarks : —
" With regard to the subjects of the instruction generally, the following is
what may be stated. The child learns to know and exercise himself) that is, his
physical, intellectual, moral, and religious faculties. With this instruction to the
child about himself, instruction about nature keeps pace. Commencing with
the child in his domestic relations, the latter instruction gradually embraces hu-
man nature in all the above mentioned aspects. And in the same way, com-
mencing with the circle of the child's observation, it gradually embraces the
whole of external nature. From the first starting point, the child is led to an
insight into the essential relations of mankind and society ; from the second to
an insight into the relations in which the human race stands to external nature,
and external nature to the human race. Man and nature, and their mutual re-
lation, constitute, therefore, the primary matter of the instruction ; and from
these subjects the knowledge of all separate branches of study is developed. It
must here be remarked, however, that the aim of the instruction is not to make
the pupils comprehend man and nature merely externally, that is, merely in so
far as they present isolated imperical characteristics, capable of being arranged
either in a logical sequence of separate units, or in any other order that may be
convenient. The aim is rather to make the pupils observe things as a living and
organic whole, harmoniously bound together by necessary and eternal laws, and
developing itself from something simple and original, so that we may thus bring
them to see how one thing is linked in another. The instruction, as a whole,
does not proceed from any theory, but from the very life and substance of na-
ture ; and every theory appears only as the expression and representation of
this observed life and substance."
I am relieved from the necessity of offering any criticism on this
passage by a note which Pestalozzi added to it fifteen years later.
" In this and several other passages," says the venerable old man, " I
express, not so much my own peculiar views on education in their
original simplicity, as certain immature philosophical views, with
LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SVSTEM OF PESTALOZZI. 95
which, at that time, notwithstanding all our good intentions, most of
the inmates of our house, myself among the rest, must needs perplex
our heads, and which brought me personally to a standstill in my en-
deavors. These views caused the house and the institution, both
of which attained at this period a seeming flourishing condition,
to go rotten at the roots ; and they are to be looked upon as the
hidden source of all the misfortunes which have since come upon me."
It would take too long to follow the report in the accounts which
it gives of the instruction in the separate branches of knowledge. In
every thing Pestalozzi wants to be entirely novel, and just for this rea-
son he falls into mistakes. Take, as a specimen, the following on the
instruction in geography : —
" The instruction in this subject begins with the observation of the district in
which we live, as a type of what the surface of the earth presents. It is then
separated into elementary instruction, which includes physical, mathematical,
and political geography, and (2,) the topographical part, in which each of the de-
partments of the subject suggested by the observation of the surrounding dis-
trict is prosecuted in a graduated course, and their reciprocal bearings brought
out. By this foundation, the pupils are prepared .for forming a clear and com-
prehensive view of the earth and man, and their mutual influence on each oth-
er, of the condition of states and peoples, of the progress of the human race in
intellectual culture, and lastly of physical science in its broader outlines and
more general relations. The children are made acquainted with the statistical
portion of the subject, that is, the natural productions, the number of inhabit-
ants, form of government, &c., by means of tabular views."
After this, need we wonder when we find Pestalozzi, in his me-
moirs, speaking of the earlier days of Yverdun in the following
manner ? " The desire of governing, in itself unnatural, was called
forth among us at this period, on the one hand, by the reputation of
our modes of instruction, which continued to increase after our return
to Yverdun, and the intoxicating good fortune that streamed to near-
ly every fool who hung out the sign-board of an elementary method
which, in reality, did not as yet exist ; on the other, by the audacity
of our behavior toward the whole world, and toward every thing that
was done in education and was not cast in our mould. The thing is
melancholy ; but it is true. We poor weak birds presumed to take
our little nestlings, ere they were fairly out of their shells, on flights
which even the strongest birds do not attempt until their young ones
have gained strength in many previous trials. We announced pub-
licly things which we had neither the strength nor the means to
accomplish. There are hundreds and hundreds of these vain boastings
of which I do not like to speak."
No wonder that, in this state of things, there arose a determined
opposition to the institution. In Switzerland especially, Pestalozzi
says, the public journals began "to speak decidedly against our
pretensions, asserting that what we did was by no means what we
yg LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI.
considered and represented ourselves to be doing. But, (be contin-
ues,) instead of penitently returning to modesty, we sturdily resisted
this opposition. Wbile participating in this temerity, which is now
incomprehensible to me, I began to be sensible that we were treading
in paths which might lead us astray, and that, in truth, many things
in the midst of us were not as they should have been, and as we
endeavored to make them appear in the eyes of the world."
Other members of the institution thought quite differently ; full of
self-confidence, they pressed for a formal examination ; and in the
month of May, 1809, an application to that effect was made to the
Swiss Diet, then assembled at Freiburg. The request was granted,
and Merian, member of the executive council of Basel ; Trechsel,
professor of mathematics, at Bern ; and Pere Girard, of Freiburg,
were commissioned by Governor D'Affry to examine the institution.
In November, 1809, just after I had arrived in Yverdun, this com-
mission of inquiry came down and remained five days. They were
five sultry days for Pestalozzi and his teachers ; it was felt that the
commission, which confined itself strictly to actual results, would make
no very enthusiastic report. Pere Gerard wrote the report in French,
Professor Trechsel translated it into German ; on the 12th of May,
1810, it was presented to the Diet, then assembled at Solothurn. In
the following year, the thanks of the country were accorded to
Pestalozzi, by the Diet ; and there the matter was allowed to rest.
I believe that the commission pronounced an impartial judgment ;
the conclusion of the report speaks for the whole. " The educational
methods of the institution, (say the commissioners,) stand only in
very imperfect connection with our establishments for public instruc-
tion. The institution has in no way aimed at coming into harmony
with these public schools. Determined at any price to interest all the
faculties of children, in order to guide their development according to
its own principles, it has taken counsel of its own views only, and be-
trays an irresistible desire to open for itself new paths, even at the
cost of never treading in those which usage has now established.
This was perhaps the right means for arriving at useful discoveries,
but it was also a design which rendered harmony impossible. The
institution pursues its own way ; the public institutions pursue theirs ;
and there is no probability that both ways will very soon meet. It is
a pity that the force of circumstances has always driven Mr. Pesta-
lozzi beyond the career which his pure zeal and his fervent charity had
marked out for him. A good intention, noble endeavors, indefatiga-
ble perseverance, should and will always meet with justice. Let us
profit by the excellent ideas which lie at the foundation of the whole
LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI. 97
undertaking ; let us follow its instructive examples ; but let us also
lament that an adverse fate must hang over a man, who, by the force
of circumstances, is constantly hindered from doing what he would
wish to do."
After the publication of the report, there arose a long and violent
literary warfare, which did any thing but add to the credit of the in-
stitution.* With this war against external foes, was unfortunately
associated an internal feud, which ended in the departure of Schmid
and others of the teachers.
One of Pestalozzi's biographers states, that Schmid's pride and pre-
tensions had grown to such an extent, that he had acted with the
greatest harshness toward Pestalozzi, Niederer, and Kriisi. "This
was caused," continues the biographer, " by some ideas which he had
partially caught up from two scientific men who were then stopping
with Pestalozzi, (one of them is now a man of note in Silesia.) Per-
haps at that time these ideas were not very clearly defined in the
minds of those men themselves."!
The biographer means me and my friend ; I shall therefore not be
misunderstood, if I relate briefly the matter to which he refers.
I had come to learn and to render service. On this account, I
took up my quarters entirely in the old building of the institution,
slept in one of the large dormitories, took my meals with the chil-
dren, attended the lessons, morning and evening prayers, and the con-
ferences of the teachers. I listened and observed attentively in
silence ; but I was far from thinking of commencing myself to teach.
My opinion upon all the things that I saw and heard was formed very
much with reference to the boy of eight years intrusted to my care,
accordingly as they contributed to his comfort or otherwise. Several
weeks had passed on in this way, when I was one evening with Pes-
talozzi and the rest of the teachers at the hotel of the Wild Man,
where they used to meet I. think once a fortnight. After supper,
Pestalozzi called me into an adjoining room ; we were quite alone.
" My teachers are afraid of you," he said, " because you only listen
and look on in silence ; why do you not teach ?" I answered that
before teaching, I wished to learn — to learn in silence. After the
* The well-known K. L. von Haller noticed the report of the commission in terms of high
praise, in the GVttirtgen Literary Advertiser^ of the 13th of April, 1811, and at the same time
accused the Pestalozzian Institution of inspiring its pupils with an aversion from religion, the
constituted authorities, and the aristocracy. In reply to this, Niederer wrote "The Pesta-
lozzian Institution to the Public." This pamphlet appeared in anew form in 1812. under the
title, " Pestalozzi's Educational Undertaking in relation to the Civilization of the Present
Time." Bremi, of Zurich, wrote in reply to the former pamphlet ; Pestalozzi and Niederer
wrote again in reply to Bremi. Niederer professes to have convicted Bremi of ninety-two
lies, thirty-six falsifications, and twenty calumnies.
t Henning, in the Schulrath, (an educational periodical )
7
98 LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI.
conversation had touched on one thing and another, he frankly told
me things about several of his teachers which put me into a state of
astonishment, and which stood in direct contradiction with what I had
read in the report, but not with what I had myself already observed
or expected. Pestalozzi followed up these disclosures with the pro-
posal, that I and my friend, in company with Schmid, whom he
highly praised, especially for his practical ability and his activity,
should set to work to renovate the institution.
The proposal came upon me so unexpectedly, that I begged for
time to think of it, and discussed the matter with my friend, who was
just as much surprised as I was. We were both naturally brought
by this means into a closer relation with Schmid, became in a- short
time acquainted with the arcana imperil, and honestly considered
what obstacles stood in the way of the prosperity of the institution,
and what could be done to remove them.
Foremost of these was the intermixture of German and French
boys, which doubly pained me, as I had come from Paris. The pa-
rents thought otherwise : they perceived in this very intermixture a
fortunate means of training their children in the easiest way to speak
both languages : whereas the result was, that the children could speak
neither. With such a medley of children, the institution was devoid
of a predominant mother-tongue, and assumed the mongrel character
of border-provinces. Pestalozzi read the prayers every morning and
evening, first in German, then in French ! At the lessons in the Ger-
man language, intended for German children, I found French children
who did not understand the most common German word. This, and
much more that was to be said against this intermixture, was now
discussed with Pestalozzi, and the proposal was made to him, to sep-
arate the institution into two departments, one for German, the
other for French children. Only in this way, it was represented to
him, could the education of each class of children be successfully
conducted.
The proposal was not accepted, chiefly on account of external ob-
stacles, which might however have been overcome. A passage in
Pestalozzi's " Fortunes " shows that he afterward thoroughly agreed
with us. In this passage he calls it an unnatural circumstance, that
the institution was transplanted from Burgdorf to Yverdun, " from
German to French soil." " When we first come here," he continues,
" our pupils were nearly all Germans ; but there was very soon added
to them an almost equal number of French children. Most of the
German children were now intrusted to us, not with any particular
reference to any elementary or other education, but simply in order
LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI. 99
that they might learn to speak French in a German house, and this
was the very thing that we were least able to teach "them ; so also
most of the French parents intrusted their children to us, in order
that they might learn German in our German house : and here we
stood between these two claims, equally unable to satisfy either the
one or the other. At the same time, the persons on either side, who
committed their children to our care, saw with as little distinctness
what they really wished of us, as we did the extent of our inability
to satisfy their real wishes. But it had now become the fashion to
send us children from all sides ; and so, in respect to pecuniary
resources and eulogistic prattle, things went on for a considerable time
in thejr old glittering but deceptive path."
The second evil was this. Much as is said in the report about the
life in the institution having quite the character of that in a family,
and even excelling it in many respects, still nothing could be less do-
mestic than this life was. Leaving out of consideration Pestalozzi's
residence, there were indeed in the old castle class rooms, dining
rooms, and bed rooms, but the parlor, so justly esteemed by Pesta-
lozzi, was altogether wanting. Older boys who, as the expression is,
had arrived at years of indiscretion, may have felt this want less ; but
so much the more was it felt by the youngest — by children of six to
ten years. I felt deeply on this account for my little Freddy, who,
until he came to the institution, had grown up under the care of a
tender mother in a lovely family circle. His present uncomfortable
and even desolate existence grieved me much, and troubled my con-
science. For his sake, and at the same time, for the sake of the rest
of the little boys, we begged Pestalozzi to rent a beautiful dwelling
house in the vicinity of Yverdun, where the children might find a
friendly compensation for the life of the family circle which they had
lost. We offered to take up our abode with them.
This proposal also was declined. It may easily be supposed that in
the consultation upon it, the weak side of the institution, the want of
a parlor, and the impossibility even of supplying the place of the
family life, was very fully discussed.*
Many of the conversations I had with Pestalozzi I shall never for-
get. One of them concerned the teachers of the institution, in par-
ticular the under-teachers. I saw that many of them labored with
the greatest fidelity and conscientiousness, even sacrificing themselves
* We made a third proposal, because it appeared to us to be impossible that Pestalozzi's
ideas could be realized in Yverdun under the then existing circumstances. We asked him to
establish in the canton of Argovia the long promised poor school, and offered to engage in
the work ourselves to the best of our ability. As he declined this proposal also, I thought it
my duty, especially on account of the boy confided to me, to leave the institution.
100 LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI.
for the good of the institution. I need only refer the reader to the
autobiography of honest, manful Ramsauer, for evidence of this fact.
But still there was something wanting in most of the teachers ; this
Pestalozzi himself could not help feeling. In his new year's address
of 1811, he said to them: "Do not attach a higher value to the
ability to teach well, than that which it really has in relation to edu-
cation as a whole. You have, perhaps, too early in your lives had to
bear burdens which may have diminished somewhat the lovely bloom
of your youth ; but to you as educators, that bloom is indispensable.
You must seek to restore it. I am not ignorant of your ability, your
worth ; but just because I know them, I would wish to set upon them
the crown of an amiable disposition, which will increase your worth
and make even your ability a blessing."
In what then were the teachers deficient ? Pestalozzi points out
one thing : many who had grown up in the institution had too early
borne burdens, and had been kept in uninterrupted exertion. " Those
teachers who had been pupils of Pestalozzi," says Ramsauer, " were
particularly hard worked, for he at all times required much more from
them, than he did from the other teachers ; he expected them to live
entirely for the house, — to be day and night concerned for the wel-
fare of the house and the pupils. They were to help to bear every
burden, every unpleasantness, every domestic care, and to be respon-
sible for every thing. Thus, for example, in their leisure hours, (that
is when they had no lessons to give,) they were required at one time
to work some hours every day in the garden, at another to chop
wood for the fires, and, for some time, even to light them early in the
morning, or transcribe, j
Rarasauer. lie entered the institution at Burgdorf in 1800, as
LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI. ng
a boy of ten years ; he left it at the age of twenty-six, as head teach-
er, when he went from Yverdun to Wiirzburg. Thus he had, both as
a learner and as a teacher, become acquainted with the religious ten-
dency of the institution. When, in later years, the deep truth and
solemn sanctity of Christianity dawned upon his awakened conscience,
which impelled him to self-knowledge, then first did he learn to form
a just estimate of that religious tendency. He narrates as follows : —
" In Burgdorf, an active and entirely new mode of life opened to me ; there
reigned so much love and simplicity in the institution, the life was so genial — I
could almost say patriarchal ; not much was learned, it is true, but Pestalozzi
was the father, and the teachers were the friends of the pupils ; Pestalozzi's
morning and evening prayers had such a fervor and simplicity, that they carried
away every one who took part in them ; he prayed fervently, read and ex-
plained G-ellert's hymns impressively, exhorted each of the pupils individually
to private prayer, and saw that some pupils said aloud in the bedrooms, every
evening, the prayers which they had learned at home, while he explained, at
the same time, that the mere repeating of prayers by rote was worthless, and
that every one should rather pray from his own heart. Such exhortations
became more and more rare at Yverdun, and the praying aloud ceased altogeth-
er, like so much else that had a genial character. "We all felt that more must
be learned than at Burgdorf; but we all fell, in consequence, into a restless
pushing and driving, and the individual teachers into a scramble after distinction.
Pestalozzi, indeed, remained the same noble-hearted old man, wholly forgetting
himself, and living only for the welfare of others, and* infusing his own spirit
into the entire household ; but, as it arose not so much from the religious ar-
rangements and from Pestalozzi's principles, as from his personal character, that
so genial a life had prevailed at Burgdorf, that spirit could not last long, it could
not gain strength and elevate itself into a Christian spirit. On the other hand,
so long as the institution was small, Pestalozzi could, by his thoroughly amiable
personal character, adjust at once every slight discordance ; he stood in much
closer relation with every individual member of the circle, and could thus
observe every peculiarity of disposition, and influence it according to necessity.
This ceased when the family life was transformed in the institution into a con-
stitutional state existence. Now the individual was more easily lost in the
crowd ; thus there arose a desire, on the part of each, to make himself felt and
noticed. Egotism made its appearance every day in more pointed forms. Envy
and jealousy rankled in the breasts of many. The instruction, calculated only
for the development of the mind, nourished feelings of selfishness and pride ;
and the counterpoise, which only the fear of God could have given, was not
known. Instead of being told that only that teacher could labor with God's
blessing who had attained to the knowledge and the belief of the highest
truths, and had thus come to see that he was nothing of himself, but that he
had to thank God for whatever he was enabled to be or to do, and that every
Christian, but especially the educator, had daily cause to pray to God for pa-
tience, love, and humility, and for wisdom in doing and avoiding; instead of this,
we heard day after day that man could do every thing that he wished, that he
could do everything of himself, and that he alone could help himself. Had the
otherwise so noble Pestalozzi made the Bible the foundation of all moral and
religious education, I verily believe that the institution would still have been in
existence, even as those institutions are still in existence and working with suc-
cess which were founded by Franke, upward of one hundred years ago, with
small means, but in full reliance on God. But, instead of making the pupils fa-
miliar with the Bible, Pestalozzi, and those of his assistants who gave the
so-called religious instruction, or conducted the so-called morning and evening
prayers, fell more and more in each succeeding year into a mere empty moral-
izing ; and hence it may be understood how it could happen that I grew up in
this institution, was confirmed there, and for sixteen years led a very active and
morally good life, without acquiring even the slightest acquaintance with the
word of God. I did, indeed, many a time hear the Bible named, and even heard
120 LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI.
Pestalozzi complain that nobody read it, and say that in his youth things had
been better in this respect ; at the domestic worship on Sundays, and during my
confirmation instruction, I also frequently heard individual texts read and arbi-
trarily explained ; but neither I nor any other of the young men obtained any
idea of the sacredness and connection of God's word. Just as Pestalozzi, by the
force of his personal character, attached most of his assistants to himself for
years, so that they forgot themselves as he forgot himself, when good was to be
done, so also, and much more, might he have inspired them for the Gospel, and
the blessing of God would then have rested on him and them, and the institution
would have become a Christian seminary. It would not have been necessary
on this account to hang out a sign-board with the words " Christian Educational
Institution," displayed upon it; on the contrary, the more quietly and modestly
Pestalozzi and his assistants had conducted themselves, the more effectively
would they have worked, and even the most noisy blusterer would soon have
come to perceive how very little he could be and do of himself, and thus would
have become capable of learning something from strangers. Perhaps some per-
son or other may be disposed to reproach me with one-sidedness, injustice, or
even ingratitude, toward Pestalozzi, and to oppose to my testimony the fact that
at Yverdun Pestalozzi employed every Friday morning principally in represent-
ing Jesus to us as the great exemplar of love and self sacrifice ; or I may be
asked whether I have quite forgotten the zeal with which Niederer often gave
the confirmation instruction. But, in reply to this, I can only refer to the fkcta
which I have just detailed."
I could add but little to this statement of Ramsauer. When I was
in the institution, the religious instruction was given by Niederer, but
no stranger was allowed to be present at it. We may form a tolera-
bly correct notion, however, of the manner in which he gave it, from
what is said on the subject in the " Report to the Parents."*
" All the elder pupils, (says the report,) receive positive religious instruction
twice a week. The guiding thread that is used for this purpose is the course of
the religious development of the human race, as described in the Holy Scrip-
tures, from the Mosaic records downward, and, based on this, the pure doc-
trines of Jesus Christ, as he announced them in his Gospel. We base the
teaching of moral duties chiefly on Christ's sermon on the mount, and the teach-
ing of doctrines chiefly on St. John's Gospel. The latter is read connectedly
and explained from itself and from Christ's eternal fundamental view of God and
of himself as the visible image and representative of the god-head and the god-
like, of the relation of mankind to God, and of the life in God. We seek, by
the example of Christ, and by the manner in which he viewed and treated men
and things and their relations, to awaken in the children an intuitive leaning
toward the life and conduct, the belief and hope, which are founded in the un-
changeable nature of religion, and to render these things habitual to them, and
by the development of those graces through which the Father shone in Him, to
raise them to such a mind and mode of life, that God may shine in them also.
We do not combat religious error, but endeavor to impart only religious truth.
We seek the ground of all dogmas and the source of all religious views in the
nature of religion, in the nature of man, and in his propensities, powers,
wants, and relations, in order that the child may learn to distinguish the truth
in every garb and the substance in every form. The course pursued for the at-
tainment of the last-named object, or the elementary religious instruction, pre-
paratory to the positive doctrines of revelation, is based specially on the solution
of the following questions: 1. What is the original religious capability in human
nature, or what are the elements of all religious development and education, in
so far as they exist in man himself, and proceed from him as something implanted
in him by God ? These elements are perceptions and feelings. 2. By what
means and in what manner must these primitive religious perceptions and feel-
ings necessarily be excited and brought to consciousness in him ? Here it ia
especially the relation to father and mother, to nature, and to society, that ia
* There is no doubt that this passage is from Niederer's pen.
LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI. ]21
regarded as a means of religious excitation and education. 3. By what means
and in what manner does man originally and necessarily express the religious
perceptions and feelings excited in him ? And to what does all this lead man ?
We find here principally the expression of the religious disposition as a gesture ;
the expression of the religious notion as a word ; the expression of the religious
contemplation as an image. The first develops itself as ceremony, the second
as instruction and doctrine, the last as symbol and image-worship. With the
course of this development is connected the development of what utters itself
unchangeably in human nature as veritable and eternal religion, every where
operative, and of what, as sensual degeneracy, errors of the passions, and person-
al depravity, leads to superstition and infidelity, to idolatry and image- worship,
to hypocritical self-delusion and deception of others, and lastly, to the contempt-
uous rejection of all that is divine and sacred. The pupil finds the key to the
clear comprehension of this in the intuitive consciousness of the awaking and
course of his own feelings, in the impressions which things make on his own
mind, and in the religious arrangements by which he is surrounded. As matter
of fact, the whole is exemplified in the history of the religious culture of man-
kind. The indication thereof, or the thread to which the explanation must be
attached, in giving the instruction, exists in the language of every nation. The
most important results to be accomplished by the instruction are : That the pu-
pil shall lay hold of the true and the eternal in their origin ; that he shall look
upon the human race as essentially religious, and as an organic whole, develop-
ing itself according to necessary and divine laws ; that, understanding also in
its origin and in its consequences the fall from God and the god-like, he shah1 all
the more earnestly and faithfully follow the way of return to God and to the life
in Him, so that, being thus prepared, he may comprehend the worship of God
in spirit and in truth, the significance of the eternal Gospel ; so that he may
attain to an inward godly existence, as he lives outwardly in an intelligent
existence."
I have quoted the whole of this passage, because it shows how far
the religious instruction was removed from all believing fervor and
childlike simplicity, from Christian simplicity, as we meet with it in
Luther's small catechism. But this passage characterizes only the
religious instruction in the institution, and by no means Pestalozzi's
religious views and practice.
Still it is clear that at Yverdun he also had in view much less mor-
al education than intellectual. He wished, by means of the latter, to
lay before the world striking results of the method ; but how shall he
show passing strangers the results of moral education, a humble mind
and a loving heart, or shall he even expose them rudely to public gaze
by an examination ? To which was added, that in the multitude of
boys he despaired of being able to take each one individually to
his heart as a father would do, who never loves his children only en
masse.
I now return to Pestalozzi's writings, and come to those which he
wrote in his old age.
In several of his addresses to the inmates of his house, there are
passages which bear witness that even during the years which he
passed at Yverdun, Christianity still lived in his inmost soul ; peaceful
Sabbath and festival tones soar above the restless and noisy week-day
work. So in his Christmas address of 1810.
" I have been told by old people, (lie said,) and I have partly seen myself,
122 LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI.
that Christmas Eve used to be a night like no other. The day of the highest
earthly joy was not its shadow. The anniversary of the deliverance of the
country from slavery, the anniversary of freedom, was not to be compared to it.
It was quite a heavenly night, a night of heavenly joy. In its still service ded-
icated to God, resounded the words : ' Glory to God in the highest, and on
earth peace, good will toward men.' "When the angels still assembled, as it
were, over the heads of men, at this hour, and praised God that the Saviour of
the world was born, — what a night was Christmas Eve ! Who can describe its
joy ? "Who can tell its bliss ? The earth was, on that night, transformed into a
heaven. On that night, God was celebrated on high, peace was on earth, and
men showed a cheerful good will. Brothers, friends, children, could I but carry
you back into the old Christian world, and show you the celebration of this hour
in the days of innocence and faith, when hah1" the world still accounted it a
small thing to die for the faith in Christ Jesus 1 Could I but show you the joy
of Christmas Eve in the picture of those days I The heart full of the Holy
Ghost, and the hand full of human gifts — thus stood the Christian at this hour
in the circle of his brethren. Thus stood the mother in the circle of her chil-
dren. Thus stood the master in the circle of his workmen — the gentleman in
the circle of his own people. Thus stood the commune before their pastor —
thus went the rich man into the chamber of the poor. At this hour, enemy
held out to enemy the hand of reconciliation. The sinner knelt down and wept
over his transgressions, and rejoiced in the Saviour, who forgave him his sins.
The hour of heavenly joy was the hour of heavenly sanctification. The earth
was a heavenly earth, and the abode of mortal men emitted odors of immortal
life. May the joys of this hour, may the joy at the birth of our Redeemer, so
elevate us, that Jesus Christ may now appear to us as the visible divine love, as
he sacrificed himself and gave himself up to death for us. May we rejoice in
the hour in which he became man, because he brought into the world for us the
great gift of his life, and laid it upon the altar of divine love. From this hour,
he was the priest of the Lord, sacrificed for us. Friends, brothers, sisters, let us
pray ; 0 God, give us them again, those fair days of the world, in which the hu-
man race truly rejoiced in the birth of Jesus Christ, the Redeemer. Give us
again tlie times in which the hearts of men were at this hour, full of the Holy
Ghost, and their hands full of human gifts for their brethren. Father in
heaven, thou wilt give us them again, if we but truly desire them/"
In the address already mentioned, which Pestalozzi delivered in
1818, when he was seventy-two years old, occur passages which make
a profound impression on the mind. He there declares that happi-
ness is to be expected from Christianity alone.
" The artificial spirit of our times, (he says.) has also annihilated the influence
which the religious feeling of our fathers exercised upon this centre of human
happiness. This religious spirit which caused the happiness of the quiet and
circumscribed domestic relations, has sunk down amongst us into an insolent
spirit of reasoning upon ah1 that is sacred and divine ; still we must also
acknowledge that the prime source of the real poison of our artificiality, namely,
the irreligious feeling of the present age, seems to be shaken in the very depths
of its destructive powers; the blessed spirit of the true Christian doctrine
appears to strike deeper root again in the midst of the corruption of our race,
and to preserve inward purity of life in thousands and thousands of men, and,
indeed, with regard to popular education, it is from this quarter alone that we
can derive the expectation, that we shall ever attain to measures really calcula-
ted to reach with sufficient efficacy the views, dispositions, appetites, and habits
of our present mode of life, which we must look upon as the original source of
our popular depravity and the misfortunes of our times."
The conclusion of the address is particularly important : —
Friends, brothers, become renovators of my house, restorers of its old spirit,
and witnesses that the spirit of my youth, which is seen blossoming in ' Leon-
ard and Gertrude,' and nearer maturity in ' How Gertrude teaches her children,'
Etill lives in me. In that spirit, become joint founders of the present result of
LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI. J23
the old original, philanthropic and beneficent purpose of my institution. In
that spirit, and in no other, I call you all, who are members of my institution,
to a sacred union in and through love. Love one another, as Jesus Christ loved
us. ' Love suffereth long, and is kind ; love envieth not ; love vaunteth not it-
self, is not puffed up, doth not behave itself unseemly, seeketh not its own, is
not easily provoked, thinketh no evil ; rejoiceth not in iniquity, but rejoiceth in
the truth ; beareth all things, believeth all things, hopeth all things, endureth
all things.' Friends, brothers, bless them that curse you, do good to them that
hate you. Heap coals of fire on the heads of your enemies. Let not the sun
go down upon your wrath. If thou bring thy gift to the altar, first be reconciled
to thy brother, and then come and offer thy gift. All unrelenting severity, even
toward those who do us wrong, be far from our house. Let all human severity
be lost in the gentleness of our faith. Let no one among you attempt to excuse
his severity toward those who are in the wrong. Let no one say that Jesus
Christ did not love those who did wrong. He did love them. He loved them
with divine love. He died for them. He came not to call the righteous, but
sinners, to repentance. He did not find sinners faithful, but made them faithful.
He did not find them humble, but made them humble, by his own humility.
Verily, verily, it was with the high and holy service of his humility that he
conquered the pride of sinners, and chained them by faith to the heart of his
divine love. Friends, brothers, if we do this, if we love one another, as Jesus
Christ loved us, we shall overcome all the obstacles which stand in the way of
our life's purpose, and be able to ground the welfare of our institution upon the
everlasting rock, on which God himself has built the welfare of the human race,
through Jesus Christ. Amen."
At the grave, I have asked after Pestalozzi's confession of faith ; I
have sought it in his writings, as well as in his life, and communicated
to the reader what he himself confessed in 1793 about his Christianity
at that period of his life, when, perhaps, he had separated himself
furthest from Christ, and lived only in a speculative and political ele-
ment. " Wavering, (so went the confession,) between feelings which
drew me toward religion, and opinions which led me away from it, I
went the dead way of my time." This confession we have found con-
firmed in his writings, as in his life ; but in his earliest, and again in
his latest writings, religious feeling has been seen soaring above a
sceptical intellect. And throughout his long life how high soars a
love which would not despair under any suffering, any ingratitude ;
how high it soars above all doubts, in the pure air of heaven ! Men
are seduced into infidelity by superficial reflection, which, misap-
prehending and over-estimating the measure of insight possible to
man, fails to judge aright where a clear self-knowledge believes with
intelligent resignation. But Christ, who takes the strong for his spoil,
reigns ever in the inmost heart of Christians as episcopus in partibus
infidelium ; even in times, when their faith wavers, he remains
faithful to them. This we see in Pestalozzi, both in his words and in
his works.
Who shall dare cast a stone at him, who shall dare condemn him ?
To him shall much be forgiven, for he loved much. Aye, the whole
of his toilsome life is pervaded by love — by a yearning desire to alle-
viate the condition of the poor suffering people. That love was the
124 L1FE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI.
passion of his heart ; it kindled in him a burning anger against all
who stood in the way of the attainment of its object.
It is true, that the chief obstacle in his way was himself. With
God, counsel and action go together ; with men, they are only too
often separated. Thus we have seen that Pestalozzi, with the clearest
knowledge of men, was incapable of managing and governing them ;
with the most amiable ideals, he was blind when he had to show the
way to those ideals. Nay, in endeavoring to realize his great concep-
tions, he frequently took the course most opposed to them.
No one was further than he was from a cleanly domestic existence ;
yet no one desired such an existence more earnestly, or understood its
value better, than he did. The delineations of Gertrude's housekeep-
ing prove that a poet can truthfully depict not only what he possesses
in full degree, but what he longs for with his whole heart because he
lacks it altogether.
He passed the greater part of his life in pressing want : thus he
could scarcely fail to feel a true and spontaneous sympathy with the
poor and abandoned.
If he was cynical in evil days from necessity ; in better days, he
was so on principle. Corresponding to the bodily cynicism, there
was in the character of his mind, something which I would call, not
spiritual poverty, but intellectual cynicism : an aversion to the aristoc-
racy of education. And yet, as one of the contradictions of which
his character is full, he felt himself called to lay new foundations un-
der the lofty structure of this education, instead of the old pernicious
ones. He wanted to support the upper story of the building, with-
out troubling himself about that story itself. On one occasion, he
even made it the subject of a boast, that he had not read a book for
thirty years.
Hence it came, as I have already said, that he committed so many
mistakes usual with self-taught men. He wants the historical basis ;
things which others had discovered long before appear to him to be
quite new when thought of by himself or any one of his teachers.
He also torments himself to invent things which had been invented
and brought to perfection long before, and might have been used by
him, if he had only known of them. For example, how useful an
acquaintance with the excellent Werner's treatment of the mineralog-
ical characters of rocks would have been to him, especially in the def-
inition of the ideas, observations, naming, description, &c. As a self-
taught man, he every day collected heaps of stones in his walks. If
he had been under the discipline of the Freiberg school, the observa-
tion of a single stone would have profited him more, than large heaps
LIFE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI. }25
of stones, laboriously brought together, could do, in the absence of
any such division.
Self-taught men, I say, want the discipline of the school. It is not
simply that, in the province of the intellectual, they often find only
after long wanderings what they might easily have attained by a direct
and beaten path ; they want also the ethical discipline, which restrains
us from running according to caprice after intellectual enjoyments, and
wholesomely compels us to deny ourselves and follow the path
indicated to us by the teacher.
Many, it is true, fear that the oracular instinct of the self-taught
might suffer from the school. But, if the school is of the right sort,
this instinct, if genuine, will be strengthened by it ; deep-felt, dreamy,
and passive presentiments are transfigured into sound, waking, and
active observation.
This self-taught character of Pestalozzi's mind showed itself in his
treatment of several branches of instruction. What are his names
of towns, which he takes in alphabetical order from the index of a
geography book, without possessing any knowledge of the subject ;
what are the heaps of words transcribed from Scheller's Lexicon :
what else are they but the trials of an undisciplined mind, to find out
new ways of writing schoolbooks ?
But when the self-taught man forsakes the old highways, he finds,
in spite of much going astray, many short by-ways, the knowledge of
which is welcome to the students of the subject, and induces them to
make new experiments themselves. In this manner, Pestalozzi
exercised an influence even upon his adversaries.
Generally, Pestalozzi's personal influence on the methods of teach-
ing particular subjects was small ; but, on the other hand, he com-
pelled the scholastic world to revise the whole of their task, to reflect
on the nature and destiny of man, as also on the proper way of leading
him from his youth toward that destiny. And this was done, not in
the superficial rationalistic manner of Basedow* and his school, but
so profoundly, that even a man like Fichte anticipated very great
things from it.
But it is to be lamented, that the actual attempts made by Pesta-
Basedow founded an educational institution called the " Philanthropin," at Dessua, in
1774. In this institution, the educational views of Rousseau, as expounded in his " Emile,"
were exclusively followed, and every effort made to realize them. Rousseau was at that
time the pharos of many educationists in Germany and Switzerland, as he was the pharos
of the men of the revolution in France. The Philanthropin excited a good deal of attention
at the time. The name of the Philanthropin still survives, but it has almost become a term
of reproach to signify any shallow educational enterprise. It appears, however, that, together
with much that was whimsical and even foolish, the institution presented many honest and
unselfish efforts on the part of faithful workers, and produced many wholesome fruits. — Sec
Returner's account of the Philanthropin.
126 L1FE AND EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF PESTALOZZI.
lozzi and his fellow-laborers to set up new methods of teaching vari-
ous subjects, have met with such especial approbation and imitation.
An examination of Pestalozzi's profound principles, and an insight
into the contradiction between these principles and his practice, would
have conduced much more to the discovery of new methods, really
answering to the principles. This is appplicable, for instance, to what
I have said upon the exercises in observation, falsely so called. Most
of the imitators of the great man have fallen in love with his dark
side, the endeavor to mechanise education. When those purely ex-
ternal appliances and artifices which he employed for mechanising ed-
ucation shall have been so modified as to be no longer recognizable,
or shall have been entirely laid aside and forgotten — then Pestalozzi's
"Leonard and Gertrude," the "Evening Hour of a Hermit," and
"How Gertrude teaches her Children," will still live on and exercise
an influence, though even these works, like every thing else that is hu-
man, are not altogether free from spot or blemish. Profound
thoughts, born of a holy love under severe pains, they are thoughts
of eternal life, and, like love, shall never cease.
APPENDIX
PESTALOZZI'S HUNDREDTH BIRTHDAY.
LET a graduate of any good public school imagine a system of schools
permitting indeed, though after a most laborious and imperfect fashion,
for the wealthy and noble, large acquirements ; but, for all those likely
to attend what answer to our common or public schools, teaching only
reading, and that alone, or at most with church singing, and memoriz-
ing of texts and hymns ; reading all day, by one pupil at a time, from
the droning A, B, C, up to whatever rhetoric was highest in grade ; in
that even shrill yell which was the elocutionary rule fifty years ago,
without any possible regard to the meaning of what was read, or
indeed of what was committed to memory ; no arithmetic, no geogra-
phy, no grammar, no writing, even. Let him imagine this single study
taught in dens almost like prisons ; by men absolutely ferocious in man-
ners and feelings : who whipped a single scholar — as Martin Luther's
master did him — fifteen times in one forenoon; who feruled, caned,
boxed, slapped, rapped, and punched, right and left ; made children kneel
on peas and sharp edges of wood ; in short, ransacked their own dull
brains for ingenious tortures, and a language twice as copious as Eng-
lish, besides Latin and Greek, for nicknames and reproaches, to inflict
upon the youth of their charge ; schools to which parents threatened to
send contumacious children, as if to the " Black Man." or any other
hideous, unknown torment ; schools almost precisely as destitute of any
kindly feeling, of any humanizing tendency, of any moral or religious
influence, as any old-fashioned Newgate or Bridewell. Let our gradu-
ate imagine, if he can, all this. Then let him further imagine a state
of society stiffened, by ages of social fixity, into immovable grades, and
where "the lower classes" were to be permitted this, reckoned their
appropriate education, but no more. Let him still further imagine great
and far-reaching political, social, and intellectual disturbances, working
in powerful conjunction, upsetting all manner of laws, systems, distinc-
tions, and doctrines, preparing all minds to hope for, and to admit, better
beliefs, and better opportunities, for themselves and for others. And,
lastly, let him imagine a man possessed of the vastest capacity for la-
bor, a mind fruitful of expedients and experiments to the very highest
degree, and no less clear and firm in finding and adhering to funda-
mental generalizations, an absolutely unbounded and tireless benevo-
lence, a love for humanity and a faith in his principles little less perfect
and self-sustaining than that of an apostle ; who steps forth just in that
period of intense receptive mental activity, and in the place of that di-
abolical ancient school system, proceeds not only to propose, but to
demonstrate, and in spite of sufferings, obstacles, and failures enough to
130 PESTALOZZrS HUNDREDTH BIRTHDAY.
have discouraged an army of martyrs, effectually to establish a system,
which not only, in the words of its official investigators in 1802, was
" that true elementary method which has long been desired, but hith-
erto vainly sought ; which prepares the child for every situation, for
all arts and sciences ; which is appropriate to all classes and condi-
tions, and is the first indispensable foundation for human cultivation ;
which not only was thus intellectually the absolute ideal of education,
but whose very atmosphere was one of kindness and encouragement,
whose perfection was to depend upon its identity with the affectionate
discipline of a mother: which expressly included, and even preferred,
the poor, the orphan, and the helpless ; and which, last and best of all,
was fundamentally inwrought with such hygienic, ethical, and relig-
ious principles that its legitimate result would be to make a strong, and
wise, and just man, upright among his fellows, mutually respecting and
respected, and a trusting worshiper of God."
Let our graduate imagine this, and he may comprehend what the
Germans think of Pestalozzi. The reverence and gratitude which they,
in common indeed with all Europe, though in somewhat higher degree,
entertain toward him, were well exemplified in the festival observed in
Germany, Switzerland, and Holland, on the 12th of January, 1846, the
hundredth anniversary of his birthday, and in the consequent proceed-
ings ; of which a brief account follows.
The conception of this celebration originated with that veteran and
most useful educator, Dr. Adolph Diesterweg, then director of a sem-
inary at Berlin. A mistake of a year, founded on dates given by good
authorities, occasioned a partial celebration on the 12th of January,
1845. This, however, was made a means of wider notification and
effort for the following year, and we translate the most characteristic
portion of the call, which was signed by forty-eight eminent teachers
and educators, including Diesterweg himself.
" His (Pestalozzi's) life and labors testify that no object lay nearer his
heart than to secure for neglected children an education simple, natural,
pure in morals, re-enforced by the influence of home and school, and ade-
quate to the needs of their future life. A concurrence of untoward circum-
stances prevented the permanent success of such an orphan asylum, or
poor school, though proposed and often attempted by him. For this rea-
son the idea has occurred to various of his admirers and friends, in vari-
ous places, of establishing such institutions, and one first to be called
' Pestalozzi Foundation.' The undersigned, having the permission of
the authorities, have associated for the establishment of such an insti-
tution, to be a monument of the gratitude of the whole German father-
land toward that noble man. This call is intended to inform the public
of this design, and to request active co-operation, and contributions in
money.
" The Pestalozzi Foundation is intended to afford to poor children and
orphans an education suitable to their circumstances, and in accordance
with Pestalozzi's views for this purpose.
PESTALOZZl'S HUNDREDTH BIRTHDAY. 131
" 1. The institutions founded will be situated in the country, where
only, as the undersigned believe, can the education of orphans succeed.
" 2. The pupils will, from the beginning, besides intellectual, moral,
and religious education, be trained to domestic, agricultural, or indus-
trial knowledge and capacities!.
" 3. The managers and matrons to whom the family education of the
pupils will be confided, are to labor in the spirit of 'Leonard and Ger-
trude? and ' How Gertrude Teaches her Children? and the supervisors
and officers of instruction will endeavor not only to put in practice the
principles of the ''Idea of Elementary Training? but to develop and
propagate them.
K * * * \ye thus appeal with confidence to all who feel themselves
bound to gratitude toward Heinrich Pestalozzi ; to all who feel for the
children of the poor and for orphans; to all who expect beneficial con-
sequences to home and school education from the revival and develop-
ment of the spirit of Pestalozzi, which the undersigned believe to be
the true spirit of education ; we appeal, in short, to all friends of the
people and of the fatherland, for efficient, aid to this undertaking — at
once a monument of gratitude to a great man, and an attempt to sup-
ply an urgent want of the present age.
" BERLIN, January 12, 1845."
A second appeal was put forth, July 3d of the same year, by Diester-
weg, " to the teachers of Germany," eloquently setting forth their pro-
fessional obligations to Pestalozzi. calling upon them for corresponding
efforts in aid of the enterprise, and proceeded to refer again, in very
pointed terms, to the characteristically charitable and thoroughly prac-
tical aspirations of Pestalozzi for the education of neglected children,
and to the similar character of the proposed institution.
u It was his chiefest wish to dry the tears from the cheeks of orphans,
and to educate them ; he longed to be the father, the friend, the teacher
of the unfortunate and the neglected.
" Do you, therefore, teacher of the common school, friend of the people,
prove your gratitude to Heinrich Pestalozzi. by doing your part for the
Pestalozzi Foundation — no monument of bronze or of stone ; for none
but a living monument is worthy of him — which shall stand, within the
territory of Germany, a proof of the thankfulness of posterity, an ever-
lasting blessing to children, to the cause of education, and human de-
velopment."
The institution spoken of in these documents was intended to be a
single central one, to be endowed by the contributions of all donors, and
to be a model and parent for others throughout Germany ; the sum
requisite being computed at 30,000 thalers, about $22.500.
But although sympathy with the general purpose thus brought into
notice was universal and lively, difficulties, apparently chiefly sectarian,
eoon arose, in regard to the special feature of a first central institution ;
and these resulted in the holding of many local festivals instead of one
great one, and the organization of many local Pestaloz/i Foundations,
132 PESTALOZZrS HUNDREDTH BIRTHDAY.
or Pestalozzi Societies, instead of one general one. Such festivals wert
observed, and institutions or societies established, at Berlin, Dresden,
Leipzig, Frankfort, Erfurt, Basle, and many other places. We proceed
to give some account of some of them, with extracts from the more sig-
nificant portions of the numerous addresses, and other documents con-
nected with them.
Dr. Diesterweg delivered, at Berlin, a characteristic and interesting
discourse. In describing the revolution caused by Pestalozzi in the
estimation of different studies, he said : —
" After the Reformation, that is, after the establishment of German
common schools, studies were divided into two classes: one including
,the Bible, catechism, and hymn-book, the other including the so-called
trivial studies. The former were for heaven — that is, to prepare for
eternal happiness; the latter for earth, and its ordinary employments.
The consequence of this universally-received distinction was, that the
religious teachers asserted a dignity far higher than that of the "trivial"
teachers. This notion is theoretically denied by Pestalozzi — at least by
immediate logical conclusion, though I do not think he discussed the
subject specially — and by his school. We have learned to comprehend
the moral influence of instruction in itself, aside from any peculiar char-
acter in the subject taught; and, still further, the direct influence of all
true instruction upon the development of the pupil's character. This
influence does not depend upon the thing taught, but in the manner of
teaching. As in Hegel's system of philosophy, so it is in elementary
instruction — and should be in all instruction — its strength is in its method.
This principle will naturally not be understood by eloquent word-teachers
and lecturers from chairs of instruction ; and last of all by those dicta-
ting machines and note-readers, who, to the disgrace of pedagogy and
the shame of the whole age, exist even at the present day. But we,
Pestalozzi's scholars and followers, comprehend it, have mastered it,
and can demonstrate its results in our schools. What would Adam
Ries, that pattern of all blind guides, say, if he could come to life again
after three hundred years, and taking up an arithmetic* — which has
become capable of use, as an intelligently arranged elementary study,
only since Pestalozzi's time — should find in it a chapter " On the moral
iji/luence of instruction in arithmetic ? "
He sums up the changes brought about by Pestalozzi, thus: —
" Instead of brutal, staring stupidity, close and tense attention ; for
dull and blockish eyes, cheerful and pleased looks ; for crooked backs, the
natural erectness of the figure ; for dumbness or silence, joyous pleas-
ure in speaking, and promptitude that even takes the word out of anoth-
er's mouth ; for excessive verbosity in the teacher, and consequent
stupidity in the scholar, a dialogic or, at least, a dialogic-conversational
method ; for government by the stick, a reasonable and therefore a seri-
ous and strict discipline ; for mere external doctrines and external disci-
pline, a mental training, in which every doctrine is a discipline also;
* Grubb's Arithmetic.
PESTALOZZl'S HUNDREDTH BIRTHDAY. 133
instead of a government by force, and a consequent fear of the school
and its pedant, love of school and respect for the teacher."
He proceeds to suggest how far-reaching was the influence of Pesta-
lozzi's labors in mere school-rooms : —
" But is the spirit of Pestalozzi not entitled to some part of the
credit of the elevation of the German people? Did this remarkable
change spring up in a night, and from nothing? It is, rather, to be
wondered at, that the Pestalozzian method should have brought about
such vast results without foreseeing them. It would be unreasonable
to claim that this alone accomplished the wonder; but it was certainly
not one of the least of its causes. Lord Brougham said that the
twenty-six letters of the present schoolmaster — those ' black hussars ' —
were mightier than the bayonet of the soldier. Consider what a child
must become, who is taught as we have described, for six or eight years
or more. Consider what a nation must become, all the youth of which
have enjoyed the influence of such an education. What a project does
this idea open in the future ! The Jesuits of Freiburg had a glimpse
of it, though no more, when they said that they wanted no schools
which should educate ' Apostles of Radicalism ;' an expression shame-
ful, not to Pestalozzi, but to the utterer of it."
Further on, he forcibly portrays the need and the requisites of such
an institution as the intended Pestalozzi Foundation.
" The help we would afford is radical, is the only help. We consider
all institutions worthy of praise and of assistance, which contribute to
the amelioration of human suffering, the advancement of morals and
good training. Therefore we speak well of other institutions having
the same general design with ours: institutions for the care of children;
orphan houses ; rescue institutions for neglected children ; associations
for changing prisons into institutions of reform, and for the care of
dismissed criminals and prisoners. But none of these go to the root of
the matter; they do not correspond with the precise want; they do not
go deep enough. Many of them almost seem to be organized to make
sport of the laws of human nature and reason. What, for instance, ac-
cording to those laws, can a child be expected to become, who has grown
up with ignorant parents, from whom it can learn nothing but vices ; who
has learned from them to lie and to steal, to wander about and be a vag-
abond ? In general, we answer, only a man who will misuse his physical
and mental powers; that is, a criminal, a wild beast, dangerous to the
welfare of society. That society, for self-preservation, shuts up such
men, like wild beasts, in a cage ; or punishes, or kills him ; although, nine
times out of ten, he became such because he must; as probably any one
of us would have done ! Is this proceeding reasonable ? Do we suc-
ceed when we try to reform an old rogue ? Or do you suppose that
children, if they only attend the infant school, are under school discipline,
and are confirmed, can be otherwise left in charge of abandoned parents,
and not be contaminated by the pestilent atmosphere around them?
Experience teaches, and it can not be otherwise, that the influence of
134 PESTALOZZrS HUNDREDTH BIRTHDAY.
father and mother, whether good or bad, is infinitely greater than that
of infant schools, or any schools. Those who have managed reform
institutions understand this best. The reason of the ill-success of such
is, that they first begin too late ; for they take the children after they
have shown ineradicable marks of debasement. It is easy to protect an
uncontaminated child from vice ; but to restore to a contaminated one
its pristine health and purity, is infinitely difficult, if not impossible.
" Our intention therefore is, to receive into the Pestalozzi Foundation
children who can not be expected to be educated in their own homes;
and those will naturally be preferred, who are destitute of a father or
mother, and are without means. The existing orphan houses do not ful-
fill their purposes ; and their organization does not usually answer the
requirements of the Pestalozzian principles. We would establish mod-
el institutions for the education of neglected children, which shall observe
natural laws, in which the child shall receive a family education. An
education together with hundreds is — it must be said — barrack instruc-
tion. A child who is to become an adult, with human feelings, must
have enjoyed the thorough and kindly care of the feminine nature and
of an affectionate father. All true education is individual. Where the
letter of the law prevails, where each child is managed by general
rules, where it is only a number or a figure, which it must be in a
school of hundreds, there is no human education, in any higher sense.
A girl even, brought up among hundreds, is, so to speak, even when a
child, a public girl."
Adverting afterward to the financial economy of such institutions,
he observes that Adam Smith remarks, that " The support of the poor
and of criminals costs £8,000.000 a year in England and Wales. If
£2,000,000 of this were invested in education and good bringing up, at
least one-half of the whole amount would be saved."
He then adverts, with some feeling, but conciliatingly, to the unex-
pected breaking up of the original plan of one central society and insti-
tution, by means of denominational jealousies ; and gives a brief sum-
mary of the finances, &c., of the undertaking, as follows: —
" Twelve thousand copies of our call were sent throughout all parts of
Germany. The sympathy exhibited is altogether encouraging and
delightful. Some hundreds over 2,000 thalers ($1,500) are already col-
lected ;* the beginning of the harvest. The ministries of the interior
and of religion have recognized and approved the labors of the society ;
his excellency Postmaster-General Von Nagler has granted the frank-
ing privilege for sending copies of the call, and for remittances ; the
school councilors of the various governments, and those authorities
themselves, have assisted earnestly in sending the call ; and the school
inspectors have assisted in collecting. Many of them also, as, for in-
stance, at Potsdam and Frankfort-on-the-Oder, have sent us orders for
the pamphlets published by us on account of the Foundation. Princes
.have kindly aided the purposes of the society by contributions, and
* January 12. In March, the sum reachtd about 7.000 thalers.
PESTALOZZI'S HUNDREDTH BIRTHDAY 135
many private persons also have given, some in one amount, and some in
subscriptions during five years. But what has encouraged us most, is
the universal sympathy of the body of teachers ; both of common
schools, and upward, even to the universities. What has a poor com-
mon school teacher, or a seminary pupil, to give ? But they do give.
I have received with warm thankfulness their gifts, from one silbergro-
schen upward. They give with poor hands, but warm hearts.
" From five or six different places we have received offers of land for a
location, sometimes for nothing; from the Mark of Brandenburg, Silesia,
Saxony, &c. ; we hear favorable accounts from Dessau and Saxe-Mein-
ingen ; in short, we have good hopes that the plan of the Pestalozzi
Foundation will succeed. The festivals, held almost every where to-
day, will assist us ; and we count with certainty on the aid of our own
fellow-citizens. The undertaking is spoken well of by every one.
Even noble ladies are enthusiastic for the good cause. Three sisters,
whom the Genius of Poetry overshadows, (I am proud of being their
fellow countryman.) propose to publish their compositions together for
for the benefit of the Foundation. Some gentlemen have already done
the like. From almost every locality in Germany, from Tilsit to Basle,
from Pesth to Bremen, I have received encouraging and sympathizing
letters. In Pesth, a society of teachers is collecting for the German
Pestalozzi Foundation; contributions have come in from the Saxons in
Transylvania ; in Amsterdam and Groningen, committees have been
formed for the same purpose ; we are expecting money from across the
ocean. In Kb'nigsberg, delegates of the magistracy and city authorities
have joined with the committee of teachers, the more worthily to cele-
brate the day."
Several pastors, teachers, and officials in the Canton of Aargau put
forth a call for a Pestalozzi festival at Brugg, in that canton. To this
there soon afterward appeared a reply, signed by a number of Reformed
clergymen of the same canton, which may illustrate the character of
the difficulties to which Diesterweg alludes. This reply states, in sub-
stance, that the signers of it had, several years before, set on foot, a
subscription for a similar purpose, (it may be remarked that the call it-
self recited that the government of Aargau resolved, as early as 1833,
to erect an institution for the education of neglected poor children, as a
memorial of Pestalozzi ; which, however, financial considerations ren-
dered it necessary to postpone;) that the proposed plan of operations
was unfortunate, inasmuch as
1. The estate of Neuhof, formerly Pestalozzi's, intended to be bought
as a site for the Foundation, was unsuitable and ill-placed for such a
purpose, too large, and too expensive.
2. Ostentatious commemorations of donors were promised, by votive
tablets, &c.
3. The intended scheme of training the pupils of the Foundation
into teachers for similar institutions is not practicable, because it can not
be determined whether they are capable or inclined to that employment,
136 PESTALOZZI'S HUNDREDTH BIRTHDAY.
which requires rare and lofty qualifications ; and because experience
shows that such teachers are to be trained, not in such schools for them,
but in a course of actual employment under proper conditions.
4. Experience shows that such institutions should not be commenced
on a large and expensive scale, but by means of single individuals,
properly trained, to supply the place, to the pupils, of fathers, and to
begin quietly, with a small number.
5. The proposed institution is to receive both Reformed and Catho-
lic children ; a plan which experience shows to be unlikely to succeed.
And, if the principal be decidedly either Catholic or Reforjned, children
of the other communion will not be intrusted to him ; and if he is not
decidedly of either, then those of neither will.
These reasons are clearly and strongly stated, and seem to have much
force.
At the festival at Basle, Rector Heussler gave some odd details of
Pestalozzi's early life ; among others, " He was so careless and absent-
minded at school, that his teacher once remarked, shrugging his shoul-
ders. ' Heinrich will never come to any thing ; ' and it is well-known that,
afterward, when he was at the summit of his fame, his assistant, Kriisi,
confessed that he (Pestalozzi,) could not either write or compute de-
cently ; and that a moderately difficult problem in multiplication, or di-
vision, was an impossibility to him at the age of fifty, and when the
most eminent Swiss teacher ! As little promising, at the first view, was
his exterior ; and on this account he declared, very na'i'vely, to his bride,
that he, her bridegroom, was outwardly a most dirty man, as all the
world knew ; and that he presumed that this was not the first time she
had heard so."
Longer or shorter accounts are given in the Allgemeine Schul-Zei-
tung, and other periodicals, of many other celebrations. They usually
consisted of a meeting, at which addresses were delivered, poems recited,
hymns or songs sung ; sometimes followed by a dinner, with toasts,
short speeches, and convivial enjoyment. There was also a practical
part of the ceremony, viz., either a collection for the central society, or
the organization of a local one.
We subjoin, (from the Allg. Sch.-Zeitung,} parts of a quaint article,
entitled " Considerations on the character most suitable for a memorial
to Pestalozzi" and signed " Frankf. O. — P. — A. — Z.," which contains
much humor and good sense.
" But by what means is it proposed to fulfill this obligation (to Pesta-
lozzi ?) Many persons are preparing a banquet of the usual character, at
so many silbergroschen a head, including half a quart of wine. Pro-
vision is made, also, for toasts, solemn and not solemn, long and short ;
and, if the landlords do their duty, the consequent sickness will have
been slept off by next morning. These good folks do not obstruct the
progress of enlightenment, but they are not par excellence strict disci-
ples of Pestalozzi. hi other places, the teachers, especially, are to be
assembled, inasmuch as they claim Pestalozzi as exclusively one of
PESTALOZZI'S HUNDREDTH BIRTHDAY. 137
themselves, though he was also a theologian and jurist. These gentlemen
take no particular measures for overloading their stomachs — for reasons
best known to themselves. ' On the other hand, they are laboring upon
poems and orations, and will, perhaps, produce some which will possess
much unction. But in order that their lights may not put each other
out, and that the imperium in imperio may not perish, they assemble
parish-wise, renewing the idea of the Holy Roman Empire, which was
neither holy. Roman, nor an empire, and in which there were so many
principalities that the State was invisible. Naturally, where there is a
festival to every ten schoolmasters, the 12th of January will be long
enough for a speech and toast from every one. On this occasion the
speakers will rather look away from the present, and consider the future.
Very right : this was with Pestalozzi's custom. But Pestalozzi kicked
down with his feet what he built with his hands ; beware that you do
not do so. Pestalozzi often used his heart instead of his head, and
reckoned without his host; see that you do not imitate him in this.
Pestalozzi understood children's hearts, but not men's; and did not
avoid the appearance of evil, if only it did not appear so to him ;
beware of following in his footsteps in this. A great Foundation is to
be erected, worthy of the German nation ; all German heads are to be
brought together under one German hat, for the sake of founding, some-
where— perhaps on the Blocksberg — a rescue institution for morally
endangered children. These certainly need to be protected, and Pes-
talozzi drew attention to the fact fifty years ago, and sacrificed his health
and his means in the cause. But will one such institution serve, how-
ever large — or ten, or twenty, or a hundred — for the forty millions of
German population? There are already thirty such institutions in
Wirtemberg ; and there are still many children there in urgent need of
education and aid. But what will this rescue institution do ? Even if
it does not remain without a roof, like the Teutoburger Hermann with-
out a sword ; even if the builders finish up windows, cellars, and stairs
properly ; the chief requisite of a model institution is wanting — the father
of the family. Shall he be found in Diesterweg's seminary at Berlin,
or among Harnisch's pupils at Weisserifels ? Is pietism, or illuminism,
to be taught in it ? The question is important to Germany, and Pes-
talozzis and Oberlins are scarce. One Louise Schepler would be worth
abundantly more than a council of ten seminary directors. This seems
not to have been considered ; the building, and always the building, of
the institution, is urged. There is no lack of model institutions. Nut
to cite Wirtemberg, there is the Rauhe Haus, at Hamburg — is a better
one wanted ?
'; Again ; are neglected children to be sent fifty miles, or more, by mail-
route, with a policeman, to the model institution? Or, are distant do-
nors to have nothing but a distant view of it? Must they make along
journey merely to get a sight of it ? ' But,' it is said, ' all this will do no
harm, if the occasion shall succeed in causing a union of the German
teachers.' A union— a significant word ! Where did as many as three
138 PESTALOZZI'S HUNDREDTH BIRTHDAY.
Germans ever unite, unless it were over a bottle? And still more, three
German schoolmasters, each quite right in his own school ! Unite ?
With whom ? Against whom ? Does not ' unite ' mean ' exclude ? '
For if the teachers are to unite, they will separate from the clergy.
Are all the teachers in Germany to dissolve their present relations, arid
array themselves under a pedagogical general, as if to make an attack
on the ministers?"
The writer then attacks the plan of selecting teachers' orphans, in
particular, and concludes with a forcible suggestion of the necessity of
individual sacrifice and effort, as the only true mode of reforming or
protecting unfortunate children.
" Spend no more time in building and in choosing heating apparatus,
but take vigorous hold of the work itself. Let each one take a child,
and say, ' He shall be mine. I will win him to myself with love, so that
he shall prefer to follow me rather than his thievish father and godless
mother. He shall stop cursing, because he loves me; and stealing, be-
cause I will teach him better. He shall enjoy learning, because he
shall find in the school a retreat from his parents. I will not be deterred
by dirt or ignorance, if I can only save a soul, and spare the world one
criminal. I would rather make my house a rescue house for him,
than to send him to a Rauhe Haus, among the morally neglected.'
il If the admirers of Pestalozzi — and I do not mean teachers alone —
would adopt this method on the 12th of January, 1846, and form an as-
sociation, then the day would be and remain a blessing to Germany.
God grant it ! "
PUBLICATIONS BY AND RELATING TO PESTALOZZL
I. WORKS BY PESTALOZZL*
PESTALOZZI'S WORKS, (Werke,) Tubingen, 1819-26. Cotta. 15 vols.
These include: —
a. Leonard and Gertrude, (Lienhard und Gertrud,) vols. 1 — 4.
b. How Gertrude teaches her children, (Wie Gertrud ihr Kinder lehrt,)vol. 5.
c. To the innocence, earnestness, and nobility of my fatherland, (An die
Unschuld, den Ernst und den Edelmuth meines Vaterlandes,) vol. 6.
d. My researches upon the course of nature in the development of the human
race, (Heine Nachforschungen uber den Gang der Natur in der Entwick-
lung des Menschengeschlechts,) vol. 7.
e. On legislation and 'child-murder, (Ueber Gesetzgebung und Kindermord,)
vols. 7 and 8.
f. On the idea of elementary education. An address delivered at Lenzburg,
1809, (Ueber die Idee der Elementarbildung. Eine Rede, gehalten in
Lenzburg,) vol. 8.
(" In great part the work of Niederer."— - Biber. It first appeared in the
" Weekly for Human Development," [ Wochenschrift for Menschenbil-
dung.])
g. Pestalozzi's letter to a friend upon his residence at Stanz, (Pestalozzi's Brief
an einen Freund uber seinen Aufenthalt in Stanz,} vol. 9.
(This first appeared in the " Weekly.")
h. Vieivs on industry, education, and politics, (Ansichten uber Industrie, Erzie-
hung und Politik,) vol. 9.
i. Address to my household, delivered Jan. 12, 1818, (Rede an mein Haus,
gehalten den 12 Jdnner, 1818,) vol. 9.
k. Figures to my A B C-Book, (Figuren zu meinem A B C-Buch,) vol. 10.
1. Views and experiences relative to the idea of elementary education, (Ansichten
und Erfahrungen, die Idee der Elementarbildung betreffend,) vol. 11.
(This had before appeared under the name of "H. Pestalozzi's views,
experiences, and means to secure a mode of education adapted to hu-
man nature." Leipzig, 1807.)
m. On the principles and plan of a periodical, announced in the year 1807,
(Ueber die Grundsatze und den Plan einer im Jahre 1807 angekundigten
Zeitschrift,)vo\. 11.
n. Report to parents and the public on the condition and organization of
Pestalozzi's institution in the year 1807, (Bericht an die Eltern und on
das Publicum uber den Zustand und die Einrichtungen der Pestalozzischen
Anstalt im Jahre 1807,) vol. 11.
(This had already appeared in the " Weekly^ for Human Development^
but in the collective edition it was materially enlarged.)
o. A word on the condition of my pedagogical enterprises, and on the organ-
ization of my institution during the year 1820, (Ein Wort uber den
Zustand meiner pddagogischen Bestrebungen und uber die Organisation
meiner AnstalV'im Jahr 1820,) vol. 11.
p. A few discourses in my house in the years 1808, 1809, 1810, 1811, and
1812, (Einige Reden an mein Haus in den Jahren 1808, &c.,) vol. 11.
q. Christoph and Else, vol. 12.
r. Swan-song, (Pestalozzi's Schwanengesang,) vol. 13.
s. Theory of Number and Form, (Zahl und Formlhre,) vol. 14.
* This li&t is taken from Raumer's " History 76 HERMANN KRUSI.
the following notices in his diary, which it is true contain no very im-
portant facts, but which nevertheless, are the clear marks of a man
inspired by the holiness of his calling :
" I often pray at evening when T go to bed, that the dear God will let me fimf
something new in nature," said W. M. , a boy of ten years old, who had
found in one of his walks, a stone which he had not before known. This holy
habit, (continues Kriisi,) of referring every thing immediately to the Almighty
hand, is a sure sign of a pure soul ; every expression of it was therefore of
•infinite value to me. I thanked God that by means of it I had been able to see
further into the heart of this good child.
" It is hard for me to write a letter," said S , when he was set to write to
his parents, and found it difficult. Why ? said I • adding, you are now a year
older, and ought to be better able to do it. " Yes," said he, "but a year ago 1
could say every thing I knew; but now I know more than I can say." This
answer astonished me. It came from deep within the being of the child. Every
child, in his liking and capacity for writing letters, must pass through periods,
which it is necessary for his parents or teachers to know, lest without knowing or
wishing it, they should do the children some harm.
E , nine years old, said yesterday, " One who is clever should not be told
wrhat ' clever ' means. But one wlio is stupid will not understand it, and he may
be told as much as you like."
Th. T- , six years old, sees God everywhere as an omnipresent man before
him. God gives the birds their food ; God has a thousand hands ; God sits upon
all the trees and flowers.
J. T , on the contrary, has an entirely different view of God. To him he
is a being far off, but who from afar sees, hears, and controls every thing. Are
you also dear to God? I asked him. " I do not know," he answered ; "but I
know that you are dear to him. All good men are dear to him." I was so as-
tonished to hear the child thus express his views of God, and of myself, and his
childlike respect and dependence upon his teacher, that I dared question him no
longer, lest I should not treat with sufficient tenderness and wisdom, this spark
of the divine.
These extracts will sufficiently show that Krusi considered the
hearts of his pupils as holy things, which it was his business to keep
in the right path. He was never ashamed, even in his old age, to
learn from children ; and the traits and efforts of earliest childhood
often afforded him help in the construction of a natural system of
instruction.
Every child that I have ever observed, writes Krusi, in his "Efforts and
Experiences," (Destrebungen und ErfahrungenJ during all my life, has passed
through certain remarkable questioning periods, which seem to originate from his
inner being. After each had passed through the early time of lisping and stam-
mering, into that of speaking, and had come to the questioning period, he re-
peated at every new phenomenon, the question, "What is that?" If for
answer he received a name of the thing, it completely satisfied him ; he wished to
know no more. After a number of months, a second state made its appearance,
in which the child followed its first question with a second : " What is there in
it ?" After some more months, there came of itself the third question : " Who
made it?" and lastly, the fourth, "What do they do with it?" These questions
had much interest for me, and I spent much reflection upon them. In the end it
became clear to me, that the child had struck out the right method for developing
its thinking faculties. In the first question. "What is that?" he was trying to get
a consciousness of the thing lying before him. By the second, " What is there
in it?" he was trying to perceive and understand its interior, and its general and
special marks. The third, "Who made it?" pointed towards the origin and
creation of the thing ; and the fourth, " What do they do with it ?" evidently points
at the use, and design of the thing. Thus this series of questions seemed to me
HERMANN KRUSI. 1*7
to include in itself the complete system of mental training. That this originated
with the child is not only no objection to it, but is strong indication that the laws
of thought are within the nature of the child in their simplest and most ennobling
form.
That Kriisi was now writing his experiences with a view to others,
and was continually occupying his mind with reflections upon all
the appearances of nature and of life, the following words show :
Thus I have again gained a whole hour of instruction. I had four divisions in
mental arithmetic. Each of them, as soon as it had found the clue, taught itself;
all that I had to do was to oversee, and to assist. It is a pleasure to teach in that
way, and a sweet consciousness rewards the labor. But still, arithmetic is not the
chief subject which occupies my mind. For had I the opportunity, I could do
something in the investigation of language. For if matters turn out as I am in
hopes they may, I shall give some proof that I have not lived in vain. The study
of language leads me on the one hand to nature and on the other to the Bible.
To study the phenomena of the former, and to become familiar with the contents
of the latter, are the two great objects which now demand from me much time,
much industry, and a pure and natural observation of childish character.
The little work alluded to in the above lines, bears the title, " Bib-
lical views upon the works and ways of God." (Biblische Ansichten
uber die werke und wege Gottes ;) and in it the exposition of God's
operations in nature, stated in Biblical language, was carried through
upon a regular plan. Kriisi would perhaps have undertaken the work
in a different manner at a later period ; but the Bible was always to
him a valued volume, in which he studied not only the divine teach-
ings and similitudes of the New Testament, but also the lofty natural
descriptions of Moses, Job, David, &c. The charge of deficiency in
biblical religious feeling has often been brought against the Pestaloz-
zians. For my part I can testify that even the first of them had
studied the Bible through and through, and placed uncommon value
upon it. Their child-like faith and love for everything good and true,
fitted them especially for doing so ; moreover, they were inspired by
Pestalozzi's energetic Christianity. The fact that they always endeav-
ored to bring a religious spirit into every study, and especially into
that of language, by awakening a love of truth, and an active prepara-
tion for every thing good and beautiful, is a clear proof that a high
and Christian ideal was always before their eyes.
Kriisi's heart was, so to speak, in love with the beauties of nature
all his life. In his seventieth year, every flower, tree, sunrise and
sunset, spoke to him as distinctly as the first time he saw them. He
perceived in nature that plain impression of the divine energy which
is often dim to adult men, and is most plainly seen by children. And
he always returned to nature to learn from her. How she awakened
his sensibilities will appear from the following extract which he
wrote in his diary and afterward sent to his betrothed :
It is Sunday, and a divinely beautiful morning. More than an hour before tta
rising of the sun, the brightness of the morning light could be seen upon the
12
178 HERMANN KRtSI.
summits of the great Alpine chain, from Mont. Blanc, to the TitlisinTJnterwalclen.
Now the majestic sun himself in heavenly splendor, arises and lights up everything
before me. Why does he begin his course so quietly that we must watch like a
sparrow hawk, lest he escape our attention and stand there before us unawares ?
If the roll of the thunder were to accompany his rising, how exceedingly seldom
would the dwellers in cities and villages keep themselves away from this divine
spectacle, which no other earthly show even approaches ? And yet none will be
away when the roll of the drum announces the coming of an earthly prince. So
I thought for a moment ; but soon saw the silliness of my meditations. It is the
very nature of light to distribute its blessings in silence. In the moral world it
is the same. The nearer one approaches to the fountain of life, the more silent
are his endeavors to spread around him light and blessings.
At the breaking of such a day it is as if a world were being created again.
Light, air, water, land, plants, beasts, and men, appear to our eyes almost in the
same order in which they were created.
How quickly is everything done which our Lord God creates ! and how fright-
fully slow are we in understanding even the smallest of them ! And besides all
this quickness in creating, and slowness in comprehending, how infinite is the
number of things which God places before our eyes ! No wonder that our knowl-
edge always remains mere patchwork, and that we have to postpone so many
tilings to the other side of the grave, in the hope that there, free from the bonds
of the earthly body, we shall progress with an ever increasing speed from knowl-
edge to knowledge, and shall clearly understand how everything exists, in God,
which was dim and perplexed to us here.
A strong and encouraging indication of our own inward worth appears in the
expression, " The spirit explaineth all things, even the deep things of God." But
it is a trouble to most men, that they cannot approach God by some other means
than by the spirit ; by their perceptions, or by their knowledge. He only can
approach God by the spirit, to whom nature opens her mysteries $ to whom her
operations and her purposes are known. But how few are there who attain even
to an A B C of knowledge of the world, from which, as from a living spring, they
may gain a pure and worthy conception of their creator. How often must even
he who has made the study of nature the business of his life, whose knowledge
surpasses that of millions of his fellow beings, stand still before the most common
physical, mental, or moral phenomenon, and exclaim : such mystery is too won-
derful for me, and too high ; I can not understand it.
Then hail to thee, human heart ! Through thy feelings is it, that we can ap-
proach more nearly to God than through our intellectual powers.
The fundamental human relation is that of childhood. It is based entirely upon
love. Without our own consent we enter into it. And this same condition is
a^'.-iin the highest aim which man can propose to himself, as his best preparative
for heaven. The mind loses nothing by this preeminence of the heart ; on the
contrary, it is this very preeminence in the growth of feeling, and in purity,
which gives a higher character to the power and exercise of the mind.
The effort of men to know things here, as God knows them, to display the
order of the heavens, the powers of the earth, and the relation of the mind, in the
light of earthly truth, are a holy trait of humanity ; but men in general can not
find rest by these efforts. Everything elevating in the idea of the creator and
ruler of the world must appear to them under the mild aspect of a father, -if it is
to be beneficial and elevating to them. Without this appearance, his omnipotence
would be fearful to the weak mortal, his presence painful, his wisdom indifferent,
and his justice a two edged sword, which hangs continually over his head and
threatens to destroy him. Only by childlike faith in the fatherhood of God can
our race feel itself cared for, elevated, supported and guided ; or cultivate confi-
dence, gratitude, love and hope, without a destructive conflict with opposing feel ings.
The roestablishment of this child-like condition and the revivification of the
holiness which proceeds from it, are the things by which Christ has opened a way
to God, and become the saviour of the world.
Through him is it that the pure in heart may see God. The simplest man has
the powers necessary for this purpose. They are only the powers that the child
exerts when he recognizes the love of his parents, in the care which they bestow
upon him.
HERMANN KRUSI. 179
Truly, it is wonderful how both termini of the development of our nature— the
being a child, and the becoming a child of God, should be so nearly connected
with each other.
A holy confidence in God is shown in the letters in which he
speaks of his prospects for a certain support in the future. His be-
trothed, who like him had been left destitute by the storm of the
revolution, had wandered away from Glarus, her native land, with a
troop of poor children, and had been received and supported by some
respectable and benevolent people in Zurich, had of course no prop-
erty : and Kriisi's new place with Pestalozzi, had much more attract-
ion for the friend and follower, than for one prudent in pecuniary
matters. Although Kriisi's approaching marriage must have made a
certain income more desirable to him, he still felt no solicitude about
it, like a true believer in the words of Jesus, " Take ye no thought,"
&c., but expressed himself as follows :
God will provide. Whoever is conscious of strong IOTO and honest aims in
life, should act with freedom, and believe in the prophecy that all things will be
for the best. Has not the being who guides all things, thus far watched wonder-
fully and benevolently over us and our connection ? Many are troubled lest they
shall not receive what is their own. Is it carelessness in me that I have no such
feelings ?
I thank God for the powers which he has given you and me for our duties ; I
feel much more solicitude that we may use these powers worthily of the benevo-
lent God. At every rising of uneasiness I seem to hear God saying to me as
Christ did to his disciples on the sea, " Oh ye of little faith !"
Kriisi at last managed to complete the indispensable arrangements
for bringing his wife from Muhlhausen ; and he was married at Lenz-
burg, in 1812. His wife entered with confidence upon her new
sphere of life, with a man who was not only her lover, but her teacher
and her paternal friend. He was not an inexperienced youth, but a
man thirty-seven years old, in the prime of his strength, and with a
ripeness of experience and thought, seldom found even at his years.
His wife too, although considerably younger, had also seen the rougher
side of life, and had also felt the inspiring influence of a right method
of education.
After his marriage, Kriisi occupied a private house near the castle,
where he had charge of the deaf and dumb children of his friend
Kaf, as long as his connection as teacher with the Pestalozzian
institution continued. This now soon came to an end, and under cir-
cumstances so unpleasant that we should prefer to be silent upon
them, were it not for removing from one of Pestalozzi's oldest teach-
ers the charge of ingratitude, which many well informed readers have
believed in consequence of this separation.
There has seldom been a man who has had so many friends and so
few enemies, among so great a variety of men, as Kriisi ; thanks to
his mild and peace loving disposition. It was his principle always
180
HERMANN KRUSI.
rather to with draw himself, than to make the evil greater by obstinacy
or violence in maintaining his views. This habit stood him in good
stead in the quarrel which at this time threatened to destroy Pesta-
lozzi's institution. But how was it possible, it may be asked, that men
engaged in such a noble enterprise, could not go on in harmony with
each other ? It was the work of one man, a graduate of the Pesta-
lozzian institution, endowed with uncommon mathematical talents,
who sacrificed the peace of the institution to his unbounded ambition.
This man, Schmid by name, had contrived, under the name of a
guardian, to gain the entire control of the aged Pestalozzi, and little
by little to alienate him from all his old friends. As early as 1808,
Kriisi had concluded that he could not with honor remain longer in
the institution, and had accordingly written an affecting letter of
farewell to Pestalozzi, from which we make the following extracts :
Dear llerr Postal ozzi :
God knows that I have always sought with an honest heart, the accomplish-
ment of your holy plans. Whenever I nave thought it necessary to differ from
you, it has been without any ulterior views, from love for you and for the good
of humanity.
For eight years the undisturbed possession of your paternal love has made me
the happiest of men. Your present expressions upon the sequel of this relation,
pierce so much the more deeply, the less I feel that they are deserved. (Here
follow some reasons for his withdrawal.)
If it shall be permitted to me to live for the darlings of your heart, the poor,
and to prepare their children to receive the benefits which your efforts have se-
cured for them, there will again awaken in your soul some faith in my gratitude,
my love, and my earnest endeavor not to have lived by your side, in vain.
Still further, dearest Pestalozzi ;,if I have been to blame toward you, it was only
by error. Forgive the child who with sorrow and grief tears himself away from
his father and his friend.
Whether this letter was delivered to Pestalozzi, is not known.
Kriisi did not leave at that time, although Tobler did, dissatisfied for
various reasons, and sought another field of labor at Basle.
Schmid was at last, in 1810, removed from the institution, and for
a few years the old good understanding prevailed there again. But
\vhen he returned and took charge of the financial department, (Pes-
talozzi, who was well known for a bad housekeeper, not being compe-
tent for it,) the quarrel came up again, directed this time chiefly
against Niederer and his noble wife, but also against all the other faith-
ful laborers in the institution. Thus, by a departure of many of the
best teachers, especially the German ones, it lost many of its brightest
ornaments; and in the year 1816, Kriisi also, with a bleeding heart,
sent his resignation to Pestalozzi, whom even in his error he loved and
respected ; but for whom at that time another person spoke, in terms
of the bitterest contempt, and most irritating coldness. There is,
however, some trace of the old affection, in Pestalozzi's answer to
Kriisi's letter :
HERMANN KRUSI. 1Q1
With sorrow I see a connection dissolved, which I would willingly have contin-
ued unto my death, had it been possible. It was not, however, and I receive your
explanation with the affection which I have always felt for you, praying God to
better my pecuniary condition, so that I may be enabled before my death to show
th;it I respect the relation in which I have so long stood to you. Greet your wife
and embrace your child for me, and believe me ever your true friend,
Yverdun, 17th Feb., 1816. PESTALOZZI.
In the letter of Kriisi, just quoted, he expresses his earnest wish
to labor for the education of the poor. The same is found in the fol-
lowing to his betrothed ; " My inmost wish is to be able to labor in
some way, according to the idea of our father, for the education of
poor children. We both know what poverty is, and how sorely the
children of the poor need help, that they may live worthy and satis-
factory lives. It is for us to afford this help. I feel it my vocation,
and feel that I have the ability, to do for the poor whatever God has
rendered me capable of doing. You must help me. Female instinct
must join with manly strength for the accomplishment of this object."
The wish thus expressed was never gratified. It was to be Kriisi's
chief occupation to instruct the children of parents in good circum-
stances, until at a later period his situation in a seminary whose pupils
were then, and have been since, mostly from the poorer classes, and
who thus have influence both upon the poor and the rich, at least per-
mitted it partial gratification.
After his separation from Pestalozzi, Kriisi set about the establish-
ment of an institution of his own, which he did in fact afterward
open, with very little other help than his confidence in God. lie
purchased a small house, pleasantly situated on the Orbe, by the
assistance of a benevolent friend, who lent him a considerable sum,
without security, and had the pleasure of seeing an increasing number
of parents send their children to him. It was especially gratifying to
his patriotism that his first pupils were from his native place of Gais,
where they yet live as respectable citizens. In his institution he pro-
ceeded upon the Pestalozzian plans ; and the happiness of his labors
was only troubled by the knowledge that his paternal friend was con-
tinually more closely entangled in the snares of the intriguing
Schmid, so that even Niederer was forced to leave the institution in
1817.
Although Kriisi was now happily established as father of a family,
his first child was born in 1814, and teacher of a prosperous school,
yet another destiny was before him, and as previously, without his
own cooperation.
In his own little native territory, the public-spirited Hans Caspar
Zellweger and others, had conceived the useful idea of seeing a canto-
nal school for the higher education of native youth, who were then
182 HERMANN KRU3I.
able to command no other means of instruction in their own country
than the ordinary village school. Ilerr Zuberbuhler was appointed to
the charge of the institution. He had been in the troop of poor
children who went with Kriisi to Burgdorf ; and was peculiarly fitted
for his place, by his acquirements and by the mildness of his charac-
ter. But man proposes and God disposes. Zuberbuhler was soon
seized by an illness, which brought him to the edge of the grave, and
which profoundly impressed him with the idea of his own helplessness
and the danger from it to his institution. It being necessary to
employ another teacher, he invited Kriisi, who was now well known
in that neighborhood since his abode near it, and who had besides
during the journey into Appenzell, in 1819, made himself acquainted
with various influential men there. Soon after this journey he made
another to Karlsruhe, Frankfort, Wiesbaden and Schnepfeuthal, near
Gotha, where he visited the excellent Gutsmuths, who has done so
much for the art of gymnastics. It was in 1822 that the news of
Zuberbiihler's illness reached him, and of his own invitation to the
place of director. The prospect of being useful to his fatherland was
irresistible to him ; and he was also influenced by the promises of an
assured income and of entire freedom in modes of instruction. The
reputation of his own institution was already great, as will be under-
stood from Kriisi's own mention of the fact as a rare one, that even
while he was at Yverdun, pupils were sent to him from three-quarters
of the world ; some by French merchants from Alexandria, in Egypt,
and one from the capital of Persia, Teheran, 800 leagues distant.
This may, however, be in some measure ascribed to the fame of the
Pestalozzian institution. A very respectable lady from Memel had
besides taken lodgings in Kriisi's house with her two daughters, in'
order to learn under his guidance how to instruct them ; and the
same thing happened afterwards with an English family at Gais.
Kriisi, however, did not hesitate long, but accepted Zellweger's offer
in a respectful letter. He himself went first alone to Trogen, and pro-
ceeded to his sick friend, Zuberbuhler. He says, " When I entered
the room Zuberbuhler put his hands before his eyes and burst into
tears. It relieved his heart to know that I had come to continue the
work which he had so well begun." In fact, he grew better from that
very day, and was soon completely well. In his native place of Gais,
Kriisi attached himself, especially to his early friend Kern, who had
traveled to Yverdun to see him. He also had the great pleasure of
finding his old friend, the good-natured Tobler, at the head of an
institution in St. Gall ; where afterwards he often visited him.
Having after a time removed thither his effects and his family, Kriisi
HERMANN KRUS1. 183
with his two assistants, pastor Banziger from Wolfhalden, and Egli
from Hittnem, commenced operations in his new place, in the cantonal
school at Trogen.
Want of space will oblige me to be brief in our account of Kriisi's
stay at Trogen and Gais. Most readers are however better acquainted
with this part of his life than with the earlier. This earlier period is
especially valuable for teachers, as being that of the Pestalozzian
discoveries, and of the enthusiasm which attended them. The later
period is occupied more particularly with the further development of
it. The institution at Trogen soon gained reputation. At first, most
of the pupils were from Appenzell ; but afterwards quite a number
came from the canton and city of Zurich, and a less number from the
cantons of Biindten, Thurgan, St. Gall and Basle, and several from
Milan. There was an annual exhibition, which was always interest-
ing, both as showing the progress of the pupils, and the spirit of the
institution, and from the addresses made by the director, and Herren
Kasper Zellweger, and Dean Frei ; most of which have also appeared
in print. The situation of the institution, in a somewhat retired
place, had the advantage of withdrawing the pupils from material
pleasures and the attractions of the world ; in the stead of which were
offered many enjoyments of a nobler kind in the pleasure of nature,
and in the use of an excellent play-ground and garden. Although
none of the studies, (which included the ancient and modern langua-
ges,) were carried so far as in many institutions of a higher grade, its
results were very favorable, from the harmonious labors of the three
teachers, and from the efficient character of the method by which
Kriisi aimed always at increasing the capabilities of his scholars, and
the industry of most of the pupils. There were, it is true, sad excep-
tions ; and if the teachers did not succeed with any such pupils, there
were often put under their charge a number of ill-taught or orphan
children. Many were by Kriisi's friendly and earnest admonitions,
caused to reflect, and brought into the path of virtue, no more to
leave it. Kriisi, who always himself took charge of the instruction
and management of such pupils, tried mild methods at first, as long
as he had any hopes of succeeding with them ; at lessons he was
cheerful, pursuing every study with love and pleasantly encouraging
every smile from his scholars which proceeded from honest animation.
He became severe however upon the appearance of any falsehood,
rudeness or immorality, and at such times everyone feared the wrath
of the angry and troubled father.
In 1832, one of the places of assistant, teacher became vacant by
the death of Herr pastor Biinziger, in whose stead he placed Heir
184 HERMANN KRUSI.
Siegfried of Zurich, an active and learned man. Meanwhile anothei
change was at hand in Kriisi's lot. His earnest wish to devote him-
self to the training of teachers was to be gratified ; although even in
the cantonal school he had done something in this direction.
Since the year 1830 the cause of popular education had been gain-
ing new life in many cantons of Switzerland. Funds were raised in
many places for the establishment of new schools which were to be
assisted by the State ; the position of teacher began to be considered
more respectable, and to be better paid ; although neither a fair
price nor this respect were paid in more than a few places. Clear-
minded men however saw .that in order to the improvement of popu-
lar education, the teacher must first be educated ; that for this
purpose teachers' seminaries must be established. The question of
the choice of a director for the seminary at Zurich, being under con-
sideration, Kriisi was mentioned by various persons, and particularly
by the celebrated composer and firm admirer of Pestalozzi, Nageli.
Although this place, as the sequel showed, was not the right one for
Kriisi, he still considered it his duty to think over the matter, and to
communicate his views upon it, which he did in a letter to his friend
Bodmer, at Zurich, from which we extract the following :
The higher education was always the field in which I hoped to labor, if it were
the will of God, and to plant in it some good seed for the common schools of my
native land. Thirty years ago, I hoped that I had found such a field, in the Swiss
seminary, established in 1802, by the Helvetian government, under Pestalozzi as
teacher. The act of mediation broke up the plan by disuniting the cantons, and
the schools for the common people with them ; but the investigation of the laws
of education had always been since that a favorite pursuit with me. During a
rich experience at Pestalozzi's side, and during researches up to this time uninter-
rupted, for the purpose of establishing a system of natural education, it has been
my hope to be able to labor efficiently for the school system of my native land.
The canton of Zurich is one which rather than any other I would glady see the
first in Switzerland in furthering this most high and noble object. But I ought
not to hide from you my fears, whether :
1. I can count upon being able to carry out Pestalozzi's system of elementary
education, freely and without hindrance. In that I recognize the only means of
awakening the intellectual life of the teacher, or of bringing the same into the
school.
2. The strict necessity of cooperating labor would be regarded in the choice of
a second teacher. They should each supplement the work of the other ; and this
can only happen when their efforts are put forth in the same spirit and for the
same object.
3. There should be a model school, which I consider an indisputable necessity
for the seminary. It is not as a place of probation for new scholars that I desire
this, but as affording an example of the correct bodily, material, moral and
religious training of the children.
4. Sufficient care should be taken in the selection of a place for the seminary,
that the supervision of its morals should be as much facilitated as possible. The
pupils of such a seminary are usually of an age most difficult to manage • and
their own moral character subsequently lias a strong influence upon that of their
scholars.
When Kriisi at last entered upon his long desired field of labor, in
1833, being appointed director of the teachers' seminary, erected in
HERMANN KRUSI. 185
that year, lie felt the liveliest pleasure. The object of his life seemed
to him now to stand in a clear light before him, and to open to him
the prospect that his countrymen would reap the harvest, whose seed
he had sown in the spring of youth, and watched over in the sum-
mer. Honor to our Grand Council, and to those who were the cause
of the resolution, to spread such manifold blessings among our people
and blooming youth. Honor to them, that they gave to poor but
upright and study-loving youth, the means of training themselves for
teachers in their own country, and of learning its necessities, that they
might be able to labor for their relief. With gratitude to God, the
wise disposer of his fate, Kriisi left the cantonal school, and proceeded
to Gais ; recalling with emotion the time forty years before, when as
an ignorant youth he had there taken up the profession of teaching,
himself afterward to become a teacher of teachers.
He considered the years of his labor in Gais, among the happiest
of his life. To pass the evening of his days in his native country and
his native town, to communicate the accumulated treasures of his
teachings and experience to intelligent youth, to labor surrounded by
his own family and with their aid, and to benefit so many pupils, all
this was the utmost that he had ever dared wish for. This wish was
however to be entirely realized. He conducted five courses, attended
by sixty-four pupils, and with the assistance of his valued friend, pas-
tor Weishaupt, of his own eldest son, and of Gahler, a graduate of the
seminary itself. During the latter course death overtook him.
A boys' school, and a girls' school conducted by his second
daughter, soon arose near the seminary, forming a complete whole,
over which Kriisi's kind feeling and paternal supervision exercised a
beneficial influence. Hardly ever did three institutions proceed in
happier unity. Many pleasant reminiscences of this period present
themselves ; but the space is wanting for them. Kriisi's skill as
educator and teacher were the same here as elsewhere. He used the
same method, showed the same mild disposition, love of nature and
enthusiasm for every thing beautiful and good. He occupied a posi-
tion even higher in respect of insight and experience, in the comple-
tion of his system of education, as adapted to nature ; and a more
honorable one by reason of his old age and the gray hairs which
began to ornament his temples. But despite of his age, whose weak-
nesses his always vigorous health permitted him to feel but little, he
ever preserved the same freshness of spirit. His method of instruction
did not grow effete, as is often the case with old teachers. He was
always seeking to approach his subject from a new side ; and felt the
same animation as of old, at finding any new fruits from his method
186 HERMANN KRUSI.
or his labors. His kind and friendly manners won all his pupils,
•whether boys and girls, or older youth. Nor is it strange that all the
other members of the establishment also looked upon him as a father.
An expression of their love and respect appeared on the occasion of Ir's
birthday, which they made a day of festival, with a simple ceremonial
speeches and songs. Upon such occasions he was wont to recall the
time of his abode with Pestalozzi ; and his affectionate heart always
impelled him to speak in beautifully grateful language of his never-
to-be-forgotten father and friend, the originator of his own useful
labors, and all his happiness. The crowning event of his happiness
was the presentation on his sixty-ninth birthday, in 1843, the fiftieth
year of his labors as a teacher, by all the teachers who had been
instructed by him, of a beautiful silver pitcher, as an expression of
their gratitnde. He looked hopefully upon so large a number of his
pupils, and gave them his paternal blessing. Two of his birthday
addresses have appeared in print.
Until April of that year, Kriisi continued to teach in the seminary
and connected schools. After the completion of his fifth course, he
had hoped to be able to completely work out his system of instruction,
and more fully to write his biography ; but this was not to be per-
mitted him. • He was able at leisure times to write and publish much
matter ; the last of these was a collection of his poems. These are
valuable, not as artistic productions, but as true pictures of his pure
and vivid feeling for every thing good and beautiful. The fact that he
wrote many of his songs to the airs of his friend, pastor Weishaupt,
shows that he valued high-toned musical instruction. This love of
singing remained with him to the end of his life; and his face always
grew animated if he saw men, youth and maidens, or young children,
enjoying either alone or in pleasant companionship, that elevating
pleasure.
At the annual parish festival of 1844, the old man now seventy,
was present in Trogen, entering heartily into the exercises of the
occasion, and particularly, the powerful chotal, " Alles Lelen stromt
aus Dir" which was sung by a thousand men's voices, and an elo-
quent discourse on common education, by Landarman Nagel. The
fatigue, excitement, and exposure to the weather, which was damp
and cold, were too much for his strength, and in the evening he was
ill, and on the following day he was visited by a paralytic attack,
from which he never recovered, but closed his earthly career on the
25th of July, 1844. His funeral was attended by a multitude of
mourners from far and near, and his body was borne to its last resting
place in the churchyard of Gais, by the pupils of the seminary.
XL THE GENERAL MEANS OF EDUCATION,
WITH AN ACCOUNT OF A NEW INSTITUTION FOR BOYS.
BY HERMANN KRUSI.
THE following " Coup d'ceil" of the General Means of Education,
with the Plan of the new Institution which Kriisi afterward organ-
ized and managed, was published at Yverdun, in 1818, and presents
the ideas and methods of Pestalozzi, as held by one of his early
assistants and avowed disciples.
The principal means for the education of man are three, viz., 1. Domestic
Life. 2. Intellectual Education, or the Culture of the Mind. 3. Religious
Training.
I. DOMESTIC LIFE.
The object of domestic life is the preservation of the body and the development
of its powers. It may therefore be considered the basis of physical life.
The body is a seed, enveloping the germ of intellectual, moral and religious ac-
tivity. Domestic life is the fertile soil in which this seed is deposited, and in
which this germ is to expand and prosper.
There are three principal relations of domestic life 5 of parents to children, of
children to parents, and of children to each other.
In domestic life, love is the center of all the sentiments and actions. It is man-
ifested in the parents by unremitting care and unbounded self-sacrifice ; m the
children, in return, by perfect confidence and obedience; and among brothers and
sisters, by endeavors to promote each other's happiness. Every event, almost
every moment, of domestic life, stimulates the entire being, body, mind and soul,
into activity. Beyond the domestic circle, and the further we move from it, the
more remarkable does the particular tendency and the isolated action of each
faculty become.
A seminary should exemplify domestic life in all its purity. The teachers
should regard the pupils as their children ; the children should regard the teach-
ers as parents, and each other as brothers and sisters. The purest love should
inspire all these relations; and the result should be cares, sacrifices, confidence,
obedience, and reciprocal endeavors to aid in attaining the objects desired.
Such a domestic life prepares the child for mental improvement and religious
development and habits. Without it, religion will gain no access to the heart,
and intellectual cultivation will only be a means for satisfying the selfish demands
of the animal nature. But with it, the child is prepared for the successful exer-
cise of the same good qualities and the maintenance of the like relations in a wider
sphere as a man, a citizen, and a Christian.
II. INTELLECTUAL EDUCATION.
The aim of this should be, on one hand, to develop the faculties, and on the
other to develop executive power. The faculties must all be developed together;
an end only to be attained by the exercises of the active and productive faculties.
In order to real development, the mind must act of itself; and moreover, the
active and productive faculties can not be exercised without at the same time ex-
ercising those which are passive and receptive, (namely, those of comprehension
and retention,) and preparing them for future service with increased advantage.
That alone can be considered the elementary means of developing the mental
138 KRUSI, VIEWS AND PLAN OF EDUCATION.
faculties, which is essentially the product of the human mind ; which the mind of
each individual can, and does in fact, to a certain degree produce, independent of
all instruction ; that which spontaneously exhibits itself in each department, and
is, as it were the germ of attainment in it. These essential productions of the
human mind are three; number, form, and language.
The ultimate element of number is unity; of form, a line; of language, ideas,
which are interior, and sound, which is exterior. Each of these three means
may be employed in two different directions; to develop, on one hand, the power
of discerning truth, and on the other, that of discerning beauty.
The faculties of the individual can not be developed without his acquiring, at
the same time, a certain amount of knowledge, and a certain bodily skill in the
execution of what the mind has conceived ; and it is an important truth that an
enlightened mind will succeed much better than an unenlightened one in the ac-
quirement of knowledge as well as of every kind of executive ability.
Exercises intended to develop the faculties, like those intended to communicate
knowledge, should succeed one another in a logical (natural or necessary) order ;
so that each shall contain the germ of that which is to follow, should lead to it,
and prepare for it.
The development of the principal faculties, and the acquirement of a certain
amount of information, are necessary to qualify every individual for his duties as
a man, a citizen, and a Christian. This degree of development, and this amount
of information, constitute the province of elementary education, properly so c;i1!ed,
which would be the same for all. But beyond these limits, the character and ex-
tent of studies should vary, on one hand, according to the indications of nature,
which destines individuals by different capacities for different callings; and on the
other hand, according to his situation in life.
In the acquisition of knowledge, an elementary path should be followed, intro-
ductory and preparatory to a scientific method of study. This is suited to the
child, because it leads from a series of particular facts, it leads upward to the dis-
covery of general truths. The scientific method is suitable only to mature and
enlarged minds, proceeding from general principles, displaying them in their
whole extent, and thus arriving at particular truths.
We shall now point out the proper means of development, and the principal ob-
jects to be attained by them ; afterward considering the different ages of child-
hood, and the successive steps in development and order of studies.
First means of development. Number*
SECTION 1. Exercises in number, with reference to truth.
A. Mental calculation; to give intuitive knowledge of numbers, and their rela-
tions : including
a. exercises on units.
b. simple fractions.
c. compound fractions or complex fractions.
In each of these three series there are different degrees, namely,
First, (Preparatory,) Numeration, or learning to count.
Second, Composition of Numbers; e. g., all numbers are composed of units.
All even numbers are composed of twos ; all triple ones of threes, &c. Also,
decomposition of numbers, e. g. ; all numbers may be decomposed into units; all
even numbers into twos ; all triple ones into threes, j ct, and the invariable laws of its nature. The faculty of believing divine reve-
lation, which unites the most elevated powers of the soul and heart.
Faculties firmed in each of the preceding degrees, are : —
The faculty of devoting the thoughts to one object, excluding every other •
(attention.}
The faculty of creating any image : (imagination.}
192 KRtiSI, VIEWS AND PLAN OF EDUCATION.
The faculty of receiving and preserving every effort of the understanding .
(memory.)
The faculty of discovering beauty : (taste.)
The study of the intellectual faculties leads to the study of intellectual pro-
ductions.
a. For satisfying intellectual wants, that is to say, the essential means for the
expansion of the mind : (Language, number, form.) These three productions
of the human mind have been already represented as essential means for intel-
lectual cultivation.
b. For satisfying corporal wants or to aid the bodily organs to serve the mind.
General knowledge of arts and trades, of the materials they employ, of their
mode of action : (technology.)
C. Moral man.
The germ of morality is in the sentiments of love, confidence, gratitude. Fruit
of these sentiments : (obedience.)
Faculties whose action springs from intelligence and sentiment : will, liberty.
The governing and representative faculty of the will, is with the child the will of
his parents ; among men grown, the will of God: (conscience.)
Man as a moral, intellectual and physical being is in affinity with his superiors, his
equals, and his inferiors. Our relation with superior beings commences at our birth :
those then above us are our father and mother. Those with whom we begin to
be in connection when we enter into civil society are persons in authority. The
\ highest points to which we can ascend in our relation to beings above us is as
1 children of God. The fundamental relation of all those with beings on a level
w.'th us, is that of brothers and sisters in the interior of our family. These rela-
tiohs exist in full extent, and perfection, when we regard all mankind as brethren,
and "ijs forming with us a single family. The fundamental relations of all those
with beings beneath us are those of a father and mother toward their children.
These relations exist in all their perfection and true dignity when we are the rep-
resentatives of the Deity, with those committed to our care. The knowledge
of the relationships of which we have just spoken, existing in domestic life, in
civil society, and in religion, the same conducts to that of our rights and duties as
men, as citizens and as Christians.
By exercising a child in the study of himself and of the men around him, his
faculties, the productions of his intellectual activity, the principles and the conse-
quences of his actions, his relative situation to all beyond himself, the rights and
duties resulting from this situation, he is prepared to study the same objects in a
wider sphere, namely, in the human race, where appears in full, all that the in-
dividual offers in miniature ; and this study is the main object of history. The
study of history includes three successive degrees.
1st DEGREE. From the time a child begins to study human nature and as a
confirmation of the truths this study will discover to him, he will be shown par-
ticular and well chosen facts, taken from the history of individuals or nations, facts,
the circumstances of which compose a whole, and form in his imagination, as it
were, a picture after nature. When the child shall have arrived at a certain de-
gree of development, he will be made to bring home all these isolated events to
the men, or to the people, as well as to the time and place, to which they belong.
In this degree the study of history serves principally to feed the imagination, and
the memory.
2d DEGREE. When the young man shall be more advanced in the knowledge
of human nature, he may ascend to the origin of the actual state of the nations
that surround him, beginning with the people of his own country. We may
conduct him to the epoch which has been the germ of this actual state, and seek
with him the successive degrees by which the nation has progressed, as well as
the principles and consequences of each particular event. He will thus learn to
know the current order of history, of the principal nations in existence. He will
then pass on to the history of those now no more. In this degree, the study of
history serves principally as food to the judgment, inasmuch as it connects actions,
causes, and their consequences.
3d DEGREE. Only when the young man shall have become more matured,
acquired a deep knowledge of human nature, and the consequences of the de-
velopment of the individual, is it, that he can with advantage collect the particular
KRUSI, VIEWS AND PLAN OF EDUCATION. ^93
facts, ai)d the series of events which he has learned to know, in order to form one
entire whole, and to study in mass, the consequences of the development of the
human species and of each historical personage, which is the essential end of his-
tory, and the highest point to which it can lead. In this degree the study of his-
tory serves as food to the mind in its most noble state of action.
Auxiliary means for the development of the faculties and the acquisition of
knowledge. The study of what men have produced, as true, beautiful and good.
1st. Progressive lessons according to the degree of development the child has
attained and the branches of study to which he applies.
2d. Exercises for the memory. To learn by heart beautiful pieces of poetry,
eloquence or music.
3d. Exercise of judgment and of taste: an examination of the productions of
art, to trace therein the principles of truth and beauty.
4th. Imitation and reproduction : declamation of pieces of eloquence, or of
poetry ; execution of musical composition ; copying drawings and paintings.
General means for rendering the body of man able to serve his soul and to ex-
ecute its conceptions. (Gymnastics.)
In domestic life the child's body is the object of most tender care. As the
child expands, he constantly exercises the organs of his senses and of all his mem-
bers. Care on the part of the parents and exercises on that of the child are the
double means of his preservation and his first development. Bodily exercise for a
child comes in the form of plays destined to amuse and divert him. At first they
vary at almost every instant. Gradually they become more steady, and more serious.
The art of education extends and perfects what life itself begins and prepares.
Thus what in its birth was but play and amusement becomes the object of a com-
plete development, of which the very organization of our body points out the aim
and the laws.
Gymnastics present three different degrees.
a. Children's plays ; free exercises produced by unconscious strength and ac-
tivity, and determined by the impulse of the mind and the accidental circum-
stances of life.
b. Progressive and regulated exercises of the limbs. Gymnastics properly so
called.
c. Exercises preparatory to occupations in active life, and to the employment
the pupil is to embrace : Gymnastics of Industry.
By the gymnastic exercises, directed toward the essential object of developing
the physical faculties in harmony with the intellectual and moral, and by care to
preserve the strength and purity of the organs, the body may attain its true des-
tination, namely to serve the rnind by executing its conceptions.
Different ages of pi/pils.
These ages are fixed from a general view of children. In different individuals
nature accelerates or retards the progress of development, so that some enter ear-
lier, some later into each period. There are also individuals who develop more
rapidly in some directions than in others. We must therefore, take care that tJ/e
backward faculties are not neglected, which would destroy in the individual,
the harmony of human nature.
A. First age ; until five years old.
During this first age, the child is exclusively the object of maternal and pa-
ternal care. He only receives instruction occasionally ; each moment, each cir-
cu instance may furnish a means to fix his attention upon the objects which sur-
round him, and to teach him to observe them, to express his observations and to
act upon them as far as his age will allow. The development which the child
may acquire in this first period is of the greatest future importance. Every
teacher will find a wide difference between the child whose parents have trained
him with tenderness and judgment and him who has been in the first stage aban-
doned to himself, or what is worse, ill-directed or ill-associated.
B. Second age •, from five to ten years.
It is at this period only that a regular course of instruction should begin. At
first this should be but a" recapitulation of all the child has learned by the habits
of life, with the simple difference that the objects of the exercises should no longer
be determined by accident, but fixed in one plan, adapted to the intellectual wants
13
1 94 KRtfSI, VIEWS AND PLAN OF EDUCATION.
of the child. Domestic life thus furnishes, during the first period, the germ*
which a course of instruction ought to develop, and in a great measure decides ita
success.
The following exercises properly belong to this age.
1 . Maternal and domestic language.
2. Exterior of language : composition of words, reading, writing, spelling.
We must always take care that the knowledge of the interior of language
keeps a little before the exterior.
3. Elementary exercises in singing.
4. Mental arithmetic with units.
5. Construction of figures according to given conditions, and linear drawing.
6. Application of language and the acquisition of knowledge ; knowledge of
the human body.
There are other exercises which may be begun at this period, but which do not
properly belong to it ; for which reason we put off the mention of them to the
following period.
C. Third age • from ten to fifteen.
1 . Interior of language : social language.
2. Exterior of language : composition of phrases and of periods, orthography,
punctuation.
3. Continuation of singing exercises.
4. Mental arithmetic with simple and with compound fractions.
Written arithmetic to the rule of three, in its full extent, inclusively.
5. Geometry properly so called : relation of forms, as far as, and including
stereometry.
Drawing : perspective, shades, drawing from nature.
6. Application of language to the acquisition of knowledge.
a. Continuation of the study of the physical man : senses, sensations, inclina-
tions, passions.
b. Intellectual man.
c. Moral man.
d. Knowledge of such natural objects in the three kingdoms as by a complete
system of positive features, may serve as a representative of a series of other ob-
jects of like character.
e. Knowledge of the elements as far as it can be acquired by observation, with-
out the aid of physical and chemical apparatus.
f. Geography.
f. Technology and notices of the principal inventions.
. History, 1st degree.
7. Application of arithmetic to bulk : to duration, to weight, and to the con-
ventional value of objects.
D. Fourth age ; from fifteen to eighteen or twenty.
Language. Continuation of language. Rules for the construction of lan-
guage. Logic.
Compositions on given subjects. Rhetoric. Continuation of singing exer-
cises. Arithmetic, mental and written ; evolution of powers ; extraction of roots.
Algebra, geometry, trigonometry and conic sections.
Drawing. Continuation of perspective, shades, and drawing from nature.
Application of language to the acquirement of knowledge.
Continuation of the study of the intellectual and moral man.
Relations of the physical, intellectual and moral man to other beings.
Continuation of the study of the three kingdoms of nature.
Elementary course of physic and chemistry.
Geography, mathematics and histoiy.
History. 2d degree.
Application of arithmetic and geometry united, to agriculture, drafting, etc.
Observations on the study of foreign languages.
In each stage of development it is important that the mother tongue should
always keep a little before all foreign languages, that the child should learn noth-
ing in these he does not already know in that, so as to leave no deficiency in the
mother tongue. If any study were pursued by the child in a foreign language
only, such language would in this department take the lead ; the child would find
KRUSI, VIEWS AND PLAN OF EDUCATION. }Q5
it difficult to express himself in his own tongue on subjects learned by means of
a strange one. On the contrary, the study of all foreign languages should serve
to make the mother tongue better known.
In a seminary where 'different pupils speak different languages, these must go
hand in hand, and every branch of instruction must be cultivated in them both.
Hence results this advantage, that the pupil learns by intuition the meaning
of the words of the language which is foreign to him, that is to say he every in-
stant sees this meaning/and does not learn it solely from translation and memory.
This mode of employijjtg two languages singularly facilitates the communication
of ideas in them both.; It also gives the advantage of comparing them, and
thereby teaches their actual relations and difference both as to ground and form.
A knowledge of the genius, the peculiarities and the shades of meaning of each
are the fruits of this cdrnpafison.
Dead languages are More foreign to the mind of a child, and more difficult for
him. The study of th$m. should be based upon a sufficient development of the
living languages, and afrove all of the native language ; without which they re-
main dead in the mind,^vwthout real fruit. This study should not therefore be-
gin before the third pentkL;; and should not occupy all the pupils, but only those
destined to walk in the paths of science. Those otherwise to be disposed of, may
employ their time and tfteir endeavors to much greater advantage.
III. RELIGION. THE SOUL AND THE FINAL END OF ALL EDUCATION.
Third means for the cultivation of man.
As the body is vivified by the soul, so domestic, social and intellectual life are
animated and ennobled by religion. Without it the activity of man in each of
these three spheres, b?(s;;ouly a terrestrial object and falls short of its true dignity
and destiny.
Thus the relations of Father and mother are ennobled and sanctified when the
father and the mother consider themselves, in respect to their children, as the
representatives of Goethe common father of all.
The state of the child is ennobled and sanctified, when we not only feel our-
selves children of mortal parents, but at the same time children of God, destined
to rise to perfection evi&n as our heavenly father is perfect.
The state of brothep:£nd sisters is also ennobled and sanctified when we re-
cognise all mankind a& brothers and sisters and members of one same family.
The endeavors we make to develop our intellectual faculties and to gain a
knowledge of truth, are sanctified when we acknowledge God as the fountain of
all wisdom and the eternal source of all virtue and goodness. All earthly life is
sanctified when made a^preparation for one heavenly and immortal.
The specific means which education may adopt to promote in the child a reli-
gious life are :
1. Pious exercises, the principal of which is prayer.
2. Religious conversations, in which we take advantage of the circumstances
and events of life to raise the soul of the child from what is earthly and fugitive,
to what is heavenly andreverlasting.
3. The study of sacr-ed history and important passages of Holy Writ, chosen
with care, according to;Jthe degree of development the child may have attained,
and which, committed to memory, are germs which religious instruction and the
events of life will hereafter develop.
4. Religious instruction properly so called ; or the regular explanation of the
doctrine of our SaviourVv This instruction should only take place in the 4th period
of development 5 and the chief aim of every preceding period should be to pre-
pare for it. Jt should .close the child's career and become his support in the hour
of trial, his guide to direct his steps to the highest point of perfection of which his
nature is susceptible. ..
All education should: proceed from man and lead to God. Man should en-
deavor to live in God'and for God, and to devote to HIM all his terrestrial and
intellectual existence..;, To this, domestic and social life, exterior nature, and ; 11
the circumstances through which he passes here below, should conduct him.
But it is only through the influence of God, that all these can produce this effect;
the sublime truths of the gospel can alone lead us into that way which leads to
that heavenly life which is our true destination.
196 KRUSI, VIEWS AND PLAN OF EDUCATION.
PROSPECTUS OF AN ESTABLISHMENT FOR THE EDUCATION OF BOYS.
From the earliest age at which they can receive regular instruction, to that in which they
should enter into a scientific pur suit, a profession, or business.
This establishment was commenced three years ago. While I was yet with Mr.
Pestalozzi, working with him in his undertaking and teaching in his institution, two
pupils were unexpectedly committed to my particular care and direction. These were
shortly followed by a third, their relation. From that time a combination of circum-
stances independent of my will induced me to leave the institution 1 had assisted to
form and direct during sixteen years. I should above all things have preferred, aftei
this separation, to have labored to form teachers for the people, taking poor children
equal to the office. Seeing the accomplishment of this desire beyond my reach, 1 ap-
plied myself to measures more within my ability, and such as appeared appointed by
Providence. I extended my sphere of activity, receiving such new pupils as were
intrusted to my care unsought by me.
This train of circumstances on the one hand, and on the other rny desire to remain
attached to Messrs. Niederer and Naef, (during many years my friends and companions
in labor,) and with them to devote my life to education, induced me again to choose
Yverdun for the place of my intended labor, and for the gradual growth of my rising
institution.
Our union enables us to find means and men competent in every respect to insure
the prosperity of our three institutions, (that of Mr. Naef for the deaf and dumb, that
of Mr. Niederer for youth of either sex, and mine.) Mr. Nabholz, whose sentiments
and purposes resemble our own, will enter my institution as assistant. Mr. Steiner,
a pupil of Pestalozzi, will teach mathematics, in which his talents and success afford
the brightest hopes. Keeping up friendly intercourse with Mr. Brousson, principal of
the College of Yverdun and with other respectable men, I receive from them, in the
different branches of instruction, assistance of importance to me, and on the continu-
ance of which 1 can depend. In my former situation the frequent changes which oc-
curred among my companions in labor often pained me on account of its influence
on the success of that undertaking to which I devoted my life.
To avoid a like inconvenience, which must inevitably produce every kind of discord,
and expose an institution subject to it, to great dangers, we shall choose our assistants
and fellow-laborers with the greatest circumspection.
The views which serve as the foundation of my enterprise are the same with those
I have helped to develop under the paternal direction of Pestalozzi. All that I have
found in many years' observation, both by my own experience and that with my pupils,
to be true and conducive to the entire culture of man, I shall strive by unremitting efforts
to develop more and more in myself and to apply in a natural manner for the advantage
of rny pupils.*
My first object is, to establish in my institution a true domestic life ; that all the pu-
pils may be considered as members of one family, and that thus all those sentiments
and all those virtues which are necessary to a happy existence, and which render the
connections of life pure and sweet, may be developed.
Without this foundation, I believe that the blessing of God is wanting on every
means of education whatever.
The extent of knowledge and executive ability which the pupils will acquire is in
part the same for all, and in part influenced by individual dispositions and destinations,
it is the same for all inasmuch as it embraces the development of the faculties and
powers most essential to human nature. Thus far, the method has acquired an inva-
riable basis, inasmuch as it has established language, number and form, as produc-
tions of the human mind and as the universal means by which the mind should be
developed.
The acquisition of knowledge and executive skill as a result of this development are
secured either by means of exercises in language, number and form, or connect them-
selves with these in a very simple manner. Thus, with the study of numbers is con-
nected mercantile and scientific calculation. The study of form and size leads to the
art of drawing and writing. The exercises in the mother tongue as a means of de-
veloping the mind of the child, conduct to the study of foreign languages and to the
knowledge of objects, which the tongue serves to sejze and to define. Music as a
combined production of two elements is allied to language by tone, and to number by
measure.
In the circle of human knowledge, man as a compound being is the center of a
double world : of an exterior and physical world to which the three kingdoms of nature
* I have endeavored in the Coup d'oeil which precedes this announcement, to state the
means of education such as 1 conceive them to be. This exposition will be the model and
the basis of my vvork. It is evident that these views and these means can not all be devel-
oped by a single man or a single institution. It is a task in which all the friends of education
mutit cooperate.
KRUSI, VIEWS AND PLAN OF EDUCATION. |Q^
belong, and also the earth which contains them and all exterior nature ; and of an interior
world, intellectual "and moral, which, proceeding from the faculties and the powers or
our nature, contains all the whole sphere of the connections of man, and of his du-
ties toward himself, toward his fellow creatures, and toward God. The child should
be as familiar with this interior world as with the exterior and physical world.
Intellectual cultivation should be accompanied by cultivation of the heart. The
physical powers should also be developed, in order that the body may be able to per-
form what the mind has conceived and the will has resolved. Bodily exercise in this
respect possesses an essential and incontestible value. The mind and the heart stand
in need of the body in all the actions of life. The operations of the soul are hamm-
ered in proportion as the body is neglected, or unequal to execute its orders.
In regard to the admission and residence of pupils in my school, I desire -parents
who propose to intrust their children to my care, to fully weigh the following consid-
erations.
The two most decisive epochs in education are that of early infancy under the
mother's care, and that where the youth enters into manhood. If these two periods are
successfully passed, it may be considered that the education has succeeded. If either
has been neglected or ill-directed, the man feels it during his whole life. The age of
boyhood being the intermediate period between early infancy and youth, is of unmis-
takable importance, as the development of the first period, and the germ of the third ; but
in no case does this age influence either dccisivp.li/, by repairing previous defects or neg-
lects, or by insuring what shallfollow. In the first age the child belongs by preference
to its mother, to be taken care of by her; in the second age it belongs by preference to
its father, to be directed by him. As a young man, a new existence opens to him, he
ceases to be the child of his parents ; and becomes their friend. The son, at maturity,
becomes the tender, intimate and faithful friend of his parents, as he was, in his mi-
nority, their amiable, docile, and faithful child.
With regard to exterior life, the child must sooner or later become an orphan, and
when this misfortune befalls him in his minority, society provides that a guardian shall
supply the place of parents until he comes of age. For the interior life, no one can sup-
ply this place for him. Nothing but intellectual and moral strength in the child himself,
and strengthened by that wisdom and that love which proceed from God, can bring us
near to HIM and supply the place of the wisdom and the love of our father and mother.
When the young man has attained this point, it is only as a friend that he remains the
child of his parents. If he is not brought up in these noble dispositions, an unhappy
consequence follows; the bonds of nature are broken on his coming of age. because
these bonds were only of force with respect to physical life ; and the child, who, in this
Jirst friendship — in this friendship whose objects are nearest to him — has not supported the
trial of fidelity, will never bear the test for any being upon earth.
Therefore it is that this period in education is so important, so decisive, and so ex-
acting more than any other. On the one hand it requires the purity and tender affec-
tion of domestic life, and on the other side, solid and wholesome food for the mind.
In this exigency a means presents itself which ought to be the keystone in the edu-
cation of the child, the resting place for the passage from minority to majority, the
foundation of a new life ; a means raised above every other, namely, Religion — the
revelation of all that is divine in man manifested by Jesus Christ. The young man,
who in body, as a mortal, ceases to be a child, should become a new child in soul,
and as an immortal being. After entering this new state, he ought in general to cease
to be the pupil of men, to raise himself above their direction, and to become the pupil
of himself, that is to say, of that wisdom and that love which comes to us from God and
raises -us to him.
So long as a man has not attained this point, his education is incomplete. The aim
of education is to enable him to reach it.
To strive incessantly toward this object, is the task of the institution here announced.
YVERDUN, Pestalozzi's birthday, 1818.
JOHANNES BUSS.
JOHANNES Buss, an assistant teacher of Pestalozzi, especially in
teaching drawing, was born at Tubingen, in Wurteniburg, in 1776.
His father held a subordinate place about the theological school,
and thus secured for the son better opportunities of early instruction
than are usually enjoyed by persons in his condition. In the' gram-
mar school he acquired, before he was twelve years old, considerable
knowledge in Greek and Hebrew, logic and rhetoric.1 His father ap-
plied for his gratuitous reception in an institution recently established
by the reigning Duke Charles, at Stuttgardt^ -but this was refused;
and about the same time an edict was promulgated, prohibiting chil-
dren of the middle and lower class from embracing a literary career.
The youth, although disappointed, did not despair, but applied him-
self to the study of drawing. This he was obliged to give up from
the want of means, and at the age of sixteen he was apprenticed to
a bookbinder — an art by which he hoped yet tg-Vget the means for a
literary career.
We continue the narrative, in Buss's own language, down to his
connection with Pestalozzi.
Having served my apprenticeship, I began to travel-} but growing melan-
choly and sickly, I was obliged to return home; and -Here I made a new at-
tempt to get rid of my trade, hoping that the little knowledge of music I had
retained would enable me to earn my bread in Switzerland;'
With this hope I went to Basel ; but my circumstances, and the events of
my past life, had given me . a degree of shyness, which foiled me in all my at-
tempts at money-getting. I had not the courage to ,|ell the people all that a
man must say to obtain from them what I wanted. A+friend of mine, who met
me by accident at that moment of embarrassment, reconciled me for a short
time to the bookbinding business; I entered once more : -in to a workshop; but
the very first day I sat down in it, I began again 1J&'- indulge myself in my
dreams, thinking it still possible that a better chance might turn up for me in
time, although I was quite aware that I had lost too much of my skill in music
and drawing to rely upon those two attainments for an independent subsist-
ence. 1 consequently changed my place, in order to gain time for practice in
both, and I was lucky enough to get two spare hours a day, and to form ac-
quaintances, which assisted me in my progress.
Among others I was introduced to Tobler, who soon perceived the gloom by
which I was oppressed; and having ascertained the cause, was desirous of as-
sisting me in gaining a more favorable position. "When, therefore, Kriisi in-
formed him that Pestalozzi stood in need of a drawing and music-master for the
full organization of his new method, his thoughts immediately turned toward me.
I was, as I have before stated, fully aware of my deficiencies; and the hope
that I should meet with an opportunity of improving myself, had no small
share in my determination to go to Burgdorf, in spite of the warnings which I
JOHANNES BUSS.
199
received from several quarters against forming any connection with Pestalozzi,
who, they told me, was half mad, and knew not himself what he was about.
In proof of this assertion they related various stories ; as, for instance, that he
once came to 13asel, having his shoes tied with straw, because he had given
his silver buckles to a "beggar on the road. I had read "Leonard and Ger-
trude" and had, therefore, little doubt about the buckles; but that he was mad,
that I questioned. In short, I was determined to try. I went to Burgclorf. I
can not describe the feelings I had at our first interview. He came down from
an upper room with Ziemssen, who was just then on a visit with him, his stock-
ings hanging down about his heels, and his coat covered with dust. His whole
appearance was so miserable that I was inclined to pity him, and yet there was
in his expression something so great, that I viewed him with astonishment and
veneration. This, then, was Pestalozzi? His benevolence, the cordial recep-
tion he gave to me, a perfect stranger, his unpretending simplicity, and the di-
lapidated condition in which he stood before me ; the whole man, taken together,
impressed me most powerfully. I was his in one instant. No man had ever
so sought my heart ; but none, likewise, has ever so fully won my confidence.
The following morning I entered his school : and, at first, I confess I saw in it
nothing but apparent disorder, and an uncomfortable bustle. But I had heard
Ziemssen express himself, the day before, with great warmth concerning Pestalozzi's
plan 5 my attention was excited, and, conquering in myself the first impression, I
endeavored to watch the thing more closely. It was not long before I discovered
some of the advantages of the new method. At first I thought the children were
detained too long at one point ; but I was soon reconciled to this, when I saw the
perfection which they attained in their first exercises, and the advantages which it
insured to them in their further progress. I now perceived, for the first time, the
disadvantages under which I myself had labored, in consequence of the incoher-
ent and desultory manner in which I had been taught in my boyhood 5 and I be-
gan to think that, if I had been kept to the first elements with similar persever-
ance, I should have been able afterward to help myself, and thus to escape all
the sufferings and melancholy which I had endured.
This notion of mine perfectly agrees with Pestalozzi's principle, that by his
method men are to be enabled to help themselves, since there is no one, as he
says, in God's wide world, that is willing or able to help them. I shuddered
when I read this passage for the first time in " Leonard and Gertrude." But, alas,
the experience of my life has taught me that, unless a man be able to help him-
self, there is actually no one, in God's wide world, able or willing to help him.
I now saw quite clearly that my inability to pursue the plan of rny younger years
in an independent manner, arose from the superficiality with which I had been
taught, and which had prevented me from attaining that degree of intrinsic pow-
er of which I stood in need. I had learned an art, but I was ignorant of the
basis on which it rested ; and now that I was called on to apply it, in a manner
consistent with its nature, I found myself utterly at a loss to know what that na-
ture was. With all the attention and zeal I brought to the subject, I could not
understand the peculiar view which Pestalozzi took of drawing, and I could not
at all make out his meaning, when he told me that lines, angles, and curves
were the basis of drawing. By way of explanation, he added, that in this, as in
all other matters, the human mind must be led from indistinct intuitions to clear
ideas. But I had no idea, whatever, how this was to be done by drawing. He
said it must be done by dividing the square and the curve, by distinguishing their
simple elements, and comparing them with each other. I now tried to find out
what these simple elements were, but I knew not how to get at simple elements 5
and, in endeavoring to reach them, I drew an endless variety of figures, which,
it is true, might be called simple, in a certain sense, but which were utterly unfit,
nevertheless, to illustrate the elementary laws which Pestalozzi was in search of.
Unfortunately he was himself no proficient either in writing or drawing ; though,
in a manner to me inconceivable, he had carried his children pretty fnr in both
these attainments. In short, months passed away before I understood what was to
be done with the elementary lines which he put down for me. At last I began
to suspect that I ought to know less than I did know ; or that, at least. T must
throw my knowledge, as it were, overboard, in order to descend to those simple
elements by which I saw him produce such powerful, and, to me, unattainable
200
JOHANNES BUSS.
effects. My difficulties were immense. But the constant observation of the
progress which his children made in dwelling perseveringly on his " elements,"
brought my mind, at last, to maturity on that point ; I did violence to myself,
and, abandoning my preconceived notions of the subject, I endeavored to view
all things in the light of those same elements ; till, at last, having reached the
point of simplicity, I found it easy, in the course of a few days, to draw up my
sketch of an alphabet of forms.
Whatever my eyes glanced upon from that moment, I saw between lines which
determined its outline. Hitherto I had never separated the outline from the ob-
ject, in my imagination ; now I perceived the outline invariably as distinct from
the object, as a measurable form, the slightest deviation from which I could easily
ascertain. But I now fell into another extreme. Before I had seen nothing but
objects; now I saw nothing but lines; and I imagined that children must be ex-
ercised on these lines exclusively, in every branch of drawing, before real objects
were to be placed before them for imitation, or even for comparison. But Pesta-
lozzi viewed his drawing-lessons in connection with the whole of his method, and
with nature, who will not allow any branch of art to remain isolated in the hu-
man mind. His intention was, from the first beginning, to lay before the child
two distinct series of figures, of which one should be contained in his book for the
earliest infancy, and the other should furnish practical illustrations for a course of
lessons on abstract forms. The first were intended to form, as it were, a supple-
ment to nature, in giving children an intuitive knowledge of things and their
names. The second was calculated to combine the practical application of art
with the theoretical knowledge of its laws, by connecting the perception of ab-
stract forms with an intuitive examination of the objects that fitted into those
forms. In this manner, he meant to bring nature and art to bear upon each other ;
so that, as soon as the children were able to draw a line, or a figure, real objects
should be presented to them, so exactly corresponding as to render their imitation
a mere repetition of the same exercise which they had before performed in the
abstract.
I was afraid lest, by giving the child real objects, his perception of the outline
should be disturbed ; but Pestalozzi did not wish to cultivate any power against
nature, and he said, concerning this subject : " Nature gives no lines, but only ob-
jects to the child ; the lines must be given to the child, that he may view the
objects correctly; but to take the objects from him, in order to make him see
lines only, would be exceedingly wrong."
But there was another difficulty in which I had entangled myself. Pestalozzi
told me that children must learn to read those outlines like so many words, by
denominating the different parts, the lines, angles, and curves, with different let-
ters, so that their combinations may be as easily expressed in language, arid put
down in writing, as any other word by the composition of its letters. In this man-
ner an alphabet of forms was to be established and a technical language created,
by means of which the nicest distinctions of the different forms might be clearly
brought before the mind, and appropriately expressed in words calculated to illus-
trate them by the difference of the formation.
Pestalozzi persevered until I understood him. I saw that I gave him a great
deal of trouble, and I was sorry for it. It was, however, unavoidable ; and but for
his patience we should never have made an alphabet of forms.
At last I succeeded. I began by the letter A. I showed him what I had
done ; he approved of it, and now one thing followed from the other without any
difficulty. In fact, the figures being once completed, the whole was done ; but I
was unable to see all that I had done ; T had neither the power of expressing
myself clearly on the subject, nor the capability of understanding the expression
of others.
To remedy the defect under which I labored is, however, one of the most es-
sential objects of Pestalozzi's method, which connects language throughout with
the knowledge gained from nature by the assistance of art, and supplies the pupil
at every stage of instruction with appropriate expressions for what he has learned.
It was an observation which we all of us made upon ourselves, that we were
unable to give a distinct and accurate account, even of those things of which we
had a clear and comprehensive idea. Pestaloz/i himself, when explaining his
views on education, had great difficulties in finding always the precise term which
would convey his meaning.
JOHANNES BUSS. 201
It was this want of precise language, in fact, which caused me to remain so
long in the dark concerning the nature of my task, and prevented me from per-
ceiving what Pestalozzi's views were on that subject.
After I had overcome all these difficulties, my progress was rapid, and I felt
every day more the advantages of his method. 1 saw how much may be done
by precision and clearness of language on the subject of instruction, whether it
be one of nature or of art, to assist the mind in forming a correct notion of forms
and their proportions, and in distinguishing them clearly from each other ; and I
could not, therefore, but be aware of the paramount importance of enlightened
and careful instruction in the signs which language supplies for the designation of
things, their properties, relations, and distinctions. Experience confirmed the
conjecture which I had formed, that children taught upon this method would
make more accurate distinctions, than even men accustomed, from early life, to
measuring and drawing ; and the progress which many of our children made
was beyond comparison, greater than that which is commonly obtained in schools.
It is very true, I saw the whole of Pestalozzi's method only through the me-
dium, as it were, of my peculiar branch of instruction, and judged of its value
by the effects which it produced in particular application to my art. But my
anxiety to enter fully into the spirit of it, led me, in spite of that limitation, by
degrees to investigate the bearing which it had upon other branches; and, at last,
assisted by the practical illustrations which drawing afforded rne, I succeeded in
comprehending Pestalozzi's views on language and arithmetic. I saw that, as it
was possible to proceed from lines to angles, from angles to figures, and from fig-
ures to real objects, in the art of drawing, so it must likewise be possible, in lan-
guage, to proceed by degrees from sounds to words, and from words to sentences,
and thereby lead the child to equal clearness on that subject. As regards arith-
metic, I was laboring under the same error as before, with reference to the intu-
ition of objects. As I looked at these without reference to their outline, so did I
view numbers without a clear notion of the real value or contents of each. Now,
on the contrary, I acquired a distinct and intuitive idea of the extent of each
number, and I perceived, at the same time, the progress which the children made
in this branch of instruction. At length, it seemed to me a point of essential
importance, that the knowledge and practice of the elements of every art should
be founded upon number, form, and language. This led me to understand the
difficulties with which I had so long been struggling in my own department. I
saw how I had stuck fast from want of clearness of language, and how I was
impeded by a confused idea of number. It seemed very obvious that the child
can not imagine, with any degree of precision, the division of any figure into its
component parts, unless he have a clear idea of the number of those parts; that,
for instance, if he is in the dark as to the extent of the number four, he must be
equally in the dark on the division of any figure into four parts.
I felt my own mind daily clearing up ; I saw that what I had attained had in
itself a power, as it were, to carry me further and further ; and applying this
experience to the child, I came to the conviction, that -the effect of Pestalozzi's
method is, to render every individual intellectually independent, by awakening
and strengthening in him the power of advancing by himself in every branch of
Knowledge. It seemed like a great wheel, which, if once set going, would con-
tinue to turn round of itself. Nor did it appear so to me only. Hundreds came,
and saw, and said : '' It can not fail." Poor ignorant men and women said :
u Why, that's what I can do myself at home with my child ! " And they were
right. The whole of the method is mere play for any one who has laid hold of
the first elements, and has followed its progress sufficiently to be secured against
the danger of straying into those circuitous paths which lead man away from the
foundation of nature, on which alone all his knowledge and art can securely rest,
and from which he can not depart without entangling himself in endless and
inextricable difficulties. Nature herself demands nothing of us but what is easy,
provided we seek it in the right way, and under her guidance.
One word more, and 1 have done. My acquaintance with Pestalo/zi's method
has in a great measure restored to me the cheerfulness and energy of my younger
days, and has rekindled in my bosom those hopes of improvement for myself and
my species, which I had for a long time esteemed as vain dreams, and castaway,
in opposition to the voice of my own heart.
JOSEPH SCHMID.
JOSEPH SCHMID, one of the best known of Pestalozzi's assistants,
was a native of Tyrol, and, when he entered the institution as a
scholar, was a Catholic, and excessively ignorant. He possessed great
native talent for mathematics, and this, together with his habits of
industry, order, and thoroughness, raised him in time to the rank of
the most influential of Pestalozzi's teachers. Although his talents as
a mathematician, and still more his great business capacity, rendered
him quite indispensable as a member of the institution, yet his con-
duct, and his demeanor in his intercourse with his fellow-instructors,
became so unsatisfactory to them, that in 1810 he was dismissed from
the institution. He soon after established himself as teacher of a
school at Bregenz, and vindicated himself by publishing a work en-
titled "My Experience and Ideas on Education, Institutions, and
Schools."
But the absence of his financial guidance brought the institution
to such a point of confusion, that, notwithstanding the deep ill-feeling
against him on the part of the teachers, he was recalled five years
afterward, in 1815. From this time onward, he was in opposition
to all the remaining teachers, except Pestalozzi himself, who unflinch-
ingly stood his friend to the day of his death. But the dislike of the
other teachers against him, although unable to eject him from the
institution, resulted, with other causes, in its ruin. Twelve of the
teachers, including Blochmann, Kriisi, Stern, Ramsauer, Ackermann,
&c., left at one time ; having drawn up and signed a document attrib-
uting their departure to the faults and misconduct of Schmicl. Others
were appointed in their places, but the day of the institution was
over, and it gradually sank into entire decay.
Schmid now conceived the idea of an edition of the complete works
of Pestalozzi, and himself made the arrangements with the publisher,
Cotta, and applied for subscriptions in all quarters, with so much vigor
and success that the net profits of the undertaking to Pestalozzi were
50,000 francs. He also appears to have assisted in revising and
rewriting portions of the works ; which, however, do not contain a
number of important compositions by Pestalozzi, while some of
Sclimid's own, embodying them, are published among them.
Schmid's personal appearance was somewhat striking. He was
JOSEPH SCIIM1D.
203
muscular and strong, of dark complexion, and keen black eyes, with,
a harsh voice, and a sharp look. Of his life, subsequent to the year
18l7y we have no precise information. We give below Festal ozzi's
own estimate of Schmid, as published in 1825 : —
" I must trace from its source the powers which seemed the only
ones capable of holding us together in these sad circumstances.
While we were at Burgdorf, in the beginning of the evil consequences
of our unnatural union there, there came to us, from the mountains
of Tyrol, a lad showing not a single trace of the exaggerated refine-
ment of our time, but endowed with inward gifts whose depth and
subsequent, use were anticipated by none — not even by myself. But
some unexplained feeling drew me toward him on the first instant of
his appearance in our midst, as I had never been drawn to any other
pupil. His characteristics were, from the first, quiet, efficient activity,
circumscribed within himself; great religious fervency, after the Cath-
olic persuasion, and of a simple but powerful kind ; and eager efforts
after every attainment in learning or wisdom which he judged neces-
sary. In the exercises in elementary means of education, mental and
practical, he soon surpassed all his teachers, and soon even became
the instructor of those who a little before had looked upon him as the
most uncultivated child they had ever seen in our institution. This
son of nature — who even at this day owes nothing to the culture of
the time, and, in all that he has accomplished, is as ignorant of the
usual outward forms of every intellectual science as he was the day
he came from the mountains into our midst, with his Ave Maria in
his mouth and his beads in his pocket, but with a powerful intellect,
a peaceful heart, and courage ready for every struggle — soon excited,
by his whole conduct amongst us, extraordinary expectations ; and,
on my part, that close friendship which I felt for him almost as
strongly in the first hour of our meeting.
Schmid passed the years of his youth in these quiet but active
labors; and, recognized at his first appearance as an extraordinary
child of nature, his mind, developed in the power of thinking and
managing by many experiences of practical life, could not fail soon to
recognize the unnaturalness and weakness of our organization, and of
all our doings and efforts. As soon as the influence of his preponder-
ating powers had insured him a recognized right to do it, he did not
delay to declare himself, with Tyrolian open-heartedness, against the
presumption of the one-sided and narrow views of the tablet-phan-
tasts, and of the equally narrow and one-sided as well as superficial
praises of our methods of intellectual instruction ; and, most of all,
against the continually-increasing inefficiency, love of mere amuse-
ment, disorder, insubordination, and neglect of positive duties there-
204 JOSEPH SCIIMID.
with connected. He required, without any exception, of each and
all of the members of our association, from morning to evening, the
thorough performance of all the duties properly pertaining to the
members of a well-ordered household. He was equally clear and
distinct in rejecting every boast of the elevation and importance of
our principles and efforts, which was not proved amongst us by actual
facts, as idle babble ; and was accustomed to ask, when any thing of
this kind was said, 'How is this put into practice? What use is
made of it? ' And, if the answer did not please him, he would hear
no more of the subject. This conduct, however, very soon and very
generally gave very great offense." — Fortunes of My Life, pp. 22 to
24, 34, 35.
JOHN GEORGE TOBLEB.
JOHN GEORGE TOBLER, an educator of the Pestalozzian school,
was born at Trbgen, in the canton of Appenzell-Ausserrhoden, in
Switzerland, October 17, 1769. He lost his mother in his third year,
and his father in his tenth. His education was very inadequate, as
was usual in those times. His disposition inclined him to become a
preacher. Want of means, however, prevented him until his twenty-
third year, when with a very insufficient preparation he entered the
University of Basle. With all the other qualifications for becoming
a valuable preacher and catechist, his memory for words failed him in
respect to the acquisition of foreign languages. This defect decided
him entirely to give up entering for the examination as candidate.
He was to find a greater sphere of usefulness in another career. He
exchanged his theological studies for the practical employment of a
tutor and teacher.
In 1799, he placed himself at the head of a school for the female
children of emigrants at Basle. An invitation from Pestalozzi brought
him to Burgdorf in May, 1800. He there became the friend of
Buss and Kriisi, and married, and after a short disagreement with
Pestalozzi, labored with him for seven years at Munchen Buchsee and
Yverdun. Circumstances brought him to Miihlhausen, where, besides
other exertions, he founded his labor-school, which quickly increased
so as to contain from four to six hundred scholars, but which came to
an end in 1 8 1 1, in the midst of a prosperous career. Tobler returned to
Basle, and set about collecting his pedagogical views and experiences,
and preparing for the press a geography upon Pestalozzi's principles.
His pecuniary needs, however, obliging him to seek another situa-
tion, he obtained a place as teacher in a private institution in Glarus.
On New Year's day of 1817, together with his fellow -teachers, he
was dismissed, by reason of the famine. He immediately turned to
his profession of tutor, and held a situation for three entire years, in
an eminent family of the neighborhood. The children being after-
ward sent to a newly erected cantonal school, he went to Arbon on
the Lake of Constance, with the design of erecting there, instead of
a school, a superior orphan-house ; but the place was too small. A
year afterward he went to St. Gall. Here, the real star of his peda
206 JOHN GEORGE TOBLER.
gogical career shone out upon him. That place deserves gratitude
for having afforded him ten years together, of free and unimpeded
room for the display of his talents as teacher and educator. One of
the noblest fruits of this time, was the education of a son to follow
his father's honorable example. In 1831, this son was able to
graduate from school, and in 1836, he left St. Gall, and accompanied
Niederer to. Yverdun, and then to Geneva, at both of which places^he
was at the head of institutions of his own ; and was also of very
great service to Niederer's school for girls. At present he fills the
place of director of a cantonal school at Trogen.
Tobler passed his latter years at Basle, in part with his second son,
the principal of a boys1 school at Nyon ; where he died in his seventy-
fourth year, after a short sickness, Aug. 10, 1843. The last months
of his life were rendered happy by an elevated self-consciousness, by
the pleasant prospect of ending his days at his native place, as he
desired, and by incessant and active occupation in setting in order his
writings and his domestic affairs. His inner life was as happy and
elevated above earthly things as the evening sun, amidst the eternal
blue of heaven.
After this short sketch of Tobler's life, varied and struggling as it
was, although not fateful, we may devote a few words to his intellectual
peculiarities, his rank as a teacher, and his services to humanity and
human culture.
His moral and religious nature was his predominating trait ; the
key-tone of his mind. His father, who filled the place of both father
and mother to his sensitive nature, inspired these sentiments into him
while yet a child. The maxim "Seek first the kingdom of God (or
what was with him its equivalent, the sphere of attainments accord-
ing to Christ) and its righteousness, and all other things shall be
added unto you," was his rule of life ; and in his teaching and his
example, afforded him constant assistance in answering such questions
as arose during his labors for moral improvement.
As soon as he could write, he commenced the practice of taking
down sermons and catechizings ; and thus acquired great facility in
his German style, and a mastery of analytic methods which afterward
stood him in good stead by enabling him to deliver extemporaneous
sermons and addresses to children, and to compose excellent sketches
of sermons. His popular and instructive style occasioned various
congregations," after hearing him, to desire him for a pastor. Efis
morning and evening prayers with pupils and children were exceedingly
simple, pathetic, clear, and impressive. In moments of higher excite-
ment, the very spirit of the Apostle John's epistles spoke through
JOHN GEORGE TOBLER. g()7
him. His religious instruction and other Sabbath exercises exerted a
profound influence upon the neglected children of the manufacturing
school at Miihlhausen.
While a student at Basle, Tobler exercised a predominating influ-
ence over numbers of his fellow students, in inciting them to industry,
and inspiring them with the idea of the honorableness of their future
calling. He was one of the founders there of a society for intel-
lectual improvement; an enterprise which later events rendered pro-
phetical. A very remarkable difference was to be observed between
the after lives of those who were his friends, and others.
While he was teacher and director of the female school at Basle,
he followed in general the doctrines of Basedow, Campe, and Salzmann.
His method of teaching was substantially that which has since been
named the Socratic. By strictly adhering to this method he endeavored
to call into life and to develop the minds and hearts of his scholars,
not however in the ancient Greek spirit, but in that of Christ; and
thus he proceeded until the man appeared upon the stage, who gave
an entirely new meaning to the word Education, who completely ap-
prehended the entire subjects of education and instruction, who estab-
lished them as an independent, art and science, and made an epoch in
their history. To Pestalozzi Tobler adhered, and was afterward his
steady disciple.
Tobler fully comprehended Pestalozzi's idea and method, in their
general collective significance for humanity and education. Their
individual principle separately was more difficult of comprehension to
him. He understood it to be Spontaneous Activity. This, however,
he considered only as a receiving and ivorking faculty, to be developed
by perception and drilling (i. e. Receptivity and Spontaneity ; Nature
and Capacity ; Faculties ;) and in this opinion he was quite correct,
as well as in regard to the relation of these faculties to the three sub-
jects of instruction, nature, man, and God. But Pestalozzi had deter-
mined a third sub-division of this Spontaneous Activity, before un-
recognized, and had distinguished within it the elements pertaining
to the intellect and to the feelings, viz., that of the productive spon-
taneous activity of the moral and intellectual powers, (the talents ?)
In this consists the peculiarity and importance of Pestalozzi's dis-
coveries in method, and of the discoveries and the revolution thus
originated. It is by operating according to this distinction that the
progress of the development and general training of human nature is
assured, and the real intellectual and moral emancipation of the
schools substantially established.
During the first period of Pestalozzi's institution, Tobler took part
208 JOHN GEORGE TOBLER.
with all in everything as a beloved teacher and pupil. In a general
activity of this kind consisted what might be called Pestalozzi's
jubilee. Then, all the teachers were pupils, and all the pupils teach-
ers ; so far as they brought forward independent matter of their own,
and furnished results of their own inner activity. After a time, how-
ever, the necessity of the separation and ordering of different depart-
ments of instruction and drilling, rendered it necessary for Tobler to
select some special department of labor; and he selected the real
branches ; and among them, that of elementary geography. He estab-
lished the principles of this study by reference to the actual surface
of earth, and to the pupil's own sphere of vision, with a success
which entitles him to the name of the father of the new method in
geography. Ritter, who knew his labors, and proceeded onward
from their termination, passed beyond the sphere of education, by a
giant stride forward in his science.
Tobler's personal relations with Pestalozzi were neither fortunate
nor enduring. Pestalozzi had not the faculty of determining the
proper place for each of his assistants, and of laying out for each of
them his appointed work. He was neither an organizer nor adminis-
trator ; and he regarded Tobler's wishes in this respect as mere as-
sumption and weakness. Tobler could not bring out the real value
of his views, without their complete display in actual operation.
Whoever could at once put a matter into a distinctly practical form
could in Pestalozzi's eyes do everything ; and whoever fell at all short
of this, nothing. Tobler, therefore, wholly absorbed in the business
of elementarizing, did nothing to please or satisfy Pestalozzi. The
elementarizing of instruction, and of the so-called "real branches,"
required too much at once ; namely, the investigation and harmonious
arrangement of the elements and laws of two spheres, viz., that of
children's powers, and that of the proposed subject-matter of them.
Pestalozzi required from Tobler, simple, rapid and immediate results
from this investigation, even when the indispensable materials for
them were wanting. Both Tobler and Pestalozzi, moreover, were in
the habit of very plain speaking ; and as husband and father, Tobler
could not devote his entire life to Pestalozzi.
This false position of Tobler's gradually became that of the teach-
ers and pupils of the institution. And Pestalozzi's dispos^'n-i *•<
opinions passed more and more under the influence of a single o -
of the assistant teachers (Schmid.)
At Miinchen Buchsee, Tobler was a promoter of the separation b
tween Pestalozzi and von Fellenberg. Cooperation with the latt
was possible only on condition of complete submission to his authority;
JOHN GEORGE TOBLER. 200
a claim which von Fellenberg made on the ground of his social posi-
tion. But the views of the two men were too radically different ; of
the world, of men, and of pedagogy. It is true that pedagogical ly,
von Fellenberg proceeded on Pestalozzi's principles ; but it was upon
those principles as he entertained them when he wrote Leonard and
Gertrude; when he considered the common school as a valuable in-
strumentality for the training by society of its needed members ; i. e.,
for education to agriculture, manufacturing, and trades. This view
was in harmony with the caste-spirit of society ; " The individual was
not considered as a moral person, and society subordinated to him as
to a superior being, but he was placed quite below it." Pestalozzi had,
while at Stanz and Burgdorf, risen very far above this view. He had
turned about, let go his consideration of mere purposes, and had laid
hold upon the principle of personal exterior independence ; not merely
as a negative, but as a positive fact. This starting point von Fellen-
berg did not recognize; and Tobler, therefore, could not agree with
him. The true reason why no union between von Fellenberg and
Pestalozzi and the Pestalozzians never took place is, therefore, not to be
sought amongst any accidental circumstances, but in their radical op-
position of views.
In Muhlhausen, and afterward in Glarus, Tobler established new
schools. His want of adaptedness to the demands of the times upon
the teacher and educator here came sharply out. He experienced, by
the severe lesson of falling into poverty and want, the truth, that no
one, even if possessed of a lofty new truth, strong by nature, and
really deserving of confidence and support, can unpunished oppose
himself to the tendencies of the age. Every new truth has its martyrs ;
and a pedagogical truth as well as others.
His real excellence, and his maturest, he showed at St. Gall, while
director and center of his school there, as educator and instructor of
his pupils, as guide to his assistants, and as unwearied and unsatisfied
investigator after new applications of the Pestalozzian method to
language, geography and Natural History. He invented a useful
alphabetical and reading machine, arranged a simplified mode of map-
drawing, and a good though unfinished course of instruction in Na-
tural History. Having continual reference to the common schools, lie
paid much attention to the subject of obtaining cheap materials for
instruction, and took great interest in the training of teachers, for
which also he accomplished considerable o^ood.
An idea which never left him after his connection with Pestalozzi,
was the training of mothers as teachers ; and the establishment of
the belief of the destiny and fitness of the female sex for this high
14
210 JOHN GEORGE TOBLER.
calling. Even in his latter years be was still enthusiastic upon this
subject, and Niederer's female school at Geneva, owes to him much
that is valuable.
The following account of Tobler's educational experiments and
failures, is given in his own words, in Pestalozzi's "Eliza and
Christopher"
" After having been, for six years, practically engaged in education,! found the
result of my labors by no means answering my expectations. The energy of the
children, their internal powers, did not increase according to the measure of my
exertions, nor even in proportion to the extent of positive information which they
had acquired : nor did the knowledge which I imparted to them appear to me to
have a sufficiently strong hold upon their minds, or to be so well connected in its
various parts, as J felt it ought to.be.
I made use of the best juvenile works that were to be had at that time. But
these books contained words, of which the greater part were unintelligible to
children, and ideas far beyond the sphere of their own experience ; and conse-
quently formed, altogether, so strong a contrast with the mode of thinking, feel-
ing, and speaking, natural to their age, that it took endless time and trouble to ex-
plain all that they could not understand. But this process of explaining was in
itself a tedious job, and, after all, it did no more toward advancing their true in-
ternal development, than is done toward dispelling darkness by introducing a few
detached rays of light in a dark, room, or in the obscurity of a dense, impenetrable
mist. The reason of this was, that these books descended to the profoundest
depths of human knowledge, or ascended above the clouds, nay, and to the upper-
most heavens of eternal glory, before an opportunity was offered to the children
of resting their feet on the solid ground of mother earth ; on which, nevertheless,
it is absolutely necessary that men should be allowed to stand, if they are to learn
walking before flying; and for the latter, moreover, if it is to be flying indeed,
their wings must have time to grow.
An obscure foreboding of those truths in my mind, induced me, at an early
period, to try to entertain my younger pupils with matters of immediate perception,
and to clear up the ideas of the elder ones by Socratic conversations. The result
of the former plan was, that the little ones acquired a variety of knowledge not
generally to be met with at that age. I endeavored to combine this mode of in-
struction with the methods I found in the most approved works ; but whichever
of those books I took in hand, they were all written in such a manner as to pre-
suppose the very thing which the children were in a great measure to acquire by
them, viz., the knowledge of language. The consequence was, that my Socratic
conversations with the elder pupils led to no better result than all other explana-
tions of words by words, to which no real knowledge corresponds in the children's
minds, and of which they have, consequently, no clear notion, as regards either
each of them taken separately, or the connection in which they arc placed together.
This was the case with my pupils, and, therefore, the explanation which they
seemed to understand to-day, would a few days after be completely vanished from
their minds, in a manner to me incomprehensible ; and the more pains I took to
make everything plain to them, the less did they evince energy or desire to rescue
things from that obscurity and confusion in which they naturally appear.
With such experience daily before me, I felt myseif invincibly impeded in my
progress to the end which I had proposed to myself. I began to converse on the
fubject with as many schoolmasters, and others engaged or interested in education,
as were accessible to me, in whatever direction: but I found, that although their
libraries were well furnished with works on education, of which our age has been
so productive, yet they saw themselves placed in the same difficulty with myself,
and were no more successful with their pupils than I was with mine. Seeing
this, I felt with what an increased weight these difficulties must oppress the mas-
ters of public schools, unless, indeed, they were rendered too callous for" such a
feeling by a professional spirit. I had a strong, but, unfortunately, not a clear im-
p'vssinn of tl," defects of education in all its departments, and I exerted myself to
the utmost to find a remedy. I made a determination to collect, partly from my
JOHN GEORGE TOBLER. 211
own experience, and partly from works on the subject, all the means, methods,
and contrivances, by which it seemed to me possible that the difficulties under
which I labored, might be removed at every stage of instruction. But I soon
found that my life would not suffice for that purpose. Meanwhile I had already
completed whole volumes of scraps and extracts, when Fischer, in several of his
letters, drew my attention to the method of Pestalozzi. I soon began to suspect
that lie was about to reach the end I was aiming at, without my circuitous means ;
and that most of my difficulties arose out of the very nature of the plan which I
followed, and which was far too scientific and systematic. I then began to see,
that in the same manner the artificial methods, invented in our age, were the very
sources of ail the defects of modern education. On the contrary, I saw Pestalozzi
equally free from my peculiar difficulties, and from tho general failings, and I ac-
counted for this by the fact, that he rejected all our ingenious contrivances, all our
well-framed systems. Some of the means employed by him, that for instance of
making children draw on slates, seemed to me so simple, that my only puzzle was,
how I could have gone on so long without hitting upon them. I was struck with
the idea that all his discoveries, seemed to be of the kind which might be termed
" obvious," they were none of them far -fetched. But what most attached me to
his method, was his principle of re-educating mothers for that for which they ar6
originally destined by nature, for this principle I had long cherished and kept in
view, in the course of my experiments.
I was confirmed in these views by Kriisi, who, at his visit in Basle, gave, in the
girls' school, practical specimens of Pestalozzi 's mode of teaching spelling, read-
ing, and arithmetic. Pastor Faesch, and Mr. De Brunn, who had in part organiz-
ed the instruction and management of that institution, according to the loose hints
which had as yet reached us on the Pestalozzian method, perceived immediately
what a powerful impression was produced upon the children by their spelling and
/reading together in a stated measure of time. Kriisi had also brought with him
'some school materials for the instruction in writing and arithmetic, and some
leaves of a vocabulary, which Pestalozzi intended to draw up as a first reading-
book for children ; which enabled us to see the bearing which Pestalozzi 's method
had upon the development of the different faculties of human nature. All this
contributed to mature in me, very rapidly, the determination to join Pestalozzi,
according to his wish.
I went to Burgdorf, and the first impression of the experiment, in the state in
which it then was, fully answered my expectations. I was astonished to see what
a striking degree of energy the children generally evinced, and how simple, and
yet manifold, were the means of development by which that energy was elicited.
Pestalozzi took no notice whatever of all the existing systems and methods; the
ideas which he presented to the minds of his pupils were all extremely simple;
his moans of instruction were distinctly subdivided, each part being calculated for
a precise period in the progress of development ; whatever was complicated and
confused, he rejected ; by a few words he conveyed much, and with little apparent
exertion produced a powerful effect; he kept always close to the point then under
consideration; some of his branches of instruction seemed like a new creation,
raised from the elements of art and nature : all this I saw, and my attention was
excited to the highest degree.
There were some parts of his experiment, it is true, which seemed to me rather
unnatural ; of this description was, for instance, the repetition of difficult and com-
plicated sentences, which could not, at first, but make a very confused impression
upon his pupils. But I saw, on the other hand, what a power he had of leading
children into clear ideas ; yet I mentioned my doubts to him. His answer was,
that nature herself presented all sorts of perceptions to our senses in confusion and
obscurity, and that she brings th<-m to clearness afterward. To this argument I
had nothing to reply,* esp ei.-iMy as I saw that he attached no value to the details
* The obvious reply was, that the perceptions which nature presents, however confused,
or otherwise obscure, they may be. ;ire realities, and Ihereforecontain in themselves the very
elements of clearness, and at the sain, time, a strong inducement to search for those elements.
But confiiKt-il impressions made U;KI:I us hy words, are not n-alities. but mere shadows : they
have in themselves the elements ofennfusiou. and they oltVr neither an inducement, nor thn
toeang, for clearing them Up. The. form- r call nut the mind, tin- latter cramp it. The very
power which Pt-s'alo/zi pnssessi d <>v.rl>is pupils, what was it owiiiii to. according m the
statements b«tli of hiirHelftuid his frlei d*. but tohtu m-ikinira ruteof supplying the child with
a clear and diblii.ct notion of the ivaj'.y. before l;e «,ravt him the sign or shadow, the name I
212 JOHN GEORGE TOBLER.
cf his experiment, but tried many of them with a view to throw them aside again,
as soon as they should have answered their temporary purpose. With many of
them he had no other object than to increase the internal power of the children,
and to obtain for himself further information concerning the fundamental princi-
ples on which all his proceedings rested. I resolved, therefore, not to mind the
apparent inadequacy of some of his means, so much the more as I had come to the
conviction, that the further pursuit of the experiment necessarily involved the im-
provement of the details of the method. This was perfectly evident already in
arithmetic, in drawing, and in the rudiments of language.
I perceived, likewise, that by the connection which his different means of in-
struction had with each other, every one of them, individually, was instrumental
in promoting the success of all the others, and, especially, in developing and
strengthening the faculties generally. Long before he began to lay down his
principles in stated terms, I saw, in the daily observation of their practical effect,
the approaching maturity of the whole undertaking, and, as an infallible conse-
quence of it, the gradual attainment of the object he had in view. In trying the
details of his method, he never leaves any single exercise until he has so far in-
vestigated and simplified it, that it seems physically impossible to advance any
further. Seeing the indefatigable zeal with which he did this, I was more and
more confirmed in a sentiment, of which I had before had some indistinct notion,
that all the attempts at fostering the development of human nature, by means of
a complicated and artificial language, must necessarily end in a failure ; but that,
on the contrary, a method intended to assist nature in the course of human develop-
ment, must be characterised by the utmost simplicity in all the means of instruc-
tion, and more especially in language, which should be a faithful expression of the
simplicity of both the child's own mind, and the objects and ideas which are em-
ployed for its cultivation. I now began to understand, by degrees, what he meant
by introducing a variety of distinctions in the instruction of language ; by aiming,
in his arithmetical instruction, at nothing else but producing in the child's mind a
clear and indelible conviction that all arithmetic was nothing else but an abridgment
of the simple process of enumeration, and the numbers themselves nothing but
an abridgment of the wearisome repetition, one, and one, and one, and one ; and,
lastly, by declaring an early development of the faculty of drawing lines, angles,
curves, and figures, to be the groundwork of art, and even of the capacity, which
so few men possess, of taking a distinct view of visible objects.
I could not but feel every day more confirmed in the notions which I had formed
of the manifold advantages of his method, by being a constant witness of the ef-
fects produced by general development of the mental faculties in the arts of
measuring, calculating, writing, arid drawing. I grew more and more convinced
that it was possible to accomplish what I have before stated to have been the lead-
ing object of my own pursuits at a previous period, viz., to re-educate mothers
for the fulfillment of that sacred task assigned to them by nature, the result of
which would be, that even the first instruction imparted in schools, would have
previous maternal tuition for a foundation to rest on. I saw a practical method
discovered, which, admitting of universal application, would enable parents, who
have the welfare of their offspring at heart, to become themselves the teachers of
their little ones. From that moment, popular improvement ceased to be depend-
ent on the circuitous plan of training teachers in expensive seminaries, and with
the aid of extensive libraries.
In short, the result of the first impression produced upon my mind by the whole
of Pestalozzi's experiment, and of the observations I have since been able to make
on the details of his method, has been, to re-establish in my heart that faith which
I held so dear at the onset of my career, but which I had almost lost under the
pressure of systems sanctioned by the fashion of the day, faith in the practicability
of popular improvement."
In the progress of his narrative he declares himself, that it was one of the characteristic fea-
tures of his method of teaching language, lhat lie reduced it to the utmost simplicity, " by ex
eluding from it every combination of words which presupposes a knowledge of language."
Fie was not. however, at all times, equally clear on this point, although it lies at the very
foundation of all his improvements in elementary instruction.
JOHANN RAMSAUER.
JOHANN RAMSAUER was born in May, 1790, in Herisau, in the Swiss
canton cf Appenzell, where his father carried on a small manufac-
tory, and a trade in the machines and tools used in spinning and
weaving-factories. In his fourth year he lost his father, whose busi-
ness was continued by his mother. He was the youngest of her seven
remaining children ; and was occupied in the labors of the establish-
ment, and in accompanying his older brothers and sisters to market.
At home he learned to work, and to be orderly, industrious, and obe-
dient. At eight he was sent to a wretched school, where, in two
years, he learned, with great difficulty, to write and read ill. During
this period of his life he learned much more from the good examples
set him at home than from the incompetent schoolmaster. In the
" Brief Sketch of My Pedagogical Life," furnished originally for
Diesterweg's " Pedagogical Germany" we are told : —
"When the French Revolution, during the years 1796 to 1799,
caused stagnation of trade, general loss of employment, and even
famine and all sorts of misery throughout Switzerland, especially the
eastern part, there gradually wandered away, out of the cantons of
Uri, Scliwytz, Unterwalden, Zug, Glarus, and Appenzell, five thousand
three hundred boys and girls of from seven to fourteen ; partly to
Basle and Neuenburg, but chiefly to the great cantons of Zurich and
Bern, where they were received humanely, and in most cases treated
even with parental kindness and fidelity. Although I did not belong
to such a troop of utterly destitute children, my mother yielded to
my often-repeated request to be also allowed to emigrate ; and thus,
in February, 1800, I left ray home and wandered off with forty-four
boys of from ten to fourteen years old." He entered, while a boy, a
school at Burgdorf, which Kriisi was teaching; and soon after that
of Pestalozzi. " In the public school, where Pestalozzi taught six
hours daily, I learned, school-fashion, no more than the rest. / But
his holy zeal, his deep and entirely self-forgetting love, and his earn-
est manner, impressive even to the children, made the deepest im-
pression upon me, and knit my childish, grateful heart to his forever.'^)
He continued for several years at Burgdorf, as scholar, table-waiter,
and under-under-teacher. Ramsauer became a favorite scholar of
Pestalozzi, and accompanied him, often acting as his private secretary,
214
JOIIANN RAMSAUER.
during his stay at Burgdorf, Miinchen-Bucbsee, and Yverdun. At
the latter place he acquired a knowledge of mechanics, with the
view of assisting in a school planned by Pestalozzi for the education
of the poor. He left Yverdun in April, 1816, to become a teacher
iu a school newly established at Wiirzburg ; departing from Pestal-
ozzi with great reluctance, but feeling that the influence and character
of Schmid rendered him of little further use there, and in part in-
duced by the privilege of free attendance upon lectures at the Univers-
ity of Wiirzburg.
Here Ramsauer lived happily, making short journeys from time to
time, giving private instruction, acquiring new knowledge from the
university lectures, of a kind which afforded a useful complement to
his previous practical studies, and growing so rapidly in reputation
that, in October, 1816, of four invitations to other situations as
teacher, two were from Stuttgardt, one inviting him to become
instructor of the princes Alexander and Peter of Oldenburg, and
another to become head of an important school for the elementary
instruction of children of the educated classes. Both these invita-
tions he accepted, and went to Stuttgardt in March, 1817.
While here, he undertook a third employment as teacher in a new
real school ; his own institute being discontinued, and the male pupils
entering the real school, while the female ones, whom he continued
to teach, attended the Katharinenstift, a female school established
by the Queen of Wirtemburg, and opened with an address by the
queen herself.
The young princes of Oldenburg leaving Stuttgardt in 1820, for
the court of their grandfather, the Duke of Oldenburg, Ramsauer
attended them thither, to continue their education in mathematics,
drawing, and gymnastics. Some months afterward he opened a
school for girls of the educated classes, which he was still conducting
with success in 1838.
In 1826 he was appointed teacher of the duchesses Amalia and
Frederiea of Oldenburg, whom he instructed for ten years. After-
ward he established in Oldenburg a school for the daughters of per-
sons of the educated classes. Here he published his "Instruction in
Form, Size, and Substance ; being the elements of Geometry meth-
odized. With fifteen lithographic plates. 1826." He had before
published his work on " Drawing, " in two volumes, thirty-one litho-
graphic plates.
Ramsauer sums up his pedagogical experience as follows : —
1. I learned, in my father's house, up to my tenth year, to pray and to obey.
2. In Srhleutnen, to run, climb, and jump.
3. "\Vith Pestalozzi, from my eleventh to my twenty-sixth year, to work, to
think, and to observe.
JOIIANN RAMSAUER, 215
4. During my various journeys, to be independent, and to help myself.
5. In Wiirzburg and Stuttgardt, to be more modest, and to some extent a
knowledge of the world and of family life.
6. In Oldeaburg, ihe word of God; to endure good and evil with equanimi-
ty, well-knowing whence and why they come ; and in many ways the knowl-
edge that we live upon a beautiful and wonderful earth, but that to care and
strive for things connected with it, is a troubled life; that it is well worth while
to pay regard to the spirit of the age ; and that it is possible to live very hap-
pily here below, and, at the same time, to prepare one's self well for the better
future life.
We give some further extracts from the " Sketches" which may
be interesting to readers connected with the work of education.
I have already said that the finer social graces must either be inborn or de-
veloped by culture. Even of the simple politeness of a boy's manners this is
true. I have found this always to be the case. Those to whom this gift is nat-
ural are usually of rather weak or superficial intellects; but, as the saying is,
they get well through the world — that is, easily attain eminence in society.
This opinion has led me to another and a more important one, namely, that
in practical life it is of little moment whether one has "a good head," (ein guttr
kopf.) It is of much greater importance, however, what is one's character for
truthfulness and perseverance; and much more, that he keep his faith. Through
this last, if it be of the right kind, comes the blessing. As to the point of prac-
tical efficiency, every one of even moderate experience in the world will agree
with me that those men who have filled important places in the world, are in-
debted to their truthfulness, perseverance, and uprightness, much more than to
their "good head," or their "genius." This is especially true of those of the
burgher class. Even in the elementary school, this truthfulness and persever-
ance can be cultivated, proved, and established ; but it is home education which
must do most of it.
It has often troubled me to hear of a "smart boy" (guten kopfe,) in a family
or school, and to see those undervalued who lacked such a qualification. Such
conduct discourages those reckoned inferior, (who subsequently very probably
may excel them.) and only makes those possessed of this apparent talent con-
ceited and heartless. Faith and good feeling forbid such doing ; unless we are
born merely for the span of present existence! Young teachers, just com-
mencing, are especially prone to fix upon such smart boys ; but commonly de-
ceive themselves, by setting a high value upon a mere partial quickness of
apprehension. There are even teachers, whether from the fear of men or
from some other discreditable weakness, who praise every thing they see in
their scholars; or who, after they have complained to their colleagues about
scholars all the 3- ear, will, at the end of the term, make out for them certificates
of unqualified excellence.
I have known not only hundreds but thousands of proofs that, however un-
pleasanl a strict teacher my be to a bad scholar, such a scholar will, in the end,
feel toward him more respect, and gratitude, and love; provided only that the
strictness was just — that is, without respect of persons, partiality, or passion-
al "ness. l;.ven the most spoiled of children will endure ten times more from
such a teacher than from another, provided only that the parents acquiesce in it.
There are also teachers who lay great stress upon learning quickly; forget-
ting that the most superficial scholars are often the quickest. Such will find, by
experiments enough, that these forget just as quickly; while things acquired
with more pains remain longer in the memory, and are better understood. The
principal thing is thoroughness; it is this only which truly educates — which
tells upon character. Merely to know more or less is of little significance;
whoever imagines that he knows very much, does, in fact, know pitifully little.
This thoroughness should be a characteristic even of the lowest elementary
school ; and is a constituent of what I have already referred to as perseverance.
A condition preparatory to this thoroughness is, that the scholar be constrained
(without any apparent force, however,) into thinking and laboring independ-
ently. Thus I have often said to an indolent or compliant scholar, who imitated
others rather too easily, ""ijour own eating must make you fat: that you
2 J 6 JOHANN RAMSATJER.
know very well. Just so, your own thinking must make you wise ; and your
own practice must make you dexterous."
A condition of thoroughness is repetition ; constant repetition. This means
is, to many teachers, too wearisome, or too slow : the latter, to those who instruct
mechanically only; the former, to those who have never perceived and learned
for themselves, but only out of books. ;JBut a teacher whose heart is really in
liis work will be drilling often and earnestly, and always in new ways ; so that
both the scholar and he himself will always be getting at a new and interesting
side of the subject. But a teacher who labors in two or three departments of
study with vivacity and pleasure, and gives really thorough instruction — such
as really educates — will naturally have neither time nor wish to expend several
hours daily in a club or in other mere amusements. His greatest happiness
will be in his calling ; and in daily progress in whatever is truly useful for time
and eternity. Such a teacher will live as much as possible amongst his own
children, if he has them ; arid the more he does so, the better wiJl he compre-
hend other children, and, therefore, the better will he manage them. ;
Among my own children, as well as among those of others, I have repeatedly
experienced that there is a school understanding, a conversation understanding,
and a life or practical understanding; all three very clearly distinct, especially
the first and the third. If the teacher only understands the first of these, he
on.ly half-understands even that ; and is in great danger of exacting too much
or too little from his scholars. In like manner, parents are liable to do the
teacher injustice, if they judge of their children only by their words and actions
at home. Girls especially, who in school hardly dare open their mouths, often
appear astonishingly quick and intelligent outside ; so that those will be much
deceived who overlook the multitude of cases in which children imitate the
words and actions of adults, and pass off their sayings for their own coin. The
school understanding is the most suitable for scholars ; as their passions are less
liable to come into play in connection with it, and all matters which are regu-
larly arranged and under rules assist its onward progress. From this differ-
ence it often follows that the same scholar who is industrious, efficient, and
intelligent in school, and seems there to be far forward for his age, is wholly a
child when outside of it, childish and simple (as he should be,) and apparently
quite backward in understanding, and this especially where he needs to govern
himself and to exhibit character.
Such experiences of a hundred others will lead every observing teacher — I
do not state this as any thing new, but merely as something of psychological
importance, and therefore not susceptible of too frequent repetition — to require
from his scholars neither too much nor too little, and to hope from them neither
too much nor too little. And I believe that the frequent enforcement of such
experiences would materially ease the difficult calling of the teacher, especially
at its commencement, and would save beginners our trouble at Pestalozzi's In-
stitute ; that is, from spending all the first years of their work in proving and
experimenting, without the advantage of being able to learn of their prede-
JOHN ERNST PLAMANN.
JOHN ERNST PLAMANN, an earnest and influential teacher and
apostle of the Pestalozzian system, in Prussia, was born on the 22d
of June, 1771, at Repzin, of poor but respectable parents of the
burgher class, and received his elementary education at the Royal
Real School in Berlin, from which he was removed to the Joachims-
thai Gymnasium, then under the charge of the celebrated Meierotto.
In 1796 he resorted to Halle to study theology, and at the same time
acquire the principles of pedagogy under Niemeyer. After spending
a few years as a private tutor in the family of his brother-in-law, and
passing his examination for a license to teach, he returned to Berlin,
to continue his classical studies, and, at the same time, to give instruc-
tion in the Messow Institute and other industrial schools, preparatory
to founding one of the same class for himself.
At this time the fame of Pestalozzi had spread into Germany, and
Plamann resolved to see for himself the great schoolmaster who was
so extravagantly praised and beloved. Having read " How Gertrude
teaches her Children" he could not rest ; but, borrowing some money to
pay his expenses, he set out in May, 1803, for Switzerland ; having
announced his intention to Pestalozzi in a letter, from which the
following is an extract :
Thanks is a powerless word to express the enthusiasm which your letters
upon instruction have kindled in me. But you will not despise my utterance ;
indeed you will not hear it, amid the loud praises which nations are giving you.
Of that your heart assures me, noble man, who have so acutely and truly dis-
played the inmost laws of the development of the human soul, and with a wise
and strong hand laid out the path and the art of training it. You have so
radiated upon me the light of truth, and so inspired my breast, that I also feel
the sacred call to labor in my fatherland to the same end, according to my
powers. The saying of our great teacher, "Many are called, but few
chosen," shall not discourage me if I can enjoy your instructions and wise
dii'ection. With that I can escape from the old, lifeless, beaten track, which I
have been obliged to follow in my labor as a teacher, and will be able to do
something in the necessary work of teaching the neglected to elevate them-
selves. 0, if you will give me power ; if you will make me an example of
your methods ; if you will instruct me thoroughly in your system ; then I
hope, with confidence and success, to sow the seed which your benevolence shall
have entrusted to me, £c.
Pestalozzi was then at Burgdorf. There soon sprung up between
him and Plamann a friendship based upon mutual appreciation ; for
Plamann, with his thorough knowledge of the labor of former schools
(217)
218 JOHN ERNST PLAMANN.
in pedagogy, his scientific attainments, his philosophical intellect and
psychological insight, was a valuable supplementary person to the
Swiss reformer, who had only his own experience of the results of his
always original mental action. The latter candidly explained to him
what he was seeking, both by means of written and oral communica-
tion, until he understood him and his system thoroughly. Plamann
writes :
Pestalozzi received me like a father. No man ever looked so quickly and
deeply into my soul as he. At once he comprehended my whole being, and
pressed me to his breast with the warmth of a brother. At his side I learned
to feel how many were my faults as a man. I was modest, and told him of my
discovery with tearful eyes. *' You are a child of nature," he answered ; " an
adept in the rules of science and art, which I am not ; and which, never-
theless, a man must be in this world." Thus he used to encourage me to have
more confidence in myself. A poem which I gave him moved him to tears. He
smothered me with kisses, and said, " No one has understood me so well."
Plamann remained several months in Burgdorf, laboring zealously
at the new method ; and became so dear to Pestalozzi, that he could
not endure to have him depart, and even offered him money sufficient to
enable him to bring his betrothed to Switzerland. But he was impa-
tient to introduce the new method into his fatherland. Immediately
after his return to Berlin, Plamann proceeded to put his newly-gotten
knowledge into practice in the institution where he was teaching, and
to apply the method also to other subjects. He maintained a regular
correspondence with Pestalozzi and his assistants, especially with
Niederer. The Swiss took the utmost interest in his labors, kept him
acquainted with their researches, and awaited with solicitude the
_____result of his undertakings.
In 1805 Plamann published his work, " Some Principles of the
art of Instruction according to Pestalozzi }s Method, applied to Ndtu-
ral History, Geography, and Language." (Einzige Grundregel der
Unterrichtskunst nach Pestalozzi's Methode, angewandt in der Na-
^^Jurgeschichte, Geographic und Sprache.} In this publication, he
showed upon what a deep psychological basis Pestalozzi's system
rested, and how it is necessarily derived from the laws of human
thought. While, however, they commence with the same principles,
follow them out with like results, and in like manner connect them
with others, their related ones, Plamann differs from Pestalozzi on the
view laid down in the "Book for Mothers" that education should begin
with instruction on the human body, on the ground that the similarity
of it with the bodies of animals does not much concern the child, and
that instruction by a teacher should not be given so early. He
thought it more proper for the mother to teach the child about such
objects as are within the sphere of the child's knowledge ; — the
JOHN ERNST PLAMANN. 219
house, furniture, clothes, &c. He then proceeds to apply the method
to the three departments of natural history, to geography, and to the
German language. He promised in the second part to continue the
course of instructions on language and geography, as well as on tech-
nology and history ; but this has never been published.
On account of his high standing with Pestalozzi, his zeal in study-
ing the method, and in extending it by his writings, he became a
centre for the operations of those who were following the new views in
Prussia, and were endeavoring to spread them there. All applied to
him for directions, school-books, plans for schools, and information as
to the spread and results of the new method ; and he was also in
communication with persons in foreign countries.
Soon after his return to Prussia from Switzerland, Plamann under-
took himself to found an institution for the practice of Pestalozzi's
methods. For this he obtained the royal permission, Nov. 29, 1803, and
opened the institution at Michaelmas, 1805, with his friend Schmidt ;
obtaining also, soon after, an assistant from Switzerland, Breissig by
name. His undertaking drew much attention, and proved quite suc-
cessful. In the following year he published two instructive works :
" Course of Instruction for a Pestalozzian School for Boys"
(Anordnung des Unterrichts fur ein Pestalozzische Knaben Schule.)
" Elementary Methods of Instruction in Language and Science"
(Elementarformen, Sprach-u. wissenschaftlichen Unterrichtskunst.}
At Easter, 1812, Plamann gave up his school, and visited once
more his beloved Pestalozzi, to make himself acquainted with the
progress of the method, and to observe what was' going on in the
schools of Switzerland. Upon his return he at once commenced again
to " Pestalozzianize," as he expressed himself, and bought a house in
Berlin, in which to erect an institution. In the same year he com-
menced a publication, which he finished in 1815, entitled, " Contribu-
tions to Pedagogical Criticism ; in Defence of the Pestalozzian Meth-
od" (Beitrage zur P adagogischen Kritik ; zur Vertheidigung der
Pestalozzischen Methode. )
A full description of his new Pestalozzian institution will be found
in the " Biography of Plamann, by Doctor Franz Bredow" Pla-
mann adhered closely to the Pestalozzian principles throughout ; pro-
ceeding strictly according to the forms of the Swiss at first, but using
more and more independent methods as he went on. His school was
resorted to by young men from all quarters, who were ambitious to
understand and disseminate the improved methods of teaching, and
he was never more popular than when he gave up his school from
the pressure of bodily infirmities, against which he had long struggled.
He died on the 3d of September, 1834.
HANS GEORG NAGELI.
HANS GEORG NAGELI, by whose compositions and teaching the
Pestalozzian method of instruction was applied to the study of music,
was born, May 17, 1773, at Wetzekon, a village in the canton of Zu-
rich, of which his father was pastor. After receiving his rudimentary
education at home, he went to Zurich in 1786, to continue his studies ;
but homesickness soon drew him back to his father's home, where he
devoted himself carefully to the study of music, and in 1790 he again
resorted to Zurich, when in a few years we find him in a music store
and musical circulating library of his own, and at the same time
giving lessons in singing. He became a composer and publisher of
music, and in 1800 he established a periodical principally, devoted to
his favorite art. His song, " Life let us cherish," accompaniments of
harp and harpsichord, published in 1794, passed the parlor, and
the fireside, and the social gathering of rich and poor, all over Europe ;
and the same popularity has marked other productions of his.
Nageli was one of the earliest founders, even if he did not originate,
the Swiss musical league or union, which set the example of great
musical festivals, attended by concourses of people, practically engaged
in or lovers of the art. He went out frequently to give instruction
to musical societies in the different cantons, to lecture on the subject
to conventions of teachers, and, in 1810, published, in connection
with M. T. PfeifFer, " The Theory of Instruction in Singing, on Pes-
talozzian Principles" (Die Gesangbildunyslehre nach Pcstalozzischen
Grundsdtzcn,) by which a new epoch in this department of education
was introduced. The treatise was the best realization of the method
of Pestalozzi, and soon made singing a regular study in the popular
schools of Europe, particularly those of Switzerland and Germany.
By the efforts of William C. Woodbridge and Lowell Mason, the
method of Nageli was introduced into the United States ; and, in con-
sequence, the study of music became much more philosophical and
general, and is fast passing into the course of instruction in our com-
mon schools.
Nageli died at Zurich, on the 26th of December, 1836, from a cold
he contracted in discharge of his duties as a member of the council
of education.
WILH1LM HARNISCH
WILHELM HARNISCH was born, August 28th, 1787, at Wilsnach, in
the Prussian government of Potsdain — the only son of a prosperous
master-tailor, who intended him for the study of theology, and accord-
ingly placed him at the gymnasium in Salzvvedel in 1800, and caused
him to study from 1806 to 1808 at Halle and Frankfort-on-the-Oder.
Here he already began to devote himself particularly to the study of
pedagogy, and very soon commenced the practice of it, taking a situ-
ation as private tutor in a distinguished family in Mecklenburg, where
a well-selected library was at his command, .and Rousseau's " Emile*
was the favorite study of the accomplished mistress of the family. In
1810 he had the good fortune to be summoned to Berlin, in order to
be made acquainted with the Pestalozzian system in Plamann's insti-
tution, at the expense of the State. Here, in the society of Fichte,
Schleiermacher, Kopfe, Zeune, Jahn, Kloden, and other eminent liter-
ati, statesmen, and educators, he completed his higher scientific edu-
cation, and also took an active part in the first establishment of the
fencing school, and the gymnastic and swimming institutions. In
1812 he took the degree of Doctor of Philosophy, married the
daughter of a landed proprietor in Russian Lithuania, and became
favorably known by his first work, " The German Common Schools.1*
Being appointed teacher in the new Teachers' Seminary at Breslau,
established upon Pestalozzi's principles, he introduced, with excellent
results, a system of instruction in reading and writing, which he also
made known in various publications. While here he also wholly
originated or took part in various academical labors ; established a
Society of Teachers, took partial charge of the education of Princess
Charlotte, afterward Empress of Russia, and lived in friendly inter-
course with Professors Schneider, Wachler, Steffens, Passow, Kaysler,
&c. In 1822 he was appointed director of the Teachers' Seminary
at Weissenfels, to which he gave a reputation second to no other in
Germany, and which is well known in this country, through the Re-
ports of Stowe, Bache, and Mann.
In 1834 he received from the King of Prussia the red order of
nobility, fourth class ; has received honorary gifts from the Emperor
and Empress of Russia, and other royal personages ; besides pecuni-
ary means for various pedagogical journeys. In 1837 he was com-
plimented by his colleagues and scholars with the celebration of a
222 WILHELM HAUNISCH.
jubilee on occasion of the twenty-fifth anniversary of his labors as a,
teacher. He has rendered distinguished services toward the perfec-
tion of the common school system of Prussia, by his manifold prac-
tical and literary labors.
The principal of his numerous writings are the following : —
THE GERMAN COMMON SCHOOLS (Die Dtutscher Volksschulen,} Berlin, 1812.
COMPLETE INSTRUCTION IN GERMAN (Vollddndiger Untvrricht in der Deuischen
Sprache,) Breslau, 1814.
COMPLETE EXPOSITION OF THE BELL-LANG A STERI AN SYSTEM (Ausfuhrliche Dar-
sttllunij dss BeU- Lancaster schen Schulwesens,) Breslau, 1819.
LIFE OF THE TUTOR FELIX KASKORBI (a pedagogical romance,) (Das Leben des
Hausldirers Felix Kaskorbi, ein padagogitcher Roman,} Breslau, 1820.
HAND-BOOK FOR THE GERMAN SCHOOL SYSTEM (Ilandbuch fur das Deutsche
Volksschulivesen,) Breslau, 1820.
THE EDUCATION AND SCHOOL COUNCILOR (Die Erziehungs-und Schulrath.)
2-4 parts. Breslau, 1815 to 1820.
THE COMMON SCHOOL TEACHER, (five years,) (Die Votisschulkhrer,) (5 jahr-
ganrje,} Halle, 1824 to 1828.
THE GERMAN BURGHER SCHOOLS (Die Deutsche Burgerschule,) Halle, 1830.
THE WEISSENFELS SEMINARY (Das Weissenfelser Seminar,) Berlin, 1838. (Con-
taining an autobiograph sketch.)
KARL AUGUST ZELLER.
KARL AUGUST ZELLER, High School Councillor and Royal Council-
lor of the Kingdom of Prussia, was born August 15th, 1774, in
Ludwigsburg, Wirtemberg. He was educated in a theological semi-
nary, and in 1798 received an appointment as teacher and assistajit^
preacher in the evangelical congregation at Brunn. In 1803, he pro-
ceeded to Pestalozzi's establishment at Burgdorf, for the purpose of
making himself acquainted with his new system of instruction. An
offer, which he accepted, to accompany a young man of the Yon
Palm family upon his travels, gave him occasion, while at Tubingen
in the winter of 1804, to establish a charity school for the purpose of
trying Pestalozzi's plans, and afterwards, at the request of some of his
scholars at Brunn, a Sunday-school. Both are described in a work
dedicated to that friend of education, the late Pauline, Princess of
Detmold, who gave him the appointment of Councillor, and retained
a decided interest in his prosperity until her death.
Zeller became pastor at St. Gall, and teacher in the gymnasium
there, in 1805. In 1806, he became acquainted, in Zurich, with the
Senator Rusterholz, who had a scheme for educating all the teachers
of the cantons in normal schools, which he was prevented from carry-
ing out by sickness. Becoming much interested for the sick man and
his designs, he agreed to remain in Zurich and endeavor to assist him ;
to which cooperation the authorities of the cantons agreed.
The first course of instruction was opened in 1806, with thirty
pupils, by a commission of school councillors, under the presidency of
Superintendent G^essner. The lectures, here devoted to the principles
of correct school discipline, gave Zeller an opportunity of composing
his " School for Teachers" After the decisive experiment of this
course, seven thousand florins were appropriated to defray the expense
of a Normal School, Pestalozzi's arithmetic was introduced, and a plan
of teaching drawn up by Zeller was printed and introduced into the pa-
rochial schools of the canton. A second and a third part to this treatise
soon followed. Being appointed Director of the Normal Institute,
he trained, in 1807, among others, a Catholic clergyman, sent to him
by the government of Lucerne, and who was followed by three canons
from the same canton, who had been studying at Kreutzlingen in the
224 KARL AUGUST ZELLER.
Thurgan, under the patronage of Von Wessenberg. Meanwhile, a
favorable report was made by a commission of clergymen upon the
result of the first three courses of the normal school ; and, whereupon,
Zeller published a work on the subject, in the form of letters ad-
dressed to the Princess Pauline. Three courses of lectures now fol-
lowed, one of which was delivered before the Swiss Diet, and the
attention of the Confederation was thus drawn to the subject of them.
The year 1808 found Zeller with Pestalozzi, teaching and learn-
ing, and enjoying himself amongst the children. In returning, he
passed through Hofwyl, where a young Bernese gave him fifty Caro-
lines, with the request that he would undertake a school for teachers
among his country people in that neighborhood. Upon the invitation
of the consistory, who added thirty Carolines, forty teachers assembled,
and remained under his instruction ten months. A French teacher,
under an assumed name, also attended this course, and afterwards
pursued his vocation in his own country. By reason of the open
recognition by the Bernese government of his efforts, in spite of mali-
cious opposition, and having a little before received a call from Zofin-
gen, Zeller had meditated spending the remainder of his life as a
Swiss burgher ; but the visit of the King of Wirtemberg to Hofwyl
gave another direction to his life.
The king had attended five of his lectures, and was so much pleased
with what he saw and heard, that he declared that he could not per-
mit Zeller to remain in that place. In fact, he shortly after received
the appointment of school-inspector at Heilbronn, and, two months
later, an appointment at Konigsberg from the Prussian minister of
state, Yon Schrotter, whom War-councillor Schiffner had made
"""acquainted with the "Letters to the Princess Pauline" Not yet
actually employed in Heilbronn, Zeller requested permission to accept
the latter ; but an order to the teachers of the vicinity to assemble
there, and to himself as the proper schoolmaster to instruct them,
was the answer. Forty-two teachers assembled, including one minis-
ter, and remained, at their own expense, six weeks. The assembly
was characterized by the same pleasant activity, good nature and
success, which had appeared in Switzerland.
In April, 1809, with the office of Councillor in the government of East
Prussia, he was authorized to organize the Orphan House at Konigsberg
as a model school, in which young clergymen and teachers might be in-
structed, with courses of lectures on the administration and instruction
of schools, and traverse all the provinces of the kingdom for similar pur-
poses. On condition that he should deliver one more course of lectures
to clergymen of all three confessions, the King of Wirtemberg at length
KARL AUGUST ZELLER. 225
allowed him to accept the appointment. Fifty-two eminent clergy-
men and six teachers assembled, and remained under his instruction
during four weeks. A commission from the High Consistory of the
kingdom and from the Council of Catholic Clergy held an examination
upon the result, and Zeller, accompanied by one of Pestalozzi's pupils,
now for the first time proceeded to the Baltic.
The new organization of the orphan home at Konigsberg in a short
time excited so much interest, that a considerable number of official
persons were desirous of some report upon Zeller's methods and or-
ganization. Further ; the noble and intellectual men who were labor-
ing with Scharnhorst to reestablish the warlike fame of Prussia,
learned hence to consider the relation between a correct school disci-
pline and military discipline. October 7, the king, queen and minis-
try, made a personal inspection of the school, and the dignity of High
School Councillor, conferred upon the director, showed their gratifica-
tion with the visit. In May, 1810, the institution had so grown that
the first course of lectures was attended by a hundred and four
deans, superintendents and pastors, and the second by seventy clergy-
men and teachers.
In 1811, he organized a second institution at Braunsberg for
province of Ermeland, and a third at Karalene, for Lithuania. He
would gladly have remained in the latter pleasant place, but his official
duties would not permit. He was intending to go to Stettin also, but
the approach of Napoleon's expedition to Russia prevented. An " ex-
traordinary compensation " was now decreed him, in consequence of
this disappointment, and as a testimony of the satisfaction of the king
and the ministry with the results of his exertions in East and West
Prussia and Lithuania. This was the gift of the domain of Munster-
walde, near Marienwerder, on the condition that he should continue to
perform the functions of his appointment. He accordingly pub-
lished a manual for the Prussian army-schools, and a work upon his
experiments in organizing the school of correction at Graudenz, con-
taining a statement of the methods upon which all his labors hitherto
had been conducted.
For several years Zeller resided at Kreutznach, Wetzlar and
Bonn, busily engaged in writing and in the support of his numerous
family. His only son devoted himself to the study of theology at
Bonn, and at the same place, his wife, the mother of his seven chil-
dren, died. He became desirous of revisiting his native country ;
and, having been raised by the King of Prussia to the third class of
the " red order of nobility," he removed to Stuttgart in 1834. His
last labors were devoted to his own country ; the institution at
15
226 KARL AUGUST ZELLER.
Lichtenstein owes to him its foundation and progress, a building
worth eleven hundred florins, and continued care and advocacy. The
requirements of his situation obliged him to remove to Stuttgart again
in the autumn of 1837.
His very busy and varied life came to an end in the beginning of
the year 1847, while he was absent from home on a short journey; a
life that knew no rest, and whose quiet pulses often seemed like rest-
less wandering ; a life which, without despising an open recognition
of its deserts, yet often forgot itself in true sacrifices for the sake of
doing good ; that willingly bestowed its strength wherever any benefi-
cial purpose was to be served, and especially if any alleviations in the
condition of the children of the poor common people were in prospect.
His mission was, not to maintain and carry on an enterprise already
commenced, with long-suffering and victorious patience and constancy,
but rather to erect edifices upon waste and desert ground for others
to furnish. Especially valuable for young theologians are the many
stirring thoughts contained in his "Thomas, or John and Paul?"
published in 1833. The desire and labor of his life was to improve
the common schools. The study of singing in that class of Prussian
schools began with him. He was energetic, not only in introducing
new discoveries in pedagogical science, but also in independently sift-
ing and ingeniously improving its principles already accepted.
Zeller's best known educational works, as given in Hergang's
" Manual of Pedagogical Literature," are :
The Schoolmaster School ; or, instructions in school education on
the plan of the institutions for saving children (Kinder-Rettungsan-
Btalt). Leipzig, 1839.
Elementary Schools; their personal, local and administrative organi-
zation. Konigsberg, 1815.
The Evangel of Jesus Christ ; or his character as such ; not de-
veloped chronologically, but in its various elements and relations ; as
exhibited in a harmony of the four gospels. Stuttgart, 1839.
Methods of Learning, for use of common schools on the mutual
system.
Elementary Geometry for Common Schools. Three parts. Stutt-
gart, 1839.
Elementary Singing-Book for Common Schools. Three parts.
Stuttgart, 1839.
BEBNHARD GOTTLIEB DENZEL,
BERNHARD GOTTLIEB DENZEL, an influential promoter of Pestaloz-
zianism in the Kingdom of Wirtemberg and the Duchy of Nassau,
was born at Stuttgardt, on the 29th of December, 1773. His father
was a merchant and associate-judge, and secured for his son the best
education which the gymnasia and university of the kingdom could
give. After studying theology at Tubingen, under the profound Dr.
Storr, he commenced his pedagogical career as private tutor in Frank-
fort-on-the-Maine. After two years' experience in that capacity, he
served five years as curate and preacher in Pleidelsheim, where he
exhibited an enthusiastic interest in the schools, and took the lead in
introducing the new Pestalozzian system into Wirtemberg. His de-
cided and influential labors in this work involved him, for a time, in
bitter controversy with many old-fashioned schoolmasters, and munic-
ipalties ; but he was sustained by the higher authorities. He made
himself perfectly familiar with the publications of Pestalozzi, and vis-
ited both Burgdorf and Yverdun, to observe the practical operations
of the system. Deeply in earnest himself, with a thorough practical
knowledge of existing wants, and desirable remedies, with a concil-
iatory manner, and the confidence of all religious men, Denzel made
more rapid progress than is usual with school reformers ; but, as has
been already remarked, he did not entirely escape the opposition of
parties whose craft was interfered with. ^
In 1811, Denzel was appointed director of the Seminary for Teach-
ers in Esslingen, and of the public schools in that circle. Under his
oversight, the seminary and the schools made great progress, and were
resorted to by teachers and educators as good working-models of the
new system of instruction. In 1817, having obtained leave of ab-
sence for this purpose, he assisted in reorganizing the school system
of the Duchy of Nassau, and establishing the Teachers' Seminary
at Idstein, and received, for his service, the appointment of Ducal^
high school councilor, and the title and rank of prelate.
After performing good service to the cause of popular education
throughout Germany, not only through the improvements introduced
into the schools of Nassau and Wirtemberg, but by his writings on
the science and art of teaching, he died, in the autumn of 1838,
universally respected and beloved.
228 BERNHARD GOTTLIEB DENZEL.
As a teacLer, Director Denzel was distinguished by great quickness
and clearness of understanding and expression, and by mildness, firm-
ness, and justness in discipline. One who was for nineteen years as-
sociated with him in the Seminary at Esslingen says : — " Universally
learned and completely master of every subject of instruction in the
schools with which he was connected as teacher or inspector, his rare
knowledge of the best method of communicating what he knew, en-
abled him to carry forward the best as well as the weakest minds in
his classes, with great satisfaction to all, and at the same time to in-
spire a love of study, and impart to others the secret of his own suc-
cess as a teacher." His principal pedagogical works are " Experiences
and Opinions on the Professional Training of Common School Teach-
ers ; " " Tke Common School — a course of lectures on Methodology at
Idstein, in 1816 ;" " Introduction to the Science and Art of Educa-
tion and Instruction of Masters of Primary Schools? The last
named is a great work, and holds a high place in the pedagogical
literature of Germany.
FRIEDRICH ADOLF WILHELM DIESTERWEG.
FRIEDRICH ADOLF WILHELM DIESTERWEG, an eminent educator,
and efficient promoter of the general principles of Pestalozzi, was
born in the then Rhine provinces of Prussia, at Seigen, in Nassau,
October 29th, 1790. His first education was received at the
Latin school of his native place. Thence he went to the univers-
ity of Herborn, intending to devote himself to the study of theol-
ogy ; but his academic course was finished at Tubingen. At first a
private tutor in Manheim, he was afterward second teacher in the
secondary school at Worms ; and in 1811 entered the model school
at Frankfort-on-the-Mayne, where his holy zeal accomplished much
good. Having become known as a scientifically-trained and well-
practiced educator, he was chosen second rector of the Latin school
at Elberfeld. From this place he was called, in 1820, to be director
of the teachers' seminary at Meurs. In this place he labored with
intelligence, energy, and singleness of purpose, during a series of
years, for the cause of elementary instruction, which, under the
French domination, had been entirely neglected on the Rhine. He
was, moreover, very useful as a writer— discussing more particularly
mathematics and the German language. In 1827, he commenced
publishing (by Schwerz, in Schwelin,) the " Rhenish Gazette of
Education and Instruction " (Rheinische Blatter fur Erziebung und
Unterricht,) with especial reference to the common schools. The first
volume contained much valuable matter, much condensed ; and the
succeeding volumes (to 1859,) have not fallen beneath it in excel-
lence. Through this periodical, the educationists of the Rhine prov-
inces were afforded a good opportunity for discussing pedagogical
subjects ; upon which much interest was then beginning to appear.
In 1833, Diesterweg was appointed director of the royal seminar;
for city teachers, at Berlin. Here he labored for eighteen years ; his
eyes fixed fast and unvarying upon his object — exposing all sorts of
pedagogical faults and weaknesses, seeking in every way to raise the
position of teachers, and pursuing his work without any fear of men.
The meetings of the Pedagogical Society of Berlin were set on foot
by him. In 1849, his connection with the seminary was terminated
by the government, in consequence of his popular sympathies in
230 FRIEDRICH ADOLF WILIIELM DIESTERWEG.
1848. During this period, Diesterweg published " A utoliogrcqihies
of Distinguished Educators" " Education of the Lower Classes"
" Degeneracy of our Universities" " Education for Patriotism, d'c."
" Controversial Inquiries on Educational Subjects." In these writ-
ings, Diesterweg appears as a man of progress ; as one who seeks to
reconcile the existing discrepancy between actual life and learning ;
between living practice and dead scholastic knowledge ; between
civilization and learning. The works contain true and striking
thoughts. In his zeal for good objects, the author sometimes over-
passed the bounds of moderation, and assailed the objects of his
opposition with too much severity.
His " Pedagogical Travels through the Danish Territories" (Piid-
agogische Reise Nachden Ddnischen Staaten,) 1836, involved him in
an active controversy with several Danish literati, and especially with
Zerrenner, of Magdeburg. Diesterweg's objections to the monitorial
system of instruction, which prevails in the schools of Denmark,
—That it modifies, decreases, or destroys the teacher's influence
upon his scholars ; that it is disadvantageous to their outward and
inward intercourse ; reduces to a minimum the precious period of
close intercourse between the ripe man and the future men ; and
sinks the school, in by far the majority of cases, into a mere mindless
mechanism, by which the children, it is true, acquire facility in
reading and writing, and in a manner outwardly vivid and active,
but in reality altogether unintelligent; but become intellectually
active not at all. That Diesterweg is in the right in this matter, is
daily more extensively believed.
In ] 846, Dr. Diesterweg took an early and influential part in the
celebration by German teachers of the centennial birthday of Pes-
talozzi, and in founding an institution for orphans, as a living and
appropriate monument to the great regenerator of modern popular
education.
His " Year Book" or " Almanac" (Jahrbach^) which commenced
in 1851, is a valuable contribution to the current discussion of educa-
tional topics, and to the history of the literature and biography of
education.
Diesterweg's " Guide for German Teachers" ( Wegweiser fur
Deutschcr Schrcr,} of which a third enlarged and improved edition
appeared in 1854, in two large volumes, is one of the best existing
manuals for teachers, of both elementary and high schools, and has
been made a text-book in several teachers' seminaries. We give the
contents of this valuable " Guide"
DIESTERWEG'S WEGWEISER. 231
DIESTERWEG, F. A. "W., " Guide for German Teachers," Wegweiser fur Deuischer
Schrtr. 2 vols. pp. 675 and 700.
CONTENTS. VOL. I.
PAGE.
INTRODUCTION I.
1. Dedication to F. Frobel HI.
2. Preface to Third and Fourth editions VII.
3. From the address to Denzel, in the Second edition XIV.
4. From Preface to First, edition XIX.
5. From Preface to Second edition XXIV.
6. Conclusion XXXII.
PART I.
GENERAL VIEWS.
I. Purpose and problem of human life, and the teacher's life 3
II. What are the conditions of success in endeavoring to secure, by means of books, intellect-
ual culture, insight, and knowledge 19
III. Introduction to the study of elements of pedagogy, didactics and methodology 49
1. To whom these studies are especially recommended, and to whom not 49
2. What has hitherto been accomplished in such books as have been devoted to peda-
gogy, didactics, and methodology in general, or with special reference to the element-
ary schools 52
3. The chief constituents of the ideas of pedagogy, didactics, and methodology 58
4. The best works on the elements of pedagogy, didactics, and methodology 60
(1.) On education (and instruction,) generally '. 62
(2.) On the whole subject of school education and instruction i-'2
(3.) On school discipline 99
(4.) Psychology and logic 104
(5.) Training of teachers (seminaries) 10*7
(6.) Education of girls Ill
(7.) Relations of school to state and church 119
(80 School inspection 000
(9.) Social pedagogy, (social reforms, temperance, &c.) 124
(10.) Infant schools 129
(11.) Mutual system of school organization 135
(12.) Higher burgher schools 138
(13.) Bibliography 143
(14.) Works which include biographies 145
(15.) Popular writings 151
(16.) School laws 150
(17.) School reform 157
(18.) School organization in 1848 162
(19.) Periodicals 168
IV. Human faculties, and didactics 172
1. Rules for instruction, ns to the scholar (the subject) 204
2. Rules as to what is taught (the object) 254
3. Rules as to external relations 268
4. Rules as to the teacher 278
PART II.
SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS.
I. Intuitional instruction; exercises in language 302
II. Religious instruction ; by K. Bormann, of Berlin 332
HI. Reading ." 381
IV. German language 456
V. Writing; by Prof. Dr. Madler, and C. Reinbott, of Berlin 532
VI. Singing; by Hentschel, of Weissenfels 559
VII. Drawing ; by Heutschel 672
VOL. II.
VIII. Geography; by K. Bormann 3
IX. History : by W. Prange, of Bunzlau 40
X. Natural History ; by A. Liiben, of Merseburg 251
XI. XiiMirnl Science, mathematical geography, astronomy 306
XII. Arithmetic ". 3-13
XIII. Geometry 395
XIV. French ;"by Dr. Knebel, of (Koln) Cologne 436
XV. English ; by Dr. Schmitz, of Berlin 477
XVI. Genetic method in foreign languages; by Dr. Mnger, of Eisenach 492
XVII. Instruction of the blind \ by .1. G. Knie, of Breslau 567
XVIII. Instruction of the deaf-mutes ; by Hill, of Weissenfels 601
XIX. Love of country, patriotism, and connected subjects 675
XX. External situation of the German common school teachers 727
XXI. School discipline— plan of teaching and of work 770
APPENDIX ; by G. Hentschel 791
List of authors mentioned 795
GUSTAV FRIEDRICH DINTEE,
GUST A v FRIEDRICH DINTER, whose life was a beautiful illustration
of his noble declaration in a letter to Baron Von Altenstein — " I
promised God that I would look upon every Prussian peasant child
as a being who could complain of me before God, if I did not pro-
vide for him the best education, as a man and a Christian, which it
was possible for me to provide" — was born, Feb. 29, 1760, at Borna,
in Saxony, where his father was a lawyer, with the title of Chamber-
Commissary. Dinter describes him in his autobiography as a cheer-
ful and lively man, whose most prominent trait was always to look
upon the bright side of things, and to oppose all moroseness. In
accordance with this character was the bringing up which he gave
his five sons ; and particularly he would not endure any timidity in
them, for which Dinter was always grateful to him. He also
obliged them to strict obedience. His mother was a woman of strict
religious character, careful foresight, and some vanity, which made her
particular about appearances. His father employed a private tutor
for him ; but this instructor knew little or nothing of pedagogy or di-
dactics, and his teaching looked to nothing except the good appearance
of his scholar at examinations. This was very well for the memory ;•
but his head and heart would have received little benefit, had it not
been for the assistance of his intelligent mother. For example, Dinter
had, when twelve years old, to read, translate, and commit to mem-
ory, flutter's " Compendium Theologies? and then recite it ; and to
lea rn the texts quoted from the New Testament, in the original Greek.
April 27, 1773, he was examined for the national school at Grim-
ma, where he found valuable teachers in Rector Krebs, Conrector
Mucke, and Cantor Reich ard. Miicke cultivated carefully the relig-
ious feelings which the boy's mother had implanted within him ; and
It ei chard was not only his teacher, but his loving friend. While yet
at school, his excellent mother died ; whose loss he mourned even
when grown up. In April, 1779, Dinter left the school at Grimma,
and passed the interval of time, before entering the university at
Leipzig, partly with his brother, and partly with his godfather, Super-
intendent Rickfels. In Leipzig, he almost overburdened himself with
hearing lectures, during his first two years : attending, especially,
Dathe, Ernesti, Moms, and Platner. For want of a competent guide,
GUSTAV FIUEDRICII DINTER. 233
he fell into wrong directions in many studies, as is often the case. His
sentiments, at a later day, upon the studies of the university, were
thus expressed : — " It is not necessary that the scholar should learn,
in special lessons, all that he is to know. Let him only have the
ability, and take pleasure in his studies, and let the sources of assist-
ance be pointed out to him, and he will accomplish more for himself
than all the lessons and lectures will do for him."
Even in his student years, the study of men was a favorite pursuit
with him. He had a great love for the theater ; and says, regarding
it : — " For young theologians, the drama is very useful. It furnishes
them declamatory knowledge. Not that they are to theatricalize in
the pulpit ; but at the play they may acquire a feeling for modulations
of voice, for strength and feebleness of accent, and an animated
style of delivery. Young theologians, attend the theater industri-
ously, if it is convenient. You will get much more good there than
at the card-table. But the plays may be judiciously selected." He
laments much over his incapacity for music. " I unwillingly find my-
self deprived of a pleasure which would have added to the enjoyments
of my life, and would have rendered cheerful my troubled days,
which, thank God, have been few."
After leaving Leipzig, he passed his examination for the ministry,
receiving a first-class certificate, and became the private tutor in the
family of Chamberlain von Pollnitz. The years of his candidateship
Dinter passed in studying clergy, schoolmasters, and people ; a pur-
suit which has often cheered, taught, animated, and warned him.
The common people liked him, and had confidence in him, listening
to his preaching with pleasure, and he spoke kindly to every child
whom he met. Thus Dinter entered upon the duties of the pastorate,
not ill prepared by his experience as a private tutor ; and he considers
this intermediate training as far from useless. In such a place, the
young man weans himself from his student-habits, and learns to ac-
commodate himself to the ways of the people amongst whom he is
probably to live ; studies the pastors and the gentry ; and collects a
thousand experiences which will be of the greatest use to him, and
which can not be learned out of books. He must, however, be careful
not to be warped by the influences of the great house, to become
accustomed to indulgences which his future scanty income will not
allow him, nor to a style so lofty that his farmers will not understand
it. To this end he must devote his leisure to the pastors, the school-
masters, and the people. Dinter became a pastor in 1787, at Kit-
scher, a village in the government of Borna, with three hundred
inhabitants ; to the entire satisfaction of his wishes. lie was now a
234 GUSTAV FRIEDRICH PINTER.
village pastor, as he had so often desired to be. The village be-
longed to lieutenant-colonel Baron von Niebeker, a very benevolent
man, who sympathized with all in misfortune ; and Dinter came into
most friendly relations with him. As a preacher, his pastoral influence
accomplished much, and so did his truly and eminently practical
character. In preaching, this thought was continually before him ;
the handicraftsman and the farmer have, usually, but this one day to
devote to the cultivation of head and heart, and the country pastor
should shape his efforts accordingly. While a tutor, he had adopted,
as his models in preaching, Christ's sermon on the mount, and Paul's
discourse at Athens ; not merely in the sense of becoming an extem-
poraneous speaker, but in the spirit of his discourse. He never
preached "without careful preparation. He usually began to consider
on the Sunday, his next Sunday's subject ; and he reflected upon it
from time to time, during his walks, for example ; and on Friday he
first wrote down the connected substance of the discourse, in one
whole, as it were at one gush. During the ten years of his first
pastorate, he thought out almost all his sermons word by word, and
learned them so. He never read a sermon. At a later period, when
the increase of his occupations disenabled him from using the time
necessary for this purpose, he often had to content himself with deter-
mining the divisions of his subject; which made him sometimes
preach too long. ( He relates that he learned to preach popularly from
his maid-servant, who had a strong common-sense understanding,
without much knowledge ; and he often read large portions of his
discourse to her, on Friday evenings, to see whether it were clear to
her mind. In his first pastorate, he confined his choice of subjects
mostly to the evangelists ; but afterward, especially after his acquaint-
ance with Reinhard,he alternated from them to the epistles, and other
scriptures.
During this period, his labors as school-overseer were also very
useful ; instruction having been his favorite pursuit since his fourteenth
year. School conferences were then neither established in Saxony,
nor usual. Of his own three school-teachers, each was too old for
improvement. Dinter accordingly spent, at first, only two half-
days per week in the school. He himself took charge of religious
instruction and arithmetic ; leaving to the teachers only the repetition
of the lessons in the former, and the necessary drilling in the latter.
His farmers' children became a credit and a pleasure to him ; they
learned to take notes of his sermons, to understand their contents,
and to take pleasure in them. The confirmation he made the great
festival of the year. As to his other relations with his congregation,
GUSTAV FRIEDRICH DINTER. 035
he did not live in a haughty seclusion from them, but followed them,
like a father, into their own habitations. He entered no house where
the family was in bad repute, but visited all others without distinction
of rich or poor. Thus he gradually acquired an intimate knowledge
of their every-day life, and was enabled to say many things to them
which would not have been suitable for the pulpit. He gained an
influence upon their modes of disciplining their children, and corrected
many defects in it. Thus also he came to be considered an intimate
family friend of all, and was frequently called upon to act as umpire
in family quarrels ; so that he was enabled to bring peace into many
families. He was no less assiduous toward the sick, whom he visited
without being summoned ; making it his rule to visit any whose
illness was serious, daily if near at hand, and thrice a week if more
distant ; but, for obvious reasons, he was not able to continue this
practice. Thus, by words and deeds, he accomplished much good.
But Providence had marked out for him another and wider sphere of
action, which estranged him, for a time, from the duties of the minis-
try. Instruction, as we have remarked, being his favorite pursuit, he
had established in Kitscher a sort of seminary, for the training of
young people as teachers. This institution soon gained a reputation,
and was the occasion of an invitation from first court-chaplain Rein-
hard, to become director of the teachers' seminary at Friedrichstadt,
near Dresden. Dinter accepted, although the duties of the place were
greater and the salary less than at Kitscher, from mere love for
education ; although there was mutual grief at his parting with his
congregation. About this time, some sorrows came upon him : the
death of a brother, and of his excellent father, who left the world with
as much calmness as he had shown in enjoying it. He refused to
admit his confessor, saying, "One who has not learned to die in sev-
entv-five years, can not learn it from him now."
Reinhard, with satisfaction, introduced Dinter into his new place
of labor, Oct. 21, 1797. The latter remained true to his principle,
"Not the multiplicity of knowledge makes the skillful teacher, but the
clearness and thoroughness of it, and skill in communicating it." As
to his intercourse with the pupils of the seminary, his rule was this :
"The seminarist is no longer a boy ; he is a youth, who will in a few
years be a teacher. It is by a distinct set of means, therefore, that
he must be taught. These are Freedom, Work, Love, and Religion."
In the first of these particulars he may have been sometimes too
late ; but he can not be charged with neglect. He expended much
labor and time in Bible lessons ; professing that religious knowledge
should be gained, not from the catechism, but from the original sources.
236 GUSTAV FRIEDRICH D1NTER.
In arithmetic, liis rule was, "Where the scholar can help himself, the
teacher must not help him ;" for fear of making lazy scholars. In
reading, he did not use Olivier's method, then in high repute, but a
simplification of that of Stephan. He somewhat erred, at first, in his
'practice of Pestalozzian principles, adhering too exclusively to mere
forms ; but he soon perceived the mistake, and proceeded in the gen-
uine spirit of that distinguished teacher, without his diffuseness. He
believed that " Pestalozzi was king of the lower classes, and Socrates
of the higher." Under Dinter's direction, the seminary became very
prosperous.
But Dinter was not to remain always in this sphere of labor.
Providence had destined him for another and a higher, although by
a road which at first seemed retrograde. He fell very sick with a
violent jaundice, which endangered his life; and, at his recovery,
feeling still unable to perform the duties of his office without an as-
sistant, whom the salary would not permit him to employ, he accept-
ed again, in 1807, a situation as country clergyman at Gornitz, a vil-
lage with a hundred and twenty inhabitants, also in the government
of Borna. He was received at Gornitz with pleasure, as the son of
the former justiciary of Lobstadt, whose jurisdiction had included
Gornitz ; and here again he established an educational institution — a
sort of progymnasium, in which he appointed one of his former semi-
nary pupils, assistant.
Besides these manifold labors, Dinter's productions as a writer
gained a large circle of readers. His works made him well known
abroad ; and thus the humble village pastor unexpectedly received an
invitation to Konigsberg, in Prussia, to the place of school and con-
sistorial counselor, which he accepted, in his fifty-seventh year. His
official duty there was a singular union of the most different employ-
ments. He was obliged to consult with superintendents, to examine
candidates for the ministry and for schools, to read Sophocles and
Euripides with gymnasium graduates, to adjust a general literary
-course with the royal assessors, as member of the commission for mili-
tary examinations, to determine whether one person and another was
entitled to claim for one year's service, and to be ready to explain to
the teachers of the lowest schools whether and why the alphabetical
or the sound-method was preferable. His thoroughly practical mind,
however, enabled him to fulfill these many duties with efficiency and
•usefulness. His chief object was the improvement of the common
school system ; which he found not in the best condition in East
Prussia. His first effort was to accomplish as much as possible
through the medium of the ignorant and inefficient teachers already
QUSTAV FRIEDRICII DINTER. 237
employed. He made distinctions between country schools, city
schools, seminaries, gymnasia, &c., and adapted his management to
the peculiar needs of each. In the country schools he found much to
blame ; but was careful not to find fault with the. teachers in the
presence of their scholars, or of the municipal authorities. His only
exceptions to this rule were two ; where the teacher attempted to de-
ceive him, and where the school was in so bad a condition that to
retain the teacher would be an injury to the next generation. He
was able to judge of the spirit of a school by a single recitation ;
and was accustomed to jildge, from the prayer and the singing, wheth-
er the teacher possessed, and was able to communicate, a3sthetical '
training, or not. Prayer in school he valued highly ; and attached
much importance to tone and accent in reading, as an indication of
cultivated understanding and feeling. Intuitions for higher and lower
classes were suitably kept distinct ; and special attention was paid to
orphan homes and teachers' seminaries. He also improved and ex-
tended the instruction of the deaf and dumb.
He declined a call to Kiel as regular professor ; and, in consider-
ation of this, received from the Prussian government an extraordinary
professorship of theology, with a salary of two hundred thalers (about
$150,) and the assurance that in a future emeritus appointment, not
the years, but the quality, of his labor, should be considered. The
German Society, and the society for maintaining poor scholars at gym-
nasia, elected him member. As an academical teacher, Dinter lec-
tured upon the pastoral charge and upon homiletics, as well as upon
popular dogmatics and catechetics ; in which his own practical expe-
rience as pastor and seminary director assisted him materially. He
also conducted disputations and exercises in exegesis. He selected
such subjects as required careful preparation on his own part ; e. g.,
the Revelation of St. John, some subject connected with the Hebrew
language, aBsthetics, x
with tobacco: not with my own. but with that strong sort — it suits such lei-
22 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
lows. And if the barber's boy comes for wine, give him that brimstoned three
times over, and put into each can a glass of brandy."
He went out ; but whilst he was in the street, and not far from home, he rec-
ollected himself, turned back, and said to his wife, " There may be knaves drink-
ing with me. I must be upon my guard. Get me some yellow-colored water ;
and when I send for the La Cote, bring it thyself." He then went out again.
But before he arrived at the barber's, and under the lime-trees near the school
he met Nickel Spitz and Jogli Rubel.
" Whither away, in thy Sunday clothes, Mr. Bailiff?" asked Nickel Spitz.
Bailiff. " I am going to get shaved."
Nickel. "It's odd thou hast time for it, on a Saturday morning."
Bailiff. " That's true. It is not so the year through."
Nick. <; No ! It is not long since thou earnest always on a Sunday, between
morning prayers, to the barber."
Bailiff. " Yes, a time or two."
Nick. " A time or two ! The two last, I think. Since the pastor had thy dog
driven out of the church, thou hast never been within his premises."
Bailiff. " Thou art a fool, Nickel, to talk so. We must forgive and forget ; the
driving the dog away, has long been out of my head."
Nick. " I would not trust to that, if I were the pastor."
Bailiff. " Thou art a simpleton, Nickel ; why should he not ? But come into
the room, there will be some drinking ere long."
Nick. " Thou wouldst look sharp after the barber, if he had any drinking
going on in his house."
Bailiff. " I am not half so jealous as that comes to. They are for taking away
my license ; but Nickel, we are not come to that yet. At all events, we shall
have six weeks and three days, before that time arrives."
Nick. " So I suppose. But it is no good thing for thee, that the young squire
does not follow his grandfather's creed."
Bailiff. " Truly, he does not believe quite as his grandfather did."
Nick. " I suspect they diifer about every article of the twelve."
Bailiff. " It may be so. But the old man's belief was the best, to my fancy."
Nick. "No doubt! The first article of his creed was: I believe in thee, my
bailiff."
Bailiff. " Thou art facetious, Nickel ! but what was the next ?"
Nick. " I don't know exactly. I think it was : I believe in no man but thee,
my bailiff, not a single word."
Bailiff. "Thou shouldst have been a pastor, Nickel: thou couldst not only
have explained the catechism, but put a new one in its place."
Nick. " They would not let me do that. If they did, I should make it so clear
and plain, that the children would understand it without the pastor, and then he
would naturally be of no use."
Bailiff. " We will keep to the old, Nickel. It is the same about the catechism
as about every thing else to my mind. We shall not better ourselves by changing."
Nick. " That is a maxim which is sometimes true, and sometimes not. It seems
to suit thee now with the new squire."
Bailiff. " It will suit others too, if we wait patiently, and for my own part, I
am not so much afraid of the new squire. Every man finds his master."
Nick. " Very true : but there was an end of the old times for thee, last
summer."
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. 23
Bailiff. " At all events, Nickel, I have had my share of them. Let others try
now."
Nick. " True, thou hast had thy share, and a very good one it was ; but, how
could it miss ? The secretary, the attorney, and the late pastor's assistant, all
owed thee money."
Bailiff. " People said so, but it was not true."
Nick. "Thou mayst say so now; but thou hadst an action brought against
two of them, because the money did not come back."
Bailiff. " Thou fool, thou knowest every thing."
Nick. " I know a great deal more than that. I know thy tricks with Rudi's
father, and how I caught thee by the dog-kennel, under the heap of straw, lying
on thy face, close to Rudi's window ; his attorney was with him. Till two o'clock
in the morning, didst thou listen to what they were saying in the room. I was
watchman that night, and had wine gratis at thy house, for a week after, for my
silence."
Bailiff. "Thou heretic: there is not a word of truth in what thou sayest. It
would be pretty work for thee, if thou wert made to prove it."
Nick. " I was not talking about proving it, but thou knowest whether it be true
or not."
Bailiff. " Thou hadst better take back thy words."
Nick. " The devil put it into thy head to listen under the straw, in the night.
Thou couldst hear every word, and then easily twist thy evidence with the
attorney."
Bailiff. " How thou talkest !"
Nick. " How I talk ? If the attorney had not wrested thy- evidence before the
court, Rudi would have had his meadow now, and Wast and Kaibacker needed
not have taken their fine oaths."
Bailiff. " Truly, thou understandest the business, as well as the schoolmaster
does Hebrew."
Nick. " Whether I understand it or not, I learned it from thee. More than
twenty times thou hast laughed with me, at thy obedient servant, Mr. attorney."
Bailiff. " Yes, so I have ; but he did not do what thou sayest. It is true, he
was a cunning devil. God forgive him. It will be ten years, next Michaelmas,
since he was laid in his grave."
Nick. " Since he was sent to hell, thou shouldst say."
Bailiff. " That is not right. We should not speak ill of the dead."
Nick. "Very true; or else I could tell how he cheated Roppi's children."
Bailiff. " He might have confessed himself to thee, on his death-bed, thou
knowest it all so well"
Nick. " I know it, at any rate."
Bailiff. " The best part of it is, that I gained the action : if thou hadst known
that I had lost it, it would have troubled me."
Nick. "Nay, I know that thou didst gain it, but I also know how."
Bailiff. "Perhaps; perhaps not."
Nick. " God keep all poor folks from law."
Bailiff. "Thou art right there. ^ Only gentle-folks and people well off in the
world, should go to law. That would certainly be a good thing; but so would
many other things, Nickel. Well, well, we must be content with things as they
are."
Nick. " Bailiff, that wise saying of thine puts me in mind of a fable I heard
24 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
from a pilgrim. He came out of Alsace, and told it before a whole room full of
people. A hermit had described the world in a book of fables, and he could
repeat it almost from beginning to end. "We asked him to tell us some of these
fables, and he related that which thou remindest me of."
Bailiff. " Well, what was it, prater ?"
Nick. " By good luck, I think I remember it. 'A sheep was complaining and
lamenting that the wolf, the dog, the fox, and the butcher, tormented her terri-
bly. A fox, that was standing near the fold, heard the complaint, and said to
the sheep : we must always be content with the wise regulations of the world.
If there were any change it would be for the worse.
That may be true, when the fold is shut, answered the sheep ; but if it were
open, I, for one, should not agree with you.
It is right enough that there should be wolves, foxes, and wild beasts ; but
it is also right, that the fold should be carefully looked after, and that poor weak
animals should have watchful shepherds and dogs, to protect them from wild
beasts.'
' Heaven preserve us,' added the pilgrim ; ' there are eveiy where plenty of wild
beasts, and but few good shepherds.'
' Great God, thou knowest wherefore it is so, and we must submit silently.'
His comrades added : ' yes, we must submit silently ; and holy virgin, pray for us
now, and in the hour of our death.'
We were all affected when the pilgrim spoke so feelingly, and we could not
go on chattering our nonsense as usual."
Bailiff. "It's fine talking about such silly fancies of the sheep; according to
which, wolves, foxes, and other wild beasts must die of hunger."
Nick. " It would be no great harm if they did."
Bailiff. " Art thou sure of that ?"
Nick. "Nay, I spoke foolishly; they need not die of hunger : they might
always find carrion and wild creatures, and these belong to them, and not tame
animals, which must be brought up, and kept with labor and cost."
Bailiff. " Thou wouldst not then have them altogether die of hunger. That is
a great deal for such a friend of tame animals to allow ; but I am starved, come
into the room."
Nick. " I can not, I must go on."
Bailiff. " Good-bye then, neighbors ;" and he went away. Eubel and Nickel
looked at each other for a moment, and Eubel said, " Thou hast salted his meat
for him."
Nick. " I wish it had been peppered too, and so that it might have burnt his
tongue till to-morrow."
Rubel "A week ago, thou durst not thus have spoken to him."
Nick. "And a week ago he would not have answered as he did."
Rubel. " That is true. He is grown as tame as my dog, the first day it had its
muzzle on."
Nick. " When the cup is full it will run over. That has been true of many a
man, and it will be true of the bailiff."
Rubel " Heaven keep us from officers ! I would not be a bailiff, with his two
courts."
Nick. "But if anybody offered thee half of one, and the office of bailiff, what
wouldst thou do?"
Rultd. "Thou fool!"
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. 25
Nick. " Thou wise man 1 what wouldst thou do ? come, confess ; thou wouldst
quickly consent, wrap the cloak of two colors around thee, and be bailiff."
JRulel. " Dost thou think so ?"
Nick. "Yes, I do think so."
Rubtl. " We are losing time chattering here. Good-bye, Nickel."
Nick. " Good-bye, Rubel."
CHAPTER vn. — THE BAILIFF BEGINS SOME BAILIFF'S BUSINESS.
As soon as the bailiff entered the barber's room, he saluted him, and his wife,
and the company, before he seated himself, or made any bustle. Formerly, he
used to make a great spitting and coughing first, and took no notice of anybody,
till he had seated himself.
The country people answered, smilingly, and put their hats on again, much
sooner than they usually did, when the bailiff spoke to them. He began the
conversation by saying, "Always good pay, Mr. Barber, and so much custom;
I wonder how you manage to get through it, with one pair of hands."
The barber was a quiet man, and not in the habit of replying to such speeches ;
but the bailiff had been teasing him with these jests for several months past,
and every Sunday morning in sermon-time ; and as it happened, he took it into
his head to answer him for once, and said :
" Mr. Bailiff, you need not wonder how people manage to work hard, with
one pair of hands, and get little ; but it is, indeed, a wonder how some people
manage to sit with their hands before them, doing nothing at all, and yet get a
great deal."
Bailiff. <; True enough, barber; but thou shouldst try. The thing is, to keep
the hands still, in the right way : then, money showers down like rain."
The barber made another attempt, and said: "Nay, bailiff, the way is, to
wrap one's self up in a two-colored cloak, and say these three words : It is so,
on my oath, It is so. If the time be well chosen, one may then put two fingers
up, three down — abracadabra! and behold a bag full of gold."
This put the bailiff into a passion, and he answered, " Thou art a conjuror,
barber ! but there is no wonder in that. People of thy trade always understand
witchcraft and conjuring."
This was too sharp for the good barber, and he repented having meddled with
the bailiff; so he held his peace, and let the others talk, and began quietly
lathering a man who was sitting before him. The bailiff continued, maliciously :
" The barber is quite a fine gentleman, he will not answer one again. He wears
smart stockings, town-made shoes, and ruffles on a Sunday. He has hands as
smooth as a squire's, and his legs are like a town-clerk's."
The country people liked the barber, had heard this before, and did not laugh
at the bailiff's wit.
Only young Galli, who was being shaved, could not help smiling at the idea
of the town-clerk's legs; for he was just come from the office, where the jest
had begun ; but when his face moved, the barber's razor cut his upper lip.
This vexed the people ; they shook their heads, and old Uli took his pipe out
of his mouth, and said :
" Bailiff, it is not right to disturb the barber in this way."
And when the others saw that old Uli was not afraid, and said this boldly,
they murmured still more loudly, and said : " Galli is bleeding, nobody can be
shaved at this rate."
20 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
"I am sorry for what has happened," said the bailiff, "but I will set all to
rights again."
" Boy ! fetch three flasks of good wine, which heals wounds without needing
to be warmed."
The moment the bailiff spoke of wine, the first murmur subsided.
Some did not believe that he was in earnest; but Lenk, who was sitting in a
corner, solved the riddle, saying: "The bailiff's wine was tapped yesterday, in
the church-yard."
The bailiff, taking his tobacco-box out of his pocket, laid it on the table, and
Christian, the ballad-singer, asked him for a pipe-full. He gave it him ; then
more followed his example, and the room was soon full of the smoke of this
strong tobacco, but the bailiff smoked a better kind himself.
Meantime the barber and the other neighbors kept quiet, and made light of it.
This disturbed Master TJrias. He went up and down the room, with his
finger on his nose, as he always did, when he could not get rid of his vexation.
"It is devilish cold in this room; I can never smoke when it is so cold," said
he. So he went out of the room, gave the maid a kreuzer to make a larger fire,
and it was soon warm enough.
CHAPTER vm. — WHEN THE WHEELS ARE GREASED THE WAGON GOES.
Now came the brimstoned wine. " Glasses, glasses here, Mr. Barber," said
the bailiff. And the wife and the boy soon brought plenty.
All the neighbors drew near the wine flasks, and the bailiff poured out for them.
Now were old Uli, and all the rest, content again ; and young Galli's wound
was not worth, mentioning. " If the simpleton had only sat still, the barber
would not have cut him."
By degrees they all grew talkative, and loud sounds of merriment arose.
All praised the bailiff; and the mason, Leonard, was at one table abused for
a lout, and at the other for a beggar.
One told how he got drunk every day, and now played the saint ; another
said, " He knew well why pretty Gertrude went, instead of the mason, to the
squire at the hall:" and another, "That he dreamed, last night, that the bailiff
would soon serve the mason according to his deserts."
As an unclean bird buries its beak in the ditch, and feeds upon rotten garbage,
so did Hummel satiate his wicked heart on the conversation of the neighbors.
Yet it was with great caution and watchfulness that he mingled in the wild up-
roar of the chattering drunkards.
"Neighbor Richter," said he, giving him a glass, "you were yourself at the
last reckoning, and are a qualified man. You know that the mason owed me
thirty florins. It is now half a year since, and he has not paid me any part of it.
I have never once asked him for the money, nor given him a hard word, and yet
it is likely enough that I shall lose every farthing of it."
" That is clear enough," swore the farmers, " thou wilt never see another
farthing of thy money;" and they poured out more wine.
But the bailiff took out of his pocket book the mason's promissory note, laid
it on the table, and said, " There you may see whether it be true, or not."
The countrymen looked over the writing, as if they could read it, and said,
" He is a rogue, that mason."
And Christian, the ballad-singer, who, till now, had been quietly swallowm?
down the wine, wiped his mouth with his coat sleeve, got up, raised his glass,
and shouted out,
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. 2*7
Long life to the bailiff, and away with all firebrands ;" so saying, he drank off
the glass, held it to be filled, drank again, and sang :
44 He who digs another's grave,
Into it, himself may slip ;
Who ne'er lifts a hand to save,
Should be careful not to trip.
" Be he lifted e'er so high,
And cunning as the deuce withal,
He who will still in ambush lie,
Is sure, at last, himself to fall —
Himself to fall.
Juhe, mason ! juhe !"
CHAPTER ix. — ox THE RIGHTS OF THE COUNTRY.
"NOT so riotous, Christian," said the bailiff; "that is of no use. I should be
very sorry if any ill luck happened to the mason. I forgive him freely. He did
it from poverty. Still it is hard that the country must lose its rights."
The neighbors opened their ears when he spoke of the country's rights.
Some put down their glasses, when they heard of the country's rights, and
listened.
"I am an old man, neighbors, and it can not signify much to me. I have no
children, and it is almost over with me. But you have sons, neighbors; to
you, your rights are of great consequence."
" Ay ! our rights !" called out the men. " You are our bailiff. Do not let us
lose a hair of our rights."
Bailiff. " Yes, neighbors. The landlord's license is a parish concern, and a
valuable one. We must defend ourselves."
Some few of the men shook their heads, and whispered to each other, "He
never looked after the parish before — he wants to draw us into the mud where
he is sticking,"
But the majority shouted louder and louder, stormed, and cursed, and swore
that to-morrow there must be a parish meeting.
The wiser amongst them were silent, and only said, quietly, to each other,
" "We shall see what they do when the wine is out of their heads."
Meantime the bailiff kept prudently drinking of the colored water, and began
again to rouse up the people about their rights.
"You all know," said he, "how our forefather, Ruppli, two hundred years
ago, had to fight with the cruel ancestors of this squire. This old Ruppli, (my
grandfather has told me of it a thousand times,) had a favorite saying, ' When
the squires welcome beggars at the hall, God help the country people.' They
do it only to make mischief amongst them, and then to be masters themselves.
Neighbors, we are thus always to be the fools in the game."
Countrymen. " Nothing is clearer. We are thus always to be the fools in the
game." «
Bailiff. " When your lawyers can be of no more use, you are as ill off as
soldiers, who have their retreat cut off. The new squire is as sharp and cunning
as the devil. No man can see through him ; and certainly he gives no one a
good word for nothing. If you knew but half as much as I do, there would be
no need for me to say another word to you. But you are not quite blockheads ;
you will take heed, and be on your guard."
Abi, to whom the bailiff was speaking, and to whom he made a sign, answered,
28 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
"Do you think, bailiff, that we do not perceive his drift? He wants to take the
landlord's license into his own hands."
Bailiff. "You see through it, do you?"
Countrymen. " Ay, by G ! but we will not allow it. Our children shall
have a free tavern, as we have had."
Abi. " He may choose to make us pay a ducat for a measure of wine ; and we
should be false to our own children."
Bailiff. " That is going too far, Abi. He can never make you pay a ducat for
a measure of wine."
Abi. " I don't know. The smith and the cartwright are raising their prices
shamefully ; and even wood is dearer than it has been these fifty years. What
say you, bailiff? As the twig is bent, so grows the tree. How can you tell
how high a measure of wine may get, when nobody can sell it but the squire ?
It is devilish dear already, on account of the duty."
Bailiff. " So it is. There is always some new plague and difficulty, and that
makes every thing dearer."
"Yes, yes, if we will submit to it!" said the men, shouting and roaring, and
threatening. Their conversation became, at last, the wild uproar of a set of
drunkards, which I can describe no further.
CHAPTER x. — THE BARBER'S DOG DRINKS UP WATER AT AN UNLUCKY MOMENT,
AND PLAYS THE BAILIFF A SAD TRICK.
MOST of them were, by this time, pretty well intoxicated, particularly Chris-
tian the ballad-singer, who sat next the bailiff; and, in one of his drunken
huzzas, knocked over the jug of water.
The bailiff, alarmed, wiped the colored water off the table as quickly as he
could, that nobody might detect the cheat. But the barber's dog, under the
table, was thirsty, and lapped the water from the ground ; and, unluckily, one
of the neighbors, who was looking sorrowfully after the good wine under the
table, observed that Hector licked it up.
" "Wonder and marks, bailiff' said he, " how long have dogs drank wine ?"
"You fool, long enough!" answered the bailiff, and made signs to him with
his hands and head, and pushed him, with his foot, under the table, to be silent.
He kicked the dog, at the same time, to drive him away. But Hector did not
understand him, for he belonged to the barber. He barked, snarled, and lapped
up the colored water a little further off. The bailiff turned pale at this ; for
many of the others now began to look under the table, and lay their heads to-
gether, and point to the dog. The barber's wife took up the fragments of the
broken pitcher, and smelt at them, and perceiving that it was only water, shook
her head, and said, aloud, " This is not right."
The men murmured all round; "There's something hidden under this;" and
the barber told the bailiff, to his face, " Bailiff, your fine wine is nothing but
colored water."
"Is it not, indeed?" exclaimed the men.
"What the devil is the meaning of this, bailiff? Why do you drink water?"
The bailiff, confused, answered, "I am not very well; I am obliged to spare
myself."
But the men did not believe the answer; and right and left they murmured
more and more; "There is something wrong in this."
And now some began to complain that the wine had got into their heads,
which such a small quantity should not have done.
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. 29
The two wisest amongst them got up, paid the barber, and said, "good-bye,
neighbors," and went toward the door.
"So soon, gentlemen! "Why do you leave the company so soon?" said the
bailiff.
" We have something else to do," answered the men, and went out.
The barber accompanied them out of the room, and said, "I wish the bailiff
had gone instead of you. He has had no good intention, either with the wine
or the water."
"So we think, or we would have staid," answered the men.
Barber. "And I can not endure this drunken rioting."
Men. There is no reason why thou shouldst ; and it may bring thee into dif-
ficulties. "If I were in thy place, I would put an end to it," said the elder of
the two.
"I dare not do that," replied the barber.
" Things are not as they were, and thou art master in thy own house," said
the men.
"I will follow your advice," said the barber, and went back into the room.
"What is the matter with these gentlemen, that they are gone off so sud-
denly?" said the bailiff.
And the barber answered, "I am of their mind. Such rioting is unseemly,
and does not suit my house."
Bailiff. "So, sol and is this your answer?"
Barber. "Yes, indeed, it is, Mr. Bailiff. I like a quiet house."
This dispute did not please the honorable company.
"We will be quieter," said one of them.
"We will behave well," said another.
" Come, come, let us all be friends," said a third.
"Bailiff, another flask! " said Christian.
" Ha, neighbors ! I have a room of my own. We will leave the barber in
peace," said the bailiff.
"I shall be very glad of it," answered the barber.
"But the parish business is forgotten, and the landlord's rights, neighbors!"
said old Abi, who was thirsty yet.
"Follow me, all who are true men," said the bailiff, threateningly, — muttering
" donner and wetter," and looking fiercely round the room. He said good-bye to
nobody, and clapped the door after him so furiously, that the room shook.
" This is shameful ! " said the barber.
"Yes; it is shameful," said many of the men.
"It is not right," said young Meyer. "I, for one, will not enter the bailiff's
house."
"Nor I," added Laupi.
"The devil, nor I!" said Reynold. "I remember yesterday morning. I
stood next to him and Arner, and saw how it was."
The neighbors looked at each other, to see what they should do ; but most
of them sat down again, and staid where they were.
Only Abi and Christian, and a couple of blockheads more, took up the bailiff's
empty cans, and went after him.
The bailiff was looking out of his window, down the street, which led to the
barber's house, and as nobody followed at first, he was vexed at himself.
"What a lame ox I am! It is almost noon, and I have done nothing yet.
30 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
The wine is drunk and now they laugh at me. I have blabbed to them like a
child, and let myself down, as if I had been one of them. Now, if I had really
meant well by these fellows; if I had really desired to serve the parish; or, if
I had only kept up the appearance of it a little better, I should have succeeded.
Such a parish as this will dance after any cunning piper, who can only persuade
them he means well by them. But times have been only too good for me. In
the old squire's time, I led the parish about like a he-goat. Ever since I have
been bailiff, it has been my pastime and delight to abuse them, tease them, and
master them ; and even now I mean to do so more than ever. But the"n, J must
and will keep them at a distance. Shaking hands and lowering one's self; ask-
ing advice, and acting like everybody's brother-in-law, does not do, where peo-
ple are so well known. Such a man as I am, must quietly act for himself; only
employ such people as he knows, and Jet the parish alone. A herdsman does
not ask advice of his oxen, and yet I have been fool enough to do so to-day."
Now came the men with the empty cans.
"Are you alone? "Would not the dogs come with you?"
" No, not a man," answered Abi.
Bailiff. " That is going a good way."
Christian. " I think so too."
Bailiff. "I should like to know what they are talking and consulting to-
gether. Christian, go and seek the other cans."
Christian. " There are none left there."
Bailiff. " Blockhead ! «It's all one for that. If thou findest none, get thyself
shaved or bled, and wait to listen to what they say. If thou bringest me any
news, I will drink with thee till morning. And thou, Loli, go to the mason's
old comrade, Joseph, but take care that no one observes thee, tell him to come
to me at noon."
"Give me another glass first, I am thirsty," said Loli, "and then I'll run like
a greyhound, and be back again in a twinkling."
"Very well," said the bailiff, and gave him one.
These two went off, and the bailiff's wife set some wine before the others.
CHAPTER xi. — WELL-LAID PLOTS OF A ROGUE.
THE bailiff himself went, in some perplexity, into the next room, and considered
how he should manage matters when Joseph came.
"He is faithless, that I may depend upon, and cunning as the devil. lie has
drunk away several crowns of his master's money ; but my demand is a great
one. He will be afraid, and not trust me. It is almost noon. I will offer him
as much as ten crowns. If he will do as I bid him, within three weeks all the
plaster will fall off the building. I shall not grudge ten crowns," said the bailiff;
and as he was speaking thus to himself, Loli arrived, with Joseph behind him.
They did not come together, that they might excite less suspicion.
" Good day, Joseph ! I suppose thy master does not know that thou art here."
Joseph answered, " IK is still at the hall, but he will come back at noon. If
I am at work again by one o'clock, he will never miss me."
"Very well. I have something to say to thee, Joseph. "We must be alone,"
said the bailiff; and, taking him into the inner room, he shut the door and bolted
it. There were bacon, vegetables, wine, and bread, upon the table. The bailiff
placed two chairs by the table, and said to Joseph, "Thou wilt miss thy dinner;
git down and eat it with me."
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. 31
""With all my heart," answered Joseph — sat down, and said, "Mr. Bailiff,
•what is it you want? I am at your service."
The bailiff answered, "To thy good health, Joseph!" drank, and then con-
tinued the conversation. "Try these vegetables: they are good. Why dost
thou not help thyself? Thou hast hard times enough with thy master."
Joseph. " True; but it will be better when he has work at the hall."
Bailiff. " Thou art a fool, Joseph ! Thou mayest easily imagine how long
that will last. I wish him joy of it; but he is not the man for such a thing.
He has naver had the management of any thing of the sort : but he will trust
all to thee, Joseph."
Joseph. "May be so."
Bailiff. " I foresaw that, and therefore wished to speak to thee. Thou canst
do me a great favor."
Joseph. " I am all attention, Mr. Bailiff. Here's luck to my master," (drink-
ing.}
"It shall not be for nothing, mason," said the bailiff, and helped him again to
the vegetables. " I should be very glad if the foundation of the church, which
is to be of hewn stone, were got from the quarry at Schwendi."
Joseph. " Potz blitz, Mr. Bailiff! Jt can never be ! The stone is bad, and
good for nothing, as a foundation — "
Bailiff. "0 the stone is not so bad: I have often seen it used. It is good, I
say, Joseph ; and it would be a great pleasure to me if this quarry were to be
opened again."
Joseph. " It can not be done, Mr. Bailiff."
Bailiff. "I will be grateful for the service, Joseph."
Joseph. " The wall will be down in six years if it be built of this stone."
Bailiff. "I can't hear that. That is a foolish story."
Joseph. " By G , it is true ! There are two dung-heaps next the wall, and
the stables drain past it. The stone would rot away like a fir plank."
Bailiff. " After all, what is it to thee, whether the wall be good or not, in ten
years ? Dost thou fear that the squire can not make a new one ? Do what I
say, and thou mayst expect a good handsome present."
Joseph. " That is all very well. But what if the squire should find out that
the stone is not good."
Bailiff. " How should he find it out ? There is no fear of that."
Joseph. " He knows more about things than any body would believe. But
you know him better than I."
Bailiff. "He will understand nothing about this." ^
Joseph. " I almost think so myself; for the stone looks very well on the out-
side, and is very good for some purposes."
Bailiff. " Give me thy hand upon it, that thy master shall use the stone out
of this quarry. If thou wilt, thou shalt have five crowns for thyself."
Joseph. " It's a good sum, if I had only hold of it."
Bailiff. " I am in earnest, by G ! I will give thee five crowns, if thou wilt
do it!"
Joseph. "Well, there you have my word, Mr. Bailiff; and he stretched out
his hand and pledged it him. It shall be done, Mr. Bailiff. Why should I
trouble myself about the squire?"
Bailiff. " One word more, Joseph. I have a bag full of stuff, from an apothe-
cary's shop, which a gentleman gave me. They say, that when it is mixed with
32 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
the lime, the mortar sticks to a wall like iron. But these gentlemen are such
queer folks, that one can not trust them about any thing. I would rather not
try it first on a building of my own."
Joseph. " I can manage that for you. I will try it on a corner of a neighbor's
house."
Bailiff. " It is of no use to try it in such a small way. Whether it succeeds
or fails, one is at no certainty. There is no knowing how it might do on a larger
scale. I should like it to be tried on the church, Joseph ! can not it be done ?"
Joseph. " Is it necessary to put much of it into the lime?"
Bailiff. "I think about two pounds to a barrel."
Joseph. " Then it will be easy enough."
Bailiff. " Wilt thou do it for me ?"
Joseph. "Yes, that I will."
Bailiff. "And if it should fail, say nothing about it?"
Joseph. "It can not fail, so as to signify; and, of course, one should say
nothing about it!"
Bailiff. " Thou wilt find the stuff at my house, whenever thou art ready foi
it ; and a glass of wine with it." /
Joseph. " I will not fail, Mr. Bailiff; But I must go now. It has struck
one. Here's my thanks to you," said he, taking up his glass.
Bailiff. " Thou hast nothing to thank me for yet. Keep thy word, and thou
shalt have the five crowns."
"I will do my part, Mr. Bailiff," said Joseph, getting up and putting by his
chair. "My best thanks to you" — and he drank off his parting glass.
Bailiff. "Well, if thou must go, good-bye, Joseph; and remember our agree-
ment."
Joseph went away, and, as he was going, said to himself, " This is a strange
fancy of his about the stone ; and still stranger about the stuff in the lime. It's
a fine way to try a thing, to begin upon a church. But, at all events, I'll get
hold of the money ; and I can do as I like afterward."
"This has turned out very well," said the bailiff to himself. "Better than I
expected, and for half the money. I should have promised him ten crowns, as
easily as five, if he had understood how to make his bargain. I am well pleased
that the thing is set a going. No, no ! one should never despair. 0 that the
wall were but already above the ground ! Well, patience ! on Monday they will
begin to prepare the stone. Poor mason ! Thy wife has cooked up a pretty
mess for thee."
CHAPTER xn. — DOMESTIC HAPPINESS.
THE mason Leonard, who had gone up to the hall early in the morning, was
now come back to his wife.
She had been very busy1 in getting her Saturday's work done, against her
husband's return. She had combed the children, made them tidy, mended their
clothes, cleaned up the little room, and, whilst she was at work, had taught
them a song. "You must sing it for your dear father," said she; and the chil-
dren gladly learned any thing which would please their father, when he came
home. Whilst they were working, and without any trouble or loss of time,
without book, they sang it after her till they knew it.
When their father came home, the mother welcomed him ; and then she and
the children sang:
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
33
p-f-
^
J^S
Heavenly Guest, who hast the power, Sorrow, pain, and care con-
3
3=
m
g
I
K
K
\J
\
i
^
1
[
i
n
1
-rj-S
W J W
fiM
>*
^a
1 1 1 0
s-\
33
* • *~2
vJ' *«•
^
io
0 0
*
1
p^— ^ ^ ]
trolling; O'er the sufF' rer's saddest hour, To throw a ra - diant
M -^- /"J
r* r* If x-x ^*r»* ~ U
(C)' *
1
iO
4^^ 1 (O '
^-^
~s
>^*ffr
i
\
**
^1"
P^--' ^^
rr
E
!*
!
rf
HT
5t
::f
H^-
'»'— ns-
beam con - sol - ing 5 Weary now of care and ri - ot,
fc*
£*
L-ei
^
•/ 1 i
i
1 4P
—
1 1 1 I
ffp) it* • w
i
,,<"> 9
^^
M
_^
^_fflE3 * *
^k
*FO
fzy
* 0 ^ 0
^ ^
cease - less chang-es with - out
1 1
rest,
ir
Heaven - ly
1 0 -
1 ' 1
* f^J
P
0- m i j i
N^ ^J
h* ^-^
0 er*
34
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
jr
i J
O
1 N
Ipz
Cm
F<3
CEiS
1 I
l_
vlp o
4
i
j==l
i3-r4^- £5
H
F^
Heavenly guest ! who hast the pow'r —
Sorrow, pain, and care controlling,
O'er the suff 'rer's saddest hour,
To throw a radiant beam consoling:
Weary now of care and riot,
Ceaseless changes, without rest;
Heavenly quiet !
Come and reign within my breast.
The tears came into Leonard's eyes, as the children and their mother sang so
happily together, to welcome him. "God bless you, my darlings! God bless
thee, my love!" said he to them, with great emotion.
" My dear husband," answered Gertrude, "it is heaven upon earth to seek for
peace, do what is right, and wish for little."
Leon. "If I have ever enjoyed an hour of that happiness which peace of
mind brings, I owe it to thee. Till my last moment I will thank thee for saving
me ; and these children will be grateful to thee for it, after thy death. 0, my
dear children ! always do what is right, and follow your mother, and you will
prosper."
" How cheery thou art to-day, Leonard I"
"I have gone on well with Arner."
"Ah! God be thanked for it, my dear husband."
" He is a man who has not his equal. How childish it was in me to
Ger.
Leon.
Ger.
Leon.
be afraid of going to him."
Ger. " And how wise we have been at last, love. But come, tell me how it
all was." And as she sat down by him, and took out the stocking she was knit-
ting, he said to her: —
CHAPTER xin. — A PROOF THAT GERTRUDE WAS DEAR TO HER HUSBAND.
Leonard. "Ip thou sittest down in such state, as thou dost to thy Bible on a
Sunday evening, I must prepare to tell thee a great deal."
Gertrude. " Every thing ! thou must tell me every thing, love !"
Leon. "Yes, if thou hadst time for it; but, Gertrude, dear, it is Saturday,
when thou art always so busy."
Ger. (Smiling.) "Look about thee!"
Leon. "Ah! is every thing done already?"
Lise. " She has been very busy, father ; and Enne and I have helped her to
clean up. Is not that right ?"
"It is, indeed, right," answered the father.
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. 35
"But now begin to tell me," said Gertrude.
Leon. " Arner asked me my father's name, and the street where I lived, and
the number of my house."
Ger. " 0, thou art not telling it right, Leonard; I know he did not begin so."
Leon. " And why not, darling ? What wouldst thou have?"
Ger. " First, thou wouldst make thy bow to him, and he would take notice
of thee. How did he do that ?"
Leon. "Thou little conjuror; thou art right. I did not begin at the begin-
ning."
Ger. " I told thee so, Leonard."
Leon. " "Well, then, as soon as he saw me, he asked whether I was still afraid
of him. I made a bow, as well as I could, and said ' Forgive me, gracious sir.'
He smiled, and ordered a jug of wine to be set before me."
Ger. " Come now, this is quite a different beginning. "Well, wert thou ready
enough to drink the wine? no doubt!"
Leon. " No, wife, I was as shamefaced as a young bride, and would not
touch it. But he did not let it pass so. 'I know you can tell what good wine
is,' said he, 'help yourself.' I poured out a little, drank his health, and tasted
it — but he looked at me so steadily, that the glass shook in my hand."
Ger. " What it is to have a tender conscience, Leonard ! It had got into thy
fingers. But thou wouldst recover thyself, I suppose."
Leon. "Yes, very soon. He was very kind, and said, 'It is very natural
that a man who works hard should like a glass of wine. It does him good too.
But it is a misfortune when, instead of taking one glass to refresh himself, he lets
wine make a fool of him, and thinks no more of his wife and children, nor of his
old age. This is a great misfortune, Leonard.'
Wife ! I felt it strike through my heart as he said this ; but I took courage,
and answered, ' That by unlucky circumstances I had got so entangled, that I
did not know how in the world to help myself; and that I had not, in all that
time, drunk one glass with a merry heart.' "
Ger. " And didst thou really get through all that ?"
Leon. " If he had not been so very kind, I could not have managed it."
Ger. " And what did he say next ?"
Leon. " ' That it was a misfortune that poor folks, when they were in trouble,
generally got hold of people they should avoid as the plague.' I could not help
sighing ; and I think he observed it, for he went on, very kindly : ' If one could
only teach good people this, before they learn it by sad experience ! — a poor
man is half saved, if he can only keep out of the claws of these blood-suckers.'
Soon afterward he went on again : ' It goes to my heart, when I think how often
the poor will go on suffering the greatest misery, and have not the sense and
courage to tell their situation to those who would gladly help them, if they only
knew how things were. It is really unpardonable to think how you have let
yourself be ensnared, day after day, by the bailiff, and brought your wife and
children into such trouble and danger, without once coming to me, to ask for
help and counsel. Only consider, mason, what would have been the end of all
this, if your wife had had no more sense and courage than you.' "
Ger. "And did he say all this before he asked after the number of thy
house ?"
Leon. "Thou hearest how it was."
Ger. "Thou didst not mean to tell me all this in a hurry, didst thou?"
36 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
Leon. " Why, indeed, I think it would have been more prudent not. Thou
•wilt grow too proud for me ; because thou hast had so much courage."
Ger. "Thinkest thou so, my good master? Yes, indeed, I will plume my-
self upon this as long as I live ; and as long as it does us any good. But what
said Arner besides?"
Leon. " He began to examine me about the building. It was well I had not
forgotten every thing. I had to reckon it all up by measurement, and set down
every item for carrying lime, and sand, and stone."
Ger. "Didst thou make no mistake at all in the reckoning?"
Leon. " No ; not this time, love."
Ger. " God be thanked for it."
Leon. "Yes, indeed, God be thanked."
Ger. "Is every thing ready now?"
Leon. "Yes; all will very soon be ready. Guess now much he has given
me in hand, said he, (shaking the money in a bag.) It is long since I heard the
sound of so much silver." Gertrude sighed.
Leon. " Do not sigh now, my dear wife, we will be prudent and saving; and
we shall certainly never come into the same distress again."
Ger. " God in heaven has helped us."
Leon. "Yes; and many more in the village besides us. Only think; Arner
has chosen out ten fathers of families, who were poor and in want, as day-
laborers at this building; and he gives each of them twenty-five kreutzers a
day. Thou shouldst have seen, Gertrude, how carefully he chose them all out."
Ger. "0, tell me how it all was?"
Leon. "Yes; if I could remember I would."
Ger. "Try what thou canst do, Leonard."
Leon. "Well then: he inquired after all the fathers of families who were
poor; how many children they had; how old they were; and what property or
help they had. Then he asked which were the worst off, and had the most
young children ; and said to me, twice over, ' If you know of any body else,
who is in trouble, as you were, tell me.' I thought of Hubel Rudi, and he has
now work for a year certain."
Ger. " Thou didst very right not to let him suffer for having taken thy
potatoes."
Leon. "I can never bear malice against any poor man, Gertrude; and they
are terribly ill off. I met Rudi, near the potato hole two days ago, and pre-
tended not to see him. It went to my heart, he looked such a picture of want
and misery; and, thank God, we have always yet had something to eat."
Ger. "Thou art quite right, my dear husband! but still it can not be a help
to any body to steal ; and the poor who do so, are only doubly wretched."
Leon. " True ; but when people are very hungry, and see food before them,
and know how much of it must go to waste in the hole, and that even the cattle
have enough to eat; — 0 Gertrude! it is hard work to let it lie there and not
touch it."
Ger. "It is very hard! but the poor man must learn to do it, or he will be
wretched indeed."
Leon. "Oh, who could punish him for it? who could ask it of him again?"
Ger. "God! — He who requires this from the poor man, gives him strength
to do it, and leads him on, through trouble, and want, and the many sufferings
of his situation, to that self-denial which is required from him. Believe me,
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. 3^
Leonard, God helps the poor man in secret, and gives him strength and under-
standing to bear, and to suffer, and to endure, what appears almost incredible.
And, when it is once gone through, with an approving conscience, Leonard, then
it brings happiness, indeed ; greater than any one can know, who has had no
occasion to practice self-denial."
Leon. "I know it, Gertrude. I know it by what thou hast done. I am not
blind. I have often seen how, in the greatest need, thou couldst still trust in
God and be content. But few are like thee in trouble, and there are many who,
like me, are very weak creatures, when want and distress are heavy upon them ;
and therefore I always think, that more should be done, to provide all the poor
with work and food. I think too, that they would then all be better than they
now are, in the distraction of their poverty, and of their many troubles."
Ger. "0 my love! that is not the state of the case. If nothing were want-
ing but work and gain, to make the poor happy, they would be easily helped.
But it is not so. Both rich and poor must have their hearts well regulated
before they can be happy. And more arrive at this end, by means of trouble
and care, than through rest and joy. If it were not so, God would willingly let
us all have joys in abundance. But since men can only know how to bear
prosperity, and rest, and joy, when their hearts have been trained to much self-
denial, and are become steadfast, firm, patient, and wise, it is clearly necessary
that there should be much sorrow and distress in the world ; for without it, few
men can bring their hearts into due regulation, and to inward peace ; and, if
these be wanting, a man may have work or no work, he may have abundance or
not, it is all one. The rich old Meyer has all he wants, and spends every day in
the tavern : but for all that, he is no happier than a poor man who has nothing,
works hard all day, and can only now and then have a glass of wine in a corner."
Leonard sighed. Gertrude was silent for a short time. Then she continued :
" Hast thou seen whether the men are at work ? I should tell thee, that Joseph
has again slipped away to the tavern."
Leon. " That looks ill ! I am sure the bailiff must have sent for him. He
goes on very strangely. Before I came home, I went to them at their work,
when he was just come back from the tavern ; and what he said made me un-
eas}r. It is not his own thought then."
Ger. "What was it?"
Leon. " He said the stone out of the quarry at Schwendi was excellent for
the church wall ; and when I told him the great flint stones, which lay near in
heaps, were much better, he said, ' I should always be a fool, and not know my
own business. The wall would be much better and handsomer of Schwendi
stone.' I thought, at the time, he said it with a good intention. But he began
so suddenty about the stone, that it seemed very strange ; and if he has been
with the bailiff", — there is certainly something more in it. The Schwendi stone
is soft and sandy, and not fit for such work. If it should be a snare laid for
me!" —
Ger. " Joseph is not a man to depend upon, be careful about him."
Leon. " They will not take me in, this time. The squire will have no sand-
stone in the wall."
Ger. "Why not?"
Leon. " He says that sandstone where there are dung heaps and stable
drainage will decay, and be eaten up with saltpetre."
Ger. " Is that true ?"
38 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
Leon. "Yes. When I was from home once, I worked at a building,
where they were obliged to take away a very good foundation of this kind of
stone."
Ger. "To think of his understanding it so well I"
Leon. " I was surprised myself; but he understands a great many things.
He asked me where the best sand was. I said, near the lower mill. ' That is
very far to fetch it, and up the hill too,' answered he: 'We must be careful of
men and cattle. Do you not know of any nearer ?' I said, there certainly was
-very good sand in a meadow near the church ; but it was private property, and
we should have to pay for the hole ; and could go no way but through the
meadow, where we must make a road. ' There is no harm in that,' said he. ' It
is better than fetching sand from the mill.' I must tell thee one thing more:
As he was speaking of the sand, a servant came from the squire of Oberhofen,
and I thought then, that I ought to say I would not detain him, but come another
time. He laughed, and said : ' No, mason, I like to finish what I am about ; and
when I have done, I see what any body else wants from me. But it is like you,
to be taking leave. It is a part of your old ways, which you must give up — to
be so ready at every opportunity to leave your business and work,'
" I looked like a fool, wife ; and heartily wished I had kept my tongue quiet,
and not said a word about coming another time.' "
"It was partly thy own fault, indeed!" said Gertrude; and at that moment
somebody called out at the door : " Holla ! is nobody at home ?"
CHAPTER xiv. — MEAN SELFISHNESS.
THE mason opened the door, and Margaret, the sexton's daughter-in-law, and
the bailiff's niece, came into the room. As soon as she had very slightly saluted
the mason and his wife, she said to him : " You will not be for mending our old
oven, now, I suppose, Leonard!"
Leonard. "Why not, neighbor? Does it want any thing done to it?"
Margaret. " Not just now. I only ask in time, that I may know what to
trust to."
Leon. "You are very careful Margaret; but there was no great need to be
afraid."
Marg. "Ay! but times change, and people with them."
Leon. " Very true. But one may always find plenty of people to mend an
oven."
Marg. "That is some comfort, at all events."
Gertrude, who had been silent all this time, took up the cleaver to cut some
hard rye-bread for supper.
"That is but black bread," said Margaret; " but you will soon have better, as
your husband is become builder to the squire."
"You talk foolishly, Margaret. I shall be thankful if I have enough of bread
like this, all my life ;" said Gertrude.
Marg. " But white bread is better ; and you will find it so. You will now
be a bailiff's wife, and your husband, Mr. Bailiff; but it will be a bad thing for
us."
Leon. "What do you mean by your sneers? I like people to speak out; if
they have any thing on their minds, and dare say it."
Marg. "Ay, mason! and I dare say it, if it comes to that. My husband is
the sexton's son, and since the church was first built, it was never heard of be-
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. 39
fore, but that his people had the preference, when there was any thing to be
done at it!"
Leon. "Well I what more?"
Marg. " Why, now, at this very moment, the bailiff has a list in his house,
in which more than a dozen blockheads, out of the village, are marked out to
work at the building of the church, and there is not a word said of the sexton's
people."
Leon. " But, neighbor ! what have I to do with it? Did I write out the list?"
Marg. "No, you did not write it out, but I suppose you dictated it."
Leon. "It would be a fine thing for me, indeed, to dictate his own list to the
squire."
Marg. "0! we all know that you go every day to the hall; and you have
certainly been there again to-day; and if you had only told him how it was be-
fore, things would have gone on in the old way.
Leon. "You are mistaken, Margaret, if you think so. Arner is not the man
to let things go on hi the old way, if he can mend them by a new one."
Marg. " We see how it is !"
Leon. "And he means to help the poor and needy, by giving them work."
Marg. "Yes! he means to help all the blockheads and beggarly rabble."
Leon. "All poor folks are not rabble, Margaret; and it is not right to talk
so. No one knows what may happen to himself before he dies."
Marg. "No; and therefore everybody should look after his own bread; and
it is no wonder we are troubled to be so forgotten."
Leon. "Ah, Margaret ! it is a very different thing. You have good property,
and live with your father, who has the best situation in the village ; and you
have no need to work for your bread like us poor folks."
Marg. " You may say what you will : every one is vexed when he thinks a
thing belongs to him, and another dog comes and snatches it out of his mouth."
Leon. " Don't talk of dogs, Margaret, when you are speaking of men, or you
may find one that will bite you. But if you think the situation belongs to you,
you are young and strong, and a rare talker; you can manage your own affair,
and take it to the place where you may be helped to your right."
Marg. "Many thanks, Mr. Mason, for your fine piece of advice."
Leon. " I can give you none better."
Marg. " One may find an opportunity to remember the service. Farewell,
Leonard."
Leon. " Farewell, Margaret. It is all I can do for you."
Margaret went away, and Leonard to his men."
CHAPTER xv. — THE WISE GOOSE LAYS AN EGG; OR, A BLUNDER WHICH COSTS
A GLASS OP WINE.
LEONARD had no sooner left the hall, than Arner sent the list of day-laborers
which he had written out, by Flink, his huntsman, to the bailiff, with orders to
give them all notice.
The huntsman brought the list to the bailiff before noon; but formerly, nil
the writings which came from the hall, were directed " To the honorable and
discreet, my trusty and well-beloved Bailiff Hummel in Bonnal," and on this,
there was only, " To the Bailiff Hummel in Bonnal."
" What is that damned Spritzer, the secretary, about, that he does not give
me my right title ?" said the bailiff to Flink, as he took the letter.
40 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
But the huntsman answered : " Take care, bailiff, what you say. The squire
directed the letter himself."
Bailiff. " That's not true. I know the writing of that powdered beggar the
secretary!"
Flink shook his head, and said: "You are a bold man. I saw the
squire write it, with my own eyes, and I stood by him in the room whilst he
did it."
Bailiff. " Then I have made a damned blunder, Flink ! The words escaped
me. Forget them, and come into the house, and drink a glass of wine with me."
"Take care the next time, bailiff! I don't like to make mischief, and will
pass it over for once," said Flink, going with the bailiff into the house. He set
his short gun in a corner, drank one glass, and then went away.
The bailiff opened the paper, read it, and said: "These are all mere block-
heads and beggars, from first to last. Donner ! what a business this is ! Not
one of my own people, except Michael. I am not even to recommend a day-
laborer to him ! And here I am to give them all notice to-day. It will be hard
work for me — but I will do it. It is not evening all day long. Truly, I will
tell them of it, and advise them all to go on Monday to the hall, to return thanks
to the squire. He does not know one of these fellows. It must be the mason
who has recommended them to him. When they arrive at the hall, on Monday,
all in tatters, some without shoes, others without hats, and stand before the
squire, I shall wonder if he does not say something I can turn to use." Thus
he laid his plans, dressed himself, and took up the list to see how they lay near
each other, that he might not go roundabout.
Hubel Rudi was not the next to him; but ever since he had gained the
meadow from his father by a lawsuit, he kept, as much as he could, away from
his house, on account of certain uneasy thoughts which occurred to him, when
he saw these poor people. "I will go first to these folks," said he, and went up
to their window.
CHAPTER xvi. — THE DEATH-BED.
HUBEL EUDI was sitting with his four children. It was only three months
sinoe his wife's death, and now his mother lay dying upon a bed of straw, and
said to Rudi: "I wish thou wouldst collect some leaves this afternoon, to put
into my coverlid; I am very cold."
Rudi. " Oh, mother! as soon as ever the fire in the oven is put out, I will go."
Mother. "Hast thou any wood left, Rudi? I think not, for thou canst not
leave me and the children, to go into the forest — alas, Rudi, I am a burthen to
thee!"
Rudi. " My dear mother, do not say that thou art a burthen to me ! Oh, if
I could only give thee what thou hast need of! Thou art hungry and thirsty,
and makest no complaint. It goes to my heart, mother!"
Mother. "Do not make thyself unhappy, Rudi. Thanks be to God, my pain
is not severe — he will soon relieve it, and my blessing will repay thee what thou
hast done for me."
• Rudi. " 0 mother, my poverty was never such a trouble to me as now, when
I can give thee nothing, and do nothing for thee. Alas ! thou sufferest from
sickness and misery, and sharest my wants."
Mother. " When we draw near our end, we want little on earth, and what we
do want, our heavenly Father supplies. I thank him, Rudi ; for he strengthens
me in my approaching hour."
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. 41
Rudi. (Weeping.) "Dost thou think then, mother, that thou wilt not
recover ? "
Mother. " Never, Rudi I it is most certain."
Rudi. " Gracious heaven I "
Mother. " Take comfort, Rudi ! I go into a better life."
Rudi. (Sobbing.) Alas, alas!"
Mother. "Do not grieve, Rudi! Thou hast been the joy of my youth, and
the comfort of my old age. And now I thank God that thy hand will soon close
my eyes ! Then shall I go to God, and I will pray for thee, and all will be well
with thee for ever. Think of me, Rudi. All the sufferings and all the troubles
of this life, if they are well borne, end in good, All I have undergone comforts
me, and is as great a blessing to me, as any of the pleasures and joys of life.
I thank God for the gladsome days of my childhood ; but when the fruit of life
ripens for harvest, and when the tree drops its leaves before its winter sleep, —
then are the sorrows of life hallowed, and its joys but as a dream. Think of
me, Rudi ! — all thy sufferings will end in good."
Rudi. " Oh, mother ! dear mother ! "
Mother. " Yet, one thing more, Rudi."
Rudi. "What, mother?"
Mother. " Ever since yesterday it has lain like a stone on my heart. I must
tell thee of it, Rudi."
Rudi, " What is it, dear mother ? "
Mother. " Yesterday I saw our little Rudeli creep behind my bed, and eat
roasted potatoes out of his bag. He gave some to his sisters, and they also ate
these potatoes, which must have been stolen. Rudi, they could not be ours ! —
or the boy would have thrown them upon the table, and called his sisters loud-
ly ; and he would have brought me some of them, as he had done a thousand
times before. Oh, how it used to gladden my heart, when he flew towards me
with something in his hand, and said, so fondly to me : " Eat, eat, grandmother? "
Rudi, if this darling child should become a thief 1 0, this thought has been a
sad weight upon me since yesterday. Where is he ? bring him to me — I will
speak to him."
Rudi ran quickly, sought the boy and brought him to his mother's bed-side.
The mother, with great difficulty, raised herself up, for the last time, turned
toward the boy, took both his hands in hers, and bent forward her weak, dying
head.
The little fellow wept aloud. "Grandmother! what is it you wish? you are
not dying yet ! 0, do not die yet, grandmother."
She answered in broken words: "Yes, Rudeli, I must certainly die very
soon."
" 0 my God! do not die, grandmother," said the boy.
The sick woman lost her breath, and was obliged to lie down again.
The boy and his father burst into tears — but she soon recovered herself, and
said:
" I am better again, now that I lie down."
And Rudeli said : " And you will not then die now, grandmother ? "
Mother. " Say not so, my darling ! I die willingly ; and shall then go to a
kind father ! If thou couldst know, Rudeli, how happy I am, that I shall soon
go to Him, thou wouldst not be so sorrowful."
Rudeli. "I will die with you, grandmother, if you must die! "
42 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
Mother. "No, Rudeli, thou must not die with me. If it be the will of God,
thou must live a long time yet, and grow up to be a good man ; and when thy
father is old and weak, thou must be his help and comfort. Tell me, Rudeli,
wilt thou follow after him, and be a good man, and do what is right ? Promise
me thou wilt, my love!"
Rudeli. " Yes, grandmother, I will do what is right, and follow after him."
Mother. " Rudeli, our Father in heaven, to whom I am going, sees and hears
all that we do, and what we promise. Tell me, Rudeli, dost thou know this,
and dost thou believe it ?"
Rudeli. "Yes, grandmother! • I know it, and I believe it."
Mother. " But why didst thou then eat stolen potatoes, yesterday, behind my
bed?"
Rudeli. "Forgive me this once, grandmother; I will never do so again. For-
give me ! I will certainly never do so again, grandmother."
. Mother. " Didst thou steal them ?"
Rudeli. (Sobbing.) " Yes, grandmother, I did 1"
Mother. " From whom didst thou steal them?"
Rudeli. "From the ma — ma — son."
Mother. " Thou must go to him Rudeli, and beg him to forgive thee."
Rudeli. "0, grandmother, for God's sake! I dare not."
Mother. "Thou must Rudeli! that thou mayst not do so another time. Thou
must go, without another word ! and for heaven's sake, my dear child, if thou
art ever so hungry, never take any thing again. God will not forsake any of
us. He provides for all. 0, Rudeli, if thou art ever so hungry, if thou hast no
food, and knowest of none, yet trust in God, and do not steal anymore."
Rudeli. " Grandmother, I will never steal again. If I am hungry, I will
never steal again."
Mother. " Then may the God, in whom I trust, bless thee, and keep thee, my
darling !" She pressed him to her heart, wept, and said : " Thou must now go to
the mason, and beg his pardon; and, Rudi, do thou also go with him, and tell
the mason, that I too beg his pardon; and that I am very sorry I can not give
him back the potatoes. Tell him I will pray for the blessing of God upon what
he has left, I am so grieved 1 They have so much need of all they have — and
if his wife did not work so hard, day and night, they could not possibly maintain
their own large family. Rudi, thou wilt willingly work a couple of days for
him, to make it up."
Rudi. "I will, indeed, dear mother, with all my heart."
As he spoke, the bailiff tapped at the window."
CHAPTER xvn. — THE SICK WOMAN'S BEHAVIOR.
AND the sick woman knew him by his cough, and said: " 0 Rudi! here is the
bailiff! — I am afraid the bread and butter thou art preparing for me are not paid
for."
Rudi. " For heaven's sake, do not distress thyself, mother. It is of no conse-
quence. I will work for him ; and, at harvest time, reap for him, as much as he
likes."
"Alas! he will not wait," said the mother; and Rudi went out of the room
to the bailiff.
The sick* woman sighed to herself, and said: "Since this affair of ours, God
forgive him, the poor blinded creature, I never see him without a pang-. And to
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. 43
think that, at my last hour, he must come and talk under my window. It is the
will of God that I should forgive him, entirely and immediately, and overcome
my last resentment, and pray for his soul — and I will do so."
"0 God, thou hast overruled the whole affair. Forgive him, Father in
heaven, forgive him." She heard the bailiff talking loudly, and started. " Alas 1
he is angry! 0 my poor Rudi! it is owing to me that thou art in his power!"
Again she heard his voice, and fainted away.
Eudeli sprang out of the room to his father, and called him : " Father, come,
oome ! I think my grandmother is dead."
And Rudi exclaimed: "Gracious heaven! Bailiff, I must go into the room."
"Much need of that," said the bailiff. "It will be a great loss, truly, if the
old witch should be gone at last."
Rudi heard not what he said, but rushed into the room.
The sick woman soon recovered herself, and as she opened her eyes, she said :
"Is he angry, Rudi? I am sure he will not wait."
Rudi. " No, indeed, mother! It is some very good news. But art thou quite
recovered ?"
"Yes!" said the mother, and looked at him very earnestly and mournfully, —
"What good news can this man bring? what dost thou say? Dost thou wish
to comfort me, and to suffer alone ? He has threatened thee."
Rudi. " I do assure thee it is not so, mother. He has told me that I am to
be a day-laborer, at the building of the church, and the squire pays every man
twenty-five kreutzers a day, wages."
Mother. " Lord God ! Can this be true ?"
Rudi. " Yes, mother, it is indeed 1 And there is work for more than a whole
year."
Mother. " Now I shall die more easy, Rudi. Great God, thou art merciful !
0, be so to the end ! And, Rudi, be thou sure, that the greater our want, the
nearer is his help."
She was silent for a while, and then said again, "I believe it is all over with
me ! my breath grows shorter every moment — we must part, Rudi — I will take
leave of thee."
Rudi trembled, shuddered, took off his cap, and knelt down by his mother's
bed, folded his hands, raised his eyes to heaven, and tears and sobs choked his
speech.
Then said his mother: "Take courage, Rudi! I trust in an eternal life,
where we shall meet again. Death is a moment which passes away — I do not
fear it — I know that my Redeemer liveth, and that he shall stand at the latter
day upon the earth : and though, after my skin, worms destroy this body, yet in
my flesh shall I see God: whom I shall see for myself, and mine eyes shall be-
hold, and not another."
Rudi had now recovered himself, and said: "Give me thy blessing, mother!
If it be the will of God, may I soon follow thee to eternal life."
Then said his mother : " Hear me, heavenly Father, and grant thy blessing
upon my child I Upon this, the only child whom thou hast given me, and who
is so dear to me ! Rudi, may my God and Saviour be with thee, and as he
showed mercy unto Isaac and Jacob, for their father Abraham's sake, so may he
show mercy unto thee, abundantly, for the sake of my blessing ; tlmt^thy heart
may rejoice and be glad, and praise his name."
"Hear me now, Rudi! and do as I say. Teach thy children regularity and
44 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
industry, that they may never come to want, nor grow disorderly and idle.
Teach them to hope and trust in Almighty God, and to be kind to each other in
joy and in sorrow. So will it be well with them, even in poverty.
" Forgive the bailiff; and, when I am dead and buried, go to him, and tell
him that I die in charity with him, and if God hears my prayer, he will yet do
well and come to the knowledge of himself, before he must depart hence."
After a pause, the mother said again: "Rudi, give me my two bibles, my
prayer-books, and a paper, which is lying under my handkerchief, in a little
box."
And Rudi rose from his knees and brought them all to his mother.
Then she said: "Now bring all the children to me." He brought them from
the table, where they were sitting weeping, and they all knelt down by her bed-
side.
Then she said to them: "Weep not so, my children! your heavenly Father
will support and bless you — you are very dear to me, and I grieve to leave you
so poor, and without a mother. But hope in God, and trust in him, whatever
ma}'- befall you ; so will you always find in him, more than a father's help, or a
mother's kindness. Remember me, my darlings! I have nothing to leave you,
but I have loved you tenderly, and I know that you love me also. My bibles
and my prayer-books are almost all I have left, but do not think them trifles,
my children ! — They have comforted and cheered me, a thousand times, in my
troubles. Let the word of God be also your comfort and your joy; and love
one another ; and help and advise one another, as long as you live ; and be
honest, true, kind, and obliging, to all men — so will you pass well through life.
" And thou, Rudi, keep the great bible for Betheli, and the smaller one for
Rudeli ; and the two prayer-books for the little ones, for a remembrance of me.
"I have nothing for thee, Rudi! but thou needest no remembrance of me —
thou wilt not forget me."
Then she called Rudeli again to her : " Give me thy hand, my dear child ! Be
sure thou never stealest again."
" No indeed, grandmother, believe me ! I will never take any thing from any
body again," said Rudeli, with burning tears.
"And I do believe thee, and will pray to God for thee," said the mother.
"See, my love, I give thy father a paper which the pastor, with whom I lived
servant, gave me. "When thou art older read it, and think of me, and be good
and true."
It was a certificate from the late pastor of Eichstatten, that Catharine, the
sick woman, had served him ten years, and helped him, indeed, to bring up his
children, after the death of his wife ; that all had been intrusted to Catharine ;
and that she had looked after every thing most carefully. The pastor thanked
her in it, and said that she had been as a mother to his children, and he should
never forget the assistance she had been to him in his difficulties. She had also
earned a considerable sum of money in his service, which she gave to her
deceased husband to buy the meadow, which the bailiff had afterward taken
from him by a law suit.
After she had given Rudi this paper, she said: "There are two good shifts
there. Do not put either of them on me when I am buried — the one I have on,
is good enough. And when I am dead, let my gown and my two aprons be cut
up for the children."
Soon afterward, she added: "Look carefully after Betheli, Rudi! She is such
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. 45
a delicate child ; and always let the children be kept clean, and well washed and
combed ; and every year let them have spring herbs to sweeten their blood ;
they do them so much good. And if thou canst manage it, keep a goat for
them, during the summer — Betheli can take care of it now. It grieves me to
think that thou wilt be so solitary, but keep up thy courage, and do what thou
canst. This work at the church will be a great help to thee — I thank God for
it."
The mother was now silent, and the children and their father remained for a
time upon their knees, praying. Then they stood up, and Rudi said to his moth-
er : " Mother, I will now go and get the leaves for thy coverlid."
She answered : " There is no hurry for that, Rudi ! The room is warmer now,
thank God! and thou must go to the mason's with the child."
And Rudi beckoned Betheli out of the room, and said : " "Watch thy grand-
mother carefully, and if any thing happens to her, send Anneli after me. I shall
be at the mason's."
CHAPTER xvm. — A POOR BOY ASKS PARDON FOR HAVING STOLEN POTATOES,
AND THE SICK WOMAN DIES.
AND he took the little one by the hand, and went with him.
Gertrude was alone in the house when they arrived, and soon saw that both
the boy and his father had tears in their eyes. "What dost thou want, neigh-
bor Rudi ? Why art thou weeping ? Why is the little fellow weeping ?" said
she, kindly taking his hand.
"Alas, Gertrude? I am in trouble," answered Rudi. "I am come to thee,
because Rudeli has taken potatoes out of your heap. Yesterday his grand-
mother found it out, and he has confessed it — forgive us, Gertrude.
" His grandmother is on her death-bed — she has just taken leave of us. And
I am so wretched, I scarcely know what I am saying — Gertrude ! she begs thy
forgiveness too — I am sorry I can not pay thee back now; but I will willingly
work a couple of days for thee, to make it up. Forgive us ! — The boy did it
from hunger."
Gertrude. " Say not another word about it, Rudi : and thou, dear little fel-
low ! come and promise me never to take any thing from any body again." Slip
kissed him, and said: "Thou hast an excellent grandmother! only grow up as
pious and as good as she is."
Rudeli. "Forgive me, Gertrude! I will never steal again."
Ger. " No, my child, never do so again. Thou dost not yet know how mis-
erable and unhappy all thieves become. Do so no more : and if thou art hun-
gry, come to me instead, and tell me. If I can, I will give thee something to
eat."
Rudi. "I thank God, I have now got work at the building of the church,
and I hope hunger will never lead him to do any thing of the kind again."
Ger. " My husband arid I were very glad to hear that the squire had fixed
upon thee as one."
Rudi. "And I am so glad that my mother has lived to have this comfort !
Tell thy husband, I will work under him honestly and truly, and be there early
and late ; and I shall be very glad to allow any wages, to pay for the potatoes."
Ger. " Say nothing of that, Rudi. I am sure my husband will never take
it God be praised, we are now much better off, on account of this building.
Rudi, I will go with thee to thy mother, as she is so very ill."
46 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
She filled Rudeli's pocket with apples, and said to him once more : " Remem-
ber, my dear child, never to take any thing from any body again ; " and she
then went with Rudi to his mother.
And as he was collecting some leaves under a nut-tree, to fill his mother's
coverlid, Gertrude helped him — and then went with him to her.
Gertrude spoke kindly to the sick woman, took her hand, and wept.
"Dost thou weep, Gertrude?" said the grandmother. "It is we who should
weep. Hast thou forgiven us? "
Ger. "0, do not talk of forgiveness, Catharine! Your distress goes to my
heart, and still more thy goodness and carefulness. Thy carefulness and hon-
esty will certainly bring down the blessing of God upon thy children, Catharine."
Catharine. "Hast thou forgiven us, Gertrude? "
Ger. " Say no more about that, Catharine. I only wish I could do any thing
to give thee ease, in thy sickness."
Cath. " Thou art very good, Gertrude, and I thank thee ; but God will soon
help me. Rudeli, hast thou asked her pardon? Has she forgiven thee? "
Rudeli. "Yes, grandmother: see how good she is." He showed her his
pocket full of apples.
"How very sleepy I am," said the grandmother. "Hast thou asked her 'for-
giveness properly?"
Rud. " Yes, grandmother, with my whole heart."
Cath. "A slumber creeps over me, and my eyes grow dim. I am going,
Gertrude ! " said she softly, and in broken words. " There is one thing more, I
wish to ask thee ; but I don't know whether I dare. This unfortunate child has
stolen from thee — may I ask thee, Gertrude, when — I am dead — these poor —
desolate children — they — are so desolate" — she stretched out her hand — (her
eyes were already closed,) "may I — hope — follow her — Rud" — she expired,
unable to finish.
Rudi thought she had only dropped asleep, and said to the children: "Do
not speak a word, she is asleep. 0, if she should yet recover ! "
But Gertrude thought it was death, and told Rudi so.
How he and all the little ones wrung their hands in anguish, I can not de-
scribe. Reader! let me be silent and weep — for it goes to my heart to think
how man, in the dust of earth, ripens to immortality ; and how, in the pomp
and vanity of the world, he decays without coming to maturity. N Weigh then,
0 man, weigh the value of life, on the bed of death ; and thou who despisest
the poor, pitiest and dost not know him — tell me whether he can have lived un-
happy, who can thus die ! — But I refrain. J wish not to teach you, 0 men ! I
only wish you to open your eyes, and see for yourselves, what really is happiness
or misery, a blessing or a curse in this world.
Gertrude comforted poor Rudi, and told him the last wish of his excellent
mother, which, in his trouble, he had not heard.
Rudi took her by the hand, confidingly — " What a sad affliction it is to lose
my dear mother ! How good she was ! I am sure, Gertrude, thou will remem-
ber her wish."
Ger. " I must have a heart of stone if I could forget it. I will do what I
can for thy children."
Rudi. " God will repay thee what thou dost for us."
Gertrude turned toward the window, wiped the tears from her face, raised
her eyes to heaven, and sighed deeply. Then she took up Rudeli and his sig-
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. 4f
ters, one after the other, kissed them with warm tears, prepared the corpse for
the grave, and did not go home till she had done every thing which was neces-
sary.
CHAPTER xix. — GOOD SPIRITS COMFORT, CHEER, AND SUPPORT A MAN, BUT
ANXIETY IS A CONTINUAL TORMENT.
THE bailiff', after he had been to Rudi, proceeded to the other day -laborers.
And first he went to Jogli Bar. He found him splitting wood, and singing and
whistling over his chopping-log ; but when he saw the bailiff, he looked up in
astonishment: "If you are come for money, bailiff', I have none."
Bailiff. "Thou art singing and whistling like a bird in a granary. How
canst thou be without money ? "
Bar. " If crying would bring bread, I should not be whistling. But, in good
earnest, what do you want ! "
Bailiff. " Nothing ; but to tell thee, that thou art to be a helper at the build-
ing of the church, and to have twenty-five kreutzers a day."
Bar. " Can that be true ?"
Bailiff. " It is, indeed. Thou must go up to the hall on Monday."
Bar. "If it is really true, I am very thankful for it, Mr. Bailiff*. You see
now that I might well be singing and whistling to-day."
The bailiff went away, laughing; and said to himself: "I never know what
it is to be as merry as this beggar."
Bar went into the house, to his wife. "Keep up a good heart, wife. I am
to be day-laborer at the building of the church 1 "
Wife. " It will be long enough before thou hast such a piece of luck. Thou
hast always a bag full of hope, but not of bread."
Bar. " There shall be no want of bread, when once I get my daily wages."
Wife. "But there may be want of wages."
Bar. "No, child, no! Arner pays his laborers well. No fear of that."
Wife. "Art thou joking, or can it be true about the building? "
Bar. "The bailiff has just been here to tell me to go on Monday to the hall,
with the other laborers who are to work at the church ; so it can not well miss."
Wife. " Heaven be praised, if it prove so : if I may hope to have one com-
fortable hour! "
Bar. " Thou shalt have many a one. I am as light-hearted as a child about
it. Thou wilt no longer scold me, when I come home laughing and merry. I
will bring thee every kreutzer, as fast as I get it. I should have no pleasure in
life, if I did not hope that the time would yet come, when thou shouldst think,
with joy, that thou hast a good husband. If thy little property was soon lost
in my hands, forgive me. God willing, I will yet make it up to thee."
Wife. "I am glad to see thee merry; but I am always afraid it is from
thoughtlessness."
Bar. " What have I neglected? or what have I done that was wrong? "
Wife. " Nay, I do not accuse thee of that ; but thou art never troubled when
we have no bread."
Bar. " Would my being troubled bring us bread? "
Wife. . " Do what I will, I can not help it: — it always makes me low."
Bar. "Take courage, and cheer up, wife. It makes things easier."
Wife. " Thou hast never a coat to go up to the hall in on Monday."
Bar. " Oh, then I will go in half of one. Thou always findest something to
fret about," said he; and went off to his log, and split wood until dark.
48 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
Prom him, the bailiff went to Laupi, who was not at home ; so he left the
message with Hugli, his neighbor, and went on to Hans Leemann.
CHAPTER xx. — FOOLISH GOSSIPING LEADS TO IDLENESS.
HE was standing at his door, staring around him, saw the bailiff at a distance,
and said to himself: "Now we shall have some news." " What brings you this
way, Mr. Bailiff?"
Bailiff. " I am in search of thee, Leemann."
Leemann. " It is doing me a great honor, Mr. Bailiff — but tell me, how is the
mason's wife going on ? Is she as pert as she was yesterday in the church-yard ?
What a witch she was, bailiff! "
Bailiff. " Thou must not say so now. Thou art to be helper to her husband."
Leemann. "Is there no other news, that you come to me with such a tale? "
Bailiff. " Nay, it is true enough, and I am come, by the squire's orders, to
tell thee of it."
Leemann. " How did I come to this honor, Mr. Bailiff?"
Bailiff. "I think it must have been in thy sleep."
Leemann. " I will awake, however, if this be true. What time must one go
to the work ? "
Bailiff. " I suppose in a morning."
Leemann. "And in an afternoon too, I fancy. How many of us are there,
Mr. Bailiff?"
Bailiff. "Ten."
Leemann. " I wonder who they are I Tell me."
The bailiff told him all the names in order. Between every one Leemann
guessed twenty others — not such a one? nor such a one? — "I am losing time,"
said the bailiff at last, and went on.
CHAPTER XXL — INGRATITUDE AND ENVY.
FROM him, the bailiff went to Jogli Lenk. He was lying on the stove-bench,
smoking his pipe. His wife was spinning, and five half naked children were
sprawling around.
The bailiff told his message in few words.
Lenk took the pipe out of his mouth, and answered : " It's a wonder that any
good thing comes to me ! I have always been far enough out of the way of
such luck, till now."
Bailiff. "And many others with thee, Lenk."
Lenk. " Is my brother amongst the day -laborers ? "
Bailiff. "No."
Lenk. "Who are the others? "
The bailiff told him their names.
Lenk. " But my brother is a far better workman than Rudi, or Bar, or Marx.
I say nothing of Kriecher. On my life, there is not another amongst the ten,
except myself, who is half so good a workman. Bailiff, can not you manage to
get him in?"
"I don't know" said the bailiff; and cutting short the discourse, he went
away.
Lenk's wife, who was at her wheel, said nothing till the bailiff was out of
hearing; but the conversation troubled her; and as soon as the bailiff was gone
sac said to her husband : "Thou art thankless both to God and man. When
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. 49
God sends thee help in thy great distress, thou dost nothing but abuse thy neigh-
bors, whom he has also helped."
Lerik. " I shall have to work for the money, and not get it for nothing."
Wife. " Till now, thou hadst no work to get any by."
Lenk. " But then I had no labor."
Wife. "And thy children no bread."
"What had I more than you?" said the lazy lubber. His wife was silent,
and wept bitter tears.
CHAPTER xxii. — REMORSE FOR PERJURY CAN NOT BE ALLAYED BY CRAFTY ARTS.
FROM Lenk the bailiff went to Kriecher, and as he was going, came unex-
pectedly upon Hans Wust.
If he had seen him in time, he would have slipped out of the way ; for, since
Rudi's affair, the bailiff and Wust never met without feelings of self-reproach ;
but the bailiff met him unawares, at the corner of the side street, near the low-
er well.
"Art thou there, Wust?" said the bailiff.
"Yes, bailiff," answered Wust.
Bailiff. "Why dost thou never come near me? Hast thou forgotten the
money I lent thee ? "
Wust. " I have no money at present, and when I look back, I am afraid I
have paid too dearly for your money already."
Bailiff. " Thou didst not talk in this way, Wust, when I gave it thee. It is
serving a man ungraciously."
Wust. "Serving a man is one thing — but, serving a man so that one can
never have another comfortable hour on God's earth, is another."
Bailiff. " Talk not so, Wust ! Thou didst not swear any thing but what
was true."
Wust. "So you always say. But I can not but feel in my heart that I
swore falsely."
Bailiff. " That is not true, Wust ! On my soul, it is not true. Thou didst
but swear to what was read to thee, and it was very carefully worded. I read
it to thee more than a hundred times, and it appeared to thee in the same light
as it did to me, and thou saidst always 'Yes; I can swear to that!' Was it
not so, Wust? And why art thou now fretting about it? But it is only on ac-
count of thy debt. Thou wouldst have me wait longer."
Wust. "No, bailiff; you are mistaken. If I had the money, I would pay it
down this moment, that I might never see your face again ; for my heart smites
me whenever I look at you."
"Thou art a fool!" said the bailiff; but his own heart smote him also.
Wust. "I saw it as you do. for a long time; for it did not come to me at
first, that the squire spoke as if he saw it in quite a different light."
Bailiff. " Thou hast nothing to do with what the squire said about it. Thou
didst but swear to the paper that was read to thee."
Wust. " Yes; but he passed judgment according to what he had understood
from it."
Bailiff. " If the squire was a fool, let him look after it. What is that to thee ?
He had the paper in his hand ; and if it did not seem clear to him, he should
have had it written differently."
Wust. "I know you can always out-talk me; but that does not comfort my
19
•50 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
conscience. And at church, on a sacrament day, I am in such a horrible state,
that I could sink into the earth ! 0 bailiff, v,rould that I had never owed you any
thing ! "Would that I had never known you, or that I had died the day before
I was forsworn ! "
Bailiff. " For God's sake, Wust, do not fret in this way. It is folly. Think
of all the circumstances. We went about it very carefully. In thy presence I
asked the pastor's assistant, point-blank : Will Wust have sworn to any thing but
what is in the paper, supposing he does not understand it right ? Dost thou not
remember his answer ? "
Wust. "Yes; but still "
Bailiff. " Nay, he said these very words ; — Wust will not have sworn to a
hair more than is in the paper. Were not these his words ? "
Wust. " Yes ; but then is it so, because he said it ? "
Bailiff. " Is it so ? What, art thou not satisfied ? "
Wust. "No, bailiff? I will speak out for once. The late pastor's assistant
owed you money, as well as myself; and you know what a fellow he was, and
how disorderly. It is little comfort to me what such a reckless creature said."
Bailiff. "His way of life was nothing to thee. He understood the right
doctrine, and that thou knowest."
Wust. " Nay, I know it not. But I know he was good for nothing."
Bailiff. " But what did that signify to thee ? "
Wust. " Why, for my part, if I know a man has been very wicked and bad
in one point, I dare not trust to his goodness in any other. Therefore I am afraid
that this worthless man deceived me, and then what is to become of me ? "
Bailiff. " Let these thoughts go, Wust ! Thou hast sworn to nothing but
what was true."
Wust. "I did so, for a long time; but it's over now. I can not cheat my-
self any longer. Poor Rudi ! Wherever I go or stand, I see him before me.
Poor Rudi ! how his misery, and hunger, and want, must rise up to God against
me ! 0, and his children, they are such sickly, starved, ricketty things ; and as
yellow as gipsies. They were fine, stout, healthy children ; and my ll* f^V
the meadow from them,"
Bailiff. "I had a right to it. It was as I told thee. And now, Rv
work at the building of the church, and may come round again."
Wust. "What good can that do me? If I had not sworn, it would be all
the same to me, whether Rudi were rich or a beggar."
Bailiff. "Do not let it disturb thee so! I had a right to it."
Wust. "Not disturb me? If I had broken into his house and stolen all his
goods, it would trouble me less. 0 bailiff, bailiff 1 that I should have acted thus !
It is now near Easter again. I wish I were buried a thousand feet deep in the
earth!"
Bailiff. "For heaven's sake, Wust, do not go on in this way in the open
street, before all the people. If any body should hear thee I It is thine own
stupidity that plagues thee. All that thou hast sworn to was true."
Wust. " Stupidity here, stupidity there ! If I had not sworn, Rudi would
still have had his meadow."
Bailiff. " But thou didst not say it was not his, or that it was mine. What
in. the devil's name is it to thee who has the meadow? "
Wust. " It is nothing to me who has the meadow, but it is that I have sworn
falsely."
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. 5 J
Bailiff. " I tell thee it is not true that thou hast sworn falsely. That which
thou didst swear to, was true."
Wust. " But it was a deceit ! I did not tell the squire how I understood the
writing ; and he understood it differently. Say what you will, I know, I feel it
in myself, that I was a Judas, and a betrayer; and that my oath was a false one,
words or no words."
Bailiff. " I am sorry for thee, Wust, that thou art so stupid ; but thou art
ill ; thou lookest like one risen from the grave ; and when a man is not well he
sees things so differently. Compose thyself, Wust. Come home with me, and
let us drink a glass of wine together."
Wust. "I can not, bailiff. Nothing upon earth can cheer me now."
Baili/. " Comfort thyself, Wust. Drive it out of thy head, and forget it till
thou art well again. Thou wilt then perceive that I was in the right, and I will
tear thy note in pieces. Perhaps it will be a relief to thee."
Wust. "No bailiff! keep the note. If I must eat my own flesh for hunger,
I will pay you that debt. I will not have the price of blood upon my soul. If
you have betrayed me, if the pastor's assistant has deceived me, perhaps God
will forgive me. I did not mean it to turn out so."
Baili/. " Here is thy note, Wust. See, I destroy it before thy eyes ; and I
take it on my own responsibility that I was in the right ; and now be comforted."
Wust. "Take what you will upon yourself, bailiff, I will pay you my debt.
The day after to-morrow I will sell my Sunday coat, and pay you."
Bailiff. " Think better of it. Thou deceivest thyself, upon my life. But I
must go away now."
Wust. " It is a mercy that you are going. If you were to stay much longer,
I should go mad before your eyes."
Bailiff. "Quiet thyself, for heaven's sake, Wust." They then separated.
But the bailiff, when he was alone, could not help saying to himself, with a
sigh : " I am sorry he met me just now. I have had enough before to-day, with-
out this." He soon, however, hardened himself again, and said: "I am sorry
for the poor wretch ; he is so troubled ! but he is in the wrong. It is nothing to
him how the judge understood it. The devil might take the oaths, if the exact
meaning of them were to be looked after so sharply. I know that other people,
and those who should understand the thing best, take oaths after their own way
of interpreting them, and are undisturbed, where a poor wretch, who thinks like
Wust, would say he saw as clear as day that it was a deceit. But I wish these
thoughts were out of my head, they make me uncomfortable ! I will go back
and drink a glass of wine." He did so, and then went to Felix Kriecher.
CHAPTER xxm. — A HYPOCRITE, AND A SUFFERING WOMAX.
FELIX KRIECHER was a man who always had the air of enduring the greatest
afflictions with the patience of a martyr. To the barber, the bailiff, and every
stranger, he bowed as low as to the pastor ; and he went to all the weekly pray-
ers at church, and to all the Sunday evening singing. Sometimes he got, by
this means, a glass of wine ; and occasionally, when he was very late, and man-
aged well, had an invitation to supper. He took great pains to be in favor with
all the pietists of the village, but could not quite succeed ; for he was very care-
ful not to offend the other party on their account, and this does not suit fanatics.
They will not let their disciples be well with both sides ; and thus, notwith-
standing his appearance of humility, and all the hypocriMcal arts he practiced
52 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
and even his spiritual pride, which generally suits fanatics, he was not admitted
into their set.
With all these exterior and acknowledged qualities, he had some others; and
though these were only for secret use in his domestic life, I must now speak of
them.
To his wife and children he was a devil. In the most extreme poverty he
still insisted upon having something dainty to eat ; and if he did not get it, all
went wrong — the children were not properly combed and washed ; and if he
could find nothing else to blame, and one of his little children of four years old
stared at him, he would beat it, to teach it proper respect to him.
"Thou art a fool!" said his wife to him one day when this had occurred.
But, though she was quite right, and had told him nothing but the simple truth,
he kicked her for it ; and as she was running away from him, she fell by the
door, and made two deep wounds in her head. This frightened the man ; for he
thought, wisely enough, that a broken head might tell tales.
And as all hypocrites, when they are alarmed, crouch, and fawn, and humble
themselves, so did Kriecher to his wife. He coaxed her; and begged and en-
treated, for God's sake, not that she would forgive him, but that she would
promise to tell nobody of it. She did so, and patiently endured the pain of a
very bad wound, and told the barber and the other neighbors that she had
fallen ; but many of them did not believe her. Poor woman ! she might have
known beforehand that no hypocrite was ever grateful, or kept his word, and
should not have trusted him. But what do I say? Alasl she knew all this;
but she thought of her children, and knew that God only could change his heart,
and that it was of no use to be talking about it. She is an excellent woman,
and it is grievous to think how unhappy he makes her, and what she suffers
daily by his means. She was silent, but prayed to God; and thanked him for
the afflictions with which he tried her.
0 eternity ! — when thou revealest the ways of God, and the blessedness of
those to whom he teaches steadfastness, courage, and patience, by suffering,
want, and sorrow — 0 eternity 1 how wilt thou exalt those tried ones who have
been so lowly here.
Kriecher had forgotten the wounds, almost before they were healed, and went
on as usual. He tormented and harassed his wife, without cause or excuse,
every day, and embittered her life. A quarter of an hour before the bailiff
came, the cat had overturned the lamp, and wasted a drop or two of oil.
" Thou stupid creature, thou shouldst have taken better care," said he to his wife,
with his accustomed fury ; (i thou mayst now sit in the dark, and light the fire
with cow-dung, thou horned beast!" His wife said not a word, but the tears
streamed down her cheeks, and the children cried in the corners with their
mother.
At this moment the bailiff knocked. " Hush ! for heaven's sake, be quiet I
What is to be done? The bailiff is at the door," said Kriecher, and, hastily
wiping off the children's tears with his handkerchief, he threatened to cut them
in pieces, if he heard another whimper; then opened the door to the bailiff,
bowed, and said: "What are your commands, Mr. Bailiff?" The bailiff told
him his errrand, briefly.
But Kriecher, who was listening at the door, and heard no more crying, an-
swered : " Come into the room, Mr. Bailiff, and I will tell my dear wife what a
piece of good fortune has befallen us." The bailiff went into the room, and
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. 53
Kriecher said to his wife : " The bailiff has just brought me the good news that
I am to be one of the day-laborers at the building of the church; and a great
favor it is, for which I can riot be sufficiently thankful."
The wife answered, "Thank God!" and a sigh escaped from her.
Bailiff. " Is something the matter with thy wife ? "
"She is not very well to-day, Mr. Bailiff," said Kriecher, throwing an angry,
threatening look toward his wife.
Bailiff. " I must be going on. I wish her better."
Wife. " Good-bye, Mr. Bailiff."
Kriecher. "May I beg you, Mr. Bailiff, to be so good as to thank the squire,
in my name, for this favor."
Bailiff. " Thou canst thank him thyself."
Kriech. " You are right, Mr. Bailiff. It was a great liberty in me to ask you
to do it. I will go to-morrow to the hall. It is my duty to do so."
Bailiff. "All the others are going on Monday morning, and I think thou
hadst better go with them."
Kriech. " Of course, yes, certainly, Mr. Bailiff. I did not know they were
going."
Bailiff. "Good-bye, Kriecher."
Kriech. "I am greatly indebted to you, Mr. Bailiff.
Bailiff. " Thou hast nothing to thank me for." And he went away, saying
to himself, "I am much mistaken, if this fellow is not one of the devil's own.
Perhaps he is the kind of man to suit me \yith the mason — but who dare
trust a hypocrite ? I would rather have Shaben Michel. He is a downright
rogue."
CHAPTER xxiv. — AN HONEST, JOYFUL, THANKFUL HEART.
FROM Kriecher the bailiff went to young Abi, who jumped for joy when he
heard the good news ; and sprang up like a young heifer when it is turned out
in spring. " I will go and tell my wife, that she may rejoice with me. No ! I
will wait till to-morrow. To-morrow it will be eight years since we were mar-
ried. It was St. Joseph's day. I remember it, as if it were yesterday. We
have had many a hard hour since ; but many a happy one, too. God be thanked
for all. To-morrow, as soon as she wakes, I will tell her. I wish the time were
come ! I can see just how she will laugh and cry over it ; and how she will
press her children and me to her heart for joy. 0 that to-morrow were come !
I will kill the cock, and boil it in the broth, without her knowing any thing
about it. She would enjoy it then, though she would be soriy to have it killed.
No, no ! it will be no sin to kill it for such a joyful occasion. I will venture it.
I will stay at home all day and make merry with her and the children. No, I
will go with her to church and to the sacrament. We will rejoice and be glad;
and thank God for all his goodness."
Thus did young Abi talk to himself, in the joy of his heart, at the good news
the bailiff had brought him. He could scarcely, in his eagerness, wait till the
morrow came, when he did as he had said he would.
CHAPTER xxv. — HOW ROGUES TALK TO EACH OTHER.
FROM Abi the bailiff went to Shaben Michel, who saw him at a distance, beck-
oned him into a corner, behind the house, and said: "What the deuce art thou
about now ? "
54 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
Bailiff. "A merry-making."
Michel. " Truly, thou art a likely fellow to be sent out to invite guests to
weddings, dances, and merry-makings."
Bailiff. " "Well, it is nothing dismal, at all events."
Mich. "What then!"
Bailiff. " Thou art got into new company."
Midi. " Who are they, and what is it for? "
Bailiff. "Hubel Rudi, Jenk, Leemann, Kriecher, and Marx Reuti."
Mich. " Nonsense ! What have I to do with these fellows? "
Bailiff. " To build up and adorn the house of the Lord in Bonnal, and the
walls round about it."
Mich. " In sober earnest ?"
Bailiff. "Yes, by G !"
Mich. " But who has chosen out the blind and lame for this work ? "
Bailiff. " The well and nobly born, my wise and potent master, the squire ! "
Mich. "Is he mad?"
Bailiff. " How should I know ? "
Mich. "This looks like it."
Bailiff. " Perhaps it would not be the worst thing that could happen. Light
wood is easily turned. But' I must away. Come to me to-night, I want to
speak to thee."
Mich. " I will not fail. Who art thou for next ? "
Bailiff. "Marx Reuti."
Mich. "He is a proper fellow for work! a man must be out of his mind to
choose him. I do n't believe he takes a mattock or spade into his hand the year
through ; and he is half lame on one side."
Bailiff. " What does that signify? Only do thou come to me to-night."
The bailiff then went on to Marx Reuti.
CHAPTER xxvi. — PRIDE, IN POVERTY AND DISTRESS, LEADS TO THE MOST UN-
NATURAL AND HORRIBLE DEEDS.
THIS man had formerly been well off, and carried on business for himself; but
he vras now without occupation, and lived almost entirely upon the charity of
the pastor and some of his relations, who were able to help him.
In all his distress, he always kept up his pride, and concealed, as much as he
could, the want and hunger of his family, except from those who gave him as-
sistance.
When he saw the bailiff, he started — I can not say he turned pale, for he was
always as white as a ghost. He took up the rags which lay about, and thrust
them under the coverlid of the bed, and ordered the half-naked children to hide
themselves directly in the next room. "Lord Jesus!" said the children, "it
snows and rains in. Only listen what a storm it is ! There is no window in
the room."
" Get along, you godless brats ! how you distract me. Do you think there is
no need for you to learn to mortify the flesh ? "
"We can not bear it, father! " said the children.
"He will not stay long, you heretics! " said the father; and pushing them in,
he fastened the door, and then invited the bailiff into the house.
When he had delivered his message, Marx thanked him, and said : " Am I to
be an overlooker over these men ? "
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. 55
" What art thou thinking of) Marx ? " answered the bailiff. " No 1 thou art to
be a day-laborer with the rest."
Marx. "So, Mr. Bailiff I"
Bailiff. " It is at thy own choice, if thou dost not like the work."
Marx. "In truth, I am not accustomed to any thing of the kind; but, if the
squire and the pastor wish it, I can not decline, and will undertake it."
Bailiff. " It will rejoice them greatly ; and I think the squire will almost
send me again to thank thee."
Marx. "Nay, I don't mean exactly that; but, in a common way, I cannot
serve every body as a day-laborer.
Bailiff. " Then thou hast enough to eat, I suppose."
Marx. " Thank God ! I have as yet."
Bailiff. " But I know well enough where thy children are."
Marx. " They are dining with my wife's sister."
Bailiff. " I thought I heard children crying in the next room."
Marx. " There is not one of them in the house."
The bailiff heard the cry again, opened the door, without ceremony, saw the
almost naked children shivering and sobbing with the wind, rain, and snow,
which came in through the window, so that they could hardly speak, and said :
"Is this the place where thy children dine, Marx? Thou art a hound, and a
hypocrite, and thy damned pride often makes thee act in this way."
Marx. "For heaven's sake, do not tell any body ; do not betray me, Bailiff!
I should be the most miserable man in the world if it were known."
Bailiff. " Art thou out of thy senses ? Even now thou dost not tell them to
come out of such a dog-kennel. Dost thou not see that they are yellow and
blue with cold? I would not use my poodle in such a way."
Marx. " Come out, then, children — but, bailiff, for mercy's sake, tell nobody."
Bailiff. " And all this time, forsooth, thou playest the saint before the pastor."
Marx. " I beseech you tell nobody."
Bailiff. " Thou art worse than a brute. Thou a saint! Thou art an infidel.
Dost thou hear ? thou art an infidel, for no true man would act in such a way.
And why must thou go and tell tales to the priest about the battle which took
place last week. It must have been thou who told him ; for at twelve o'clock,
when it happened, thou wert going home, past my house, from one of thy holy
banquets."
Marx. "No, on my life! Do not believe it. I assure you it was not so."
Bailiff. " Darest thou say so ? "
Marx. "God knows it was not so, bailiff! May I never stir from this spot
if it was ! "
Bailiff. " Marx ! darest thou maintain what thou sayest before me to the
pastor's face ? I know more about it than thou thinkest."
Marx stammered : " I know — I could — I did not begin " —
" Such a brute, and such a liar as thou art, I never saw in my life ! We un-
derstand each other now," said the bailiff: and he went that moment to the
pastor's cook, who laughed till she was half dead at the pious Israelite, Marx
Eeuti, and faithfully promised to bring it to the pastor's ears.
And the bailiff rejoiced in his heart that, probably, the pastor would give the
wicked heretic his weekly bread no longer ; but he was mistaken, for the pastor
had, before this, given him the bread, not on account of his virtues, but of his
hunger.
56 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
CHAPTER xxvu. — ACTIVITY AND INDUSTRY, WITHOUT A KIND AND GRATEFUL
HEART.
FROM Marx the bailiff went to the last of the number. This was Kienast, a
sickly man. He was not yet fifty years old, but poverty and anxiety had worn
him out, and this day, in particular, he was in terrible distress.
His eldest daughter had, the day before, hired herself out to service in the
town, and had showed her father the earnest-money that morning, which made
the poor man very uneasy.
His wife was with child, and near her time ; and Susan was the only one of the
children who could be any help to them, and now she was to go to service in a
fortnight.
The father begged her, with tears in his eyes, to return the money, and stay
with him, till after her mother's confinement.
"I will not," answered the daughter. "Where shall I find another service,
if I give up this ? "
Father. "After thy mother is brought to bed, I will go myself into the
town, and help thee to find another. Only stay till then."
Daughter. "It will be half a year before I can hire myself again; and the
service I have got is a good one. Who knows how you will help me ? and, in
short, I will not wait for another attempt."
Father. " But thou knowest, Susan, that I have done all I could for thee.
Think of thy childhood, and do not leave me in my necessity."
Daughter. " Do you wish then, father, to stand in the way of my happiness ? "
Father. " Alas ! it is not for thy happiness, that thou shouldst leave thy poor
parents in such circumstances. Do not go, Susan, I beg of thee. My wife has
a very handsome apron, it is the last she has left, and she values it very much ;
it was a keepsake ; but she shall give it thee, after her confinement, if thou
wilt only stay."
Daughter. " I will not stay, either for your gifts or your good words. I can
earn such as that, and better. It is time for me to be doing something for my-
self! If I were to stay ten years with you, I should not get a bed and a chest."
Father. "Thou wilt not get these in one half-year. After this once, I will
not seek to detain thee. Stay only these few weeks."
"No, I will not, father! " answered the daughter; and she turned away, and
ran into a neighbor's house.
The father stood there, bent down by anxiety and care, and said to himself:
" What shall I do in this misfortune ? How shall I deliver such a Job's mes-
sage to my poor wife ? I have been very much to blame for not doing my duty
better by this child. I always passed over every thing, because she worked so
well. My wife said to me a hundred times : ' She is so pert and rude to her
parents ; and if she has to teach her sisters, or do any thing for them, she does it
so hastily and saucily, and so entirely without kindness and affection, that
the}1- can none of them ever learn any thing from her! ' But she works so well,
we must excuse something, and perhaps it is the fault of the others, was always
my answer ; and now I have my reward. I should have remembered that if
the heart be hard, whatever other good qualities any one may have, they are
all in vain. One can not depend upon them. I wish my wife did but know."
As the man was speaking thus to himself, the bailiff came close up, without
his being aware.
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. 57
" What darest thou not tell thy wife ? " said he.
Kienast looked up, saw the bailiff, and said : " Is that you, bailiff ? "What
dare I not tell my wife ? Susan has hired herself out to service in the town,
and we have such need of her at home! But I had almost forgotten to ask
what you wanted with me."
Bailiff. "If this be the case with Susan, perhaps my news will be a comfort
to thee."
Kienast. "That would, be help indeed."
Bailiff. "Thou art to have work at the building of the church, and twenty-
five kreutzers a day, wages."
Kienast. "Lord God in heaven! May I hope for such a help as this? "
Bailiff. " Yes, Kienast. It is, indeed, as I tell thee."
Kienast. "Then God be praised for it." He turned faint, and his limbs
shook. " I must sit down. This joy, in my troubles, has overcome me."
He sat down on a log of wood, and leaned against the wall of the house, to
keep himself from falling.
The bailiff said : " Thou canst bear but little 1 "
And Kienast answered : "I have not broken my fast to-day."
"And so late! " said the bailiff; and he went on his way.
The poor wife, from the house, had seen the bailiff join her husband, and
groaned aloud.
" This is some fresh misfortune ! My husband has been like one beside him-
self all day, and knows not what he is doing ; and just now I saw Susan, in the
next house, lift up her hands in a passion ; and here is the bailiff— what can have
happened ? There is not a more unfortunate woman under the sun ! So near
forty, and a child every year, and care and want and pain all the tune ! " Thus
did the poor woman grieve in the house.
The husband, in the mean time, had recovered himself, and came to her with
such a cheerful, happy face as she had not seen for many a month.
" Thou lookest merry! Dost thou think to keep it from me that the bailiff
has been here ? " said the woman.
And he answered. " He is come, as it were, from heaven to comfort us."
"Is it possible? " said the woman.
Kienast. " Sit down, wife ! I must tell thee the good news." Then he told
her what Susan had done, and what trouble he had been in ; and how, nowr he-
was helped out of all his distress.
Then he ate the food, which in his trouble he had left standing there at noon ;
and he and his wife shed tears of thankfulness to God, who had thus helped
them in their distress. And they let Susan go, that very day, into service, as
she wished.
CHAPTER xxvm. — A SATURDAY EVENING IN THE HOUSE OF A BAILIFF, WHO is
A LANDLORD.
Now came the bailiff home from his journey, tired and thirsty. It was late ;
for Kienast lived up the hill, two or three miles from the village.
In the mean time he had had it given out, by his friends, that he was not at all
alarmed by what had happened yesterday ; and had not been so merry and
jovial as he was to-day, for a year.
This made some take courage, toward evening, to creep quietly to the tavern.
"When it began to be dark, still more came ; and at night, by seven o'clock,
the tables were almost as full as usual.
58 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
Thus it happens, when a fowlerr in autumn, shoots a bird in a cherry-tree, all
the others, which were pecking at the cherries, fly fearfully and hastily away
from the tree, chirping the note of alarm. But, after a while, one, a solitary
one at first, perches upon the tree — and, if it no longer sees the fowler, it
whistles, not the sound of danger, but the bold, loud note of joy at finding
food. At the call of the daring adventurer, the others flock timidly back again,
and all feed upon the cherries, as if the fowler had never fired.
So it was here ; and thus was the room once more filled with neighbors, who
yesterday, and even this morning, would not have ventured to come.
In all mischievous, and even wicked deeds, people are always merry and
bold, when they are in a crowd, and when those who give the tone to it are
daring and impudent ; and, as such leaders are not wanting in taverns, it can
not be denied that such places tempt the common people to all wickedness,
and are much more likely to lead them on to rash and thoughtless deeds, than
poor simple schools are to bring them up to a quiet and domestic life.
The neighbors in the tavern were now the bailiff's friends again ; for they sat
over his ale. One began to say, that the bailiff was a manly fellow, and that,
by G , nobody had ever yet mastered him. Another, that Arner was a child,
and the bailiff had managed his grandfather. Another, that it was not right ; and,
by heaven, he could not answer it to his conscience, thus to cheat the parish of
the landlord's right, which had belonged to it ever since the days of Noah and
Abraham. Another swore, that he had not got possession, by thunder ! and
that there should be a struggle for it yet, in spite of all the devils, and a parish
meeting held to-morrow.
Then again, one said, there is no need of that, for the bailiff had always over-
come all his enemies ; and would not turn over a new leaf, either with his hon-
or the squire, or with the beggarly mason.
Thus did the men go on, talking and drinking.
The bailiff's wife laughed to herself, set one pitcher after another upon the
table, and marked all carefully down with chalk upon a board in the next room.
Now came the bailiff home ; and he rejoiced in his heart to find the tables
surrounded by the old set.
"This is hearty in you, my good fellows, not to forsake me," said he to
them.
/'"We are not tired of thee yet," answered the countrymen; and drank his
health, with loud shouts and huzzas.
" There is a great noise, neighbors ! We must keep out of trouble ; and this
is Saturday night," said the bailiff. " Put the shutters to, wife ; and put out the
lights toward the street. We had better go into the back room. Is it warm,
wife?"
Wife. " Yes, I made a fire there on purpose."
Bailiff. " Very well ; carry all off the table into the back room."
His wife and the neighbors carried the glasses, pitchers, bread, cheese, knives,
plates, cards, and dice, into the back room ; from which, if they had been mur-
dering one another, nothing could have been heard in the street.
" There now, we are safe from rogues and eavesdroppers, and from the holy
servants of the black man.* But I am as thirsty as a hound : give me some
wine."
* Certain church officers, who reported disturbances to the pustor, disrespectfully culled ''the
black man" by the godless bailiff.
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. 59
His wife brought some.
And Christian said : " Is that of the kind the barber's dog laps up ?"
Bailiff. " Yes, indeed, I 'm likely to be such a fool again !"
Chris. "But what devil's scheme had you in your head? "
Bailiff. " By G — , none ! It was mere folly. I had eaten nothing, and did
not like to drink."
Chris. "Whistle that to a dog; perhaps it may believe you : not I."
Bailiff. "Why not?"
Chris. "Why not? Because the wine we were drinking smelt of sulphur
like the plague."
Bailiff. " Who says so ? "
Chris. "I, Mr. Urias! I said nothing of it at the time; but when I car-
ried home the empty jug, it reeked in my nose so that it almost knocked me
down. All things considered, you have certainly had some scheme in your
head to-day."
Bailiff. " I know no more than the child in the cradle what wine my wife
sent. Thou art a fool with thy fancies."
Chris. "Ay, but you know, well enough, what a fine sermon you made on
the rights of the land. I suppose you said all that with as little meaning as a
man has when he takes a pinch of snuff."
Bailiff. "Hold thy foolish tongue, Christian. The best thing I could do,
would be to have thee well beaten for upsetting my jug. But I must know now
how they went on at the barber's after I left them."
Chris. " And your promise, bailiff."
Bailiff. " What promise ? "
Chris. " That I should have wine till morning for nothing, if I got to know
it."
Bailiff. " But if thou knowest nothing, wouldst thou still be drinking ? "
Chris. " If I know nothing! Send for the wine, and you- shall hear."
The bailiff had it brought, sat down by him ; then Christian told him all he
knew, and more besides. Sometimes he contradicted himself so barefacedly,
that the bailiff perceived it, and called out : " You dog, do 'nt lie so that a
man can take hold of it with his hands ! "
"No, by G ," answered Christian, "as true as I am a sinner, every hair
and point of it is true."
"Come, come," said the bailiff, who by this time had had enough, "Shaben
Michel is here, and I must speak to him ; " and he then went to the other table
where Michel was sitting, slapped him on the shoulder, and said :
CHAPTER xxix. — CONTINUATION OF THE CONVERSATION OP ROGUES WITH EACH
OTHER.
"ART thou also amongst the sinners? I thought, since thou wert called to
the church building, thou hadst become a saint ; like our butcher, because he
once had to ring a week for the sexton."
Michel. " No, bailiff ! My calls are not so sudden ; but, when I once begin,
I will go through with it."
Bailiff. " I should like to be thy father confessor, Michel."
Mich. " Nay, I can not consent to that."
Bailiff. " Why not ? "
Mich. "Because thou wouldst double my score with thy holy chalk."
60 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
Bailiff. " "Would not that suit thee ? "
Mich. "No, bailiff! I must have a father confessor who will forgive and
look over sins, and not one who will chalk them down against me!"
Bailiff. " Well, I can forgive and overlook sins, as well as another "
Mich. " What ! sins in thy books ? "
Bailiff. "Truly, I am often obliged to do so; and it is better people should
think I do it willingly."
Mich. "Is that possible, Mr. Bailiff ? "
"We shall see," said the bailiff, making a sign to him.
They went together to the little table, near the fire.
And the bailiff said : " It is well thou art come ; and lucky for thee."
Mich. "I have great need of luck."
Bailiff. "So I suppose; but if thou art willing, thou canst not fail to make
money by this new place."
Mich. "And how must I manage it? "
Bailiff. " Thou must get into favor with the mason, and seem very hun-
gry and poor."
Mich. " I can do that without lying."
Bailiff. " Thou must also often give thy supper to thy children, that people
may think thy heart is as soft as melted butter ; and thy children must run
after thee bare-footed and bare-legged."
Mich. "There is no difficulty in that either."
Bailiff. " And when thou art the favorite of all the ten, then comes the true
work."
Mich. "What is that to be?"
Bailiff. "To do all that thou canst to make quarrels and misunderstandings
about the building; to throw things into confusion, and to make mischief between
the laborers and their masters and the* squire."
Mich. " There will be more difficulty in that part of the business."
Bailiff. " But it is a part by which thou mayst get money."
Mich. "Ay, if it were not for the hope of that, a cunning man might give
such a direction, but only a fool would follow it."
Bailiff. " It is a matter of course, that thou wilt get money by it."
Mich. "Two crowns in hand, Mr. Bailiff. I must have so much paid down,
or I will have nothing to do with it."
Bailiff. " Thou art more unconscionable every day, Michel. I show thee
how thou mayst get wages for nothing, and thou wouldst have me also pay thee
for taking my good advice."
Mich. " What is all that to the purpose ? Thou wilt have me play the rogue
in thy service, and so I will, and be true and hearty in it ; but payment in hand,
that is two crowns, and not a kreutzer less, I must have, or thou mayst do it
thyself."
Bailiff. "Thou dog! thou knowest well enough how to get thy own way.
There are thy two crowns for thee."
Mich. "Now it is all right, master ! thou hast nothing to do but to give thy
orders."
Bailiff. "I think thou mayst easily by night break down some of the scaf-
folding, and knock out a couple of the windows ; and of course thou wilt make
away with ropes and tools, and such light things as are lying around."
Mich. "Naturally."
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. Cl
Bailiff. " And it would be no very difficult affair to carry some of the timber
over the hill to the river, and send it back again toward Holland."
Mich. " No, no ! I can manage that. I will hang a great white shirt upon
a pole, in the middle of the churchyard, that if the watchman, or any of the old
women in the neighborhood hear a noise, they may fancy it is a ghost, and keep
away from me."
Bailiff. " Thou art a rascally heretic. "What a scheme ! "
Mich. " I will do so, however ; it may serve to keep me from the pillory."
Bailiff. " Well, but there is another thing. If thou canst find any drawings,
or calculations, or plans of the squire's, lying about, thou must quietly put them
out of the way, where nobody would think of looking for them, and at night
mend thy fire with them."
Mich. * "Very well, Mr. Bailiff."
Bailiff. " And thou must contrive so as to make thy honorable comrades in-
clined to be merry, and work idly, and particularly when the squire or any body
from the hall comes down, and then thou canst wink, as much as to say : You
see how it is."
Mich. " "Well, I will do what I can. I see plainly enough what thou art
after."
Bailiff. "But, of all things, the most important is, that thou and I should be
enemies."
Mich. "Very true."
Bailiff. " "We will begin directly. There may be tell-tales here, who will
talk of how we held counsel secretly together."
Mich. " Thou art right."
Bailiff. " Drink another glass or two, and I will pretend as if I would reckon
with thee, and thou wouldst not agree. I will make a noise about it, thou
must abuse me, and we will thrust thee out of the house."
Mich. " "Well thought of." He drank what was in the pitcher, and then said
to the bailiff, " Come, begin."
The bailiff muttered something about reckoning, and then said aloud : " I
never received the florin."
Mich. " Recollect yourself, bailiff! "
Bailiff. "By heaven, I know nothing of it! "Wife I didst thou receive a
florin last week from Michel? "
Wife. " Heaven bless us ! not a kreutzer."
Bailiff. "It is very strange. Give me the book!" She brought it, and the
bailiff read: "Here it is — Monday — nothing from thee. Tuesday — nothing.
"Wednesday — Didst thou say it was on "Wednesday ? "
Mich. " Yes ! "
Bailiff. "Here is Wednesday — look! there is nothing from thee — and on
Thursday, Friday, and Saturday — not a syllable of the florin."
Mii'h. "The devil! I tell you I paid it."
Bailiff. "Softly, softly, good neighbor — I write down everything."
Mich. " What the deuce is your writing to me, bailiff? I paid the florin."
Bailiff. " It is not true, Michel."
Mich. " Here's a rogue, to say I have not paid him 1 "
Bailiff. " What dost thou say, thou unhanged rascal ? "
Some of the countrymen got up : — " He has given the bailiff the lie, we heard
him."
62 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
Mich. " No, I did not. But I paid the florin."
Men. ""What dost thou say, thou knave, that thou didst not give him the
lie ? We all heard it."
Bailiff. " Turn the dog out of the room."
Michel took up a knife, and called out: "Let any one who touches me look
to it."
Bailiff. " Take the knife away from him."
They took the knife from him, turned him out of the room, and sat down
again.
Bailiff. " It 's well he is gone. He was only a spy of the mason's."
Countrymen. "By G , so he was. "We are well rid of him."
CHAPTER xxx. — CONTINUATION OP THE CONVERSATION OF ROGUES WITH EACH
OTHER, IN A DIFFERENT STYLE.
BRING us some more wine. Bailiff! we will drink on the strength of the
harvest, and let you have one sheaf out of every ten for a measure of wine.
Bailiff. " You will not pay me soon, then."
Countrymen. "No; but you will have heavier weight for that."
The bailiff sat down with them, and drank to their hearts' content, on the
strength of the future tithe.
Now their mouths were opened, and there arose from all the tables a wild up-
roar of oaths and curses, of dissolute, idle talk, of abuse and insolence. They
told stories of licentiousness and theft, of blows and insults, of debts they had
cunningly escaped paying, of lawsuits they had won by clever tricks, of wicked-
ness and riots, which for the most part were false ; but, alas ! too much was
true. How they had stolen from the old squire's woods, and fields, and tithes —
and how their wives whined over their children — how one took up a prayer-
book, and another hid the jug of wine in the chaff and straw. Also of their
boys and girls, — how one helped his father to cheat his mother, and another took
part with the mother against the father — and how they had all done as much or
more when they were lads. Then they got to talking about old Uli, who had
been caught in such fool's talk, and cruelly brought to the gallows ; but how he
had prayed at last and made a holy end of it. And how, when he had confess-
ed, (though, as every body knew, but half,) still the hard-hearted pastor had not
saved his life.
They were in the midst of this history of the pastor's cruelty, when the bailiff's
wife beckoned him to come out. " Wait till we have finished the story of the
hanged man," was his answer.
But she whispered in his ear: "Joseph is come."
He replied: "Hide him somewhere, and I will come soon."
Joseph had crept into the kitchen ; but there were so many people in the
house, that the bailiff's wife was afraid of his being seen. She put out the light,
and said to him : " Joseph ! take off thy shoes, and come after me into the lower
room. My husband will be with thee directly."
Joseph took his shoes in his hand, and followed her on tip-toe into the lower
room.
He had not waited long, before the bailiff came to him, and said: "What dost
thou want so late, Joseph ?"
Joseph. "Not much! I only want to tell you I have ordered all about the
stone."
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. (53
Bailiff. " I am glad of it, Joseph."
Joseph. " The master was talking to-day of the wall, and said that the flint
stone, hard by, was very good — but I told him he was a fool, and did not know
his own business ; and that the wall would look much handsomer, and more
polished, of Schwendi stone. He answered not a word ; and I went on to say
that, if he did not use Schwendi stone, it would be a loss to him."
Bailiff. " Did he resolve upon it ? "
Joseph. "Yes, he did, immediately. "We are to begin with it on Monday."
Bailiff. " The day-laborers are all going to the hall on Monday."
Joseph. " Tit ey will be back by noon, and busy with the stun0 in the lime.
It is as g-ood as mixed."
Bailiff. "That is all right and well; if it were only begun — thy money is
ready for thee, Joseph."
Joseph. "I am in great want of it just now, bailiff."
Bailiff. " Come on Monday, when you have begun with the quarry. It is put
aside for thee."
Joseph. "Do you suppose I shall not keep my word? "
Bailiff. "Nay, I can trust thee, Joseph."
Joseph. " Then give me three crowns of it, now. I should like to get my
new boots, at the shoemaker's, for to-morrow ; it is my birth-day, and I dare
not ask the master for any money."
Bailiff. " I can not well give it thee now ; come on Monday evening."
Joseph. " I see how you trust me. It 's one thing to promise, and another
to perform. I thought I could depend upon the money, bailiff."
Bailiff. " On my soul thou shalt have it."
Joseph. " Ay, I see how it is."
Bailiff. "It will be time enough, on Monday."
Joseph. "Bailiff! you show me, plainly enough, that you do not trust me:
and I will make bold to tell you, that I fear, if the quarry is once opened, you
will not keep your word with me."
Bailiff. " This is too bad, Joseph ! I shall most certainly keep my word with
thee."
Joseph. " I do not believe it. If you will not give it me now; it is all over."
Bailiff. " Canst thou not manage with two crowns? "
Jose}ih. "No! I must have three; but then you may depend upon having
every thing done."
Bailiff. "Well, I will give thee them: but thou must keep thy word."
Joseph. "If I do not, I give you leave to call me the greatest rogue and
thief upon the earth."
The bailiff now called his wife and said : " Give Joseph three crowns."
His wife took him aside and said: "Do not let him have them."
Bailiff. " Do as I bid thee, without a word."
Wife. " Be not so foolish ! Thou art in liquor and wilt repent to-morrow."
Bailiff. "Answer me not a word. Three crowns this moment ! Dost thou
hear what I say?''
His wife sighed, reached the money, and threw it to the bailiff. He gave it
to Joseph, and said : " Thou wilt not, surely, deceive me."
"Heaven forbid! what dost thou take me for, bailiff?" answered Joseph.
And he went away, counted over his three crowns, and said to himself: " Now
I have my reward in my own hands, and it is safer there than in the bailiff's
04 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
chest. He is an old rogue, and I will not be his fool. The master may now
take flint or blue stone for me."
The bailiff's wife cried for vexation, over the kitchen fire, and did not go again
into the room, till past midnight.
The bailiff' too, as soon as Joseph was gone, had a foreboding that he had
overreached himself, but he soon forgot it again, amongst his companions. The
riot of the drinkers lasted till after midnight.
At last the bailiff's wife came out of the kitchen, into the room, and said : " It
is time to break up now ; it is past midnight, and Easter Sunday."
"Easter Sunday 1" said the fellows, stretched themselves, yawned, and got up,
one after the other.
They tottered and stumbled along, catching hold of the tables and walls, and
went with difficulty home again.
"Go, one at once, and make no noise," said the wife, "or the pastor and his
people will get hold of you, and make you pay the fine."
" Nay, we had better keep our money for drinking," answered the men. And
the wife added : "If you see the watchman, tell him there is a glass of wine
and a piece of bread for him here."
They had scarcely got out of the house when the watchman appeared before
the alehouse windows, and called out :
"All good people hear my warning,
'Tis one o'clock, and n cloudy morning."
The bailiff's wife understood his call, and brought him the wine, and bade
him not to tell the pastor how late they had been up.
And now she helped her sleepy, drunken husband off with his shoes and
stockings.
And she grumbled about Joseph's crowns, and her husband's foolishness.
But he slept and snored, and took notice of nothing. And at last they both fell
asleep, on the holy evening before Easter.
And now, thank God, I have no more to relate about them, for some time.
I return to Leonard and Gertrude.
What a world is this ! A garden lies near a dog-kennel, and in the same
field an offensive dunghill and sweet nourishing grass. Yes, it is indeed a won-
derful world 1 The beautiful pasture itself, without the manure which we throw
upon it, could not produce such delicious herbage.
CHAPTER xxxi. — THE EVENING BEFORE A SABBATH IN THE HOUSE OF A GOOD
MOTHER.
GERTRUDE was now alone with her children. The events of the week and
the approach of the Sabbath filled her heart.
Thoughtfully and silently she prepared the supper, and took out of the chest
her husband's, her children's, and her own Sunday clothes, that nothing might
distract her attention in the morning. And when she had arranged everything,
she sat down at the table with her children.
It was her custom every Saturday, when the time for evening prayer came, to
impress upon their hearts the recollection of their various failings, and of all the
events of the week which might be of consequence to them.
And this day she was particularly alive to the goodness of God toward them
throughout the week, and wished to fix it as deeply as possible upon their young
hearts, that they might never forget it.
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. 55
The children sat around her, folded their little hands for prayer, and their
mother thus addressed them : —
" I have something very good to tell you, my children ! Tour dear father has
got some very good work this week, by which he will be able to earn much
more than usual ; and we may venture to hope that we shall in future have our
daily bread with less care and anxiety.
"Thank your heavenly father, my children, for his mercy to us, and do not
forget the former times, when I had to be sparing of every mouthful of bread.
It was often a great trouble to me, not to be able to give you enough, but God
Almighty knew that he would help us in his own good time, and that it was
better for you, my darlings, to be brought up in poverty, in patience, and in the
habit of overcoming your desires, than in abundance. It is very difficult for
people, who have all they wish for, not to become thoughtless and forgetful of
God, and unmindful of what is for their real good. Remember then, my chil-
dren, as long as you live, the want and care you have undergone ; and when
you are yourselves better off, think of those who suffer as you have suffered.
Never forget what it is to feel hunger and want, that you may be tender-hearted
to the poor, and willingly give them all you have to spare. Do you think you
shall be willing to give it to them, my children?" "0 yes, mother, that wo
shall! " said all the children.
CHAPTER xxxn. — THE HAPPINESS OP THE HOUR OF PRAYER.
Mother. "Nicholas, who dost thou think suffers most from hunger? "
Nicholas. "Rudeli, mother! you were at his father's yesterday. He must
be almost dying of hunger, for he eats grass off the ground."
Mother. "Shouldst thou like sometimes to give him thy afternoon's
bread?"
Nich. "0 yes, mother! may I give it him to-morrow?"
Mother. "Yes, thou may st."
Nich. "I am glad of it."
Mother. "And thou, Lise! to whom wilt thou sometimes give thy piece?"
Lise. " I can not tell, just now, whom I shall like best to give it to."
Mother. " Dost thou not recollect any poor child who is very hungry? "
Lise. " 0 yes, mother."
Mother. " Then why canst thou not tell to whom thou wilt give it ? thou art
always so overwise, Lise."
Lise. " I know now, mother."
Mother. "Who is it?"
Lise. " Marx Reuti's daughter, Betheli. I saw her picking up rotten potatoes,
from the bailiff's dunghill, to-day."
Nich. " Yes, mother, and I saw her too ; and felt in all my pockets, but I had
not a mouthful of bread left. If I had only kept it a quarter of an hour
longer! "
The mother then asked the other children the same questions, and they were
all glad in their hearts to think that they should give their bread to the poor
children to-morrow.
The mother let them enjoy this pleasure a while longer. Then she said to
them: "That is enough, children 1 think how good the squire has been to make
you each a present."
" 0 yes, our pretty money ! Will you show it us, now, mother ? "
20
QQ LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
"By and by, after prayer," said the mother; and the children jumped about
for joy."
CHAPTER xxxiu. — THE SERIOUSNESS OF THE HOUR OF PRAYER.
" You are noisy, my children," said the mother. " When any thing good hap-
pens to you, think of God, who gives us all things. If you do so, you will
never be wild and riotous hi your joy. I am very glad to rejoice with you, my
darlings, but when people are wild and riotous in their joy, they lose the serenity
and peace of their hearts ; and, without a quiet, tranquil heart, there is no true
happiness. Therefore must we keep God ever in view. This is the use of the
hour for morning and evening prayer, that you may never forget him. For who-
ever is praying to God, or thinking of him, can neither be extravagant in joy,
nor without comfort in sorrow. But then, my children, he must always endeavor,
particularly when he is praying, to keep himself quiet and untroubled. Con-
sider, whenever you thank your father for any thing sincerely, you are not noisy
and riotous. You fall softly, and with few words, on his neck ; and when you
feel it really in your hearts, the tears come into your eyes. It is the same
toward God. If his loving kindness really rejoices you, and your hearts are
truly thankful, you will not make a great noise and talking about it — but the
tears will come into your eyes, when you think how merciful he is toward you.
Thus all that fills your hearts with gratitude to God and kindness to men, is a
continual prayer ; and whoever prays as he ought, will do what is right, and
will be dear to God and man, as long as he lives."
Nicholas. "And, mother, you said, yesterday, that we should be dear to the
gracious squire, if we did what was right."
Mother. " Yes, my. children, he is a good and religious gentleman. May God
reward him, for all he has done for us. I wish thou mayst become dear to him,
Nicholas!"
Nich. " I will obey him, because he is so good, as I obey you and my
father."
Mother. " That is right, Nicholas! always think so, and thou wilt certainly
become dear to him."
Nich. "If I durst but speak a word to him ! "
Mother. " "What wouldst thou say to him ? "
Nich. " I would thank him for the pretty money."
Anneli. " Durst you thank him ? "
Nich. "Why not?"
Anneli. "I durst not."
Use. " Nor I ! "
Mother. " Why durst you not, children ? "
Lise. " I should laugh."
Mother. " Why wouldst thou laugh, Lise, and so show him, plainly, that thou
wert but a silly child? If thou hadst not many foolish fancies in thy head,, thou
wouldst never think of doing such a thing."
Anneli. " I should not laugh ; but I should be sadly frightened."
Mother. "He would take thee by the hand, Anneli, and smile upon thee, as
thy father does when he is very kind to thee, and then thou wouldst not be
frightened any longer."
Anneli. " No, not then."
Jonas. "Nor I, then."
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. g7
CHAPTER xxxiv. — A MOTHER'S INSTRUCTION.
Motlier. " But, my dear children, how have you gone on, as to behavior, this
week?"
The children looked at each other, without speaking.
Mother. "Anneli, hast thou done what was right this week?"
Anneli. "No, mother, you know I did not do right about little brother."
Mother. "Anneli, some misfortune might have happened to him. There have
been children suffocated with being left in that way. And how wouldst thou
like, thyself, to be shut up in a room, and left to hunger, and thirst, and cry
alone ? Besides, little children, when they are left long without any body to
help them, get into a passion, and scream so dreadfully, that it may do them a
mischief as long as they live. Anneli 1 God knows, I could not have a moment's
peace out of the house, if I had reason to be afraid that thou wouldst not take
proper care of the child."
Anneli. "Indeed, mother, I will not go away from him any more."
Mother. " I do trust thou wilt never put me into such a fright again. And
Nicholas, how hast thou gone on this last week ? "
Nicholas. " I do n't know of any thing wrong."
Mother. "Hast thou forgotten knocking over thy little sister on Monday? "
Nich. " I did not do it on purpose, mother."
Mother. " If thou hadst done it on purpose, it would have been bad indeed.
Art thou not ashamed of talking so ? "
Nick. "I am sorry I did it, mother; and will not do so again."
Mother. "When thou art grown up, if thou takest no more heed of what is
near thee and about thee, thou will have to learn it to thy cost. Even amongst
boys, those who are so heedless are always getting into scrapes and disputes ;
and I am afraid, my dear Nicholas, that thy carelessness will bring thee into
great trouble and difficulties."
Nich. "I will take pains to be more thoughtful, mother."
Mother. " Do so, my dear boy, or, believe me, thou wilt often be very un-
happy."
Nich. "My dear mother, I know it, and am sure of it, and I will certainly
take heed."
Mother. "And thou, Lise, how hast thou gone on ? "
Lise. "I know of nothing at all this week, mother."
Mother. "Art thou sure ? "
Lise. " I can not now think of any thing, mother ; or I am sure I would
willingly tell you of it."
Mother. "Thou hast always, even when thou knowest nothing, as many
words to utter as if thou hadst a great deal to say."
Lise. " What have I been saying now, mother? "
Mother. " Nothing at all, and yet many words. It is in this way, as we have
told thee a thousand times, that thou art foolish. Thou dost not think about
any thing thou hast to say, and yet must always be talking. What need was
there for thee to tell the bailiff, yesterday, that we knew that Arner was coming
soon ? "
Lise. " I am sorry I did so, mother."
Mother. "We have so often told thee not to talk of what does not concern
thee, particularly before strangers, and yet thou dost so still. Suppose thy father
68 LEONARD AND GERTRDDE.
had been afraid of telling him that he knew it before, and thy prating had
brought him into trouble."
Lise. "I should have been very sorry, but neither of you had said a word
that it was to be a secret."
Mother. "Well, I will tell thy father, when he comes home, that whenever
we are talking to each other in the room, we must add, after every sentence :
'Lise may tell this to the neighbors, or at the well — but not this — nor this — but
again she may — and then thou wilt know what thou mayst chatter about.' "
Lise. "Forgive me, mother, I did not mean it so."
Mother. "We have told thee repeatedly, that thou must not talk about what
does not concern thee ; but it is useless. We can not cure thee of this failing,
but by treating it seriously ; and the first time that I find thee again chattering
so thoughtlessly, I will punish thee with the rod."
The tears came into Lise's eyes when her mother talked of the rod. The
mother saw them, and said to her: " Lise, the greatest misfortunes often happen
from thoughtless chattering, and thou must be cured of this fault."
In this manner she spoke to them all, even to the little one ; " Thou must not
call out so impatiently for thy supper any more, or I shall make thee wait longer
the next time ; or, perhaps, give it to one of the others."
When this was all over, the children said their usual evening prayer, and after-
ward the Saturday prayer, which Gertrude had taught them, and which was as
follows : —
CHAPTER xxxv. — A SATURDAY. EVENING PRAYER.
"HEAVENLY Father! thou art ever kind to the children of men, and thou art
kind also to us. Thou suppliest our daily wants. All comes from thee. Our
bread, and all that we receive from our parents, thou hast first bestowed upon
them, and they willingly give it to us. They rejoice in all which thou enables!
them to do for us, and bid us be thankful unto thee for it. They tell us that if
they had not learned to know and love thee, they should not so love us ; and
that if they were unmindful of thee, they should do much less for us. They bid
us be thankful to the Saviour of men, that they have learned to know and love
thee ; and they teach us that those who do not know and love him, and follow
all the holy laws which he has given to men, can neither so well love thee, nor
bring up their children so piously and carefully as those who believe in the
Saviour. Our parents teach us many things of Jesus, the Messiah ; what great
things he did for the children of men ; how he passed his life in suffering and
distress, and at last died upon the cross, that he might make men happy in time
and eternity; how God raised him again from the dead; and how he now sits
at the right hand of the throne of God his Father, in the glory of heaven, and
still loves all the children of men, and seeks to make them blessed and happy.
It goes to our hearts when we hear of our blessed Saviour. 0, may we learn so
to live as to obtain favor in his sight, and at last be received unto him in heaven.
"Almighty Father 1 we poor children, who here pray together, are brothers and
sisters ; therefore may we always love one another, and never hurt each other,
but be kind and good to each other whenever we have the opportunity. May
we carefully watch over the little ones, that our dear parents may follow their
work and earn their bread, without anxiety. It is all we can do, to help them
for the trouble and care they have had on our account. Reward them, 0,
heavenly Father, for all they have done for us ; and may we be obedient to
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. QQ
them in all which they require from us, that they may love us to the end of
their lives, and be rewarded for all the faithful kindness they have shown us.
" 0, Almighty God 1 may we, on the approaching Sabbath, be truly mindful of
all thy goodness, and of the love of Christ Jesus ; and also of all that our dear
parents and friends do for us, that we may be thankful and obedient to God and
man, and walk before thee in love all the days of our lives."
Here Nicholas paused, and Gertrude added, with reference to the events of
the week : " "We thank thee, Heavenly Father, that thou hast this week relieved
our dear parents from their anxious care for our nourishment and support, and
given unto our father a good and profitable employment. We thank thee that
our chief magistrate is, with a truly parental heart, our protector and our help
in ail misfortunes and distress. We thank thee for the goodness of the lord of
the manor. If it be thy will, may we grow up to serve and please him, who is
to us as a father."
Then Lize repeated after her : " Forgive me, 0, my God, my besetting fault,
and teach me to bridle my tongue ; to be silent when I ought not to speak, and
carefully and thoughtfully to answer the questions I am asked."
And Nicholas : " Guard me in future, 0, Heavenly Father, from my hasti-
ness ; and teach me to give heed to what I am doing, and to those who are
near me."
And Anneli : " I repent, 0 my God, that I so thoughtlessly left my little
brother, and alarmed my dear mother. May I do so no more."
Then the mother said, further :
"Lord! hear us!
"Father, forgive us!
" Christ have mercy upon us !
Then Nicholas repeated the Lord's prayer.
And Enne added : "May God bless our dear father, and mother, and brothers,
and sisters, and our kind benefactor, and all good men."
And Lise: "In the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the
Holy Ghost."
Mother. "May God be with you, and keep you! May he lift up the light
of his countenance upon you, and be merciful to you for everl "
The children and their mother remained for a time hi that stillness, which
must always succeed a prayer from the heart.
CHAPTER xxxvi. — PURE DEVOTION AND LIFTING UP OF THE SOUL TO GOD.
LISE broke this silence: "Now will you show us our presents," said she to
her mother.
" Yes, I will," replied the mother. " But Lize, thou art always the first to
speak."
Nicholas jumped from his seat, rushed past his little sister, to be nearer the
light, that he might see the monej^ and, in so doing, pushed the child so that it
cried out.
Then said the mother : " Nicholas, this is not right. It is not a quarter of an
hour since thou gavest thy promise to be more careful, and now thou art doing
the same thing again."
Nicholas. " 0, mother, I am very sorry. I will never do so again.''
Mother. " So thou saidst just now before God, and yet thou dost it again.
Thou art not in real earnest."
70 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
Nich. " 0, indeed, mother, I am in earnest. Forgive me I I am, indeed, in
earnest, and very sorry."
Mother. " And so am I, Nicholas ; but thou wilt forget again if I do not
punish thee. Thou must go without supper to bed. As she spoke, she led the
boy away from the other children into his room. His sisters stood all sorrow-
fully around. They were troubled, because Nicholas might not eat with
them."
"Why will you not let me teach you by kindness alone, my children," said
the mother.
"0, let him be with us this once," said the children.
"No, my loves, he must be cured of his carelessness," said the mother.
" Then do not let us see the presents till to-morrow, when he can look at them
with us," said Anneli.
Mother. "That is right, Anneli. Yes, he may see them with you then."
Then she gave the children their supper,. and went with them into their room,
where Nicholas was still weeping.
"Take care, another time, my dearest boy," said his mother to him.
Nicholas. " Only forgive me, my dear, dear mother. Only forgive me and
kisrj me, and I will willingly go without supper.
Then Gertrude kissed her son, and a warm tear fell upon his cheek, as she
said to him : " 0, Nicholas, Nicholas, be careful I " Nicholas threw his arms
around his mother's neck and said : " My dear mother, forgive me."
Gertrude then blessed her children, and went again into her room.
She was now quite alone. A little lamp burnt faintly in the room, her heart
was devoutly still ; and the stillness was a prayer which, without words, moved
her inmost spirit. A feeling of the presence of God, and of his goodness ; a
feeling of hope of an eternal life, and of the inward happiness of the man who
puts his trust and confidence in his Almighty Father ; all this filled her soul
with deep emotion, so that she sunk upon her knees, and a flood of tears rolled
down her cheeks.
Blessed are the tears of the child, when, touched by a father's goodness, he
looks sobbing back upon the past, dries his eyes, and seeks to recover himself,
before he can stammer out the thankfulness of his heart. Blessed were the
tears of Nicholas, which he wept at this moment, because he had displeased his
good mother, who was so dear to him.
Blessed are the tears of all who weep from a pure child-like heart.
The Lord of heaven looks down upon the sobbing forth of their gratitude,
and upon the tears of their eyes, when they spring from affection.
He saw the tears of Gertrude, and heard the sobbing of her heart ; and the
offering of her thanks was an acceptable sacrifice to him ; Gertrude wept long
before the Lord her God, and her eyes were still moist when her husband
came home.
" "Why dost thou weep, Gertrude ? thy eyes are red and full of tears ! "Why
dost thou weep to-day, Gertrude ? "
Gertrude answered : " My dear husband, these are not tears of sorrow: — be
not afraid. I wished to thank God for this week, and my heart was so full that
I fell upon my knees ; I could not speak for weeping, and yet it seemed to me
as if I had never so thanked God before."
" 0, my love," answered Leonard, " I wish I could so quickly lift up my soul,
and pour forth my heart in tears. It is now my firm resolution to do what is
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. 7l
right, arid to be just and thankful toward God and man ; but I shall never be
able to fall upon my knees thus and shed tears."
Gertrude. "If thou art only earnestly resolved to do what is right, all the
rest is of little consequence. One has a weak voice and another a strong one,
but that signifies little. It is only the use to which they are applied, which is
of importance. My dear husband, tears are nothing, and bended knees are
nothing; 'but the resolution 'to do justly, and be thankful toward God and man
is every thing. That one man is more easily affected and another less so, is of
no more consequence than that one worm crawls through the earth more easily
than another. If thou art only hi earnest, my love, thou art sure to find him
who is the father of all men."
Leonard, with tears in his eyes, let his head fall upon her neck, and she leaned
her face over his, with melancholy tenderness.
They remained thus for a while, still and deeply affected, and were silent.
At last Gertrude said : " Wilt thou not eat to-night? "
"I can not," answered he, "my heart is too full. I can not eat any thing at
present." " Nor can I, my love," said she ; " but. I '11 tell thee what we will do.
I will take the food to poor Eudi. His mother died to-day."
CHAPTER xxxvu. — KINDNESS TOWARD A POOR MAN.
Leonard. "Is she then at last freed from her misery? "
Gertrude. "Yes, God be praised! But thou shouldst have seen her die, my
dear husband. Only think ! she found out on the day of her death that Rudeli
had stolen potatoes from us. She sent the boy and his father to me, to ask for-
giveness. She desired them earnestly to beg us, hi her name, to forgive her,
because she could not pay back the potatoes; and poor Rudi promised so
heartily to make it up by working for thee. Think, my dear husband, how all
this affected me. I went to the dying woman, but I can not tell thee, it is im-
possible to describe, with what a melancholy dying tone she asked me whether
I had forgiven them ; and when she saw that my heart was touched, how she
recommended her children to me ; how she delayed it to the last moment, and
then, when she found she was going, how she at last ventured, and with what
humility and love toward her children, she did it ; and how in the midst of it
she expired. 0, it is not to be told or described."
Leon. " I will go with thee to them."
Ger. " Yes, come, let us go."
So saying, she took up the broth, and they went.
"When they arrived, Rudi was sitting on the bed by the corpse. He wept
and sighed, and his little boy called out from the other room, and asked him for
bread — or even raw roots— -or any thing at all.
"Alas! I have nothing whatever. For God's sake, be quiet till morning. I
have nothing," said the father.
And the little fellow cried out : " But I am so hungry, father, I can not go to
sleep ! 0, I am so hungry, father! "
Leonard and Gertrude heard this, opened the door, set down the food before
the hungry child and said to him, "Eat quickly, before it is cold."
"0, God!" exclaimed Rudi, "What is this? Rudeli, these are the people
from whom thou hast stolen potatoes ; and, alas, I myself have eaten of
them ! "
Ger. " Say no more about that, Rudi."
72 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
Rudi. " I dare not look you in the face, it goes so to my heart to think what
we did."
Leon. " Eat something, Eudi."
Rudeli. " Eat, eat ; let us eat, father."
Rudi. " Say the grace then."
Rudeli.
"May God feed,
And God speed
All the poor
On the earth's floor,
In body and soul, Amen ! "
Thus prayed the boy, took up the spoon, trembled, wept, and ate.
"May God reward you for it a thousand fold," said the father; and he ate
also, and tears fell down his cheeks.
But they did not eat it all, but set aside a plate full for the children who were
asleep. Then Rudeli gave thanks.
"When we have fed,
Let 's thank the Lord,
Who all our bread
Doth still afford.
To him be praise, honor, and thanksgiving,
Now and forever, Amen."
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
CHAPTER xxxvm. — THE PURE AND PEACEFUL GREATNESS OP A BENEVOLENT
HEART.
As Rudi was about to thank them again, he sighed involuntarily.
"Dost thou want something, Rudi? If it is any thing we can do for thee,
tell us," said Leonard to him.
"No, I want nothing more, I thank you," answered Rudi.
But he evidently repressed a deep sigh, which struggled to escape from his
heart. Leonard and Gertrude looked at him with sorrowful sympathy, and said :
"But thou sighest, and we see that thy heart is troubled about something."
"Tell them, tell them, father," said the boy, "they are so kind."
"Do tell us, if we can help thee," said Leonard and Gertrude.
"Dare I venture?" answered the poor man. "I have neither shoes nor
stockings, and to-morrow I must follow my mother to her grave, and the day
after go to the hall."
Leonard. "To think that thou shouldst fret thyself thus about it! "Why
didst thou not tell me directly ? I can and will willingly give thee them."
Rudi. "And wilt thou believe, after what has happened, that I will return
them safe and with thanks ? "
Leon. "Say nothing of that, Rudi. I would trust thee for more than that;
but thy misery and want have made thee too fearful."
Gertrude. " Yes, Rudi, trust in God and man, and thou wilt be easier in thy
heart, and better able to help thyself in all situations."
Rudi. "Yes, Gertrude, I ought to have more trust hi my father hi heaven;
and I. can never sufficiently thank you."
Leon. " Say nothing of that, Rudi."
Ger. " I should like to see thy mother again."
They went with a feeble lamp to her bedside ; and Gertrude, Leonard, Rudi,
and the little one, all with tears in their eyes, looked at her awhile, in the deep-
est silence ; then they covered her up again, and kindly took leave of each
other, almost without words.
As they went home, Leonard said to Gertrude: ""What a dreadful state of
wretchedness this is I Not to be able to go any longer to church, nor to ask for
work, nor return thanks for it, because a man has neither clothes, nor shoes,
nor stockings."
Ger. " If he were suffering it from any fault of his own, it would almost
drive him to despair."
Leon. "Yes, Gertrude, he would despair, he certainly would despair, Ger-
trude. If I were to hear my children cry out in that way for bread, and had
none, and it was my own fault, Gertrude, I should despair; and I was on the
road to this wretchedness."
Ger. " We have indeed been saved out of great danger."
As they thus spoke, they passed near the tavern, and the unmeaning riot of
drinking and talking reached their ears. Leonard's heart beat at a distance, but,
74 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
as he drew near, he shuddered with painful horror. Gertrude looked at him
tenderly and sorrowfully, and Leonard, ashamed, answered the mournful look of
his Gertrude and said: "0 what a blessed evening have I spent with thee!
and if I had been here instead!"
Gertrude's sadness now increased to tears, and she raised her eyes to heaven.
He saw it. Tears stood also in his eyes, and the same sadness was upon his
countenance. He, too, raised his eyes to heaven, and both gazed for a time
upon the beautiful sky. They looked with admiration upon the silvery bright-
ness of the moon ; and a rapturous inward satisfaction assured them that the
pure and innocent feelings of then* hearts were acceptable in the sight of God.
After this short delay, they went into their cottage.
Gertrude immediately sought out shoes and stockings for Rudi, and Leonard
took them to him that evening.
"When he came back, they said a preparation prayer for the sacrament of the
next day, and fell asleep with devout thankfulness.
In the morning they arose early, and rejoiced in the Lord ; read the history
of the Saviour's sufferings, and of the institution of the holy supper; and
praised God in the early hours, before the Sabbath sun arose.
Then they awoke their children, waited for them to say their morning prayer,
and then went to church.
A quarter of an hour before service-time, the bailiff also arose. He could not
find the key of his clothes-chest ; uttered dreadful curses ; kicked the chest open
with his foot; dressed himself; went to church; placed himself in the first seat
in the choir ; held his hat before his mouth ; and looked into every corner of the
church, whilst he repeated his prayer under his hat.
Soon afterward the pastor entered. Then the people sang two verses of the
hymn for Passion week: " 0 man, repent thy heavy sins," and so on.
Then the pastor went into the pulpit ; and this day he preached and instructed
his people as follows : —
CHAPTER xxxix. — A SERMON.
"MY children!
" He who fears the Lord, and walks piously and uprightly before him, walks
in light.
"But he who in all his doings is forgetful of his God, walks in darkness.
" Therefore be ye not deceived, one only is good, and he is your Father.
""Wherefore do you run astray, and grope about in darkness? No one is your
Father but God.
" Beware of men, lest ye learn from them what will be displeasing in the
sight of your Father in heaven.
" Happy is the man who has God for his Father.
" Happy is the man who fears wickedness and hates deceitfulness: for they
who commit wickedness shall not prosper, and the deceitful man is taken in his
own snare.
"The man shall not prosper, who oppresses and injures his neighbor.
"The man shall not prosper, against whom the cry of the poor man rises
toward God.
" "Woe to the wretch who in the winter feeds the poor, and in the harvest
takes from him double.
""Woe to the godless man who causes the poor to drink wine in the summer,
and in the autumn requires from him double.
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. 75
"Woe to him, when he takes away from the poor man his straw and his fodder,
so that he can not till his ground.
"Woe to him, by the hardness of whose heart the children of the poor want
bread.
"Woe to the godless man, who lends money to the poor that they may become
his servants, be at his command, work without wages, and yet pay rent.
"Woe to him, when they give false testimony for him before the judge, and
swear false oaths that his cause is just.
" Woe to him, when he assembles sinners in his house, and watches with
them to betray the just man, that he may become as one of them, and forget his
God, his wife, and his children, and waste, with them, the wages of his labor,
upon which his wife and children depend.
"And woe to the miserable man, who suffers himself to be led astray by the
ungodly, and, in his thoughtlessness, squanders the money which is wanted at
home.
" Woe to him, when the sighs of his wife arise to God, because she has no
food for her infant.
" Woe to him, when his child starves, that he may drink.
"Woe to him, when she weeps over the wants of her children, and her own
excessive labor.
" Woe to him, who wastes the apprentice-fee of his sons ; when his old age
comes, they will say unto him, ' Thou didst not behave as a father to us, thou
didst not teach us to earn bread, how can we now help thee ? '
" Woe to those, who go about telling lies, and make the crooked straight, and
the straight crooked : for they shall come to shame.
" Woe to you, when ye have bought the land of the widow, and the house
of the orphan, at an unfair price. Woe to you, for this is your Lord ; father of
the widow and of the orphan, and they are dear to him ; and ye are a hatred and
an abomination in his sight, because ye are cruel and hard to the poor.
" Woe to you, whose houses are full of what does not belong to you.
" Though you riot in wine which came from the poor man's vines:
" Though you laugh, when starved and miserable men shake their corn into
your sacks with sighs :
" Though you sneer and jest when the oppressed man writhes like a worm
before you, and entreats you, in God's name, to lend him a tenth part of what
you have cheated him of; though you harden yourselves against all this, yet
have you never an hour's peace in your hearts.
"No! there lives not the man upon God's earth, who oppresses the poor and
is happy.
" Though he be raised out of all danger, out of all fear of iniquity or punish-
ment, on this earth ; though he be a ruler in the land, and imprison with his
hand, and accuse with his tongue, miserable men who are better than
himself:
" Though he sit aloft, and judge them to life or death, and sentence them to
the sword, or the wheel:
" He is more miserable than they !
" He who oppresses the poor man from pride, and lays snares for the unfortu-
nate, and swears away widows' houses ; he is worse than the thief and the
murderer, whose reward is death.
76 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
" Therefore, has the man who does these things no peaceful hour, throughout
his life.
" He wanders on the face of the earth laden with the curse of a brother's
murder, which leaves no rest for his heart.
" He wanders around, and seeks, and tries continually to conceal from himself
the horror of his inward thoughts.
" With eating and drinking, with insolence and malice, with hatred and strife,
with lies and deceit, with buffoonery and licentiousness, with slander and abuse,
with quarreling and backbiting, he seeks to get through the time which is a
burthen to him.
" But he will not always be able to suppress the voice of his conscience ; he
will not always be able to escape the fear of the Lord ; it will fall upon him like
an armed man, and you will see him tremble and be dismayed, like a prisoner
whom death threatens.
"But happy is the man who has no part in such doings.
"Happy is the man who is not answerable for the poverty of his neighbor.
" Happy is the man who has nothing in his possession which he has forced
from the poor.
"Happy are you, when your mouth is pure from harsh words, and your eyes
from harsh looks.
"Happy are you, when the poor man blesses you, and when the widow and
the orphan weep tears of gratitude to God for you.
"Happy is the man who walks in love before his God, and before his people.
" Happy are you who are pious ; come and rejoice at the table of the God of
love.
" The Lord your God is your Father.
" The signs of love from his hands will refresh your spirits, and the blessed-
ness of your souls will increase, because your love toward God your Father, and
toward your brethren of mankind, will increase and strengthen.
"But ye who walk without love, and in your deeds consider not that God is
your Father, and that your neighbors are the children of your God, and that
the poor man is your brother ; ye ungodly, what do ye here ? ye, who to-morrow
will injure and oppress the poor as ye did yesterday, what do ye here ? Will ye
eat of the bread of the Lord, and drink of his cup, and say that ye are one in
body, and mind, and soul, with your brethren ?
"Leave this house, and avoid the meal of love.
"And ye poor and oppressed ones of my people, believe and trust in the Lord,
and the fruit of your affliction and suffering will become a blessing to you.
" Believe and trust in the Lord your God, and fear not the ungodly ; but keep
37x>urselves from them. Rather suffer, rather endure any want, rather bear any
injury, than seek help from their hard-heartedness. For the words of the hard
man are lies, and his help is a decoy by which he seeks to entrap the poor man and
destroy him. Therefore flee from the ungodly man when he salutes you with
smiles, when he gives you his hand, and takes yours with friendliness. When
he offers you his assistance, then flee from him ; for the ungodly man insnares
the poor. Avoid him, and join not yourselves with him ; but fear him not : —
though you see him standing fast and great, like a lofty oak, fear him not !
" Go, my children, into the forest, to the place where the lofty oaks stand, and
see how the little trees, which withered under their shade, now being removed
from them, flourish and bloom. The sun shines again upon the young plants,
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. fY
the dew of heaven falls upon them in its strength, and the great spreading roots
of the oaks, which sucked up all the nourishment from the ground, now decay,
and nourish the young trees which withered in the shade.
" Therefore hope in the Lord, for his help never fails those who hope in him.
" The day of the Lord will come to the ungodly man ; and on that day, when
he shall see the oppressed and the poor man, he will cry out and say : ' 0, that
I had been as one of these!'
"Therefore trust in the Lord, ye who are troubled and oppressed, and rejoice
that ye know the Lord, who has appointed the supper of love.
" For through love ye bear the sufferings of this earth, even as a treasure from
the Lord ; and your burthens only increase your strength and your blessed-
ness.
"Therefore rejoice that ye know the God of love; for without love ye would
sink and become as the ungodly, who torment and betray you.
"Praise the God of love, that he has appointed this sacrament, and has called
you, amongst his millions, to partake in his holy mysteries.
"Praise ye the Lord!
"The revelation of love is the salvation of the world.
"Love is the band which binds the earth together.
"Love is the band which unites God and man.
"Without love, man is without God; and without God and love, what is
man?
"Dare ye say? can ye utter or think what man is without God, and without
love?
"I dare not; I can not express it — man, without God and without love, is no
longer a man, but a brute.
" Therefore rejoice that ye know the God of love, who has called the world
from brutishness to love, from darkness to light, and from death to eternal life.
Rejoice that ye know Jesus Christ, and through faith in him are called to bo
children of God, and to eternal life.
"And yet once more I say unto you, rejoice that ye know the Lord ; and pray
for all those who do not know him ; that they may come to the knowledge of
the truth and of your joy.
" My children, come to the holy supper of your Lord. Amen."
When the pastor had said this, and instructed his congregation for nearly an
hour, he prayed with them, and then the whole congregation partook of the
Lord's supper.
The bailiff, Hummel, assisted in distributing the Lord's supper ; and when all
the people had given thanks unto the Lord, they sang a hymn, and the pastor
blessed his people, and every one returned to his own house.
CHAPTER XL. — A PROOF THAT THE SERMON WAS GOOD; Item, ON KNOWLEDGE
AND ERROR, AND WHAT IS CALLED OPPRESSING THE POOR.
THE bailiff, Hummel, was furious at the discourse which the pastor had deliv-
ered about the ungodly man ; and on the Lord's day, which the whole parish
kept holy, he raged, and swore, and abused the pastor, and said many violent
things against him.
As soon as he got home from the sacrament, he sent for his dissolute compan-
ions to come to him directly. They soon arrived, and joined the bailiff in say-
ing many shameful and abusive things of the pastor and his Christian discourse.
78 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
The bailiff began first: "I can not endure his damned taunts and attacks."
"It is not right, it is a sin, and particularly on the Sabbath day, it is a sin to
do so," said old Abi.
Bailiff. "The rascal knows very well that I can not endure it, and he only
goes on so much the more. It will be a fine thing for him, if he can bring the
people, by his preaching and his abuse, to hate and despise what he does not
understand, and has nothing to do with."
Abi. " Ay, indeed ! our blessed Saviour, and the evangelists, and the apos-
tles in the New Testament, never attacked any body."
Christian. " Thou canst not say that. They did attack people, and still more
than the pastor does."
AM. "It is not true, Christian."
Chris. " Thou art a fool, Abi. Ye blind guides, ye serpents. — ye generation
of vipers, and a thousand such. Thou knowest a great deal about the Bible,
Abi."
Countryman, " Yes, Abi ! they certainly did attack people."
Chris. " They did. But as for affairs of law, which they did not understand,
and reckonings which had been settled before the judges according to law, they
did not meddle with them, and those who do are very different kind of people."
Count. " Yes, that they are."
Chris. " They must be very different, or people would not be so bold. Only
think what they did. There was one Annas — yes, Annas was his name — and
his wife after him, only for telling one lie, they fell down and died."
Count. " Die they indeed ? For only one lie ? "
Chris. " Yes, as true as I am alive, and standing here."
Abi. " It 's a fine thing, too, to know one's Bible."
Chris. " I have to thank my father, who is dead and buried for it. For the
rest he was, God forgive him, no great things. He ran through all my mother's
property to the last farthing, — but I could have got over that, if he had not
leagued himself so much with Uli, who was hanged. Such a thing as that in-
jures children and children's children. But he could read his Bible as well as
any pastor, and made us all learn too. He would not excuse one of us."
Abi. "I have often wondered how he could be so good-for-nothing, when
he knew so much."
Count. " It is very strange."
Jost. (A stranger, who happened to be in the tavern.) " I can not help
laughing, neighbors, at your wonder about it. If much knowledge could make
people good, your attorneys, and brokers, and bailiffs, and magistrates, with re-
spect be it spoken, would be always the best."
Count. "Ay, and so they would, neighbor."
Jost. "Depend upon it, there is a wide difference between knowing and
doing. He who is for carrying on his business by knowledge alone, had need
take care lest he forget how to act."
Count. " Yes, so it is. A man soon forgets what he does not practice."
Jost. "Of course. "When a man is in habits of idleness, he is good for
nothing. And so it is with those who, from idleness and weariness, get to chat-
tering and talking. They become good for nothing. Only attend, and you will
find that the greatest part of those fellows who have stories out of the Bible,
or the newspapers, and new and old pamphlets, constantly in their hands and
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. ^9
mouths, are little better than mere idlers. If one wants to talk with them
about housekeeping, bringing up children, profit, or business, when they should
give one advice how to set about this thing or that, which is of real use, they
stand there like blockheads, and know nothing, and can tell nothing. Only
where people meet, for idleness, in taverns, and at dances, and gossipings on Sun-
days and holidays ; there they show off. They tell of quack cures, and foolish
stories and tales, in which there is not a word of truth ; and yet a whole room
full of honest folks will sit listening for hours to such a prating fellow, who tells
them one lie after another."
AM. " By my soul, it is as he says ! and, Christian, he has drawn thy father
to the life. Just so we went on with him. He was as stupid as an ox about
every thing relating to wood and fields, cattle, fodder, ploughing, and such like ;
and knew no more about his own business than a sheep. But in the tavern, and
at parish meetings, and in the churchyard, after service, he spoke like a wise
man from the East. Sometimes of Doctor Faustus, sometimes of our Saviour,
sometimes of the Witch of Endor, or of the one of Hirzau, and sometimes of
bull-fights at Maestricht, or of horse-races at London. Stupidly as he did it, and
evident as it was that he was telling them lies, people went on willingly listen-
ing to him, till he was near being hanged, which did at last hurt his credit as a
story-teller."
Jost. "It was high time."
Abi. "Yes, we were fools long enough; and gave him many a glass of wine
for pure lies."
Jost. " To my mind it would have been better for him if you had never given
him any."
Abi. " Indeed, I believe if we had never given him any, he would not have
come so near the gallows. He would have been obliged to work."
Jost. " So you see your good will toward him did him an injury."
Count. " Yes, that it did."
Jost. " It is a wicked and ruinous thing to drag the Bible into such idle tell-
ing and hearing of profane stories."
Leupi. "My father once beat me soundly for forgetting, over one of these
stories, (I think it was out of the Bible,) to fetch the cow from the pasture."
Jost. " He was in the right. To do what is in the Bible is our business, and
to tell us about it is the pastor's. The Bible is a command, a law ; what would
the governor say to thee, if he had sent a command down to the village that we
were to cart something to the castle, and thou, instead of going into the wood
to get thy load, wert to seat thyself in the tavern, take up the order in thy
hand, read it aloud, and, whilst thou wert sitting over thy glass, explain to thy
neighbors what he meant and wished for ? "
Abi. "What would he say to me? He would abuse me, and laugh at me,
and throw mo into prison for taking him for a fool."
Jost "And just so much do the people deserve, who read the Bible from mere
idleness, and that they may be able to tell stories out of it at the tavern."
Chris. " Yes, but yet we must read in it, to know how to keep in the right
way."
Jost. " Of course. But those who are always stopping at every resting-place,
and standing still to talk at every well, and finger-post, and cross, which is put
down to show the way, are not those who will get on the fastest? "
Abi. "But how is this neighbor? They say one can not pay too dear for
80 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
knowledge ; but it seems to me one may easily pay too dear for knowledge of
many things."
Jost. "Yes, indeed! "We always pay too dear for everything which keeps
us away from active duties and business of importance. "We should seek to
gain information that we may know how to act, and if people try to know many
things, merely for the sake of talking about them, they will certainly avail them
nothing.
"It is, with respect to knowledge and performance, as it is in a trade. A shoe-
maker, for instance, must work, that is the first thing ; he must also be able to
judge of leather and know how to buy it ; this is the means by which he can
carry on his trade to advantage ; and so it is in every thing else. Execution
and practice are the chief things for all men ; knowledge and understanding are
the means by which they can carry on their business to advantage.
" But for this purpose the knowledge of every man should relate to what he has
to do and perform, or in other words to his chief business."
AU. " Now I begin to see how it is. "When a man has his head full of vari-
ous and foreign aifairs, he does not give his mind to his own business, and to
what is of the most importance to him."
Jost. "Just so. The thoughts and understanding of every man should be
intent upon the things which are of the greatest consequence to him. I have no
meadows to be cultivated by irrigation, therefore it is nothing to me how people
manage to overflow them ; and, till I have a wood of my own, I shall certainly
take no pains to know how it may be best taken care of. But my reservoirs
for manure are often in my thoughts, because they make my poor meadows rich.
Every thing would prosper, if every body were properly attentive to his own
affair. People get plenty of knowledge, soon enough, if they only learn to
know things well; but they never learn to know them well, if they do not begin
by knowing, and looking alter what belongs to them. Knowledge rises by de-
grees from the lowest thing to the highest, and we shall make great progress in
our lives, if we begin thus ; but from idle talking, and stories, and foolish dreams
of things in the clouds, or in the moon, people learn only to become good for
nothing."
Abi. "They begin to learn that, even at school."
During the whole of this conversation, the bailiff stood by the fire, stared into
it, warmed himself, scarcely listened to any thing, and joined seldom, and with-
out any connection, in what they were saying. He forgot the wine in his ab-
straction, and therefore it was that the conversation between Abi and the
stranger had lasted so long. Perhaps, too, he was not willing to express his
vexation till the stranger had finished his glass and left them.
Then at last he began all at once, as if, during his long silence, he had been
learning it off by heart.
" The pastor is always talking about oppressing the poor. If what he calls op-
pressing the poor were done by nobody, the devil take me if there would be any
poor in the world. But when I look around me, from the prince to the night-
watchman, from the first council in the land to the lowest parish meeting, every
one seeks his own profit, and presses against whatever comes in his way. The
late pastor sold wine, as I do, and took hay, and corn, and oats, in payment for
it, as much as I do. Throughout the world every one oppresses his inferiors,
and I am obliged to submit to oppression in my turn. Whoever has any thing,
or wishes to have any thing, must oppress, or he will lose what is his own, and
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. gj
become a beggar. If the pastor knew the poor as well as I do, he would not
trouble himself so much about them ; but it is not for the sake of the poor. All
he wants is to find fault, and lead the people to judge one another wrongfully.
The poor are a good-for-nothing set : if I wanted ten rogues I could soon find
eleven amongst the poor. I wish people would bring me my income regularly
home every quarter-day, I would soon learn to receive it piously and devoutly.
But in my business, in a tavern and in poor cottages, where every farthing must
be forced out, and one is plagued at every turn, it is a very different thing. I
would lay a wager that any landlord, who would act considerately and com-
passionately toward day-laborers and poor people, would soon lose all he had.
They are rogues every one."
Thus spoke the bailiff, and perverted the voice of his conscience, which made
him uneasy, and told him that the pastor was right, and that he was the man
who oppressed all the poor of the village, even until the blood started under
their nails.
But, however he reasoned to himself, he was not at rest. Anxiety and care
visibly tormented him. He paced uneasily up and down the room.
At last he said: "I am so angry about the pastor's sermon, that I know not
what to do, and I am not well. Are you cold, neighbors ? I have been as cold
as ice, ever since I came home."
"No," answered the neighbors, "it is not cold; but every body saw at
church that thou wert not well, thou wert so deadly pale."
Bailiff. " Did every body see it at church ? I was indeed strangely ill ! — I
am very feverish — and so faint — I must drink something. We will go into the
back room, during service-time."
CHAPTER ZLI. — A CHURCHWARDEN INFORMS THE PASTOR OF IMPROPER CONDUCT.
BUT a churchwarden, who lived in the same street with the bailiff, and had
seen Abi, Christian, and the other fellows go into the tavern, between the ser-
vices, was angry in his heart, and thought at that moment of the oath he had
taken to look after all improper and profane conduct, and to inform the pastor
of it. And the churchwarden set a man, he could depend upon, to watch the
fellows, and see whether they went out of the tavern again before service.
It was now nearly time for the bell to ring, and, as nobody came out, he went
to the pastor, and told him what he had seen, and that he had set Samuel Treu
to watch them.
The pastor was troubled by this intelligence, sighed to himself, and said
little.
The churchwarden thought he was studying his sermon, and spoke less than
usual over his glass of wine.
At last, as the pastor was preparing to go into the church, Samuel came, and
the churchwarden said to him :
"Thou canst tell the honorable Herr Pastor, thyself, all about it."
Then Samuel said: " May heaven bless you, honorable Herr Pastor, sir."
The pastor thanked him, and said: "Are these people not gone home yet? "
Samuel " No, sir ! I have kept in sight of the tavern ever since the elder
told me to watch, and nobody has left the house, except the bailiff's wife, who
is gone to church."
Pastor. "And thou art quite certain that they are all still in the tavern? "
Sam. "Yes, sir, I am sure of it."
21
32 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
Churchwarden. " Your reverence sees that I was not mistaken, and that it
was my duty to let you know of it."
Pastor. " It is a great pity that such things should take up any one's time
and thoughts on a Sabbath day."
Churchivarden. " "We have only done what was our duty, please your rev-
erence."
Pastor. " I know it, and I thank you for your watchfulness. But, neighbors,
take care that, for the sake of a trifling duty, you do not forget one of more dif-
ficulty and importance. To watch over ourselves, and over our own hearts, is
our first and most important duty. Therefore it is always unfortunate when
such evil deeds distract a man's thoughts."
After a while, he added: "No! such shameful disorder must no longer be
endured — forbearance only increases it."
And he then went with the men into the church.
CHAPTER XLH. — AN ADDITION TO THE MORNING'S DISCOURSE.
As he was reading the account of our Saviour's sufferings, he came to these
words : —
"And when Judas had taken the sop, Satan entered into his heart."
And he discoursed to his people upon the whole history of the traitor ; and
his feelings were so strongly excited, that he struck the cushion, vehemently,
with his hand, which he had not done for years before.
And he said that all those who, as soon as they went out from the Lord's sup-
per, ran off to drinking and gaming, were not a jot better than Judas, and would
come to the same end.
And the congregation began to wonder, and consider, what could be the
meaning of this great indignation of the pastor.
People began to lay their heads together ; and a murmur went round that the
"bailiff had his house full of his associates.
And all the people began to turn their eyes toward his empty seat, and toward
his wife.
She observed it — trembled — cast down her eyes — durst not look any body in
the face ; and, as soon as the singing began, made her way out of the church.
When she did that, the excitement grew still greater, and some pointed at her
with their fingers ; some women even stood up on the furthest benches on the
women's side to see her, and there was so much disturbance that the singing
went wrong.
CHAPTER XLIII. — THE COUNTRYMEN IN THE TAVERN ARE DISTURBED.
SHE ran home as fast as she could ; and, when she entered the room, she threw
the prayer-book, in a rage, amongst the glasses and jugs, and burst into a violent
fit of crying.
The bailiff, and the neighbors, inquired what was the matter
Wife. " I '11 soon let you know that. It 's a shame for you to be drinking here
on the Sabbath day."
Bailiff. " Is that all ? Then there is not much amiss."
Men. "And it is the first time it ever made you cry."
Bailiff. "I thought, to be sure, thou hadst lost thy purse, at the least."
Wife. " Do n't be talking thy nonsense now. If thou hadst been at church,
thou wouldst not be so ready with it."
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. gg
Bailiff. " What is the matter then ? Do n't make such a blubbering, but tell
us."
Wife. " The pastor must have got to know that these fellows of thine were
drinking here during service-time."
Bailiff. " That would be a cursed business, indeed."
Wife. " He knows it, to a certainty."
Bailiff. " What Satan could tell him of it just now ? "
Wife. " What Satan, thou simpleton ? They come here smoking their pipes
along the street, instead of by the back way ; and so pass close by the elder's
house. It is impossible to tell thee in what a way the pastor has been talking,
and all the people have been pointing at me with their lingers."
Bailiff. " This is a damned trick that some Satan has been playing me."
Wife. " Why must you come just to-day, you drunken hounds? — you knew
well enough that it was not right."
Men. " It is not our fault. He sent for us."
Wife. "Did he?"
Men. "Ay, that he did."
Bailiff. " I was in such a strange way, I could not bear to be alone."
Wife. "Well, it is no matter how it was. But, neighbors, go, as quickly as
you can, through the back door, home ; and take care that the people, as they
come out of the church, may find every one of you at his own door — and so you
may put a cloak over the thing. They have not yet quite finished the hymn,
but go directly. It is high time."
Bailiff. " Yes ; away with you. It is well advised."
The men went, and the bailiff's wife told him that the pastor had preached
about Judas, how the devil had entered into his heart, how he had hanged him-
self;— and how those who went from the Lord's supper to drink and game would
come to a like end."
"He was so earnest," said the woman, " that he struck the cushion with hie
fist, and I turned quite sick and faint."
The bailiff' was so much terrified by this account that it struck him dumb,
and he could not utter a word ; and heavy groans escaped from the proud man,
who had not been heard to utter such for years.
His wife asked him, repeatedly, why he groaned in such a manner?
He answered her not a word ; but more than once he muttered to himself:
" What is to be the end of this ? what will become of me ? "
He paced up and down the room in this way for a long time, and at last said
to his wife : " Get me a cooling powder from the barber's ; my blood is in a fever,
and oppresses me. I will be bled to-morrow, if the medicine does not remove
it."
His wife fetched him the powder ; he took it, and, after a while, became
easier.
CHAPTER SLIV. — DESCRIPTION OF A WICKED MAN'S FEELINGS DURING THE
SACRAMENT.
THEN he told his wife how in the morning he had gone with right feelings to
church, and in the beginning of the service had prayed to God to forgive his
sins ; but that the pastor's discourse had driven him mad, he had not had one
good thought since, and dreadful and horrible things had occurred to him during
the sacrament. " From the beginning to the end," said he to his wife, " I could
84 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
not utter a single prayer. My heart was like a stone ; and when the pastor gave
me the bread, he looked at me in a way I can not describe. No, it is impossible
to give an idea of it ; but I shall never forget it. When a judge condemns a
poor sinner to the wheel, or the flames, and breaks his rod of office over him, he
does not look at him in such a way. I can never forget how he looked at me.
A cold sweat ran down my face ; and my hands trembled as I took the bread
from him.
"And when I had eaten it, a furious, horrible rage against the pastor took pos-
session of me, so that I gnashed with my teeth, and durst not look round me.
" "Wife I one dreadful idea after another came into my mind, and terrified me
like a thunderbolt ; but I could not get rid of them.
" I shuddered at the altar, so that I could not hold the cup fast ; and then
came Joseph, with his torn boots, and threw down his rogue's eyes when he saw
me. And my three crowns ! — 0, how I shuddered at the thought of my three
crowns.
" Then came Gertrude, who raised her eyes to heaven, and then fixed them
on the cup, as if she had not seen me, as if I had not been there. She hates
me, and curses me, and wishes to ruin me ; and yet she could behave as if she
did not see me, as if I had not been there.
" Then came the mason, and looked so sorrowfully at me, as if he would have
said, from the bottom of his heart : ' Forgive me, bailiff.' He, who would bring
me to the gallows, if he could.
"Then came Shaben Michel, as pale and frightened as myself, and trembling
as much. Think, wife, what a state all this put me into.
" I was afraid Hans Wust would be coming too ; I could not have stood that —
the cup would certainly have fallen out of my hand, and I should have dropped
upon the ground. As it was, I could scarcely keep upon my feet ; and, when I
got back to my seat, all my limbs shook, so that when they were singing I
could not hold the book.
"And all the time I kept thinking — Arner, Arner is at the bottom of all
this 1 ' and anger, fury, and revenge raged in my heart the whole time. A thing
I had never thought of in my life came into my head during the sacrament. I
dare scarcely tell thee what it was. I am frightened when I only think of it.
It came into my head to throw his great landmark, on the hill, down the preci-
pice. Nobody knows of the landmark but myself."
CHAPTER XLV. — THE BAILIFF'S WIFE TELLS HER HUSBAND SOME WEIGHTY
TRUTHS. BUT MANY YEARS TOO LATE.
THE bailiff's speech alarmed his wife, but she knew not what to say, and wa3
silent whilst he spoke.
Neither of them said any thing more for some time. At last the wife began,
and said to him: "I am very uneasy on account of what thou hast been saying.
Thou must give up these companions of thine. This business can not end well,
and we are growing old."
Bailiff. " Thou art right enough there. But it is not so easy to do it."
Wife. " Easy or not, it must be done. Thou must get rid of them."
Bailiff. " Thou knowest well enough how I am tied to them, and what they
know about me."
Wife. " Thou knowest still more about them. They are a parcel of rogues,
and dare not peach. Thou must get rid of them."
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. 35
The bailiff groaned, and his wife continued: —
"They sit eating and drinking here constantly, and pay thee nothing ; and
when thou art intoxicated they can persuade thee to any thing. Only think
how Joseph tricked thee last night. I wanted to advise thee for thy good, and
pretty treatment I got for my pains. And, moreover, since yesterday two
crowns more have walked out of thy waistcoat pocket, without being so much
as set down. How long can this last ? If thou wilt only reckon up how
much thou hast spent over thy misdeeds, thou wilt find that thou hast lost by
them every way. And yet thou goest on still with these people ; and many a
time and oft it is for the sake of nothing in the world but thy godless pride.
Sometimes thou wilt have one of these hounds to say something for thee, and
then another must hold his tongue for thee ; and so they come and eat and drink
at thy cost, and, for their gratitude, they are ready at the first turn to ruin and
betray thee.
" Formerly, indeed, when they feared thee like a drawn sword, thou couldst
keep these fellows in order ; but now thou art their master no longer, and depend
upon it, thou art a lost man in thy old age, if thou dost not look sharply after
them. We are in as slippery a situation as can well be. The moment thou
turnest thy back, the lads begin laughing and talking, and will not do a stroke
of work, nor any thing but drink." So said the wife.
The bailiff answered her not a word, but sat staring at her, without speaking,
whilst she spoke. At last he got up, and went into the garden, and from the
garden into his meadow, and then into the stables. Trouble and anxiety fol-
lowed him every where ; but he stood still for a while in the stables, and rea-
soned thus with himself: —
CHAPTER XLVI. — SOLILOQUY OP A MAX WHOSE THOUGHTS UNHAPPILY LEAD
HIM TOO FAR.
" WHAT my wife says is but too true ; but what can I do ? I can not help
it; it is impossible for me to escape out of this net." So said the bailiff, and
again cursed Arner, as if he had been the cause of his getting into all these dif-
ficulties ; and then abused the pastor for driving him mad at church. Then he
recurred again to the landmark, and said: "I will not touch the cursed stone;
but if any one did remove it the squire would lose the third part of his wood.
It is clear enough, that the eighth and ninth government landmark would cut
through his property in a straight line. But heaven forbid that I should remove
a landmark ! "
Then he began again : " Suppose after all it should be no true landmark. It
lies there, as if it had been since the flood, and has neither a letter nor a figure
upon it."
Then he went again into the house, took down his account book — added it
up — wrote in it — blotted it — separated his papers, and laid them back again —
forgot what he had read — looked up again what he had written — then put the
book into the chest — walked up and down the room, and kept thinking and
talking to himself of " a landmark without a letter or a figure upon it. There
is not such another to be found any where I What an idea is come into my
head! Some ancestor of the family may have made an inroad into the govern-
ment wood, and suppose this stone were of his' placing ! By G , it must be
so! It is the most unaccountable bend in the whole government boundary.
For six miles it goes in a straight line till it comes here, and the stone has no
mark upon it, and there is no trench of separation.
gg LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
" If the wood really belongs to the government, I should be doing nothing
wrong. It would be only my duty to the government. But if I should be mis-
taken ! No, I will not touch the stone. I should have to dig it up and to roll
it, on some dark night, to the distance of a stone's throw over the level part to
the precipice; and it is a great weight. It will not fall down like a stream of
water. By day every stroke of the mattock would be heard, it is so near the
highway ; and at night — I dare not venture. I should start at every sound. If
a badger came by, or a deer sprang up, I could not go on with the work. And
who knows whether really a goblin might not catch me while I was doing it?
It is not safe around the landmark in the night ; I had better let it alone 1 "
After a while he began again: "To think that there are so many folks who
don't believe either in hell or in spirits! The old attorney did not believe a
word of them, nor did the pastor's assistant. By heaven, it is impossible that
he could believe in any thing. And tha attorney has told me plainly, a hundred
times, that, when I was once dead, it would be all the same with me as with my
dog or horse. This was his belief, and he was afraid of nothing, and did what
he would. Suppose he were to prove right ! If I could believe it, if I could
hope it, if I could be assured in my heart that it was so, the first time Arner went
out to hunt, I would hide myself behind a tree and shoot him dead. I would
burn the pastor's house — but it is to no purpose talking. I can not believe it ;
I dare not hope it. It is not true ; and they are fools, mistaken fools, who think
so! There must be a God! There certainly must be a God! Landmark!
Landmark ! I will not remove thee I "
So saying the man trembled, but could not drive the thought out of his head.
He shuddered with horror ! He sought to escape from himself; walked up the
street, joined the first neighbor he met with, and talked to him about the weath-
er, the wind, and the snails which had injured the rye harvest for some years
past.
After some time he returned home with a couple of thirsty fellows, to whom
he gave something to drink, that they might stay with him. Then he took an-
other cooling powder, and so got over the Sunday.
CHAPTER XLVII. — DOMESTIC HAPPINESS ON THE SABBATH DAY.
AND now I leave the house of wickedness for a time. It has sickened my
heart to dwell upon its horrors. Now I leave them for a time, and my spirit is
lightened and I breathe freely again. I approach once more the cottage where
human virtue dwells.
In the morning, after Leonard and his wife were gone to church, the children
sat quietly and thoughtfully together in the house, said their prayers, sang and
said over what they had learned in the week ; for they always had to repeat it
to Gertrude every Sunday evening.
Lise, the eldest, had the care of her little brother during service time. She
had to take him up, dress him, and give him his porridge ; and this was always
Lise's greatest Sunday treat ; for, when she was looking after and feeding the
child, she fancied herself a woman. You should have seen how she played the
part of mother, imitated her, fondled the baby in her arms, and nodded and
smiled to it ; and how the little one smiled again, held out its hands, and kicked
with its little feet; and how it caught hold of Lise's cap, or her hair, or her nose,
and pointed to the smart Sunday handkerchief on her neck, and called out, ha !
ha! and then how Nicholas and Anneli answered it, ha! ha! whilst the little
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. 87
one turned its head round, to see where the voice came from, spied out Nicholas
and laughed at him ; and then how Nicholas sprang up to kiss and fondle his
little brother; and how Lise then would have the preference, and insisted upon
it that the little darling was laughing at her ; and how carefully she looked after
it, anticipated all its wants, played with it, and tossed it up toward the ceiling,
and then carefully let it down again almost to touch the ground ; how the baby
laughed and crowed with delight, whilst she held it up to the looking-glass, that
it might push its little hands and face against it; and how at last it caught a
sight of its mother in the street, and crowed and clapped its hands, and almost
sprang out of Lise's arms.
Such were the delights of Leonard's children on a Sunday or a feast day ; and
such delights of good children are acceptable in the sight of their God. He
looks down with complacency upon the innocence of children, when they are
enjoying existence ; and, if they continue good and obedient, he will bless them,
that it may be well with them to the end of their lives.
Gertrude was satisfied with her children, for they had done every thing as
they had been told.
It is the greatest happiness of good children to know that they have given
satisfaction to their father and mother.
Gertrude's children had this happiness. They climbed their parents' knees,
jumped first into the arms of one, and then of the other, and clasped their little
arms round their necks.
This was the luxury hi which Leonard and Gertrude indulged on the Lord's
day. Ever since she became a mother, it had been Gertrude's Sunday delight
to rejoice over her children, and over their tender affection for their father and
mother.
Leonard sighed this day, when he thought how often he had deprived himself
of such pleasures.
Domestic happiness is the sweetest enjoyment of man upon earth ; and the
rejoicing of parents over their children is the holiest of human joys. It purifies
and hallows the heart, and raises it toward the heavenly Father of all. There-
fore the Lord blesses the tears of delight which flow from such feelings, and
richly repays every act of parental watchfulness and kindness.
But the ungodly man, who cares not for his children, and to whom they are a
trouble and a burthen — the ungodly man, who flies from them on the week day,
and conceals himself from them on the Sabbath ; who escapes from their inno-
cent enjoyment, and finds no pleasure hi them till they are corrupted by the
world, and become like himself — this man throws away from him the best bless-
ing of life. He will not in his old age rejoice in his children, nor derive any
comfort from them.
On the Sabbath days Leonard and Gertrude, in the joy of their hearts spoke
to their children of the goodness of their God, and of the compassion of their
Saviour.
The children listened silently and attentively, and the hour of noon passed
swiftly and happily away.
Then the bells began to ring, and Leonard and Gertrude went again to
church.
On their way they passed by the bailiff's house, and Leonard said to Ger-
trude: "The bailiff looked shockingly this morning. I never in my life saw
him look so before. The sweat dropped from his forehead as he assisted at the
88 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
sacrament. Didst thou not notice it, Gertrude ? I perceived that he trembled
when he gave me the cup."
"I did not notice it," said Gertrude.
Leonard. " I was quite disturbed to see the man in such a state. If I durst,
I would have asked him to forgive me ; and if I could in any way show him
that I wish him no ill, I would do it gladly."
Gertrude. " May God reward thee for thy kind heart, Leonard. It will be
right to do so, whenever thou hast an opportunity. But Rudi's poor children,
and many others, cry out for vengeance against this man, and he will not be able
to escape."
Leon. " I am quite grieved to see him so very unhappy. I have perceived,
for a long time past, amidst all the noisy merriment of his house, that some
anxiety preyed upon him constantly."
Ger. "My dear husband, whoever departs from a quiet, holy life can never
be really happy."
Leon. " If I ever in my life saw any thing clearly, it was this : that however
the bailiff's followers, whom he had about him in the house, might help him in
the way of assistance, or advice, or cheating, or violence, they never procured
for him a single hour of contentment and ease."
As they were thus conversing, they arrived at church, and were there very
much moved by the great earnestness with which the pastor discoursed upon
the character of the traitor.
CHAPTER XLVIII. — SOME OBSERVATIONS UPON SIN.
GERTRUDE, amongst the rest, had heard what was said, in the women's seats,
about the bailiff's house being again full of his people, and after church she told
Leonard of it. He answered: "I can scarcely believe it, during church time,
and on a Sunday."
Gertrude. "It is indeed very sad. But the entanglements of an ungodly
life lead to all, even the most fearful wickedness. I shall never forget the
description our late pastor gave us of sin, the last time we received the sacra-
ment from him. He compared it to a lake, which from continual rains over-
flowed its banks. The swelling of the lake, said he, is imperceptible, but it in-
creases every day and hour, and rises higher and higher, and the danger is as
great as if it overflowed violently with a sudden storm.
" Therefore the experienced and prudent examine, in the beginning, all the
dams and embankments, to see whether they are in a fit condition to resist the
force of the waters. But the inexperienced and imprudent pay no attention to
the rising of the lake, till the dams are burst, and the fields and pastures laid
waste, and till the alarm bell warns all in the country to save themselves from
the devastation. It is thus, said he, with sin and the ruin which it occasions.
" I am not yet old, but I have already observed, a hundred times, that the good
pastor was right, and that every one who persists in the habitual commission of
any one sin, hardens his heart, so that he no longer perceives the increase of its
wickedness, till destruction arid horror awaken him out of his sleep."
CHAPTER XLIX. — THE CHARACTER AND EDUCATION OF CHILDREN.
CONVERSING in this manner, they returned to their own cottage.
The children ran down the steps to meet their father and mother, and called
out: "0, come, pray come, mothe"! we want to repeat what we learned last
week, that we may be ready directly."
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. gg
Gertrude. ""Why are you in such haste, my loves? What need is there for
it?"
Children. "0, when we have repeated, mother, you know what we may do
then with our afternoon bread. You know, mother, what you promised yes-
terday."
Mother. " I shall be very glad to hear whether you can say what yon have
learned."
Chil " But then we may do it afterward, -mother I may we not ? "
Mother. " Yes, if you are perfect."
The children were in great delight, and immediately repeated what they had
learned, very perfectly.
Then the mother gave them their pieces of bread and two bowls of milk, from
which she had not taken the cream, because it was Sunday.
She then took the baby in her arms, and rejoiced in her heart to hear the
children laying their plans, and telling each other how they would give their
bread. Not one of them ate a mouthful of it, not one of them dipped a morsel
into the milk, but each rejoiced over his piece, showed it to the others, and
maintained that it was the largest share.
The milk was soon finished, but the bread was all lying by the mother.
Nicholas crept up to her, took her hand, and said: "You will give me a piece
of bread for myself too, mother ? "
Mother. " Thou hast got it already, Nicholas."
Nicholas. " Yes ; but that is what I must give to Rudeli."
Mother. " I did not bid thee give it to him ; thou mayst eat it thyself, if thou
wilt."
Nich. " No, I will not eat it ; but will you not give me another piece for my-
self, mother?"
Mother. " No, certainly not."
Nich. " Why not, mother ? "
Mother. "That thou mayst not fancy that people should begin to think of
the poor, only when they are satisfied, and have eaten as much as they can."
Nich. " Is that the reason, mother? "
Mother. "Wilt thou now give him the whole? "
Nich. " 0, yes, to be sure I will, mother. I know he is terribly hungry, and
we shall eat again at six o'clock."
Mother. "And, Nicholas, I think Rudeli will get nothing then."
Nich. "No, indeed, mother; he will have no supper."
Mother. "The want of those poor children is great indeed, and one must be
very hard and cruel not to spare, whatever one can, from one's own food, to re-
lieve them in their distress."
Tears came into the eyes of Nicholas. The mother then turned to the other
children: "Lise, dost thou mean to give away all thy piece?"
Lise. "Yes, certainly, mother."
Mother. "And thou too, Enne ? "
Enne. "Yes, mother."
Mother. "And thou too, Jonas?"
Jonas. " I think so, mother."
Mother. "I am glad of it, my children. But how will you set about it?
Every thing should be done in the right way, and people who mean very well,
often manage very ill. Tell me, Nicholas, how wilt thou give thy bread ? "
90 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
Nich. " I will run, as fast as I can, and call him, Rudeli, I mean ; but I will
not put it into my pocket, that I may give it him sooner. Let me go now,
mother."
Mother. "Stop a moment, Nicholas. And how wilt thou manage, Lise? "
Lise. "I will not do like Nicholas. I will beckon Betheli into a corner; I
will hide the bread under my apron, and I will give it her, so that nobody may
see it, not even her father."
Mother. "And what wilt thou do, Enne? "
Enne. "I don't know where I shall meet with Heireli: I will give it as I
find best at the time."
Mother. "And thou, Jonas! Thou hast some trick in thy head, little rogue.
How wilt thou do ? "
.Jonas. "I will stick my bread into his mouth as you do, mother, when you
are playing with me. I shall say to him : Open your mouth and shut your e}res,
and then I shall put it between his teeth. I am sure he will laugh then,
mother."
Mother. " Very well, my children. But I must tell you one thing. You
must give the children the bread quietly, and so as not to be observed ; lest
people should think you fancy you are doing a very fine thing."
Nich. " Potz tausend, mother ! then I had better put the bread into my
pocket, after all."-
Mother. " I think so, Nicholas."
Lise. " I thought of that before, mother; and that was the reason why I said
I should not do like him."
Mother. " Thou art always the cleverest, Lise. I ought not to have forgot-
ten to praise thee for it, and thou dost well to remind me of it."
Lise blushed and was silent, and the mother said to the children: "You may
go now, but remember what I have said to you." The children went.
Nicholas ran and leaped, as fast as he could, down to Rudi's house, but Rudeli
was not in the street. Nicholas shouted, and whistled, and called, but in vain ;
he did not come out, even to the window. Then said Nicholas to himself:
"What must I do now? Must I go into the house to him? But I must give
it him alone. I will go and tell him to come out into the street."
Rudeli was sitting with his father and sisters by the open coffin of his dear
grandmother, who was to be buried in two hours ; and the father and his chil-
dren were talking, with tears in their eyes, of the kindness and love which she
had always shown them. They wept over her last trouble about the potatoes,
and promised again, as they looked at her, that, however hungry they might be,
they would never steal from any body.
At this moment Nicholas opened the door, saw the dead body, was frightened,
and ran out of the house again.
Rudi, who thought he might have some message to him from Leonard, went
after the boy, and asked what he wanted. "Nothing, nothing," answered Nich-
olas, "only I wanted to speak to Rudeli, but he is at his prayers."
Rudi. "You may come in, if you want him."
Nich. " Let him come here to me for a moment."
Rudi. " It is so cold, and he does not like to leave his grandmother. Come
into the house to him."
Nich. "I can not go in. Rudi. Let him come to me for a moment."
"Well then, he shall," answered Rudi, and went back into the house.
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. 91
Nicholas followed him to the door, and called : " Rudeli, come here just for
one moment."
Rudeli. " I can not come into the street, Nicholas ! I would rather stay with
my grandmother. They will soon take her away from us."
Nick. " It is but for a moment."
Eudi. " Go and see what he wants."
Rudeli went out, and Nicholas took him by the arm, and saying : " Come here,
I have something to say to you," led him into a corner, thrust the bread quickly
into his pocket, and ran away.
Rudeli thanked him, and called after him: "Thank your father and your
mother too."
Nicholas turned round, made a sign to him, with his hand, to be quiet, said :
"Don't tell any body," and went off again like an arrow.
CHAPTER L. — CONCEIT AND BAD HABITS INTERFERE WITH OUR HAPPINESS,
EVEN WHEN WE ARE DOING A KIND ACTION.
LISE, in the meantime, walked deliberately to the higher village, to Betheli,
Marx Reuti's daughter. She was standing at the window.
Lise beckoned to her, and Betheli crept out of the house. But her father,
who observed it, followed her, and hid himself behind the door.
The children thought not of him, and chattered away to their hearts' content.
Lise. " Betheli, I have brought you some bread."
Betheli. (Shivering, and stretching out her hand.) " You are very kind, Lise ;
and I am very hungry. But why do you bring me bread to-day ? "
Lise. "Because I like you, Betheli. "We have now bread enough. My
father is to build the church."
Beth. "And so is mine, too."
Lise. " Yes ; but your father is only a day-laborer."
Beth. " It is all the same thing, if it brings us bread."
Lise. " Have you been very ill off? "
Beth. " 0 ! I do hope we shall do better now."
Lise. " "What have you had for dinner? "
Beth. " I dare not tell you."
Lise. "Why not?"
Beth. " If my father were to find it out, he would — "
Lise. " I shall never tell him." ,
Betheli took a piece of a raw turnip out of her pocket, and said : " See here."
Lise. " Goodness ! nothing better than that ? "
Beth. " "We have had nothing better this two days."
Lise. "And you must not tell any body; nor ask any body for any thing — "
Beth. " If he only knew I had told you, it would be a pretty business for
me."
Lise. ""Well, eat the bread before you go in again."
Beth. " Yes, that I will, or I shall not get it."
She began to eat, and at that moment Marx opened the door, and said-:
" What art thou eating, my child ? "
His child gulped and swallowed down the unchewed mouthful, and said:
"Nothing, nothing, father."
Marx. "Nothing was it? but stop a moment! Lise, I don't like people to
give my children bread, behind my back, for telling them such godless lies about
92 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
what is eaten and drunk in the house. Thou godless Betheli ! dost thou not
know that we had a chicken for dinner to-day ? "
Lise now walked off as fast, as she had come deliberately.
But Marx took Betheli by the arm, and dragged her into the house, and Lise
heard her crying bitterly, even when she was a great way off.
Enne met Heireli in the door- way of his own house, and said: " "Would you
like a piece of bread?"
Heireli. "Yes, if you have any for me." Enne gave it him; he thanked
her, and she went away again.
Jonas crept about Shaben Michel's house, till Robert saw him, and came out.
"What are you after, Jonas?" said Robert.
Jonas. " I want to have some play."
Robert. "Well, I will play with you, Jonas."
Jonas. "Will you do what I tell you, Robert? and then we shall have some
sport."
Roll. "What do you want me to do ? "
Jonas. " You must shut your eyes, and open your mouth."
Roll. " Ay, but perhaps you will put something dirty into my mouth."
Jonas. " No, I promise you, faithfully, I will not, Robert."
Rolt. "Well — but look to it if you cheat me, Jonas!" (He opened his
mouth, and half shut his eyes.)
Jonas. "You must shut your eyes quite close, or it will not do."
RoU. "Yes! but if you should prove a rogue, Jonas;" said Robert, shutting
his eyes quite close.
Jonas popped the bread into his mouth directly, and ran off.
Robert took the bread out of his mouth, and said: "This is good sport, in-
deed," and sat down to eat it.
CHAPTER LI. — NO MAN CAN TELL WHAT HAPPY CONSEQUENCES MAT EESULT
FROM EVEN THE MOST TRIFLING GOOD ACTION.
SHABEN MICHEL saw the sport of the children from the window, and knew
Jonas, Leonard's son, and it struck him to the heart.
"What a Satan I am! " said he to himself. " I have sold myself to the bailiff,
to betray the man who provides me with work and food, and now I must see
that even this little fellow has the heart of an angel. I will not do any thing
to injure these people. Since yesterday, the bailiff has been an abomination to
me. I can not forget his look when he gave me the cup ! " So said the man, and
he remained at home the rest of the evening, thinking over his past conduct.
Leonard's children were now all returned, and told their father and mother
how they had gone on, and were very merry — all except Lise, who tried, never-
theless, to look like the rest, and said a great deal about Betheli's delight when
she received the bread.
"I am sure something has happened to thee," said Gertrude.
"0, no, nothing has happened; and she was very glad, indeed, to have it,"
answered Lise.
Her mother inquired no further, but prayed with her children, gave them their
suppers, and put them to bed.
Afterward Leonard and Gertrude read for an hour in the Bible, and talked
about what they had read, and passed a very happy Sunday evening together.
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. 93
CHAPTER LIT. — EARLY IN THE MORNING is TOO LATE FOR WHAT OUGHT TO BE
DONE THE EVENING BEFORE.
VERY early in the morning, as soon as the mason awoke, he heard some one
calling to him, in the front of the house, and got up immediately, and opened
the door.
It was Flink, the huntsman, from the hall. He wished the mason good
morning, and said: "Mason, I should have told thee, last night, to set the men
to work this morning without delay, at breaking stone."
Mason. " From what I hear, the bailiff has told all the workmen to go to the
hall this morning. But it is early yet, they can scarcely be set out, and I will
tell them."
He called to Lenk, who lived next door, but got no answer.
After some time, Keller, who lodged in the same house, came out, and said :
' Lenk went half an hour ago to the hall, with the rest of the men. The bailiff
told them last night, after supper, that they must, without fail, be at the hall be-
times, as he had to be at home again by noon."
The huntsman was very uneasy at the intelligence, and said : " This is a cursed
business! " " But what must be done? " said the mason.
Flink. " Is there any chance of overtaking them ? "
Mason. " From Marti's hill thou mayst see them a mile and a half off; and, if
the wind be fair, thou mayst call them back so far."
Flink made no delay, but ran quickly up the hill, called, whistled, and shouted
with all his might, but in vain. They did not hear him, but went their way,
and were soon out of sight.
The bailiff, who was not so far off, heard him call from the hill, and looked
out. The huntsman's gun glittered in the sun, so that the bailiff recognized him,
and wondered what the man wanted, and went back to meet him.
Flink told him that he had had a terrible headache the day before, and had
delayed going, to tell the mason to set the men to work to break stone the first
thing this morning.
CHAPTER LIII. — THE MORE CULPABLE A MAN is HIMSELF, THE MORE VIOLENTLY
DOES HE ABUSE ANOTHER WHO HAS DONE WRONG.
"Tuou cursed knave! what a trick thou hast played now!" said the
bailiff.
Flink. " Perhaps it will not turn out so ill. How the deuce could I tell that
the fellows would all run off to the hall before daybreak! Was it by your
orders?"
Bailiff. "Yes, it was, thou dog; and I suppose I shall now have to answer
for thy fault."
Flink. "I wish I may come clear off myself."
Bailiff. " It is a cursed— "
Flink. " That was the very word I used myself, when I heard they were
gone."
Bailiff. " I want no nonsense now, knave."
Flink. " Nor I neither; but what is to be done ? "
Bailiff. "You fool, think."
Flink. " It is half an hour too late for my brains to discover any."
Bailiff. "Stop— one must never despair! A thought strikes me. Maintain
04 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
boldly that them gavest the order last night to the mason's wife, or to one of hia
children. They will not out-talk thee, if thou art resolute."
Flirik. " I will not try that plan. It may miss."
Bailiff. "Nay, it could not miss, if thou wert steady. But, upon second
thoughts, I have hit upon another which is better."
Flink. "What's that?"
Bailiff. " Thou must run back to the mason, and lament and grieve over it ;
and tell him, it may be a great loss to thee to have neglected the order ; but that
he may get thee out of trouble by speaking one word for thee, and telling the
squire that he received his note on the Sunday ; and, by mistake, as it was the
Sabbath, had not opened it till to-day.
" This will not hurt him in the least, and will get thee out of the scrape, if thou
canst persuade him to do it."
Flink. "You are right there, and I think it will do."
Bailiff. " It can not miss."
Flink. " I must go now. I have other letters to take, but I will return
some time this morning to the mason. Good-by, Bailiff."
When the bailiff was left alone, he said : "I will go now and give this account
at the hall. If it does not agree, I will say it is what the huntsman told me."
CHAPTER LIV. — USELESS LABOR FOR POOR' PEOPLE.
IN the meantime, the day-laborers arrived at the hall, sat down on the benches
near the door, and waited till they were summoned, or till the bailiff, who had
promised to follow them, should arrive.
When the squire's footman saw the men at the door, he went down to them,
and said: "What are you here for, neighbors? My master thinks you are at
work at the building."
The men answered : " The bailiff told us to come here to thank the squire for
giving us the work."
"That was not necessary," answered Glaus. "He will not keep you long for
that ; but I will tell him you are here."
The footman told his master, and the squire ordered the men to come in, and
asked them, kindly, what they wanted.
When they had told him, and, awkwardly and with difficulty, stammered out
something of thanks, the squire said: "Who told you to come here on this
account ? "
"The bailiff," replied the men, and again attempted to give him thanks.
" This has happened against my wish," said Arner. " But go away now, and
be diligent and faithful, and I shall be glad if the work is of use to any of you.
And tell your master that you must begin to break the stone to-day."
Then the men went home again.
CHAPTER LV. — A HYPOCRITE MAKES FRIENDS WITH A ROGUE.
AND as they returned, one of the men said to the others : " This young squire
is a very kind-hearted man."
"And so would the old one have been too, if he had not been imposed upon,
in a thousand ways," said the old men with one voice.
" My father has told me, a hundred times, that he was very well inclined in
his youth, and would have continued so, if he had not been so infatuated by the
bailiff," said Abi.
"And then it was all over with the squire's kindness. It dropped only into
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. 95
the bailiff's chest, and he led him about, as he chose, like a great Polar bear,"
said Leemann.
" "What a shameful trick he has played us now, to send us all this way with-
out orders, and then leave us to get out of the scrape ourselves," said Lenk.
"That is always his way," said Kienast.
"And a villainous way it is," answered Lenk.
" Yes, but the bailiff is a worthy man ! People like us can not always judge
of the reasons for such things," answered Kriecher, in a raised tone; for he saw
the bailiff creeping along the hollow, and very near them.
" The devil ! thou mayest praise him if thou wilt, but I will praise the squire
for the future," said Lenk, almost as loudly; for he did not seethe bailiff
below.
The latter now, as he was speaking, came up out of the hollow, wished them
good morning, and then said to Lenk : " And why art thou praising the squire
at this rate ? "
Lenk answered, in some confusion : " Because we were talking together about
his being so good-natured and kind to us."
"But that was not all," answered the bailiff.
"I know of nothing more," said Lenk.
"It is not right for a. man to take back his words in that way, Lenk," said
Kriecher, and continued : "He was not alone in what he said, Mr. Bailiff. Some
of the others were murmuring that you had left them in such a way, and I was
saying that such as we could not judge of your reasons ; and upon this, Lenk
said : ' I might praise the bailiff if I would, but that he would praise the squire
for the future.' "
"Aye, indeed! and so thouwert comparing the squire with me," said the
bailiff, sneeringly.
"But he did not mean it, as it is now represented," said some of the men,
shaking their heads, and murmuring against Kriecher.
" There is no need of any explanation and no harm done. It is an old proverb,
Whose bread I eat, his praise I sing," said the bailiff, and shaking Kriecher by
the hand, he said no more upon the subject, but asked the men whether Arner
had been angry.
" No ;" answered the men, " not at all. He only said, we must go home again,
and without fail begin the work to-day."
" Tell the mason so, and that the mistake is of no consequence — my respects
to him," said the bailiff, and proceeded on his way; as did the men.
Some time before this, the huntsman had been to the mason, and begged
and entreated him to say that he had received the note on the Sunday.
The mason was willing to oblige the bailiff and the huntsman, and mentioned
it to his wife.
"I am afraid of every thing which is not straight-forward," said she, "and I
dare say the bailiff has already made his own excuse. If the squire asks thee,
I think thou must tell him the truth ; but perhaps he will not inquire any thing
more about it ; and then thou canst leave it as it is, that nobody may be brought
into trouble." Leonard accordingly told the huntsman that he would do this.
In the mean time the men returned from the hall.
"You are soon back again," said the mason.
"We might have spared our labor altogether;" replied they.
Leonard. " Was he angry about the mistake ? "
90 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
Men, " No, not at all ! He was very friendly and kind, and told us to go
back and begin the work to-day.
Flink. " You see it will be of no consequence to you. It is a very different
thing for me and the bailiff."
"0, but the bailiff's message; we had nearly forgotten it," said Hubel Rudi;
"he sent his respects to thee, and the mistake was of no consequence."
Leon. " Had he been with the squire, when you met him? "
Men. " No ; we met him on his way."
Leon. " Then he knew no more than what you told him, and what I now
know myself?"
Men. "No! to be sure he did not."
Flink. "You will keep your promise, mason? "
Leon. " Yes, but exactly as I told you."
The mason then ordered the men to be at their work early, prepared some
tools, and, after he had got his dinner, went with the men, for the first time, to
the work.
" May God Almighty grant his blessing upon it," said Gertrude, as he went out.
CHAPTER LVI. — IT is DECIDED THAT THE BAILIFF MUST NO LONGER BE A
LANDLORD.
WHEN the bailiff came to the hall, Arner kept him waiting some time. At
last he came out of the avenue and asked him, with some displeasure : " What
is the meaning of this ? Why did you send all these people to the hall to-day,
without orders?"
" I thought it was my duty to advise them to thank your honor for your good-
ness," answered the bailiff.
Arner replied, " Your duty is to do what is useful to me and to my people,
and what I order you, but not to send poor folks all this way for nothing, to
teach them to make fine speeches, which are of no use, and which I do not seek
for. But the reason why I sent for you, was to tell you, that I will no longer
have the situation of bailiff and landlord filled by the same person."
The bailiff turned pale, trembled, and knew not what to reply ; for he was
quite unprepared for such a sudden resolution.
Arner continued, "I will leave you to choose which of the two you prefer;
but in a fortnight I must know your determination."
The bailiff had somewhat recovered himself again, and stammered out some
thanks for'the time allowed him to think of it. Arner replied, "I should be
sorry to be hasty with any body, and I do not wish to oppress you, old man.
But the two offices are incompatible with each other."
This kindness of Arner encouraged the bailiff. He answered, "Till now all
the bailiffs in your employ have kept tavern, and it is a common practice through-
out the country."
But Arner answered him shortly, and said: "You have heard my decision."
He then took out his almanac, and said again, " This is the 20th of March, and
in a fortnight it will be the 3d of April ; therefore, upon the 3d of April, I ex-
pect your answer. Till then, I have no more to say." Arner then marked
down the day in his almanac, and went into the house.
CHAPTER LVII. — HIS CONDUCT UPON THE OCCASION.
ANXIOUS and troubled at heart, the bailiff also departed. This blow had so
much overcome him, that he took no notice of any of the people he met on his
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. gf
way down the steps, and through the avenue ; and he scarcely knew where he
was, till he came to the old nut-tree. There he stopped, and said to himself,
" I must take breath. How my heart beats ! I don't know whether I stand
on my head or my feet. Without making a single complaint, without making
any inquiry, merely because it is his pleasure, I am either to give up being
bailiff, or landlord. This is beyond all bounds. Can he compel me to it ? I
think not. He can not take away my bailiff's coat, without bringing some
charge against me ; and the landlord's license is paid for. But if he should try,
if he should seek for open accusation, he may find as much as he will. Of all
the damned fellows I have served, there is not one who would be true to me.
"What must I do, now ! A fortnight is something, however ; I have often done
a great deal in that tune. If I can only keep up my spirits I The mason is at
the bottom of all this. If I can only ruin him, it will be every thing. I can
manage all the rest. But how very faint and weak I am 1 " So saying, he took
a brandy bottle out of his pocket, sat down in the shade of the tree, applied to
his constant remedy, and swallowed down one draught after another. A thief
or a murderer, who is pursued by a warrant, is not more refreshed by his first
draught of water hi a free land, than the bailiff's rancorous heart was encour-
aged by his brandy bottle. He felt himself better again immediately, and, witli
his strength, his wicked daring also revived. "This has refreshed me greatly,"
said he to himself. And he got up again, with the air of a bold man who bears
himself loftily. "A little while ago," said he, "I thought they would eat me up
for their supper, but now I feel once more as if I could crush the mason, and
the fine young squire himself, with my little finger. It is well I did not leave
my bottle behind me. I am a sad poor creature without it."
Thus reasoned the bailiff with himself. His fears had now entirely given
place to anger, pride, and his brandy bottle.
He walked along once more, as insolently and as full of malice as usual.
He nodded to the people in the fields, who saluted him, with almost his wont-
ed bailiff's pride. He carried his knotted stick in a commanding manner, as if
he were of more importance in the country than ten Arners. He pursed up his
mouth, and opened his eyes, as wide and round as a plough-wheel, as they say
in this country. Thus did the blockhead behave at a time when he had so little
oause for it.
CHAPTER LVHI. — HIS COMPANION.
BY his side walked his great Turk ; a dog who, at a word from the bailiff,
showed his great white teeth and snarled at every body, but faithfully followed
his master through life and death. This great Turk was as much the terror of
all the poor folks around, as his master was of all his oppressed dependents and
debtors. This powerful Turk walked majestically by the side of the bailiff—
but I dare not utter what is at my tongue's end, only it is certain that the bail-
iff, who was in a furious rage, had something in the expression of his face which
reminded one very much of the dog.
CHAPTER LIX. — EXPLANATION OF A DIFFICULTY. 9
PERHAPS some simple inquirer may wonder how the bailiff, after yesterday's
trouble, and his fright this morning, could still bear himself so haughtily. An
experienced man will see the reason at once. Pride never torments a man
more, than when he is under a cloud. As long as all is prosperous, and no-
body can doubt a man's greatness, he seldom thinks it necessary to look so very
22
98 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
big. But when on all sides people begin to rejoice aver his failures, it is no
longer the same thing — then the blood gets heated, foams, and runs over like hot
butter in a kettle, and this was exactly the bailiff's case. Moreover, it was very
natural, and the most simple may understand it, that after he had recruited him-
self under the nut-tree, he should be able to conduct himself as haughtily as I
have described. Besides this, he had slept better than usual the night before,
on account of having taken his two powders, and drunk little, and his head,
this morning, was quite cleared from the uneasiness and anxiety of the preced-
ing day.
CHAPTER LX. — A DIGRESSION.
IT would, indeed, have been better for the bailiff if he had broken his brandy
bottle to atoms, under the nut-tree, and gone back to his master to explain to
him his situation, and to tell him that he was not rich, and had need both of
his office of bailiff, and of his tavern, on account of his debts, and entreat him
to show compassion and mercy toward him. I am sure Arner would not have
driven away the old man, if he had acted thus.
But such is always the ill fate of the ungodly. Their crimes deprive them of
their reason, and they become, as it were, blind in their greatest difficulties,
and act like madmen in their distress ; whilst, on the contrary, good and honest
men, who have pure and upright hearts, keep their senses much better in their
misfortunes, and therefore generally know better how to help themselves, and
how to act in all the chances of life.
They bear their misfortunes with humility, ask forgiveness for their faults, and
in their necessity look up to that Power who always lends assistance in need, to
those who seek his help with pure hearts.
The peace of God, which passeth all understanding, is a protection and polar
etar to them, through life, and they always so pass through the world, as, in the
end, to thank God from then* hearts.
But the wickedness of the ungodly man leads him from one depth to another.
He never uses his understanding in the straight paths of simplicity, to seek for
repose, justice, and peace. He uses it only in the crooked way of wickedness,
to create distress, and to bring about disturbance. Therefore he is always un-
happy, and in his necessity becomes insolent.
He denies his faults, he is proud in his distress. He seeks to help and save
liimself either by hypocrisy and servility, or by force and cunning.
He trusts to his own misled and disordered understanding. He turns away
from the hand of his father, which is stretched out toward him, and when his
voice says : " Humble thyself! it is a father's hand which chastens and will help
thee," he despises the voice of his deliverer, and says: "With my own hand,
and with my own head, will I save myself." Therefore the end of the ungodly
man is always utter misery and woe.
CHAPTER LXI. — AN OLD MAN LAYS OPEN HIS HEART.
I HAVE been young, and now am old, and I have many times, and often, ob-
served the ways of the pious, and of the ungodly. I have seen the boys of the
village grow up with me. I have seen them become men, and bring up chil-
dren and grand-children — and now have I accompanied all those of my own age,
except seven, to the grave. 0 God ! thou knowest the hour, when I too must
follow my brethren I My strength decays, but my eyes are fixed upon the
Lord ! Our life is like a flower of the field, which in the morning springs up,
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. 99
and in the evening withers away. 0 Lord, our God ! thou art merciful and
gracious toward those who put their trust in thee — therefore does my soul hope
in thee ; but the way of the sinner leads to destruction. Children of my vil-
lage, 0 listen to instruction. Hear what is the life of the ungodly, that you
may become holy. I have seen children who were insolent to their parents,
and heeded not their affection. All of them came to a bad end. I knew the
father of the wretched Uli. I lived under the same roof with him ; and saw,
with my own eyes, how the godless son tormented and insulted his poor father.
And as long as I live, I shall never forget how the old man wept over him, an
hour before his death. I saw the wicked boy laugh at his funeral! Can God
suffer such a wretch to live ? thought I.
What followed ? He married a woman who had a large property, and he
was then one of the richest men of the village, and went about, in his pride
and in his wickedness, as if there were none in heaven, or upon earth, above
him.
A year passed over, and then I saw the proud Uli sorrow and lament at his
wife's funeral. He was obliged to give back her property, to the last farthing,
to her relations. He was suddenly become as poor as a beggar, and in his
poverty he stole, and you know what was his end. Children, thus have I al-
ways seen that the end of the ungodly man is misery and woe.
But I have also seen the manifold blessings and comforts in the quiet cottages
of the pious. They enjoy whatever they have ; they are content if they have
little, and sober if they have much.
Industry is in their hands, and peace in their hearts — such is their lot in life.
They enjoy their own with gladness, and covet not what is their neighbors.
Pride never torments them, envy does not embitter their lives. Therefore
they are always more cheerful and contented, and generally more healthy, than
the ungodly. They go through the necessary evils of life more safely and peace-
fully ; for their heads, and their hearts, are not turned to wickedness, but are
with their work, and the beloved inmates of their own cottages. Therefore they
enjoy life. Their heavenly Father looks down upon their cares and anxieties,
and assists them.
Dear children of my native village ! I have seen many pious men and wo-
men upon their death-beds, and I have never heard any — not a single one,
amongst them all — complain, in that hour, of the poverty and hardships of life.
All, without exception, thanked God for the thousand proofs of his paternal
goodness, which they had enjoyed through life.
0 my children ! be then pious, and remain single-hearted and innocent. I
have seen the consequences of sly and cunning habits.
Hummel and his associates were much more crafty than the rest. They knew
a thousand tricks, of which the others never dreamed. This made them proud,
and they thought that sincere men were only to be their fools. For a time they
devoured the bread of the widow and of the orphan — they raged and were furi-
ous against all who would not bow down the knee to them. But their end is
approaching. The Lord in heaven heard the sighs of the widow and of the or-
phan, and saw the tears of the mother, which she shed with her children, on
account of the wicked men who led away and oppressed the husband and the
father ; and the Lord hi heaven helped the oppressed ones and the orphans^
when they had given up all hope of recovering their rights.
100 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
CHAPTER LXII. — THE HORRORS OP AN UNEASY CONSCIENCE.
ON Saturday evening, when Hans Wust left the bailiff and went home, the
pangs of perjury tormented him still more, so that he threw himself upon the
ground and groaned in anguish.
Thus was he distracted the whole night, and on the following sabbath he
tore his hair, struck his breast with his hands, violently, could neither eat nor
drink, and called out : " 0, 0, this meadow of Rudi's ! 0, 0, his meadow, his
meadow ! It tortures my very soul ! 0, 0, Satan has got possession of me 1
0, woe is me 1 "Woe to my miserable soul 1 "
Thus he wandered about, tormented and distracted by the thoughts of his
perjury, and groaned in the bitter agony of his spirit.
Worn out with such dreadful sufferings, he at length, on Sunday evening, fell
asleep for a time.
In 'the morning he was a little easier, and came to the resolution no longer
to keep his sufferings to himself, but to tell all to the pastor.
He took his Sunday coat, and whatever else he could find, and fastened all
together in a bundle, that he might borrow upon them the money he owed the
bailiff.
He then took up the bundle, trembled, went to the pastor's house, stood still,
was very near running away again, stood still once more, threw the bundle in
at the door-way, and gestured like one out of his mind.
CHAPTER LXIII. — KINDNESS AND SYMPATHY SAVE A WRETCHED MAN FROM BE-
COMING UTTERLY DISTRACTED.
THE pastor saw him in this situation, went to him, and said: ""What is the
matter, Wust ? What dost thou want ? Come into the house, if thou hast any
thing to say to me."
Then Wust followed the pastor into his room.
And the pastor was as kind and friendly as possible to Wust ; for he saw his
confusion and distress, and had, the day before, heard a report that he was al-
most in despair on account of his perjury.
When Wust saw how kind and friendly the pastor was toward him, he re-
covered himself a little, by degrees, and said: —
"Honorable Herr Pastor! I believe I have sworn a false oath, and am almost
in despair about it. I can not bear it any longer. I will willingly submit to all
the punishment I have deserved, if I may only again hope in the merc}r and
goodness of God."
CHAPTER LXIV. — A PASTOR'S TREATMENT OF A CASE OF CONSCIENCE.
THE pastor answered : " If thou art truly grieved at heart, on account of thy
fault, distrust not God's mercy."
Wust. " 0 sir, may I, may I ever, in this my crime, hope for God's mercy,
that he will forgive me my sins ? "
Pastor. "If God has brought a man to a true repentance of his sins, so that
he earnestly longs and sighs after pardon, he has already pointed out to him the
way to forgiveness, and to the obtaining of all spiritual mercies. Depend upon
this, Wust I and if thy repentance be really from thy heart, doubt not that it
will be acceptable in the sight of God."
Wust. " But can I know that it is acceptable to him ? "
Pastor. " Thou mayest easily know, by faithfully examining thyself, whether
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. JQl
it be really sincere, and from the bottom of thy heart ; and if it be, it will cer-
tainly be acceptable to God. This is all I can say. But, "Wust ! if any one has
encroached upon his neighbor's land, and repents of it, he goes, without his
neighbor's knowledge or request, and, quietly and of his own accord, restores
the land, and gives back rather more than less than what he had taken from
him. In this case, we can not but be convinced that his repentance is sincere.
" But if he does not restore it, or only part of it, to him — if he gives it back
unfairly — if he is only anxious not to be brought before a magistrate — if it is
all for his own sake and not for the sake, of his neighbor whom he has injured
— then are his repentance and his restoration only a cloak with which the fool-
ish man cheats himself. Wust ! if thou, in thy heart, seekest for nothing, but
to amend and rectify all the mischief which thy wickedness has caused, and all
the trouble which it has occasioned, and to obtain the forgiveness of God and
man ; if thou wishest for nothing else, and wilt willingly do and suffer any thing,
to make all possible amends for thy fault ; then is thy repentance certainly sin-
cere, and there is no doubt that it will be acceptable to God."
Wust. " 0, sir! I will most willingly do and suffer any thing whatever, upon
God's earth, if this weight may only be removed from my heart. It is such a
dreadful torment ! "Wherever I go, whatever I do, I tremble under this sin."
Pastor. " Fear not ! Set about the business with sincerity and truth, and
thou wilt certainly become easier."
Wust. " If I might only hope for that ! "
Pastor. " Be not afraid ! Trust in God ! He is the God of the sinner who
flies unto him. Only do all thou canst, with sincerity and uprightness. The
greatest misfortune which has happened, in consequence of thy oath, is the sit-
uation of poor Rudi, who, owing to it, has fallen into grievous distress ; but I
hope the squire, when thou tellest him the whole affair, will himself take care
that the man is comforted in his necessity."
Wust. " It is, indeed, poor Rudi, who is a continual weight upon my heart.
Does your reverence think the squire will be able to help him to his meadow
again ? "
Pastor. " I don't know that. The bailiff will certainly do all in his power
to throw suspicion upon thy present testimony. But, on the other hand, the
squire will do his best, to help the unfortunate man to get his own again."
Wust. " 0, if he can only accomplish that ! "
Pastor. "I wish he may, with all my heart! and I hope he will — but, what-
ever may happen to Rudi, it is necessary that, for thine own sake and for thy
peace of mind, thou shouldst tell the whole truth to the squire."
Wust. "I will willingly do that, your reverence."
Pastor. " It is the right way, and I am glad that thou dost it so willingly. It
will bring back rest and peace to thy heart. But, at the same time, this acknowl-
edgment will, bring blame, and trouble, and imprisonment, and grievous distress
upon thee."
Wust. " 0, sir ! all that is nothing in comparison of the horrors of despair,
and the fear of never again obtaining the forgiving mercy of God."
Pastor. " Thou seest the thing so properly and sensibly, that I am glad at heart
on thy account. Pray unto God, who has given thee so many good thoughts,
and so much strength for good and right resolutions, that he will grant thee still
further favor. Thou art now in an excellent way, and wilt, with God's assist-
ance, bear with patience and humility whatever may await thee — and, what-
102 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
ever happens to thee, open thy heart to me. I will certainly never forsake
thee."
Wust. " 0, sir! how kind, how tender you are to such a wicked sinner ! "
Pastor. " God himself is all love and forbearance in his dealings with us poor
mortals, and I should indeed be a faithless servant to him, if I were cruel, and
unfeeling, and severe to one of my own erring h/ethren, whatever might be his
situation."
In this paternal manner did the pastor talk to Wust, who burst into tears, and
for some time could not speak.
The pastor also remained silent.
Wust, at last, began again and said: "Please your reverence, I have one
thing more to say."
Pastor. "What is it?"
Wust. "Since this affair, I have owed the bailiff eight florins. He said, the
day before yesterday, that he would tear the note ; but I will not receive any
thing from him. I will pay it back to him."
Pastor. "Thou art right. Thou must certainly do that, and before thou
speakest to Arner upon the subject."
Wust. " I have brought a bundle with me. It is my Sunday coat and some
other things, which together are well worth eight florins. I must borrow this
money, and I thought you would not be angry, if I were to beg you to lend it
me, upon this pledge." .
Pastor. " I never take security from any body, and I am obliged often to re-
fuse such requests, sorry as I may be to do so ; but in thy case I will not refuse."
Immediately he gave him the money, and said : " Take it directly to the bail-
iff, and carry thy bundle home with thee."
CHAPTER LXV. — THERE is OFTEN A DELICACY IN THE POOREST PEOPLE, EVEN
WHEN THEY. ARE RECEIVING FAVORS FOR WHICH THEY HAVE ASKED.
WUST trembled when he received the money from the pastor, and said : " But
I will certainly not take the bundle home, your reverence."
"Well then, I must send it after thee, if thou wilt not take it thyself," said
the pastor, smiling.
Wust. " For heaven's sake, sir, keep the bundle; that you may be sure of
your money."
Pastor. " I shall be sure of it any way, Wust ! Don't trouble thyself about
that, but think only of the much more important things thou hast to do. I will
write to the squire to-day, and thou canst take the letter to him to-morrow."
Wust. I thank your reverence. But, for heaven's sake, keep the bundle. I
dare not take the money else. I dare not, indeed ! "
Pastor. " Say no more about it ; but go directly to the bailiff, with the mon-
ey, and come to me again to-morrow, at nine o'clock."
Then Wust went, relieved and comforted in his mind, from the pastor to the
bailiff's house ; and, as he was not at home, he gave the money to his wife. She
said to him : " Where did you get so much money at once, Wust ? " Downcast
and briefly, Wust answered : " I have managed as well as I could. God be
praised that you have it."
The bailiff's wife replied : " We never troubled you for it."
Wust. "I know that well enough, but it was no better for me on that ac-
count."
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. JQ3
Bailiff's Wife. "You speak strangely, Wust! "What is the matter with
you ? All seems not right with you."
Wust. " You will soon know more : but count the money, I must go,"
The bailiff's wife counted the money, and said it was right.
Wust. " Well then, give it to your husband properly. Good-by,"
Wife. "If it must be so, good-by, Wust"
CHAPTER LXVI. — A FORESTER WHO DOES NOT BELIEVE IN GHOSTS.
THE bailiff, in his way from the hall, called at the tavern at Hirzau, and sat
there drinking and talking to the countrymen. He told them of the lawsuits he
had gained, of his influence over the late squire ; how he, and he alone, had kept
the people in order under him ; and how all was now confusion.
Then he gave his dog as much dinner as a hard-working man would eat, ex-
cept the wine ; and laughed at a poor fellow who sighed, as he saw the good
meat and drink set before the dog. " Thou wouldst be glad enough to take it
away from him," said he to the poor man ; patted the dog, and talked, and drank,
and boasted to the countrymen till evening.
Then came the old forester from the hall, and, as he went by, he called for a
glass of wine ; and the bailiff, who was never willingly alone for a moment, said
to him : " We will go home together."
"If you are coming now," said the forester ; "I must follow a track."
"This moment," answered the bailiff; asked first for his dog's reckoning and
then for his own, paid both, gave the waiter his fee, and they went out together.
When they were alone on the road, the bailiff asked the forester if it were
safe to go through the woods at night, on account of spirits.
Forester. " Why do you ask ? "
Bailiff. " Only because I wonder how it is."
Forester. " You are an old fool then. To think of having been bailiff thirty
years, and asking such a nonsensical question. You should be ashamed of your-
self."
Bailiff. " No, by G — ! About ghosts I never know what to think, whether
to believe in them or not. And yet I never saw any."
Forester. " Come, as you ask so honestly, I will help you out of your won-
der— but you will give me a bottle of wine for my information ? "
Bailiff. " I will gladly give you two, if you can explain it."
Forester. " I have now been a forester forty years, and was brought up in the
woods, by my father, ever since I was a boy of four years old. He was always
talking to the countrymen, in taverns and at drinking bouts, about ghosts and
horrible sights he saw in the woods — but he was only playing the fool with
them. He went on very differently with me — I was to be a forester, and there-
fore must neither believe nor fear any such stuff. Therefore he took me by
night, when there was neither moon nor stars, when it was very stormy, and
on festivals and holy nights, into the woods. If he saw a fire, or an appear-
ance of any kind, or heard a noise, I was obliged to run toward it with him,
over shrubs, and stumps, and holes, and ditches, and to follow him over all
cross roads, after the noise : and it was always gypsies, thieves, or beggars — and
then he called out, with his terrible voice : 'Away rogues ! ' and though there
were twenty or thirty of them, they always made off; and often left pots, and
pans, and meat behind them, so that it was laughable to behold. Often indeed
the noise was nothing but wild animals, which sometimes make a strange sound ;
104 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
and decayed old trunks of trees will give out a light, and have an appearance
which often frightens people, who dare not go up to them ; and these are all the
ghosts I ever in my life saw in the wood. But it always is, and will be, a part
of my business to make my neighbors believe that it is well filled with spirits
and devils : for, look ye, one grows old, and it is a comfort, on a dark night, not
to have to turn out after the rascals."
CHAPTER LXVII. — A MAN WHO DESIRES TO REMOVE A LANDMARK, AND WOULD
WILLINGLY DISBELIEVE IN THE EXISTENCE OF SPIRITS, BUT DARES NOT.
As the man was thus speaking, they came to the by-path, through which the
forester went into the wood, and the bailiff, who was now left alone, reasoned
thus with himself: —
" He has been a forester now for forty years, and has never seen a ghost, and
does not believe in them, and I am a fool and believe in them, and dare not pass
a quarter of an hour in the wood, to dig up a stone.
"The squire takes away my license from me, like a thief and a rogue, and
that dog of a stone upon the hill is no true landmark : I will never believe it is ;
and, suppose it be, has he a better right to it than I have to my tavern ?
" To take a man's property from him by violence in this way ! "Who but the
devil could put such a thing into his head ? And since he does not spare my
house, I have no reason to spare his damned flint-stone. But I dare not touch
it I By night I dare not go to the place, and by day I can not manage it, on
account of the high-road." Thus he talked to himself, and came to Meyer's hill,
which is near the village.
He saw the mason at work upon the great flint stones which lay around, for
it was not yet six o'clock, and he was vexed in his soul to see it.
" Every thing I plan and contrive, fails me ! They all play the rogue with
me. Must I now go quietly past this damned Joseph, and not say a word to
him ? No, I can not do it I I can not go by him, without a word. I would
rather wait here, till they go home."
He sat down, and soon afterward got up again : " I can not bear to sit here,
looking at them. I will go to the other side of the hill. 0, thou damned Jo-
seph ! " He went a few steps back, behind the hill, and sat down again.
CHAPTER LXVIII. — THE SETTING SUN AND A POOR LOST WRETCH.
THE sun was now setting, and its last beams fell upon the side of the hill,
where he sat. The field around him, and all below the hill, were already in
deep shade. The sun set in majesty and beauty, serenely and without a cloud ;
God's sun ; and the bailiff, looking back, as the last rays fell upon him, said to
himself, " It is going down ;" and he fixed his eyes upon it, till it was lost behind
the hill.
Now all was in shade, and night came on rapidly. Alas! shade, night, and
darkness surround his heart I No sun shines there 1 Do what he would, the bailiff
could not escape this thought. He shuddered and gnashed his teeth — instead
of falling down in prayer to the Lord of heaven, who calls forth the sun again in
his glory — instead of hoping in the Lord, who saves us out of the dust and out
of darkness, he gnashed with his teeth ! The village clock at that moment
struck six, and the mason went home from his work. The bailiff followed
him.
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. JQ5
CHAPTER LXIX. — HOW A MAN SHOULD CONDUCT HIMSELF WHO WOULD PROSPER
IN THE MANAGEMENT OF OTHERS.
THE mason had, during this first afternoon of their being together, gained the
good-will of most of the laborers. He worked the whole time as hard as they
did — himself lifted the heaviest stones, and stood in the mire, or in the water,
where it was necessary, as much or more than any of them. As they were
quite inexperienced in such labor, he showed them, kindly and patiently, the
best way of doing every thing to advantage, and betrayed no impatience even
toward the most awkward. He called no one an ox, or a fool ; though he had
provocation enough, a hundred times over. This patience and constant atten-
tion of the master, and his zeal in working himself, caused all to succeed ex-
tremely well.
CHAPTER LXX. — A MAN WHO is A ROGUE AND THIEF BEHAVES HONORABLY, AND
THE MASON'S WIFE SHOWS HER GOOD SENSE.
MICHEL, as being one of the stoutest and best workmen, was by the master's
side the whole afternoon, and saw with what kindness and goodness he behaved
even to the most stupid ; and Michel, though a thief and a rogue, became fond
of Leonard, on account of his fair and upright conduct, and resolved not to be
the cause of any injury to this good and honest man.
But Kriecher and the pious Marx Reuti were not so well pleased, that he
made no distinction amongst the people, but behaved well, even to the rogue
Michel. Lenk, too, shook his head often, and said to himself: "He is but a
simpleton ! If he had taken people who could work, like me and my brother, he
would not have had half so much trouble." But the greater number, whom he
had kindly and patiently instructed in the work, thanked him from the bottom
of their hearts, and some of them prayed for him to that God, who rewards and
blesses the patience and kindness, which a man shows toward his weaker
brethren.
Michel could no longer keep to himself the wicked engagement into which
he had entered with the bailiff, on Saturday evening, and said to the master, as
they returned: "I have something to tell you. and will go home with you."
""Well! come then," said Leonard.
So he went with the master into his cottage, and told him how the bailiff, on
Saturday evening, had bribed him to treachery, and how he had received two
crowns in hand for it. Leonard started, and Gertrude was horror-struck, at this
account.
"It is dreadful! " said Leonard.
"Dreadful, indeed!" said Gertrude.
" But don't let it distress thee, Gertrude, I beg of thee."
"Be not at all disturbed about it, master," said Michel, " I will not lift a hand
against you, depend upon that! "
Leonard. " I thank you, Michel ! but I did not deserve this from the bailiff."
Michel. " He is a devil incarnate. Hell has no match for him, when he is
furious and seeks for revenge."
Leon. " It makes one shudder to think of it."
Gertrude. "I am quite bewildered! "
Mich. " Don't be like children about it ; all things have an end."
Ger. and Leon. " Yes ; thanks be to God."
106 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
Mich. "You may have it just your own way. If you like, I will let the
bailiff go on thinking I am still true to him, and to-morrow, or the next day,
take some tools from the building and carry them to his house. Then do you
go quickly to Arner, and get a search warrant to examine all houses, and begin
with the bailiff's, and go directly into the further room, where you will be sure
to find them ; but mind, you must rush in, the very moment you have shown
the warrant, or it will be all in vain. They will have warning and get the things
out of your sight, through the window, or under the bed-clothes — and, if you are
civil, and do not search for them, you will be in a fine situation. But, indeed, I
almost think it would be better for you to send somebody else ; you are not fit
for such a job."
Leon. "No, Michel; this kind of work certainly will not suit me."
Mich. " It is all one. I will find somebody to manage it cleverly for you."
Ger. " Michel ! I think we should thank God, that we have escaped from
the danger which threatened us, and not be laying a snare for the bailiff, from
revenge."
Mich. "He deserves what he will get. Never trouble your head about
that."
Ger. "It is not our business to judge what he deserves, or does not deserve;
but it is our business to practice no revenge, and it is the only right conduct for
us to pursue in this case."
Mich. "I must confess that you are in the right, Gertrude. It is a great
blessing to be able so to govern one's self. But you are right. He will meet
with his reward, and it is best to keep entirely away from him, and have nothing
to do with him. And so I will directly break with him, and take him back his
two crowns. But just now, I have but a crown and a half! " He took it out of
his pocket, counted it, and then said: "I don't know whether to take him the
other half by itself, or wait for my week's wages on Saturday, when I can give
it him altogether."
Leon. " It will be no inconvenience to me to advance you the half-crown
now."
Mich. " "Well, if you can do so, I shall be very glad to have done with the
man to-day. I will take it to him, this very hour, as soon as I get it."
" Master ! since yesterday's sacrament, it has been heavy at my heart, that I
had promised him to do such wicked things ; and, in the evening, came your
Jonas, to give his afternoon bread to my child, and that made me repent still
more of behaving so ill to you. I never knew you properly before, Leonard,
and I have never had much to do with you ; but to-day I saw you wishing to
help every body kindly and patiently, and I thought I could never die in peace,
if I were to reward such an honest, good man with treachery. (The tears came
into his eyes.) See, now, whether I am in earnest or not."
Leon. " Then never do an injury to any man again."
Mich. ""With God's help, I will follow your example."
Ger. " You will certainly be a happier man if you do."
Leon. " Do you wish to go to the bailiff this evening ? "
Mich. " Yes, if I can."
The mason gave him the half-crown and said: "Do not put him into a paa-
sion."
Ger. " And don't tell him that we know any thing about it."
Mich. " I will be as short as I can ; but I will go this moment, and then it
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. 1()T
will be done with. Good-by, Gertrude! I thank you, Leonard! Good
night."
Leon. " Good-by, Michel." He went away.
CHAPTER LXXI. — THE CATASTROPHE DRAWS NEAR.
WHEN the bailiff arrived at home, he found only his wife in the house ; and
therefore was able, at last, to give vent to all the rage and anger which had
been rising in him throughout the day.
At the hall, at Hirzau, and in the fields, it was a different thing. A man like
him is not willing to lay open his heart to others.
It will be said : a bailiff who should do so would, indeed, be as simple as a
shepherd's lad ; and Hummel was never accused of this. He could, for days
together, smother his rage, envy, hatred, and vexation, and keep laughing, and
talking, and drinking ; but when he came home, and, by good or ill-luck, found
the house empty, then the rage which he had before concealed, burst forth
fearfully.
His wife was crying in a corner, and said : " For heaven's sake, do not go on
in this way. This violence of thine will only drive Arner still further. He
will not rest till thou art quiet."
"He will not rest, do what I will! He will never rest, till he has ruined me.
He is a rogue, a thief, and a dog. The most cursed of all the cursed," said the
man.
Wife " Do not talk in such a shocking way. Thou wilt go out of thy mind."
Bailiff. " Have I not cause ? Dost thou not know that he will take my
license or my bailiff's coat from me in a fortnight? "
Wife. " I know it; but, for heaven's sake, do jiot go on at this rate. The
whole village knows it already. The secretary told the attorney, who has pub-
lished it every where. I did not know it till tea-time this evening. All the
people were laughing and talking on both sides of the street about it ; and Mar-
garet, who was at tea with me, took me aside, and told me the bad news. And,
besides this, Hans Wust has brought back the eight florins. How comes he by
eight florins ? Arner must be at the bottom of it. Alas ! a storrn threatens us
on every side ! " So said the wife.
The bailiff started, as if he had felt a thunder-bolt, at the words " Hans "Wust
has brought back the eight florins ! " He stood still for a time, staring at his
wife, with open mouth — and then said : " "Where is the money ? — where are
these eight florins ? "
His wife set the money on the table, in a broken ale-glass. The bailiff fixed
his eyes for some time upon it, without counting it, and then said : "It is not
from the hall ! The squire never pays any body in this coin."
Wife. "I am very glad it is not from the hall."
Bailiff. " There is something more in this. Thou shouldst not have taken it
from him."
Wife. "Why not?"
Bailiff. "I could have got to know from whom he had it."
Wife. "I did think of that; but he would not wait; and I do not think
thou couldst have got any thing out of him. He was as short and close as
possible."
Bailiff. " All comes upon me at once. I know not what I am doing ! — give
me something to drink ! " She set it before him, and he paced up and down the
108 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
room in a frenzy — drank and talked to himself. " I will ruin the mason ! That
is the first thing to be done — if it cost me a hundred crowns. Michel must
ruin him, and then I will go after the landmark." Thus he spoke ; and, at that
moment, Michel knocked at the door. The bailiff started in a fright, said :
" Who can be here so late at night ? " and went to look through the window.
" Open the door, bailiff'," called out Michel.
CHAPTER LXXII. — HIS LAST HOPE FORSAKES THE BAILIFF.
"HE comes just at the right moment," said the bailiff, as he opened the door.
" Welcome, Michel ! What good news dost thou bring ? "
Michel. " Not much. I only want to tell you — "
Bailiff. "Don't talk outside the door, man. I shall not go to bed for some
time. Come into the room."
Mich. "I must go home again. I only want to tell you, that I have changed
my mind about Saturday's business."
Bailiff. "Ay, by G — ! that would be complete! No! thou must not change
thy mind. If it is not enough, I will give thee more — but come into the room.
We are sure to agree about it."
Mich. " At no price, bailiff. There are your two crowns."
Bailiff. " I will not receive them from thee, Michel ! Don't play the fool
with me. It can not hurt thee ; and, if the two crowns are too little, come into
my room."
Mich. " I will not listen to another word about it, bailiff. There is your
money."
Bailiff. "By G — , I will not receive it from thee, in this way. I have sworn
it, so come into the room."
Mich. "Well, I can do that. There; now I am in the room, and here is
your money," said he, laying it upon the table; "and now good-by, bailiff! "
and therewith he turned about, and away he went.
CHAPTER LXXIII. — HE SETS ABOUT REMOVING THE LANDMARK.
THE bailiff stood for a while, stock-still and speechless, rolled about his eyes,
foamed with fury, trembled, stamped, and then called out: "Wife, give me the
brandy. It must be done. I will go 1 "
Wife. "Whither wilt thou go, this dark night?
Bailiff. " I am going — I am going to dig up the stone — give me the bottle."
Wife. " For God's sake, do not attempt it."
Bailiff. "It must be done ! — I tell thee I will go."
Wife. " It is as dark as pitch, and near midnight ; and this week before
Easter, the devil has most power."
Bailiff. " If he has got the horse, let him e'en take the bridle too. Give me
the bottle. I will go."
He took a pickaxe, a shovel, and a mattock, upon his shoulder, and went, in
the darkness of the night, up the hill, to take away his master's landmark.
Drunkenness, and revenge, and rage, emboldened him ; but when he saw a
piece of shining wood, or heard a hare rustling along, he trembled, stopped for
a moment, and then went raging on, till at last he came to the landmark — set to
work directly, and hacked and shoveled away, with all his might.
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
109
CHAPTER LXXIV. — NIGHT GREATLY DECEIVES DRUNKARDS AND ROGUES, ESPE-
CIALLY WHEN THEY ARE IN TROUBLE.
SUDDENLY a noise startled him, and, looking up, he saw a black man coming
toward him. A light shone about the man in the dark night, and fire burned
upon his head. " This is the devil incarnate ! " said the bailiff. And he ran
away, screaming horribly, and leaving behind him mattock, pickaxe, and shovel,
with his hat and the empty brandy bottle,
It was Christopher, the poulterer of Arnheim, who had been buying eggs at
Oberhofen, Lunkofen, Hirzau, and other places, and was now on his way home-
ward. He had covered his basket with the skin of a black goat, and had hung
a lantern from it, that he might find his way in the dark. This egg-carrier knew
the voice of the bailiff, as he was running away ; and, as he suspected that he
was about some evil deed, he grew angry, and said to himself: "I will give
the cursed knave his due for once. He thinks I am the devil."
Then quickly setting down his basket, he took up the mattock, pickax, and
shovel, and his own iron-bound walking-stick, fastened them all together, drag-
ged them behind him over the stony road, so that they rattled fearfully, and ran
after the bailiff, crying out, with a hollow, dismal voice: "Oh! — Ah — Uh! —
Hummel ! Oh ! — Ah ! — Uh ! — thou art mine — sto— op I — Hummel ! "
The poor bailiff ran as fast as he could, and cried out pitifully, as he ran :
"Murder! help! watchman! the devil is catching me I "
And the poulterer kept shouting after him: "Oh! — Ah! — Uh! bai — liff—
sto — op — bailiff! thou art — mine! — bailiff."
CHAPTER LXXV. — THE VILLAGE is IN AN UPROAR.
THE watchman in the village heard the running and shouting upon the hill,
and could distinguish every word; but he was afraid, and knocked at some
neighbors' windows.
"Get up, neighbors! " said he, "and hear what is going on upon the hill. It
sounds as if the devil had got hold of the bailiff. Hark ! how he shouts mur-
der ! and help ! And yet, God knows, he is at home with his wife. It is not
two hours since I saw him through the window."
"When about ten of them were assembled, they declared they would go alto-
gether, with torches, and well armed, toward the noise ; but that they would
carry with them, in their pockets, new bread, a testament, and psalter, that the
devil might not prevail against them.
The men accordingly went, but stopped first at the bailiff's house, to see
whether he were at home.
The bailiff's wife was waiting in deadly fear, wondering how he might be go-
ing on upon the hill, and when she heard the uproar in the night, and that men
with torches were knocking at the door, she was dreadfully frightened, and
called out : " Lord Jesus ! what do you want ? "
"Tell your husband to come to us," said the men.
" He is not at home ; but do tell me what is the matter ? Why are you here ? "
said the woman.
The men answered : " It is a bad business if he is not at home. Hark ! how
he is crying murder! help! as if the devil were taking him."
The wife now ran out with the men, as if she had been beside herself.
The watchman asked her, by the way : " "What the devil is your husband do-
ing now upon the hill? He was at home two hours ago."
HO LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
She answered him not a word, but screamed terribly.
And the bailiff's dog growled, at its chain's length.
When the poulterer saw the people coming to help the bailiff, and heard his
dog bark so fearfully, he turned round, and went, as quickly and quietly as he
could, up the hill again to his basket, packed up his booty, and pursued his way.
Kunz, however, who, with the bailiff's wife, was a few steps before the rest,
saw that it could not be the -devil ; and taking the roaring bailiff rather roughly
by the arm, said to him : " "What is the matter ? why dost thou go on in this
way?"
" Oh — Oh— let me alone — 0 — devil 1 let me alone ! " said the bailiff, who in
his terror could neither see nor hear.
"Thou fool, I am Kunz, thy neighbor; and this is thy wife," said the man.
The others first looked very carefully, to see whether the devil were any where
about; and those who had torches, held them up and down, to examine care^
fully above and below, and on every side ; and each man put his hand into his
pocket to feel for the new bread, the testament, and psalter.
But as they still saw nothing, they began to take courage by degrees, and
some grew bold enough to say to the bailiff: " Has the devil scratched thee
with his claws, or trodden thee under lu's feet, that thou art bleeding in this
manner ? "
The others exclaimed: "This is no time for joking! we all heard the horrible
voice."
But Kunz said: "I suspect that a poacher or a woodman has tricked the
bailiff and all of us. As I came near him, the noise ceased, and a man ran up
the hill as fast as he could. I have repented ever since, that I did not run after
him ; and we were fools for not bringing the bailiff's dog with us."
" Thou art a fool thyself, Kunz ! That was certainly no man's voice. It ran
through bone and marrow, and a wagon load of iron does not rattle over the
streets as it rattled."
" I will not contradict you, neighbors ! I shuddered as I heard it. But yet
I shall never be persuaded that I did not hear somebody run up the hill."
" Dost thou think that the devil can not run so that one may hear him ? " said
the men.
The bailiff heard not a word of what they were saying; and, when he got
home, he asked the men to stay with him that night, and they willingly remained
in the tavern.
CHAPTER LXXVI. — THE PASTOR COMES TO THE TAVERN.
Ix the mean time, the nightly uproar had roused the whole village. Even in
the parsonage-house, they were all awake; for they anticipated some evil tidings.
"When the pastor inquired what was the cause of the noise, he heard fearful
accounts of the horrible adventure.
And the pastor thought he could, perhaps, turn the bailiff's fright (foolish as
its cause might be,) to a good use.
He therefore went that night to the tavern.
Quick as lightning, vanished the wine jug as he entered.
The men stood up and said : " Welcome, honorable Herr Pastor ! "
The pastor thanked them, and said to the neighbors: "It is a credit to you
to be so ready and active when a misfortune happens. But will you now leave
me alone with the bailiff, for a short time ? "
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. H}
" It is our duty to do as your reverence pleases. "We wish you good-night"
Pastor. "The same to you, neighbors! but I must also beg that you will be
careful what you relate about this business. It is very disagreeable to have
made a great noise about a thing which afterward proves nothing at all, or some-
thing very different from what was expected. So far, nobody knows any thing
about what has happened; and you know, neighbors, night is very deceitful."
" It is so, your reverence I " said the men, as they left the room ; " and a great
fool he always is, and will believe nothing 1 " added they, when they were out-
side of the door.
CHAPTER LXXVII. — CARE or SOULS.
THE pastor began at once: "Bailiff I I have heard that something has hap-
pened to thee, and I am come to help and comfort thee, as far as I am able.
Tell me honestly what has really happened."
Bailiff. " I am a poor unfortunate wretch, and Satan tried to get hold of me."
Pastor. "How so, bailiff? where did this happen? "
Bailiff. "Upon the hill, above."
Pattor. " Didst thou really see any body? Did any body touch thee ? "
Bailiff. "I saw him as he ran after me. He was a great black man, and
had fire upon his head. He ran after me to the bottom of the hill."
Pastor. " Why does thy head bleed ? "
Bailiff. " I fell down as I was running."
Pastor. " Then nobody laid hold of thee ? "
Bailiff. " No ! but I saw him with my own eyes."
Pastor. " Well, bailiff, we will say no more about that. I can not under-
stand how it really was. But be it what it may, it makes little difference. For,
bailiff, there is an eternity when, without any doubt, the ungodly will fall into
his hands ; and the thoughts of this eternity, and of the danger of falling into
his hands after thy death, must make thee anxious and uneasy in thy old age,
and during thy life."
Bailiff. "0, sir! I know not what to do for anxiety and uneasiness. For
heaven's sake, what can I do, what must I do, to get out of his hands ? Am I
not already entirely in his power ? "
Pastor. "Bailiff! do not plague thyself with idle and foolish talking. Thou
hast sense and understanding, and therefore art in thine own power. Do what
is right, and what thy conscience tells thee is thy duty to God and man, and
thou wilt soon see that the devil has no power over thee."
Bailiff. " 0, sir I what must I do to obtain God's mercy ? "
Pastor. "Thou must sincerely repent of thy faults, amend thy ways, and
give back thy unrighteous possessions."
Bailiff. " People say I am rich, your reverence! but heaven knows I am not
so."
Pastor. "That makes no difference. Thou keepest possession of Rudi's
meadow unjustly, and Wust and Keibacher have sworn falsely. I know it,
and I will not rest till Rudi has got his own again."
Bailiff. "0, sir! for heaven's sake, have compassion upon me."
Pastor. " The best compassion any one can show thee, is this : to persuade
thee to do thy duty to God and man."
Bailiff. "1 will do whatever you wish, sir."
Pastor. " Wilt thou give Rudi his meadow again ? "
112 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
Bailiff. "Yes, I will, your reverence! "
Pastor. " Dost thou also acknowledge that thou possesses! it unlawfully?"
Bailiff. " I can not deny it — but it will bring me to beggary if I lose it."
Pastor. " Bailiff! it is better to beg, than to keep unjust possession of poor
people's property."
The bailiff groaned.
Pastor. " But what wert thou doing upon the hill? "
Bailiff. " For heaven's sake, sir, do not ask me that? I can not, I dare not
tell you. Have mercy upon me, or I am a lost man."
Pastor. " I will not urge thee to confess more than thou desirest. If thou
dost it willingly, I will advise thee like a father ; but if thou wilt not, then it
is thy own fault if I can not give thee the advice which is perhaps most needful
to thee. But though I do not seek to inquire after what thou art not willing to
tell me, yet I can not see what thou canst gain by concealing any thing from
me."
Bailiff. " But will you never repeat what I say to you, without my consent,
whatever it may be ? "
Pastor. " I certainly will not."
Bailiff. "Then, in plain truth, I will tell you. I wanted to remove one of
the squire's landmarks."
Pastor. "Gracious heaven! and why wouldst thou injure the excellent
squire ? "
Bailiff. " Because he wants to take away from me either my tavern or my
office of bailiff."
Pastor. "Thou art indeed an unhappy creature, bailiff! And he was so far
from intending any unkindness toward thee, that he would have given thee an
equivalent, if thou hadst freely given up thy office of bailiff."
Bailiff. " Can that be true, your reverence? "
Pastor. "Yes, bailiff, I can assure thee of it with certainty; for I had it from
his own lips. He was out hunting on Saturday afternoon, and I met him on the
road from Reutihof, where I had been to see the old woman, and there he told
me expressly that young Meyer, whom he wished to have for bailiff, should
give thee a hundred florins yearly, that thou mightest have no reason to com-
plain."
Bailiff. "0, if I had only known this before, your reverence, I should never
have come to this misfortune."
Pastor. " It is our duty to trust in God, even when we can not see how his
fatherly mercy will show itself; and we should hope well from a good master on
earth, even when we can not see how he means to manifest his kindness toward
us. If we do this, we shall always remain true and faithful to him, and, in all
our mischances, find his heart open to compassion and paternal kindness to-
ward us."
Bailiff. "0, what an unfortunate man I am! If I had only known half of
this before ! "
Pastor. "We can not alter what is past! But what wilt thou do now,
bailiff? "
Bailiff. " I know not what in the world to do ! To confess it, would endanger
my life. "What does your reverence think ? "
Pastor. " I repeat what I told thee just now. I do not wish to force thee
to any confession ; what I say is merely in the way of advice ; but it is my
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. ^3
opinion, that the straight way never turned out ill to any body. Arner is merci-
ful, and thou art guilty. Do as thou wilt, but I would leave it to his com-
passion. I see clearly that it is a very difficult step to take, but it will also be
very difficult to hide thy fault from him, if thou seekest true peace and satisfac-
tion for thy heart."
The bailiff groaned, but did not speak.
The pastor proceeded: "Do as thou wilt, bailiff! I do not wish to urge thee;
but the more I consider it, the more it appears to me that it will be the wisest
plan to leave it to Arner's compassion : for I must confess to thee, I do not see
what else thou canst do. The squire will inquire why thou wert off the road
so late at night."
Bailiff. " Mercy on me ! what a thought is just come into my head. I have
left a pickaxe, shovel, and mattock, and I know not what besides, by the land-
mark, which is half dug up already. This may discover it all. I am in a
dreadful fright about the pickaxe and mattock ! "
Pastor. "If thou art in such a fright, bailiff, about a poor pickaxe and mat-
tock, which may be easily removed before daybreak, think what hundreds of
such chances and accidents will occur, if thou concealest it, to poison all the
remainder of thy life with uneasiness and constant bitter anxiety. Thou wilt
find no rest for thy heart, bailiff, if thou dost not confess."
Bailiff. " And there is no chance of my obtaining mercy from God, without
it?"
Pastor. " Bailiff! if thou thyself thinkest and fearest this, and yet art silent
against the voice of thy conscience and thine own conviction, how is it possible
that this conduct can be pleasing to God, or restore thee to his favor?"
Bailiff. " And is there no other remedy ? "
Pastor. " God's mercy will assist thee, if thou dost what thy conscience bids
thee."
Bailiff. "I will confess it"
The moment he said this, the pastor prayed thus, in his presence.
"All praise, and thanksgiving, and adoration, be unto thee Almighty Father!
Thou didst stretch forth thy hand toward him, and the work of thy love appeared
to him anger and wrath ! But it has touched his heart, so that he no longer
hardens himself against the voice of truth, as formerly. 0, thou, who art all
mercy, and compassion, and loving-kindness, graciously accept the sacrifice of
his confession, and remove not thy hand from him. Fulfill the work of thy
compassion, and let him again become one of thy favored children ! 0, heavenly
Father, the life of man upon earth is erring and sinful, but thou art merciful to
thy frail children, and forgivest their excesses and sins when they amend.
"All praise and adoration be unto thee, Father Almighty! Thou hast
stretched forth thy hand toward him, that he might turn unto thee. Thou wilt
fulfill the work of thy compassion ; and he will find thee, and praise thy name,
and acknowledge thy mercies amongst his brethren."
The bailiff was now thoroughly moved. Tears fell from his eyes.
" 0, sir, I will confess it, and do whatever is right. I will seek rest for my
soul, and God's mercy."
The pastor remained some time longer with him, comforting him, and then
went home. It was striking five as he arrived at his own house, and he imme-
diately wrote to Arner. His letter yesterday and that to-day were as
follows: — 23
114 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
CHAPTER LXXVIII. — TWO LETTEKS FROM THE PASTOR TO ARNER.
FIRST LETTER.
"HIGH AND NOBLY BORN, GRACIOUS SIR!
" THE bearer of this, Hans "Wust, has this day revealed a circumstance to me,
which is of such a nature, that I could not do otherwise than advise him to con-
fess it to you, as to his judge. He maintains, on his conscience, that the oath
which he and Keibacher took ten years ago, about the affair between Rudi and
the bailiff, was a false one. It is a distressing story, and there are some remark-
able circumstances belonging to it, relating to the conduct of the late secretary,
and of the unhappy assistant of my deceased predecessor, which this confession
will bring to light, and thereby I fear give rise to much scandal. But I thank
God that the poorest of all my many poor people, the long oppressed and suffer-
ing Rudi, with his unhappy family, may, by means of this confession, again
obtain possession of , what belongs to them. The daily increasing wickedness
of the bailiff, and his daring conduct, which he now no longer restrains even on
sacred days, convince me that the time of his humiliation is approaching. For
the poor unhappy Wust, I earnestly and humbly entreat your compassion, and
all the favor which the duty of justice can permit your benevolent heart to
show him.
" My wife desires her best respects to your lady, and my children their grate-
ful remembrances to your daughters. They send a thousand thanks for the
bulbs, with which they have enriched our little garden. They will be most
zealously watched over, for my children have quite a passion for flowers.
"Permit me, high and nobly born, gracious sir, with the sincerest respect and
esteem, to subscribe myself
"Your high and nobly born grace's
" Most obedient servant,
"JOACHIM ERNST."
"Bonnal, 20th March, 1780."
SECOND LETTER.
"HIGH AND NOBLY BORN, GRACIOUS SIR!
"SiNCE yesterday evening, when I informed* you (in a letter now lying sealed
beside me,) of some circumstances relating to Hans Wust, an all-seeing Provi-
dence has strengthened my hopes and wishes for Rudi, and my anticipations
respecting the bailiff, in a manner which I can not yet either comprehend or ex-
plain. Last night there was a general uproar in the village, so violent that I
apprehended some misfortune, and, upon inquiring, was told that the devil
wanted to seize the bailiff. He screamed pitifully, on the hill, for assistance, and
all the people heard the horrible rattling noise of the pursuing devil. I could
not help laughing heartily at this intelligence ; but many more people came in,
who confirmed the fearful story, and at last told me that the bailiff was now re-
turned home again, with the men who had gone to help him ; but that he had
been so dreadfully dragged about and injured by his terrible enemy, that it was
not likely he would recover.
"This was a business quite out of my line — but what was to be done? We
must make the best of the world as it is, since we can not alter it. I thought
that whatever this affair might be, the bailiff was probably in a state to be
worked upon, and that I ought not to lose the opportunity ; so I went immediately
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. U5
to his house. I found him in a pitiful condition. He was firmly persuaded that
the devil had really been in pursuit of him. I made a few inquiries, in hopes of
getting a clue to the business, but could make nothing out. The only thing
certain is, that nobody has touched him. and that the wound on his head, which
la but trifling, was caused by a fall. Moreover, as soon as the people approached,
the devil ceased his rattling and roaring — but it is time to come to the most im-
portant part of the story.
" The bailiff was humbled, and confessed to me two shocking deeds, which he
freely permitted me to communicate to your grace. First, that what Hans "Wust
had told me yesterday was true — namely, that he had deceived your late grand-
father about Rudi, and obtained possession of the meadow unjustly. Secondly,
that this night he intended to remove one of your grace's landmarks, and was
busy at the work when the fearful accident happened to him.
" I humbly entreat your compassion and forbearance toward this unhappy
man also, who appears, God be praised for it, to be brought to repentance and
submission. As the circumstances are changed since yesterday, I will not send
Hans "VYust with his letter, but Wilhelm Abi shall deliver them both. I wait
your further commands about them, and remain
" "With true regard,
" Your high and nobly born grace's
" Most obedient servant,
"Sonnol, 21st March, 1780." "JOACHIM ERNST."
CHAPTER LXXIX. — THE POULTERER'S INFORMATION.
WILHELM ABI set out for Arnburg with the letters, but Christopher, the
poulterer, was at the hall before him, and told the squire the whole of what had
happened, from beginning to end.
The squire, as he sat in his arm-chair, laughed until he had to hold his sides,
at the account of the bailiff's fright, and of the fearful Oh ! — Ah ! — Uh 1 of the
poulterer.
His wife Theresa, who was in the next room, heard the bursts of laughter and
the poulterer's exclamations, and called out: "Charles, what is the matter?
Come and tell me what it is all about ! "
Then the squire said to the poulterer: "My wife wants to hear how you per-
form the devil : come in."
And he took the poulterer into his wife's room.
The man there repeated his tale— how he had driven the bailiff down into the
field — how the neighbors had come out by dozens, with spits, and cudgels, and
torches, to the poor bailiff's help — and how he had then crept up the hill again.
The squire and his lady were much diverted, and the squire gave the poulterer
some glasses of good wine, and bade him tell nobody a single word of the
affair.
In the mean time Wilhelm Abi arrived, with the pastor's letters.
Arner read them, and was the most touched by Hans Wust's story.
The negligence of his grandfather, and the misery of Rudi, deeply grieved
him ; but the pastor's judicious conduct rejoiced his heart. He gave the letters
to Theresa, and said: "My pastor in Bonnal is a most excellent man. Nobody
could have acted more kindly and prudently."
Theresa read the letters, and said : " This is a sad business about Wust ! You
must help Rudi to recover his property without delay ; and, if the bailiff refuses
HQ LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
to give up the meadow, throw him into prison. He is a wretch who must not
be spared/'
"I will have him hanged, to a certainty! " answered Arner.
"0, no ! you will not put any body to death ! " replied Theresa.
" Do you think not, Theresa? " said Arner laughing.
" Yes, Charles I I am sure of it ! " said Theresa, affectionately kissing him.
" You would not kiss me any more, I suspect, if I were to do so, Theresa,"
said Arner.
" No, indeed ! " said Theresa, smiling.
Arner then went into his own room, and answered the pastor's letters.
CHAPTER LXXX. — THE SQUIRE'S ANSWER TO THE PASTOR.
"DEAR AND REVEREND SIR,
. " An hour before I received your letters, I had heard the story from the very
devil who chased the bailiff down the hill; and who was no other than your old
acquaintance, Christopher, the poulterer. I will give you an account of the
whole affair, which was very laughable, to-day ; for I am coming to the village,
where I will hold a parish-meeting about the landmark. I mean at the same
time to have a comedy with the people, about their belief in ghosts ; and you,
my dear sir, must be present at this play. I think you have not been at many,
or you would not be so shy, and perhaps not so truly good and contented a
man.
" I beg your acceptance of some of my best wine, with my heartfelt thanks
for the upright and excellent assistance you have given me, in making amends
for my grandfather's failings.
" We will this afternoon drink some of it to his memory. Believe me, he
was a good man at heart, though rogues too often abused his kindness and con-
fidence. I thank you, my dear sir, for the pains and care you have taken
about Hubel Rudi. I will certainly assist him. This very day he must be in
charity with my dear grandfather, and I trust he will never again lament
over the recollection of him. I am grieved at heart, that he has suffered
so much, and I will do my best, in any way I can, to comfort him for
his past distress, by future ease and happiness. "We are certainly bound
to make good the failings of our parents wherever it is in our power. 0, my
dear sir, it is a sad mistake, to say that a judge is never answerable, nor obliged
to make reparation. How little is he acquainted with mankind, who does not
see that all judges are bound, at the risk of their property, continually to rouse
and exert all their powers, not only to be honorable, but to be careful and
watchful. But I am going from the purpose.
"My wife and children desire me to give their kind regards to your family, and
send your daughters another box of flower-roots. Farewell, my dear sir ! and
do not trouble yourself to get all the rooms into such order, and to provide so
many good things, as if I were coming from pure hunger. If you do, I will not
visit you any more, dear as you are to me.
" Once more accept my best thanks, and believe me ever
" Your faithful and affectionate friend,
"CHARLES ARNER VON ARNHEIM."
"Arriburg, 21st March, 1780."
" P. S. My wife has just told me that she wishes to be present at the comedy
of the poulterer, so we shall pour down upon you, with all the children, in the
family coach."
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. Hf
CHAPTER LXXXT. — A GOOD COW-MAN.
WHEN Arner had dismissed Wilhelm, he went into his cow-house, and, from
amongst his fifty cows, he chose out one for Hubel Rudi, and said to his cow-
man : " Feed this cow well, and tell the boy to drive it to Bonnal, and put it up
in the pastor's cow-house, till I come."
The cow-man replied: "Sir! I must obey your orders; but there is not one
amongst the fifty, I would not rather part with. She is such a fine, young,
handsome cow ; and just at her best time for milking."
"It is to your credit, cow-man, to be so sorry to lose the good cow; but I am
glad I chose it, I was looking for the best. She is going to belong to a poor
man, cow-man, so don't grieve over her. She will be a treasure to him."
Cow-man. " 0, sir, it is a sad pity to send her. She will fall off so in a poor
man's hands, grow so thin, and lose her looks. 0, sir, if I find he starves her,
I shall be running off to Bonnal every day, with all my pockets full of bread and
salt for her."
Squire. "Thou art a good fellow; but the man has an excellent meadow of
his own, and plenty of food for her."
Cow-man. " "Well, if she must go, I do hope she will be well treated."
Squire. " Depend upon it, she will want for nothing, cow-man."
The man fed the cow, and sighed to himself, because his master had chosen
the best of all his set, to give away. He gave his favorite Spot his own bread
and salt from breakfast, and then said to the boy: "Put on thy Sunday coat
and a clean shirt, brush thy shoes, and make thj'self neat: thou must drive Spot
to Bonnal."
Arid the boy did as the cow-man bade him, and drove away the cow.
Arner stood still for a while, earnestly considering what he should decide
about the bailiff.
Asa father, when he restrains his wild untoward boys, seeks only the welfare
of his children — as a father grieves at the punishment he is obliged to inflict,
and would gladly exchange it for forgiveness and approbation — as he shows his
sorrow in punishing, and touches his children's hearts still more by his tender
regret than by the chastisement — so, thought Arner, must I punish, if I would
perform my duty as judge, in the spirit of a father to my dependants.
With these feelings he formed his decisions about the bailiff.
In the mean time his wife and her maidens had hastened dinner, that it
might be over sooner than usual.
CHAPTER LXXXII. — A COACHMAN WHO LOVES HIS MASTER'S SON.
AND little Charles, who had already been more than a dozen times to the
coachman, to desire him to make haste and get the coach ready, ran again to the
stables and called out: "We have done dinner, Francis! Put to. and drive
round to the door, directly."
"You are mistaken, young master; I heard the dinner-bell ring just now."
Charles. " How dare you say I am mistaken? I will not bear that, old
moustache ! "
Francis. " Hold, my boy ! I will tench you to call me moustache ! I will
plait the horses' tails and manes, and put on the ribands and the rosettes, and
that will take me an hour — and, if you say another word, I will tell your papa
that Herod is ill — See how he shakes his head! And then he will leave the
118 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
black horses in the stable and take the little carriage, and you can not go with
him."
C harks. "Xo, no. Francis! Stop — don't begin to plait their manes. I love
you, Francis! and will not call you moustache any more."
Francis. "You must give me a kiss then, Charles, in my beard; or I will
take the ribands and plait them."
Charles. " No, don't do so, pray."
Francis. "Why did you call me moustache? You must kiss me, or I will
not drive the black horses."
Chftrks. " Well, then, if I must ! But you will get the coach ready very soon
then."
Francis put down the curry-comb, lifted up the boy, who kissed him ; said :
" There's a good little fellow ! " — put the horses to the coach, and drove quickly
round to the hall-door.
Arner was sitting with his wife and children, and Charles begged his papa to
let him ride upon the coach-box with Francis. " It is so hot and crowded
inside."
"With all my heart," said Arner; and called out to Francis: "Take good
care of him."
CHAPTER LXXXIII. — THE SQUIRE WITH HIS WORKMEN.
AND Francis drove his spirited horses fast, and was soon on the plain near
Bonnal, where the men were breaking stones.
Then Amer got out of the coach, to look at their work, and he found all the
men in their right places.
They had got on with their work very well for the time.
And Arner praised the regularity and good appearance of the work, in a
manner which convinced the dullest amongst them, that the slightest irregularity
.or neglect would not have escaped him.
Leonard was very glad of this, for he thought within himself, now they will
all see that it is impossible for me to allow any carelessness or neglect.
Arner asked the master which was Hubel Rudi; and, at the moment Leon-
ard pointed him out, poor Rudi, who was pale and evidently very weak, was
raising a very heavy stone with his iron crow. Arner called out immediately :
"Do not overwork yourselves, my good fellows; and take care not to do your-
selves an injury." Then he ordered the master to give them each a glass of
wine, and went toward Bonnal.
CHAPTER LXXXIV. — A SQUIRE AND A PASTOK, WHO HAVE EQUALLY KIND HEARTS.
HE soon saw the good pastor coming to meet him, and the squire ran quickly
toward him, and called out: "You should nol have troubled yourself to come
out such weather as this? It is not right, with your delicate" health; " and he
then went into the house with him.
There he told him the whole history of the poulterer, and then said: "I have
some business to transact, but will be quick about it, that we may enjoy a couple
of hours quietly together."
He sent immediately for young Meyer, and said to the pastor: "The first
step shall be to seal up all the bailiff's accounts and books of reckoning; for I
am resolved to know who are concerned with him, and he shall settle with them
all, in my presence."
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. UQ
Pastor. " By doing this, you will get to know a great deal about the people
of the village."
Squire. " And, as I hope, find out the way to put an end to a great deal of
domestic unhappiness ; if I can by this means make it clear and evident to every
man how irrevocably people ruin themselves when they get ever so little into
debt to such grasping men as the bailiff. In my opinion, my good friend, the
laws do too little against this ruinous practice."
Paslw. " No law can do so much to counteract it, as the paternal kindness
of the lord of a manor."
CHAPTER LXXXV. — THE SQUIRE'S FEELINGS TOWARD HIS GUILTY BAILIFF,
As they were speaking, young Meyer arrived, and Arner said to him : " Meyer,
I meaii to dismiss my bailiff; but, notwithstanding his offenses, some circum-
stances lead me to wish him to receive, for life, a part of the emolument of his
office. You are well off in the world, Meyer ! and I think, if I were to make
you bailiff, you would willingly allow the old man a hundred florins yearly, out
of your salary."
Meyer. "If your honor thinks me equal to the situation, I shall wish in this,
as to every other respect, to do according to your pleasure."
Arner. " Well then, Meyer, come to me to Arnburg to-morrow, and I will
arrange this business. For the present, I will only tell you that you must take
my secretary and Abi, who is a qualified man, with you, and seal up all Hum-
mel's writings and accounts. You must carefully see after it, that not one of
his papers or accounts be secreted."
Immediately young Meyer and the squire's secretary took Abi with them, and
sealed up the bailiff's papers. His wife went with a wet sponge toward the
chalked board ; but Meyer saw her, and hindered her from touching it, and had
a copy of it taken immediately.
And Meyer, the secretary, and Abi, wondered to see on the board : "On
Saturday, 18th, to Joseph, Leonard's man, three crowns." " What was this for ? "
said they to the bailiff and his wife ; but they gave them no answer.
And when the men arrived at the parsonage-house, with the copy of the
board, the squire also wondered at the three crowns, and asked the men if they
knew the meaning of it.
" We inquired, but nobody would give us an answer," replied the men.
"I will soon find it out," said the squire. " When Flink and the gaoler come,
tell them to bring the bailiff and Hans Wust here."
CHAPTER LXXXVI. — THE PASTOR AGAIN SHOWS HIS KINDNESS OF HEART.
THE good pastor had no sooner heard this, than he slipped out of the room,
went to the tavern, and said to the bailiff: " For God's sake what is the meaning
of these three crowns to Joseph ? It will be a double misfortune to thee, if
thou dost not tell me. The squire is angry about it."
Then the bailiff sorrowfully confessed to the pastor, the whole affair about
Joseph and the money.
And the pastor went immediately back to Arner, and told him all, and how
penitent!}^ the bailiff had owned it to him ; and he again entreated the squire to
be merciful toward this unhappy man.
" Be not uneasy, my good friend ! You may depend upon finding me humane
and compassionate toward him," said Arner.
120
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
He then had Joseph taken from his work, and brought before him, with "Wust
and the bailiff.
The bailiff trembled like an aspen leaf. "Wust appeared very sorrowful, but
composed and patient.
But Joseph was in a rage, and said to the bailiff: " Thou old wretch, this is all
thy fault."
Arner had the prisoners brought, one after the other, into the inner
room of the parsonage-house, and there he examined them, in the pres-
ence of Meyer, Abi, and the attorney. And when the secretary had writ-
ten down their depositions, word for word, and read them over to the
prisoners, and these had again repeated and confirmed them, he had them all
brought to the place where the parish-meetings are held, under the lime-trees,
and ordered the bell to be rung, to assemble all the people.
CHAPTER LXXXVII. — ON A CHEERFUL DISPOSITION, AND ON GHOSTS.
BUT before this, the squire went for a few moments into the other room, to the
pastor, and said: "I will take a draught of something to refresh me, my good
friend. For I mean to be merry with the people. It is the best way to con-
vince them of any thing."
"Nothing is more certain," said the pastor.
And the squire made him pledge him, and said: "I wish all clergymen would
learn thus to go amongst the people in a straight-forward, unceremonious man-
ner. When people see a man good-humored, and with an open, unrestrained
manner, they are half won already."
"Alas, sir! " said the pastor, "this cheerfulness, and open, unrestrained man-
ner, are exactly what we are least allowed to practice."
Squire. " It is a misfortune, belonging to your situation, reverend sir."
Pastor. " You are quite right. None should go amongst the people with a
more unrestrained, cheerful, open manner, than the ministers of religion. They
should be the friends of .the people, and known to be such. They should be in-
fluenced by a regard to them in their speech, and in their silence. They should
carefully consider their words, and yet dispense them freely, benevolently, and
to the purpose, like their Master. But, alas ! they form themselves in other
schools, and we must have patience, squire. In all situations of life, there are
many impediments to the practice of what is simple and natural."
Squire. "It is true. In all ranks people wander continually further and
further from the path they should follow. Much time, which ought to be em-
ployed upon important duties, is wasted upon ceremonies and nonsense : and
there are few men who, under the burthen of forms of etiquette and pedantry,
preserve due attention to their duties, and to the really important objects of
their lives, as you have done, my dear friend. But, by your side, it is my delight
and joy to feel it my happy destination to act the part of a father, and I will en-
deavor to fulfill it with a pure heart, and, like you, with as little of the ceremony
and nonsense of the world as possible."
Pastor. " You make me ashamed, my dear sir."
Squire. " I feel what I say ! but the bell will soon ring. I am impatient for
the comedy at the parish-meeting. I do expect, this time, to cure them of some
of their superstitions."
Pastor. " May God grant you success ! This superstition of theirs, interferes
sadly with the good one seeks to do them."
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. J21
Squire. "I find, from my own experience, that it often makes them very
stupid, timid, and irresolute."
Pastor. "It warps a man's understanding, and has a bad effect upon all he
does, and says, and thinks. And, what is still worse, it injures his heart, and
hardens it with pride and uncharitableness."
Squire. " Very true. There is a wide distinction between the pure simplicity
of nature, and the blind stupidity of superstition."
Pastor. "Yes. The uncorrupted simplicity of nature is alive to every im-
pression of truth and virtue : it is like a blank tablet. But the stupidity of
superstition is like melted ore, incapable of receiving any impression, except
from fire and flame. And now that you have introduced the subject of this dis-
tinction, which is of so mtfch importance to me, in my avocation, will you per-
mit me to say a few more words about it ? "
Squire. " Pray do. The subject is very interesting to me."
Pastor. " Man, in the uncorrupted simplicity of his nature, knows little ; but
what he does know, is well arranged. His attention is firmly and steadily
directed toward what is useful and comprehensible to him. He does not seek
to know what he can neither comprehend nor turn to use. But the stupidity of
superstition has no clear arrangement in its knowledge. It boasts of knowing
what it neither knows nor comprehends; it persuades itself that the disorder of
its ideas is heavenly illumination, and that the fleeting splendor of its airy
bubbles is divine light and wisdom.
" The simple innocence of nature, makes use of all the senses, judges nothing
inconsiderately, examines every thing quietly and attentively, endures opposi-
tion, earnestly seeks and desires what is necessary, not what is mere matter of
speculation, and conducts itself peacefully, gently, kindly, and benevolently.
But superstition believes in contradiction to its own senses, and to the senses of
mankind ; never rests but in the triumph of its own obscurity, and rages rudely,
wildly, and unfeelingly, wherever it exists.
" Man, in a state of simplicity, is guided by his uncorrupted heart, upon which
he can always depend ; and by his senses, which he uses peacefully.
" But the superstitious man is guided by his opinions, to which he sacrifices
his feelings, his senses, and often his God, his country, his neighbor, and himself."
Squire. "Every page of history confirms the truth of your statement; and
a very small share of experience and knowledge of the world, is sufficient to
convince any man that hardness of heart and superstition are inseparable com-
panions, and always followed by pernicious and grievous consequences."
Pastor. "From this essential difference between the simplicity of the honest,
unprejudiced man, and the stupidity of the superstitious man, it appears that the
best method of opposing superstition, is: 'In educating the poor, to ground their
knowledge of the truth upon the pure feelings of innocence and love ; and to
turn their attention chiefly to the surrounding objects which interest them in
their individual situations.' "
Squire. "I understand you, my good friend! and I think, with you, that by
this means superstition and prejudice would lose their sting, their hurtfulness,
and their accordance with the passions and desires of wicked hearts, and with
the groundless terrors and weak fancies of a busy, speculative knowledge.
" And thus all that would remain of prejudice and superstition would be but
empty words, and shades of things without inward poison, and these would die
away of themselves."
122 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
Pastor. " It appears to me in the same light. The education of the poor
should be founded upon clear ideas, surrounding objects, and the cautious develop-
ment of the impulses of human nature ; because these are, undoubtedly, the
foundation of true human wisdom.
" To fix the attention strongly upon speculative opinions and distant objects,
and feebly upon our duties, our actions, and the objects which surround us, is to
create disorder in the soul of man. It leads to ignorance about our most im-
portant affairs, and to a foolish predilection for information and knowledge, which
do not concern us.
" Eoughness and hardness of heart are the natural consequences of all pride
and presumption ; and the source of the inward poison of superstition and prej-
udice is clearly derived from this : that in the education of the people, their at-
tention is not steadily turned to the circumstances and objects around them,
which have a strong and near relation to their individual situation, and would
lead their hearts to pure and tender feelings of humanity upon all occasions.
"If people sought thus to instruct them, as earnestly and zealously as they
do to teach them particular opinions, superstition would be torn up by the roots,
and deprived of all its power; but I feel daily, more and more, how little we are
advanced in this good work."
Squire. " In the world all is comparatively true, or not true. There have
been rude times — times when a man who did not believe in ghosts was esteemed
a heretic ; times when a man was obliged, on pain of forfeiting his rights and
his situation of judge, to order old women to the rack, to make them confess
their dealings with the devil."
Pastor. "God be praised, those times are gone by; but much of the old
leaven still remains."
Squire. "Yet, be of good cheer, my friend! One stone after another falls
away from the temple of superstition ; and it would be well if people were only
as zealous to build up the temple of God, as they are to overthrow that of
superstition ! "
Pastor. "There again we are wanting: and this checks and destroys my
rejoicing in the attacks made upon superstition ; because I see that those who
are so active against it, trouble themselves very little about upholding religion,
the sanctuary of God, in its strength."
Squire "It is too true. But in all revolutions people will always begin by
rejecting good and bad together. They were in the right to purify the Lord's
temple ; but they will soon perceive that, in their zeal, they have injured the
walls, and then they will return and repair them again."
Pastor. " 1 trust it will be so I and, indeed, I see myself that people begin
to feel that destructive iireligion strikes at the root of human happiness."
Squire. "We must now go; and I will make one attempt this very day to
attack superstition, and overthrow the belief in ghosts which exists in Bonnal."
Pastor. " May you be successful ! I have as yet been able to do very little
against it by my arguments and preaching."
Squire. " I will not attempt it by words. My poulterer must spare me that
trouble, with his basket and lantern, his pickaxe and mattock."
Pastor. " I really believe it will succeed admirably. It is certain that, when
people know well how to turn such accidents to advantage, they may do more
by means of them in a moment, than they can in half a century by all the arts
of eloquence."
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
CHAPTER LXXXVIII. — ON GHOSTS, IN A DIFFERENT TONE.
IN the mean time the country people were all assembled at the place of meet-
ing. Yesterday's adventure, and the report of the prisoners, brought them to-
gether in crowds. The alarming appearance of the devil had greatly agitated
them, and they had already, early that morning, taken council together what was
to be done under the circumstances, and had come to a resolution that the pas-
tor ought no longer to be allowed to teach and preach so incredulously, and to
laugh at all stories of ghosts. They determined to request Hartknopf, the
church- warden, to make a proposal to this effect at the meeting ; but young
Meyer was against this, and said : " I can not agree that the old miser, who
starves his own children, and is constantly hunting about for all sorts of refuse,
should speak for us. It will be an eternal shame for us to appoint such a
hypocrite."
The men answered : " We know well enough that he is a hypocrite and a
miser, and we know that the way in which he and his maid-servant live together
is scandalous. It is true, also, that we have not such a liar amongst us, nor one
who encroaches so much upon his neighbor's land, or clears his field so carefully
at harvest-time ; but then, there is not one of us who can talk to a minister, or
discuss spiritual matters, as he can. If you can tell us of any one, who will do
it only half so well, we will be content." But Meyer knew of nobody.
So the men made their request to the church- warden, in these words : " Hart-
knopf, you are the man amongst us who best knows how to answer a clergy-
man ; and when the squire holds the meeting to-day, we wish you to make a
complaint against the pastor, on account of his unbelief, and to ask for the ap-
pointment of a day of prayer, on account of the fearful appearance of Satan."
Tliey did not talk to him publicly about this, but the cleverest amongst them
explained the business to him ,- for the pastor had many friends amongst the
poorer part of them. Some of the richer country people disliked him the more
on this account, particularly since he had maintained, in one of his morning dis-
courses, that it was not right in them to oppose the division of a waste com-
mon, which the' squire had proposed for the advantage of the poor.
The church- warden Hartknopf, accepted the appointment, and said : " You
have given me rather late notice of this, but I will study the proposition ; " and
he went away to his own house, and thought over what he had to say, from
morning until evening, when the bell rang for the meeting. "When those who
were in the plot were all assembled together, they wondered why he did not
join them, and could not imagine what kept him away. Then Nickel Spitz
said: "He is only waiting till you go in form to fetch him."
" What is to be done ? " said the men. " We must e'en do as the simpleton
wishes, or he will not come."
So they sent three of their officers to fetch him ; and these soon returned with
him.
The churchwarden saluted the people, with as much dignity as if he had been
a pastor ; and, with great importance and gravity, assured all those who had
entered into the agreement, that he had now studied the proposition.
In the mean time, Arner had told the poulterer that, when he made a signal,
by taking a large white handkerchief out of his pocket, he must come forth, and
do all that they had agreed upon together.
124 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
Then he went with the pastor and the secretary to the meeting.
All the people stood up, and welcomed the worthy squire and the reverend
pastor.
Arner thanked them with paternal kindness, and then told the men to sit
down upon benches, that all might be done in proper order.
Theresa and the pastor's wife, and the children and servants, from the hall and
the parsonage-house, stood in the churchyard, from whence they could see what
passed at the meeting.
Arner now ordered the prisoners to be brought forth, one after the other, and
their depositions to be read in their presence.
And when they had confirmed them before the meeting, he told the bailiff to
kneel down and hear his sentence, and addressed him as follows : —
CHAPTER LXXXIX. — A JUDGMENT.
" UNHAPPY MAN !
" It grieves me to the heart, to pronounce against thee, in thy old age, the
doom which must follow evil deeds like thine. Thou hast deserved death; not
because Hubel Rudi's meadow or my landmark are worth a man's life, but be-
cause perjury and daring robbery bring innumerable dangers and evils upon a
country.
"The perjured man and the robber becomes a murderer, when circumstances
tempt him to it; and is already a murderer in many senses, through the conse-
quences of the error, suspicion, distress, and misery, which he occasions.
" Therefore, tliou hast deserved death.
" I will, however, spare thy life, in consideration of thy old age, and because
a part of thy crimes were committed against myself, individually.
" This is thy punishment : —
" Thou shalt this day, in the presence of appointed persons and of all who
wish to accompany thee, be carried to the landmark, and there, in chains, re-
place every thing as it was before.
" Thence tliou shalt be taken to the village prison, when the pastor will ex-
amine thee, for the space of fourteen days, about thy past life, that the causes
of thy great recklessness and hardness of heart may be clearly and evidently
discerned: and I will myself use my utmost endeavors to discover the circum-
stances which have led thee to these crimes, and which may lead others of my
dependants into similar misfortunes.
" After this fortnight is expired, the pastor will, on the Sunday following,
openly, before the whole community, relate the history of thy past life, of the
disorders of thy house, thy hardness of heart, thy contempt of oaths and duties,
and thy way of keeping accounts against the poor and rich — and the whole
must be confirmed by thy own confession.
"I will myself be present; and, with the assistance of the pastor, will en-
deavor to preserve my dependents from such dangers in future, and to provide
them with assistance and counsel against all such sources and causes of domes-
tic misery.
"And with this I would willingly discharge thee, were my people sufficiently
peaceable and well brought up to follow after the truth and what pertains to
their temporal and eternal welfare, for their own sake, and not from the fear of
severe, painful, and loathsome punishment; but, with so many rude, uncontrolled,
and boisterous people, as are still amongst us, it is necessary for -me to add: —
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. J25
" That the executioner must conduct thee to-morrow under the gallows at Bon-
nal, and there bind thy right hand to a stake, and mark the first three fingers
with an indelible black stain.
" But it is my express desire, that no man imbitter this thy hour of suffering,
by jest or laughter, or any mark of redicule ; but that, on the contrary, all the
people look on, without noise or speech, and with their heads uncovered."
The squire then condemned Hans Wust to eight days' punishment in prison.
And Joseph, as being a stranger, he immediately expelled from his territories,
and forbade him to labor or to appear upon his land any more, on pain of being
sent to the house of correction.
In the mean time the pastor's god-father, Hans Kenold, had secretly told him
what the country people had settled with the church- warden, and that they would
certainly and without doubt attack him on account of his unbelief.
The pastor thanked Renold, and told him, laughingly, not to be uneasy ; the
thing would not end ill.
" This is excellent," said the squire, to whom the pastor told this, " that they
should themselves begin the game : " and, whilst he was speaking, the church-
warden got up and said : —
CHAPTER xc. — THE PROPOSAL OF HARTKNOPF, THE CHURCH-WARDEN.
"HONORED SIR!
" May I be permitted, in the name of your faithful people of Bonnal, to state
to you an affair of conscience? "
Arner answered : " I am ready to hear. "Who are you ? "What have you to
say?"
The church-warden replied : "I am Jacob Christopher Frederick Hartknopf,
church- warden and elder of Bonnal, and fifty-six years of age. And the princi-
pal people of the village, being themselves inexperienced and unaccustomed to
speak upon spiritual subjects, have chosen and requested me to lay a statement
before you."
Arner. "Now then, Mr. Church-warden Hartknopf, to the point."
Then the church- warden began again: —
"HONORED SIR!
"We have received from our forefathers a belief that the devil and his spirits
often appear to men ; and, since it is now become very evident that this our old
belief in spirits is true, as indeed we never for a moment doubted it to be, we
are compelled to take the liberty of informing your honor, that our reverend
pastor (may God forgive him,) is not of this belief. We well know that your
honor is of the same opinion with the pastor on this subject. But since, in
sacred things, we must obey God rather than man, we hope your honor will
forgive our freedom, when we entreat that the reverend pastor may, in future,
teach our children our old belief, about the appearance of the devil, and that he
may say nothing to them against ghosts, in which we believe, and will continue
to believe. It is also our wish, that some Sunday, at no great distance, may be
fixed upon for a day of fasting, and prayer, and humiliation ; that we may all,
upon an appointed day, penitently implore forgiveness, in dust and ashes, for the
increasing sin of want of belief in spirits."
The squire and the pastor, though they were scarcely able to restrain their
laughter till he had finished, yet heard him with all possible patience.
But the country people rejoiced in their hearts over this discourse, and re-
126 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
solved to accompany this able orator home, by hundreds, though they had sent
only three to fetch him.
They now rose up on ah1 sides, and said: " Honored sir 1 we all agree in what
the church-warden has declared."
But the poor, and all those who loved the pastor, were very sorry and grieved
about it, and said here and there to each other: "If he had only the luck to
believe like other people — he is such an excellent man ! " But these durst not
speak out. so that his enemies triumphed.
CHAPTER xci.— THE SQUIRE'S REPLY.
THE squire took off his hat, looked earnestly around him, and said : —
" Neighbors ! you had no need of an orator for such nonsense as this. The
whole affair, and the appearance of the devil, is all a mistake ; and your pastor
is one of the wisest of ministers. You ought to be ashamed of insulting him
through such a poor blockhead as your church-warden. If you had a proper
regard for his learning and judgment, you would be wiser, lay aside your belief
in old women's tales, and not seek to restrain intelligent people to foolish opin-
ions, which are entirely without foundation."
Here the country people all exclaimed: "But it was only last night that the
devil appeared to the bailiff, and sought to lay hold of him."
Squire. "You are mistaken, neighbors; and before supper-tune you will be
ashamed of your credulity. But I hope you are not all equally hardened in
your folly. Meyer ! are you also of the opinion, that it is past all doubt that it
was the devil who frightened the bailiff so terribly upon the hill? "
Young Meyer answered: "What do I know about the matter, your honor? "
The church-warden and many of the men were angry at Meyer for answer-
ing thus.
And the church- warden muttered over the bench to him: "How canst thou
talk so against thy knowledge and conscience, Meyer ? " But many of the men
exclaimed: "We all heard the horrible voice of the pursuing devil."
Squire. "I know very well that you heard a shout, and a roaring, and a
rattling. But how can you tell that all this was the devil ? Might it not be a
man, or several men, who, unluckily for the bailiff, who seems to have been
there at an improper time, wished to frighten him ? The wood is scarcely ever
without somebody in it, and the high road is near, so that it may as easily have
been men as the devil."
Countrymen. " Twenty or thirty men could not have made such a noise ; and,
if your honor had been there and heard it, you would never have thought of its
being men."
Squire. " Night is deceitful, neighbors ! and, when people are once frightened,
they see and hear double."
Countrymen. " It is of no use to talk of being mistaken. It is impossible."
Squire. " But I tell you it is altogether certain that you were mistaken."
Countrymen. " No, please your honor, it is entirely certain that we were not
mistaken."
Squire. "I have a great notion I could convince you that you were mis-
taken."
Countrymen. " We should like to see that, your honor."
Squire. " Many things would be more difficult."
Countrymen. " Your honor is joking."
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. 127
Squire. "No, I am not joking. If you think I can not do it, I will try.
And if you will agree to divide the common, I will perform my promise, and
convince you that all the roaring and rattling was made by one man."
Countrymen. " That is impossible."
Squire. " Will you venture it ? "
Countrymen. "Yes, sir, we willl We durst venture two commons upon it,
that you will not be able to prove this."
Here there arose a murmur amongst the countrymen. Some of them said :
"People should take care what they promise." Others replied: "He can no
more prove this, than that the devil will go to heaven ! " Others again said : " We
have nothing to fear; he must give it up. We will venture; he can never
prove it."
Countrymen (aloud.) "Yes, squire; if you will keep your word; speak on.
We are content that if you can prove what you say, that one man made the
noise we heard yesterday, we will divide the common. That is to say, if you
can prove it entirely to our satisfaction ; not otherwise."
The squire took out a large white handkerchief, gave the poulterer the signal,
and said to the men: " I must have a quarter of an hour for preparation. "
The people smiled all around, and said: "Till to-morrow, squire, if you will."
The squire said not a word in answer to their rudeness ; but those who were
in the churchyard, and could see the poulterer approaching the place of meeting,
laughed heartily.
The men anticipated some mischance when they heard the bursts of laughter,
and saw the stranger, with his dark basket and lantern, drawing near.
" What fool is this, who walks with a lighted lantern in broad daylight ? "
said they.
Arner answered: "It is my poulterer from Arnheim! " and called out to him :
" Christopher, what is your business here ? "
" I have a tale to tell, please your honor."
"With all my heart," answered Arner.
Then the poulterer set down his basket, and said : —
CHAPTER xcn. — SPEECH OF THE POULTERER TO THE MEETING.
"HONORED sir, reverend pastor, and you neighbors, here are the pickaxe, the
mattock, the spade, the brandy-bottle, the tobacco-pipe, and the cocked hat of your
bailiff, which, in his fright, he left by the landmark last night, when I drove him
away from his work on the hill."
Countrymen. "And are we to believe that it was you who made all the noise ?
That can never be. The proof is not sufficient ; we beg for another."
Squire. " Wait a little longer. He has a lantern by his side. Perhaps it may
enlighten you a little." And then he added, loudly and very seriously : " Be silent,
if you please, till he has finished what he has to say."
The men obeyed.
Then the poulterer continued : " You are not so civil as people usually are in this
country. Why don't you let me finish ? Remember the poulterer of Arnheim.
If you do not hear every word I have to say, the next newspaper will be full
of you ; for there is not a syllable of truth in the devil's having appeared to the
bailiff. It was I who frightened him ! I, the poulterer, just as I now stand before
you, with this basket, and this new black goat-skin, which I had put over my
basket, because it rained yesterday, and I had hung the lantern before the basket,
128 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
as you saw it when I came here. I filled it full of oil at Hirzau, that it might
burn well ; for it was very dark, and the road, as you well know, is bad near
Hirzau. At eleven o'clock I was in the tavern at Hirzau. I can bring the land-
lord, and at least ten men more, who were there, to prove this. As I came over
the top of the hill, it struck twelve at Bonnal ; and then I heard the bailiff, not half
a stone's throw from the high-road, swearing and working away ; and, as I knew
him immediately by his voice and his swearing, I began to wonder what he was
doing there at that hour of night. I half suspected that he was searching for
hidden treasures, and that he might share them with me if I hit the right time.
I followed the noise. But the bailiff, it seems, had yesterday, contrary to his
usual custom, drunk rather more than was necessary; for, the moment he beheld
me, he took me — a poor sinful man — for the devil in a bodily form ! and when
I saw that he was about removing a landmark in our master's wood, I thought to
myself: come, he deserves to be frightened. I will make him think hell is gaping
for him ! So I bound the mattock, pickaxe, spade, and my walking-stick, all to-
gether, dragged them down the hill, over the stones, after me, and shouted out,
with all my might : Oh ! — Ah ! — Uh ! — bai — liff ! — thou art mine ! Hum — mel !
And I was not more than a stone's throw from you, when you crept out softly and
cautiously with your torches, to the bailiff's assistance. But as I had no wish to
frighten innocent folks with making a noise so near them, I gave over, and went
up the hill again, with my booty, to my basket, and then took the nearest way
home. It was a quarter past two when our watchman met me, and asked why
I was carrying workmen's tools upon my egg-basket.
"I forget what I answered,' but certainly nothing to the purpose; for I did not
wish to say any thing of it, till I had told the squire my story ; which I did at six
o'clock this morning.
: " And now, neighbors, how do you think 1 could come by this story and these
tools so early, if what I tell you is not true ? "
Some of the countrymen scratched their heads, others laughed.
The poulterer continued: "If such a thing should happen to you again, neigh-
bors, let me just, in a friendly way, advise the watchman, the authorities, and
all the honorable commonalty of Bonnal, to let loose the greatest dog in the village,
and he will soon discover the devil."
The poulterer here ceased, and there was a general murmur on every side.
CHAPTER xcm. — THE POOR ARE GAINERS BY THE COMEDY.
Some countrymen. "It is as he says, by G — ! all the circumstances agree."
Other countrymen. " What a set of fools we were."
Kunz. "I wanted to run after the rogue."
• Some of the leaders. " If we had only not staked the common upon it."
The rich countrymen. " This is a cursed business."
The poor. " Heaven be praised for it."
Theresa. "The master-stroke of all, is getting the common divided."
. Pastor's wife. " The whole is a master-stroke."
The church-warden. "It is enough to make the very stones weep blood ! Our
belief is lost for ever. Elias! Elias! Fire from heaven."
The children (from the churchyard.) " Thou art mine !— Oh !— Ah !— Uh I—
bailiff! "
The pastor. " I never saw the people so much moved."
The bailiff. " Am I in a dream, or awake ? All was a mistake, and I must go
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. 129
under the gallows. And yet I feel no anger ; no desire of vengeance rages
within me."
Thus in a general murmur did every man speak according to his own
feelings.
After a while Arner stood up, smiled, and said : " How are you now inclined
about the fast-day, on account of the fearful appearance of the devil upon the
hill?"
Do what is right ! Love God !
And fear God, but neither man nor devil.
This is the old and true belief; and your stories of apparitions and spirits are idle
follies, which ruin your heads and hearts.
"Now at last the division of your common is agreed upon, and you will find,
in a few years, how useful and beneficial it will be to your children and grand-
children, and how much reason I had to wish for it so earnestly. I have ordered
some drink to be brought to you. Drink it to my health, and to the health of
your numerous poor, who, in the division of the common, will receive no more
than the rest ; but to whom it will be a treasure, because they have nothing
besides. There is not one of you who knows how much his children may stand
in need of it."
Then Arner left the meeting, and told Hubel Rudi to follow him, in a quarter
of an hour, to the parsonage-house.
And the squire and the pastor went to theif wives in the churchyard, and after-
ward, with them, to the parsonage-house.
The pastor praised Arner for the wisdom and humanity with which he had
treated his flock, and said to him : "I shall never again urge you to show forbear-
ance and compassion toward any body, for your own benevolent heart has ex-
ceeded all I could have asked or advised."
CHAPTER xciv. — THE SQUIRE THANKS THE PASTOR.
THE squire replied : " Say no more, my dear friend, I beseech you. I go straight
to the point, and am as yet young and without experience. But, with God's assist-
ance, I hope to learn how to manage things better. I am truly rejoiced that you
approve of my decisions. But you must not imagine that I am not aware that
your exertions have been much greater than mine, and that your care and kind-
ness had prepared every thing, so that little remained for me, but to pronounce
the sentence."
Pastor. " My dear sir, you go too far! "
Squire. " No, my friend. It is the simple truth, and I should be indeed un-
thankful and unjust, if I did not acknowledge it. You have labored with great
care and intelligence to throw light upon my dear grandfather's inconsiderate
decisions, and to put an end to their consequences. That good and upright man
will rejoice, in heaven, over what you have done, and that the evil has at last
been remedied ; and he certainly would not forgive me, if I were to leave your
goodness unrewarded. Here are the deeds of a small piece of land in your vil-
lage, which I hope you will accept as a testimony of my gratitude."
Thus saying, he gave him a sealed deed of gift, which was expressed with the
greatest warmth of gratitude.
Theresa stood by Arner's side, and presented the pastor with the most beau-
tiful nosegay ever seen in a parsonage-house.
"This is in remembrance of the best of grandfathers, reverend sir," said she.
24
130 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
And in the morning the pastor's wife discovered, for the first time, that it was
bound together by a string of pearls.
The good pastor was much overcome : tears filled his eyes, and he could
not speak.
"Say not a word about it," added the squire.
" Your heart is worthy of a kingdom I " said the pastor at last.
" Do not make me blush, my dear sir," answered the squire. " Be my friend;
and, hand in hand, let us. strive to make our people as happy as we can. I hope
to see more of you in future, and you will come more to me, will you not? My
carriage is always at your service. Send for it, without ceremony, whenever
you like to come to me."
CHAPTER xcv. — THE SQUIRE ASKS FORGIVENESS FROM A POOR MAN, WHOM HIS
GRANDFATHER HAD INJURED.
IN the mean time Hubel Rudi arrived, and the squire held out his hand to the
poor man, and said : " Eudi ! my grandfather did you injustice, and deprived you
of your meadow by his decision. It was a misfortune. He was deceived. You
must forgive him, and not bear malice against him."
Rudi answered : " Alas ! your honor ! I knew very well that it was not his
fault."
" Did you never hate him for it?" said the squire.
Rudi. "In my poverty, and particularly at first, I was indeed often very
much troubled that I had not the meadow any longer ; but I never felt hatred
toward his honor."
Squire. " Is this really true, Rudi ? "
Rudi. "It is, indeed, your honor! God knows that it is, and that I never
could feel angry with him. I knew in my heart that it was not his fault. What
could he do, when the bailiff found false witnesses, who swore an oath against
me ? The good old squire, whenever he saw me afterward, gave me money, and
on all holidays sent me meat, and bread, and wine. May God reward him for
it. It often cheered me in my poverty."
Rudi had tears in his eyes, and continued: "Alas! your honor! if he had
only talked with us, by ourselves, as you do, many, very many things would
never have happened ; but the bloodsuckers were always by his side, whenever
we saw him, and that spoiled all."
Squire. "You must forget this now, Rudi. The meadow is again yours. I
have effaced the bailiff's name from the deed, and I wish you joy of it with all
my heart, Rudi ! "
Rudi trembled, and stammered out: "I can not enough thank your
honor."
The squire said: "You have nothing to thank me for, Rudi. The meadow is
yours by the laws of God and man."
Rudi clasped his hands together, wept aloud, and said : " 0, my mother's bless-
ing is upon me ! She died on Friday, your honor I and before she died, she said
to me : ' All will go well with thee, Rudi. Think of me, Rudi ! ' 0, sir, I am
so grieved for my dear mother ! "
The squire and the pastor were much affected, and the squire said: "God's
blessing will indeed be upon you, good and pious man."
" 0, sir ! it is owing to my mother's blessing I The blessing of the most relig-
ious, patient woman," said Rudi, weeping.
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. 131
11 How troubled I am, pastor, that this man should have been so long kept out
of his right," said the squire.
" It is all over now, sir 1 " said Rudi, " and suffering and want are blessings
from God, when they are gone through. But I can not sufficiently thank you
for all ; for the work at the church, which cheered and comforted my mother on
her death-bed ; and then for the meadow. I know not what I ought to say or
do, sir. 0 1 if she had only lived to see it I "
Squire. " You are an excellent man, and she will rejoice in your welfare,
even in heaven. Your sorrow and your filial love have affected me so much,
that I had almost forgotten to tell you, that the bailiff is bound to pay you
arrears, with costs."
Pastor. " Permit me, sir, here to speak a word to Rudi. The bailiff is in
very straitened circumstances. He is, indeed, bound to pay you arrears, with
costs, Rudi. But I know that you are too kind-hearted to push him to the
uttermost, and to bring him to beggary in his old age. I promised, in his afflic-
tion, to do all I could to obtain mercy and compassion for him, and I must per-
form my promise now. Rudi, have pity upon his distress."
CHAPTER xcvi. — GENEROSITY OP A POOR MAN TOWARD HIS ENEMY.
Rudi. " Say not a word about the arrears, reverend sir ; they are out of the
question : and, if the bailiff is so poor — I don't like to seem to boast — but I will
certainly do what is right toward him.
"The meadow will furnish hay for more than three cows ; and, if I keep
two out of it, I shall have enough and more than I durst hope for; and I
will willingly let the bailiff have enough to keep one cow, as long as he
lives."
Pastor. "It is acting generously, and like a Christian, Rudi; and God will
grant his blessing upon the remainder."
Arner. " This is all well and good, my dear sir. But we must not take the
good fellow at his word, now. He is overcome by his joy. I admire you for
your offer, Rudi ; but consider the thing over quietly for a day or two. It will
be time enough to promise, when you are sure you will not repent."
Rudi. "I am but a poor man, your honor; but not so poor as to repent
having promised to do what is right."
Pastor. " The squire is right, Rudi. It is enough for the present that you
will not exact the arrears. If you find that the bailiff is in want; when you
have well considered the thing, you can do what you like."
Rudi. " If the bailiff is in want, I am sure I shall wish to do as I have said,
your reverence."
Squire. " "Well, Rudi, I want this to be a happy, cheerful day for you.
Would you rather stay and rejoice with us here, or go home to your children?
I will take care that you have a good supper in either place."
Rudi. " Your honor is very good I but I wish to go home to my children.
There is nobody to take care of them. Alas ! my wife is in her grave — and my
mother also."
Squire. " Then go home to your children, Rudi. In the pastor's cow-house,
below, you will find a cow, which I give you to reconcile you to my dear grand-
father, who did you wrong; and that you may this day rejoice over his memory,
with your children. I have also ordered a quantity of hay to be carried from
the bailiff's barn, for it is yours. You will find it at home ; and, if your cottage
132 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
or your cow-house want repairs, take what wood is necessary out of my
forest."
CHAPTER xcvn. — HIS GRATITUDE TO THE SQUIRE.
RUDI knew not what to say, he was so completely overcome ; and this joyful
confusion, which could not utter a word, pleased Arner more than any expres-
sion of thanks.
At last Rudi stammered out a few words, but Arner interrupted him, and
said, smiling: "I see that you are grateful, Rudi." He then again shook him
by the hand, and added: "Go, now, Rudi. Drive home your cow, and depend
upon my help ; whenever I can be of service to you in any way, it will always
be a pleasure to me."
Then Rudi left Arner, and drove home the cow.
CHAPTER xcvm. — A SCENE TO TOUCH THE HEART.
THE pastor, and all who were present, had tears in their eyes, and remained
silent for some moments after the man left the room.
At last Theresa exclaimed: "What an evening this has been ! How fair is
creation, and with what pleasure and joy does the face of nature inspire us ; but
human happiness is more delightful than all the beauties of earth 1 "
"Yes, my love, it surpasses all earthly beauties," said the squire.
The pastor added: "I thank you, from my heart, sir, for the touching scenes
you have brought before us. Throughout the course of my life, I never met
with purer and nobler greatness of soul than in the deed of this man. But it is
most certain that the purest elevation of the human heart, is to be sought for
amongst the unfortunate and distressed."
The pastor's wife pressed her children, who were much affected, to her heart,
bent over them, and wept in silence.
After a while, the children said to her: "Let us go and see his poor children,
and send them our supper."
And the pastor's wife said to Theresa: "Will you like to go with the chil-
dren?"
"Very willingly," answered Theresa. And the squire and the pastor ex-
pressed their wish to accompany them.
Arner had brought a roasted quarter of veal in the carriage with him, for the
poor family; and the pastor's wife had added to this some good nourishing broth,
and given orders for it to be taken to them : but now she sent also her own and
the children's supper, and Claus carried all to the poor man's cottage.
All the villagers, young and old, men, women, and children, were collected at
Rudi's door, and round the hay-cart and the fine cow.
Claus was followed almost immediately by the squire and his lady, the pastor's
wife, and all the children. They went into the room and found nothing but
sickly, half-naked children, the pictures of hunger and want. All were much
affected by the distress of the family; and Arner said to his companions: "Yet
this very man is now willing to give the bailiff, who has been the cause of all
this misery for so many years, a third part of the hay from his meadow ! "
"It ought not to be allowed," said Theresa, hastity, in the warmth of her
compassion for so much distress. " This man, with all his children, ought not
to be allowed to give a farthing of what belongs to him to that wicked wretch."
" But, my love, would you set bounds to the course of that virtue and
LEONARD AND GERTRUDE. 133
magnanimity which God has raised, through suffering and want, to such a
height? — a height which has so deeply affected your own heart, and forced tears
from you?"
"No, not for worlds," answered Theresa. " Let him give all he has, if he will.
God will never forsake such a man ! "
Arner then said to Rudi: "Give your children something to eat."
But Rudeli pulled his father by the arm, and whispered in his ear: "Father,
may I take Gertrude something ? "
"Yes," said Rudi; "but wait a little."
Arner had heard the word Gertrude, and asked what the little fellow was
saying about her.
Then Rudi told him about the stolen potatoes, and his mother's death-bed ;
and the goodness of Leonard and Gertrude, and that the very shoes and stock-
ings he had on came from them; adding: "This is a blessed day for me, your
honor! but I can not enjoy one mouthful, if these people do not come and share
it?
How Arner praised them, and how they all admired the quiet goodness of a
poor mason's wife, and the holy death of Catharine ; and how Rudeli ran with
a beating heart to invite Leonard and Gertrude ; and how they declined till
Arner sent Glaus again for them and their children, and then came abashed and
with downcast eyes ; how Charles and Emily begged their papa and mamma to
give them shoes and stockings, and some of their old clothes, for all the chil-
dren, and helped them to the nicest food ; and how kind the pastor's wife was
to them ; and how Rudeli and his sisters were not content till Gertrude came,
and then ran to her, seized hold of her hand, and jumped into her arms. All
this I will not seek to describe by many words.
Arner and Theresa stood for some time gazing on the scene, deeply touched
by the sight of so much misery, which was now cheered and entirely relieved.
At last, with tears in their eyes, they quietly took leave ; and the squire said to
the coachman: "Drive gently for a mile or two."
Leonard and Gertrude remained with Rudi till eight o'clock, joyfully sympa-
thizing in his good fortune.
CHAPTER xcix. — A PLEASING PROSPECT.
FOR the last few weeks, there has been a general report in the village, that
Gertrude wishes to bring about a marriage between Rudi and young Meyer's
sister, who is her dearest friend.
And as Rudi's meadow is worth at least two thousand florins, and it is said
that the squire has told her brother he should rejoice in the match, people sup-
pose she will not refuse him.
The mason goes on extremely well with the building, and the squire likes
him better every day.
CHAPTER c. — THE POULTERER'S REWARD.
THE poulterer came in for his share of good fortune. Theresa saw him, aa
they were driving home, and said to Arner: "He should not go unrewarded;
for, in reality, it was he, and his night journey, which brought all tlu's
about."
Then Arner called out to the poulterer, and said : " Christopher I my wife
134 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
insists upon having you paid for your devil's business : " and he gave him a
couple of crowns.
The poulterer made a low bow, and said : " Please your honor, I should like
to do such devil's business every day of my life."
"Yes, "said Arner; "provided you could be sure of having the dogs kept
well chained up."
"Very true, your honor," said the poulterer; and the carriage drove on.
REMARKS BY THE EDITOR.
THE foregoing pages, although constituting a tale complete in itself, and
the whole work as originally published in 1781, are but about one-fourth
part of " Leonard and Gertrude" as enlarged in subsequent editions.
As introductory to the chapters on the School in Bonnal, which are
the only portion to be given from the remainder of the work, it will not
be improper to give a brief account of all of it.
The first volume of the collected edition of Pestalozzi's works [1818 —
26,] contains all the portion above printed. The story proceeds with a
continuation of Arner's efforts for the improvement of the village, with
the help of the pastor, of Gluelphi, a retired military officer who becomes
schoolmaster, Meyer, a cotton manufacturer, and Gertrude, whose simple
and effective practical methods of managing and instructing her own and
Rudi's children, furnish indispensable patterns to the benevolent and well-
educated but inexperienced gentry.
The school, though a prominent feature in the story, is only one feature.
It includes a combination of measures set on foot by Arner for the moral,
social, and physical improvement of the people of the village, both rich
and poor. The action of the tale consists of the progress of these meas-
ures, and of the opposition to them, resulting from the obstinate adher-
ence of the rich to their long-established habits of oppression and ex-
tortion, and from the low vices of falsehood, hypocrisy, &c., which have
naturally infected the poor.
One of the chief measures undertaken by Arner for ameliorating the
physical condition of the village, is the partition among the landowners
of a certain common, into equal shares for rich and poor ; a scheme
promising material advantage to the latter, and perfectly fair to the former.
This is bitterly opposed by the large landowners, however; and the
clumsy cunning with which they scheme together to prevent the partition,
and the energetic movements of Arner toward the accomplishment of it,
form a very curious and graphic picture of the social life of the villagers
of the period.
The feudal authority possessed by Arner, however, is too great to admit
of any other than underhand and secret methods of opposition to his
various reforms ; and these would necessarily fail at furthest with the
disappearance of the older generation from the scene, and with the gradual
substitution in their places of those growing up under the influence of
the reformatory measures and better education introduced. But the
progress of events renders it proper for Arner to make application to the
government for purposes connected with his plans, and some meddlesome
136 LEONARD AND GERTRUDE.
relatives of his take the opportunity to make unfavorable representations
to a conservative minister, with the design of breaking off his enterprise.
This the minister endeavors to do, from apprehensions of some revolu-
tionary contagion which is to be spread among Arner's peasantry, thence
into the vicinity, and thence onward. But no serious injuries ensued ;
and the whole result of Arner's undertaking was, as might be expected,
the beginning of a reform among the younger portion of the community,
and an increased degree of outward propriety among the elder.
The career of Hummel, the bailiff, is somewhat elaborately illustrated
by an episodical history of his previous life. Two sermons by the pastor,
though also digressions from the thread of the story, are not without in-
terest, as giving Pestalozzi's views of what the spirit and methods of
popular education should be. Hummel himself, after undergoing public
punishment, is exhibited at the close of the work, with more truthfulness
than is usual in a story, as relapsing, so far as his failing health and
diminished riches and influence permit, into his old habits of vile language,
swindling, and bullying.
But the story comes to no regular conclusion at the end of the fourth
volume ; — it drops all the threads of the village life, suddenly and without
any gathering together ; although the first volume, which was written a
year or two before the others, they being added to it by after-thought, is
reasonably complete as a work of art.
The following chapters upon the School in Bonnal, are from various
parts of the three last volumes ; and are selected as furnishing, in their
connected succession, a good specimen of the style of the remainder of
the work, and as presenting an exemplification of Pestalozzi's favorite
doctrine of the intimate relation between domestic and school instruction.
Yin. PESTALOZZI.-THE SCHOOL IN BONNAL.*
1. A GOOD SCHOOL is FOUNDED.
SINCE the squire had returned from Cotton Meyer's, he had spent every mo-
ment he could spare with the lieutenant, in consultation with him on the organ-
ization of the new school. They both came to the conclusion that a child is
always well-educated, when he has learned to practice skillfully, orderly, and to
the benefit of him and his, what is to be his future occupation.
This principal object of all education seemed to them at once the first requi-
site of a reasonable school for human beings. And they perceived that the
lieutenant, and any person proposing to establish a good school for farmers' and
factory children, must either himself know and understand what such children
need to know and do, in order to become capable farmers and factory workers ;
or, if he does not himself understand it, that he must inquire and learn about it,
and have those at hand who do know and can show him.
They naturally thought first of Cotton Meyer himself, and immediately after
this conversation, and their meal, they went to him.
" This is the man of whom I have said so much to you," said the squire to the
lieutenant, and then, to Meyer, " And this is a gentleman who, I hope, will en-
courage you about your school."
Meyer did not understand ; but the squire explained to him, saying that this
was to be the schoolmaster of the village.
Meyer could not sufficiently wonder at this, and after a time he said, " If the
gentleman is willing to take so much pains, we can not thank him enough ; but
it will require time to become well acquainted with our condition and ways, in
the village."
Lieutenant. "I presume so; but one must begin some time or other; and I
shall not regret any pains I take to examine as thoroughly as possible what is
needed, and what your children can properly learn, in order to be well-fitted for
their farming and manufacturing."
Meyer. "That will be an excellent beginning."
Lieut. "I do not know how else I ought to begin; and I shall take every
opportunity of becoming acquainted with all manner of house and field labor,
so as to learn correctly what training and what example your children need, in
order to the right education for their vocation and circumstances."
Meyer's Mareieli was quite at home with the lieutenant. She showed him
all about the house, and in the stables, what the children must do, to learn to do
in good order whatever was necessary for themselves and their parents ; made
them dig in the garden and throw earth hither and thither, to even the ground
and improve its appearance, and adjust the edges ; and to scatter fodder coT-
rectly. The more he saw, the more questions he asked ; inquired how they
* From Part III. of " Lienhard and Gertrud," as extracted in Christoffd's " Pestalozzi's
Life and Views," Zurich, 1847.
138 THE SCHOOL IN BONNAL.
measured hay, reckoned tithes, and kept account of the cotton manufacture ;
what was the difference of wages in different kinds of cotton, and a hundred
other things. These they explained to him as far as they could. Then he pro-
posed to teach the children how to spin. But Mareieli said, " We take in some
hundred zentners* of yarn in a year, and I have never yet brought them to spin
right well. And I can not complain about it, either ; for they have to do a good
deal in the fields and about the cattle. But if you desire to see a good arrange-
ment for the matter of spinning, you must go to see the mason's wife. With
her, there is something to be seen on that point; but not with us."
Lieut. " Is not the mason's wife, of whom you speak, named Gertrude ? "
Mareieli. " It seems that you know her already ? "
Lieut. "No; but the squire had proposed to go directly from you to her."
Mar. " Well ; then you will see that I told you correctly."
2. A GOOD SCHOOL is THE FOUNDATION OP ALL GOOD FORTUNE.
Gertrude's room was so full, when they entered, that they could scarcely pass
between the wheels. Gertrude, who had not expected to see any strangers, told
the children, as the door opened, to get up and make room. But the squire
would not let one of them move, but gave his hand first to the pastor and then
to the lieutenant, to lead them behind the children, next the wall, to Gertrude's
table.
You could not believe how much the scene delighted these gentlemen. What
they had seen with Cotton Meyer seemed as nothing, in comparison.
And very naturally. Order and comfort, about a rich man, do not surprise.
We think, hundreds of others do not do so well, because they have not money.
But happiness and comfort in a poor hut, showing so unanswerably that every
body in the world could be comfortable, if they could maintain good order and
were well brought up — this astonishes a well-disposed mind, almost beyond
power of expression.
But the gentlemen had a whole room full of such poor children, in the full
enjoyment of such blessings, before their eyes. The squire seemed for a time to
be seeing the piqture of the first-born of his future better-taught people, as if in
a dream ; and the falcon eyes of the lieutenant glanced hither and thither like
lightning, from child to child, from hand to hand, from work to work, from eye
to eye. The more he saw, the fuller did his heart grow with the thought: She
has done, and completely, what we seek ; the school which we look for is in
her room.
The room was for a time as still as death. The gentlemen could do nothing
but gaze and gaze, and be silent. But Gertrude's heart beat at the stillness and
at the marks ot respect which the lieutenant showed to her during it, and which
bordered on reverence. The children however spun away briskly, and laughed
out of their eyes to each other ; for they perceived that the gentlemen were there
on their account, and to see their work.
The lieutenant's first words to Gertrude were, " Do these children all belong
to you, mistress ? "
"No," said Gertrude, "they are not all mine;" and she then pointed out, one
after another, which were hers, and which were Rudi's.
" Think of it, lieutenant," said the pastor, " these children, who belong to Rudi,
could not spin one thread, four weeks ago."
* Hundred weight.
THE SCHOOL IN BONNAL. jgg
The lieutenant looked at the pastor, and at Gertrude, and answered, " Is it
possible I "
Gertrude. " That is not remarkable. A child will learn to spin right well in
a couple of weeks. I have known children to learn it in two days."
Squire. " It is not that which I am wondering at in this room, but quite
another thing. These children of other people, since the three or four weeks
ago when Gertrude received them, have come to look so differently, that in
truth I scarcely knew one of them. Living death, and the extremest mis-
ery, spoke from their faces ; and these are so gone that no trace of them is
left."
The lieutenant replied, in French, " But what does she do to the children,
then?"
Squire. "God knows!"
Pastor. " If you stay here all day, you hear no tone, nor see any shadow of
any thing particular. It seems always, and in every thing she does, as if any
other woman could do it ; and certainly, the commonest wife would never im-
agine that Gertrude was doing, or could do, any thing which she herself could
not."
Lieut. " You could not say more to raise her in my estimation. That is the
culmination of art, where men think there is none at all. The loftiest is so sun-
pie that children and boys think they could do much more than that."
As the gentlemen conversed in French, the children began to look at each
other and laugh. Heireli and the child who sat opposite to her made mouths
to each other, as if to say, "Parlen, parlen, parlen."
Gertrude only nodded, and all was still in a moment. And then the lieuten-
ant, seeing a book lying on every wheel, asked Gertrude what they were doing
with them."
Ger. " Oh, they learn out of them."
Lieut. " But, not while they are spinning ? "
Ger. " Certainly."
Lieut. " I want to see that."
Squire. " Yes ; you must show us that, Gertrude."
Ger. " Children, take up your books and learn."
Children. " Loud, as we did before ? "
Ger. " Yes, loud, as you did before ; but right."
Then the children opened their books, and each laid the appointed page before
him, and studied the lesson which had been set. But the wheels turned as be-
fore, although the children kept their eyes wholly on the books.
The lieutenant could not be satisfied with seeing, and desired her to show
him every thing relating to her management of the children, and what she taught
them.
She would have excused herself, and said it was nothing at all but what the
gentlemen knew, and a thousand times better than she.
But the squire intimated to her to proceed. Then she told the children
to close their books, and she taught them, by rote, a stanza from the song,
" How beautiful the sunbeams' play,
And how their soft and brilliant ray
Delights and quickens all mankind—
The eye, the brain, and all the mind ! "
140 THE SCHOOL IN BONNAL.
The third stanza, which they were then learning, reads thus : —
" The sun is set. And thus goes down,
Before the Lord of Heaven's frown,
The loftiness and pride of men,
And all is dusk and night again."
She repeated one line at a time, distinctly and slowly, and the children said
it after her, just as slowly, and very distinctly, and did so over and over, until
one said, " I know it now." Then she let that one repeat the stanza alone, and
when he knew every syllable, she permitted him to repeat it to the others, and
them to repeat after him, until they knew it. Then she began with them all
three of the stanzas, of which they had already learned the first two. And
then she showed the gentlemen how she taught them arithmetic ; and her mode
was the simplest and most practical that can be imagined.
But of that I shall speak again in another place.
3. RECRUITING OFFICER'S DOINGS.
The lieutenant was every moment more convinced that this was the right
instruction for his school ; but he was also convinced that he needed a woman
like this, if the giving it was to be not merely possible, but actual.
A Prussian recruiting officer does not contrive so many means of getting into
the service a fellow who comes up to the standard, as the lieutenant contrived
to decoy into his trap this woman, who came up to his standard in school
teaching.
"But, mistress," he began, "could not the arrangements in your room here be
introduced into a school ? "
She thought a moment, and replied, " I don't know. But it seems as if what
is possible with ten children is possible with forty. But it would require much ;
and I do not believe that it would be easy to find a schoolmaster who would
permit such an arrangement in his school."
Lieut " But if you knew of one who desired to introduce it, would you help
him?"
Ger. (Laughing) " Yes, indeed ; as much as I could."
Lieut. "And if I am he?"
Ger. " Are what ? "
Lieut. " The schoolmaster, who would be glad to organize such a school as
you have in your room."
Ger. " You are no schoolmaster.'
Lieut. " Yes I am. Ask the gentlemen."
Ger. " Yes, perhaps, in a city, and in something of which we know neither
gigs nor gags."
Lieut. " No ; but, honestly, in a village."
Ger. (Pointing to the wheels.} " Of such children ? "
Lieut. " Yes, of such children."
Ger. " It is a long way from me to the place where schoolmasters for such
children look like you."
Lieut. "Not so far."
Ger. "I think it is."
Lieut. " But you will help me, if I undertake to organize my school in that
way ? "
Ger. " If it is far away, I will not go with you."
THE SCHOOL IN BONNAL. 141
Lieut. " I shall remain here."
Ger. ' ' And keep school ? "
Lieut. " Yes."
Ger. " Here in the room ? "
Lieut. "No; in the school-room."
Ger. " You would be sorry, if you should be taken at your word."
Lieut. " But you still more, if you should have to help me."
Ger. "No; it would please me."
Lieut. " You have said twice that you would help me."
Ger. "I have — and I say so three times, if you are our schoolmaster."
Here he and the other gentlemen began to laugh; and the squire said "Yes,
Gertrude ; he is certainly your schoolmaster."
This perplexed her. She blushed, and did not know what to say.
Lieut. " What makes you so silent ? "
Ger. " I think it would have been well if I had been as silent for a quarter
of an hour back."
Lieut. "Why?"
Ger. " How can I help you, if you are a schoolmaster? "
Lieut. "You are looking for excuses ; but I shall not let you go."
Ger. " I will beg you."
Lieut. "It will be of no use; if you had promised to marry me, you must
abide by the promise."
Ger. "No, indeed 1"
Lieut. " Yes, indeed ! "
Ger. " It is out of the question."
Squire. " If there is any thing which you know, Gertrude, do it as well as you
can ; he will not ask any thing more ; but, whatever you do to help him, you
will do to help me."
Ger. " I will, very willingly ; but you see my room full of children, and how
I am tied down. But, with regard to advice and help in matters relating to
work, which a gentleman naturally can not understand, I know a woman who
understands them much better than I ; and she can do whatever I can not."
Squire. "Arrange it as you can; but give him your hand on the bargain."
4. A PROUD SCHOOLMASTER.
The new condition of affairs raised the courage of the pastor, who had been
almost in the state of a slave under the old squire ; and his acquaintance with
the son contributed much toward accomplishing his ancient plans. On the
next Sunday he explained to the people some chapters of the Bible ; and, at the
end of the service, called for whatever else was to be done. Then the squire
took the lieutenant by the hand, and told him to say himself to the congrega-
tion what he desired to do for their children.
The lieutenant arose, bowed to the squire, the pastor, and the congregation,
took off his hat, leaned on his stick, and said : — " I have been brought up
with a nobleman, and am myself a nobleman ; but I am not for that reason
ashamed to serve God and my follow-men in the situation which Providence
calls me ; and I thank my dear parents, now under the ground, for the good ed-
ucation they gave me, and which enables me now to put your school on such a
footing that, if God will, your children shall all their lives be respected for hav-
ing attended it. But it is not my business to make long speeches and sermons ;
142 THE SCHOOL IN BONNAL.
but, if it please God, I will begin my school instruction to-morrow, and then
every thing will be made plain. Only I will say that each child should bring his
work, whether sewing, or spinning cotton, or whatever it be, and the instruments
for the same, until the squire shall purchase such for the school."
"And what will he do with spinning-wheels in the school? " said men and
women to each other in all their seats, and one, behind him, so loud that he
heard it.
The lieutenant turned round, and said aloud, " Nothing, except to make the
children learn to read and cipher, of each other."
This the farmers could not get into their heads how the scholars could learn
to read and cipher of each other ; and many of them said, at the church- door,
" It will be with him as it was with the madder-plants, and the beautiful sheep
that the old squire had brought from two hundred leagues away, and then let
them die miserably at their fodder." But some older and experienced men said,
" He does not look at all like the madder-plants ; and has not the appearance
of a man who talks carelessly."
That evening the lieutenant went into the school-room, and nailed up, imme-
diately opposite to where he was going to sit, a beautiful engraving. This rep-
resented an old man, with a long white beard, who, with wrinkled brow, and
eyes wide open, lifted up his finger.
The squire and the pastor said, "What is that for ? "
Lieut. " He is to say to me, ' Gluelphi, swear not, while you sit there before
mel'"
They replied, " Then we will not pull him down, he fills too important a
place."
Lieut. "I have been considering about it."
5. SCHOOL ORGANIZATION.
Next morning, the lieutenant began with his school. But I should not read-
ily recommend any other schoolmaster to do what he did, and after such a Sun-
day's proclamation, which was considered proud by every body, then cause his
school to be put in order by a farmer's wife. Still, if he be a Gluelphi, he may
do it, and it will not injure him ; but I mean a real Gluelphi, not a pretended
one.
He let Gertrude put the children in order, just as if she had them at home.
She divided them according to age, and the work they had, as they could best
be put together ; and placed her own and Rudi's children, who were already
accustomed to her management, between others. In front, next the table, she
put those who did not know their A, B, C ; next behind them, those who were
to spell ; then those who could read a little, and last those who could read fluently.
Then, for the first row, she put only three letters on the blackboard, and taught
them to them. "Whichever knew them best then was to name them aloud, and
the others were to repeat them after him. Then she changed the order of the
letters, wrote them larger and smaller, and so left them before their eyes, all the
morning. In like manner she wrote up several letters, for the scholars who
were learning to spell, and those who could read a little had to spell with these
letters. But these, as well as those who could read fluently, were to have their
books always open by their spinning-wheels, and to repeat in a low tone of voice
after one who read aloud. And every moment they were saying to that one
" Go on."
THE SCHOOL IN BONNAL. 143
For the work, Gertrude had brought a woman with her, named Margaret,
who was to come to the school every day ; as Gertrude had no tune for that
purpose.
This Margaret understood her business so well that it would not be easy to
find another like her. As soon as any child's hand, or wheel, was still, she
stepped up to him, and did not leave him until all was going on in good order
again.
Most of the children carried home that evening so much work, that their
mothers did not believe they had done it alone. But many of the children an-
swered, " Yes ; it makes a difference whether Margaret shows us, or you." And
in like manner they praised the lieutenant, their schoolmaster.
In the afternoon he conducted the school, and Gertrude watched him, as he
had her in the morning ; and things went so well that she said to him, " If I
had known that I could finish all my work in helping you organize the school
in a couple of hours, I should not have been so troubled on Thursday."
And he was himself pleased that things went so well.
That evening he gave to each of the children over seven years old, a couple
of sheets of paper, stitched together, and a couple of pens ; and each child found
his name written thereon as beautifully as print. They could not look at them
enough ; and one after another asked him how they were to be used. He
showed them ; and wrote for them, for a quarter of an hour, such great letters
that they looked as if they were printed. They would have watched him until
morning, it seemed so beautiful to them, and they kept asking him if they were
to learn to do the same.
He answered, " The better you learn to write, the better I shall be pleased."
At dismissal, he told them to take care of their paper, and to stick the points of
their pens into rotten apples ; for that was the very best way to keep them.
" To this, many of the children answered, " Yes, that would be nice, if we
had any rotten apples ; but it is not winter now."
At this he laughed, and said, " If you have none, perhaps I can get them for
you. The pastor's wife has certainly more than she wants."
But other children said, " No, no; we will get some, we have some yet."
6. SCHOOL ORGANIZATION — CONTINUED.
The children all ran home, in order quickly to show their beautiful writing to
their parents ; and they praised the schoolmaster and Margaret, as much as they
could. But many answered, "Yes, yes; new brooms sweep clean;" or some
such singular expression, so that the children did not understand what they
meant. This troubled the good children, but still they did not cease to be
pleased ; and if their parents took no pleasure in their beautiful writing, they
showed it to whomever they could, to their little brothers in the cradle, and to
the cat on the table ; and took such care of them as they had never in their
lives taken of any thing before. And if the little brother reached out his hand,
or the cat its paw, after them, they quickly drew them back, and said, " You
must only look at it with your eyes ; not touch it." Some of them put theirs
away in the Bible. Others said they could not open such a great book, and put
them in a chest, among the most precious things they had. Their joy at going
to school again was so great that the next morning many of them got up almost
before day, and called their mothers to get them quickly something to eat, so
that they might get to school in good season. On Friday, when the new writ-
144 THE SCHOOL IN BONNAL.
ing-benches, which the squire had had made, were ready, their pleasure was very
great. During the first lesson, they would all sit together; but the lieutenant
divided them into four classes, in order that there should not be too many of
them, and that none should escape him, and none could make a single mark that
he did not see.
In this study also, most of the children did very well. Some learned so easi-
ly, that it seemed to come to them of itself; and others, again, did well, because
they had been more in the habit of doing things that required attention. Some,
however, who had never had very much in their hands except the spoon with
which they ate, found great difficulties. Some learned arithmetic very easily,
who found writing very hard, and who held the pen as if their hands had been
crippled. And there were some young loafers among them, who had all their
lives scarcely done any thing except run about the streets and fields, and who,
nevertheless, learned almost every thing far quicker than the rest.
So it is in the world. The most worthless fellows have the best natural en-
dowments, and usually exceed, in intelligence and capacity, those who do not
wander about so much, but sit at home at their work. And the arithmeticians
among the farmers are usually to be found at the tavern.
The schoolmaster found these poor children generally much more capable,
both in body and in mind, than he had expected.
For this there is also a good reason. Need and poverty make men more re-
flective and shrewd than riches and superfluity, and teach him to make the
best use of every thing that will bring him bread.
Gluelphi made so much use of this fact, that, in every thing he did, and in al-
most every word he used, in the school, he had the distinct purpose of making
use of this basis laid down by nature herself, for the education of the poor and
of countrymen. He was so strenuous, even, about the sweat of daily labor,
that he claimed that whatever can be done for a man, makes him useful, or reli-
able for skill, only so far as he has acquired his knowledge and skill in the sweat
of his years of study ; and that, where this is wanting, the art and knowledge
of men is like a mass of foam in the sea, which often looks, at a distance, like a
rock rising out of the abyss, but which falls as soon as wind and wave attack it.
Therefore, he said, in education, thorough and strict training to the vocation
must necessarily precede all instruction by words.
He also maintained a close connection between this training to a vocation
and training in manners, and asserted that the manners of every condition
and trade, and even of the place or country of a man's abode, are so important
to him, that the happiness and peace of all his h'fe depends on them. Training
to good manners was thus also a chief object of his school organization. He
would have his school-room as clean as a church. He would not even let a pane
be out of the windows, or a nail be wrongly driven in the floor; and still less
would he permit the children to throw any thing on the floor, eat during study,
or any thing else of the kind. He preserved strict order, even in the least
thing ; and arranged so that, even in sitting down and rising up, the children
would not hit against each other.
In muddy weather they were made to leave their shoes at the door, and sit in
their stockings. And if their coats were muddy, they had to dry them in the
sun, or at the stove, as the case might be, and clean them. He himself cut their
nails for many of them, and put the hair of almost all the boys in good order ;
THE SCHOOL IN BONNAL. 145
and whenever any one went from writing to working, he was obliged to wash
his hands. They had, likewise, to rinse out their mouths at proper tunes, and
take care of their teeth, and see that their breath was not foul. All these were
things they knew nothing about.
When they came into the school and went out, they stepped up to him, one
after the other, and said to him, " God be with you." Then he looked at them
from head to foot, and looked at them so that they knew by his eye, without his
saying a word, if there was any thing wrong about them. But if this look did
not serve to set things right, he spoke to them. When he saw that the parents
were to blame for any thing, he sent a message to them ; and, not uncommonly,
a child came home to its mother with the message, " You, the schoolmaster
sends his respects, and asks whether you have no needles, or no thread ; or if
water is expensive with you," and the like.
Margaret was as if she had been made on purpose to help him about these
things. If a child's hair was not in good order, she placed it with its spinning-
wheel before her, and braided it up while the child studied and worked. Most
of them did not know how to fasten their shoes or their stockings. All these
things she showed them ; adjusted their neckcloths and aprons, if they were
wrong, and, if she saw a hole in their clothes, took a needle and thread and
mended it. At about the close of the school, she went through the room, prais-
ing or blaming the children, as they had worked well, half- well, or ill. Those
who had done well, then went first up to the schoolmaster, and said to him,
" God be with you," and he then held out his hand to them and replied, " God
be with you, you dear child ! " Those who had done only half- well, came
then to him; and to them he only said, "God be with you," without holding
out his hand to them. Lastly, those who had not done well at all had to leave
the room before the others, without daring to go to him at all.
If one of them came too late, he found the door shut, like the gate of a for-
tress that is closed. Whether then he cried or not, made no difference ; the
master said to him, briefly, " Go home again, now ; it will do yon good to think
a long time about it. Every thing that is done must be done at the right tune,
or else it is as if it is not done at all."
7. GOD'S WORD is THE TRUTH.
Thus, every word he said, was intended, by constantly accustoming the chil-
dren to what they would in future have to say and do, to lead them into true
wisdom in life ; for he endeavored, with every word, to plant deep in their
minds such a foundation of equanimity and peace, as every man can possess in
all circumstances, if the difficulties of his lot are early made to be another na-
ture to him. And this is the central point of the difference between his mode
of instructing the children, and that of other schoolmasters.
The efficiency of his labors soon convinced the pastor of Bonnal of the im-
portance of that distinction ; and caused him to see that all verbal instruction,
so far as it aims at • true human wisdom, and that highest end of this wisdom,
true religion, must undoubtedly be subordinated to constant exercises in useful
domestic labor ; and that that mouth-religion which consists in memory- work
and controversial opinions may be forgotten, as soon as, by constant exercises
in useful practical exertion, a better foundation is laid for good and noble aspi-
rations ; that is, for true wisdom and true religion.
25 *
146 THE SCHOOL IN BONNAL.
But the pastor saw that he himself knew little of any such management of
men, and that the lieutenant, and even Margaret, accomplished more in that di-
rection than he did by preaching for hours, or by doing whatever else he could.
He was ashamed of himself in the comparison, but he aided their undertaking,
learned from both of them whatever he could, and, in every thing which he
taught his children, founded upon what the lieutenant and Margaret practiced.
But in proportion as these latter accustomed their children to useful labor, so
much did he shorten his verbal instructions.
This he would gladly have done long before ; but he did not know how to
begin it, or how to continue it. He had indeed dreamed of what the lieutenant
and Margaret were doing ; but he could not deprive his children of such bene-
fits as were derivable from the old system of instruction, for the sake of mere
dreams of what he could not execute. But now that he saw a better truth,
and the advantage of practice in doing over practice in teaching, he followed
after that better truth, and in his age made giant strides in the change of his
method of popular instruction.
From this time forward he permitted his children to learn no more dogmas by
rote — such, for example, as those apples of discord, the questions which for two
hundred years have split good Christians into so many parties, and which cer-
tainly, for country people, have not made easier the way to everlasting life ; for
he was every moment more convinced that man loses little or nothing by losing
mere words.
But while he, like Luther, with the help of God, struck down the foolish verb-
iage of a mere mouth-religion, still he did not serve up instead of it a new 0110
of the same kind, one of his own instead of the strange one ; but united his ef-
forts with those of the lieutenant and Margaret, to train his children, without
many words, to a peaceful and laborious life in their vocations; by constantly
accustoming them to a wise mode of life, to stop up the sources of ignoble,
shameful, and disorderly practices, and in this manner to lay the foundations of
a quiet and silent habit of worship of God, and of a pure, active, and equally
and silent benevolence to men.
To attain this end, he based every word of his brief instructions in religion
upon the doings and omissions of the children, their circumstances and duties
in life; so that, when he talked with them of God and eternity, he seemed to be
speaking of father and mother, of house and home — of things closely connected
with this world.
He pointed out to them with his own hand the few wise and pious portions
which they were still made to learn by rote from the book. Of the rest of the
prolix, quarrelsome gabble, which he desired to empty out of their brains, as
the summer melts away the winter snow, he saved nothing at all ; and if
any one began to talk to him about it, he said that he saw more clearly every
day that it was not good for men to have heads filled up with too many whys
and wherefores, and that daily experience showed that, just in proportion as
men carried about such whys and wherefores in their heads, they lost in their
degree of natural understanding, and the daily usefulness of their hands and
feet. And he no longer permitted any child to learn a long prayer by heart ;
saving openly that it was contrary to the express spirit of Christianity, and to
the command which the Saviour gave to his disciples, "But thou when thou
prayest," &c.
THE SCHOOL IN BONNAL. 147
8. TO BE AS GOOD AS A MAN CAN BE, HE MUST APPEAR BAD.
The best thing about him was, that he said plainly, all that he did, " If I had
not seen the lieutenant and Margaret doing this in their school-room with the
children, I should have remained, as to their instruction, even until death, the
old pastor in Bonnal, without any change, just as I have been for thirty years.
T was not in a condition to undertake the chief parts of the true instruction of
these children ; and all that I can do for it, even now, is this : not to lay any
hindrance in the way of the lieutenant and Margaret."
He was quite right ; for of the ordinary employments of men, and of most
things upon which the lieutenant based his proceedings, he knew nothing what-
ever. He both knew men, and did not know them. He could describe them
in such a way that you would have to say, " Yes, they are thus." But he did
not know them so that he could mingle with them, and correct or accomplish
any thing about them. And the lieutenant often told him directly that he was
not capable of accomplishing any real reform amongst men ; that he would only
destroy them with his goodness. For how kind soever the lieutenant might
seem always, no one could easily have stricter principles of education than he.
He openly maintained, that " Love is useless in the training of men, except
behind or by the side of fear. For they must learn to root up thorns and this-
tles ; and men could never do that willingly, never of themselves, but only when
they are obliged, or have become accustomed to. One who would set any thing
right with men, or bring them up to any proposed point, must gain the mastery
of their evil qualities, must follow up their falsehood, and must make them sweat
with pain, for their crooked ways. The education of men is nothing except the
polishing of single members of the great chain by which all humanity is bound
together. Faults in the education and guidance of men consist mostly in this,
that we take single links out of the chain and undertake to ornament them, as
if they were isolated, and were not links belonging to that great chain ; and
as if the power and usefulness of that single member depended upon its being
gilded, or silvered, or set with precious stones ; and not upon its being well-knit
to its next neighbors without any weakening, and being strongly and pliantly
adapted to the daily vibrations of the whole chain, and to all its movements."
Thus spoke the man whose strength consisted in his knowledge of the world,
to the clergyman, whose weakness consisted in his ignorance of it.
But it was the labor of the life of the former to acquire a knowledge of
men ; and he always felt gratitude to his deceased father, for having made this
his design from youth up. His father had thought many men good who were
not, by reason of insufficient knowledge with them ; and the sorrow therefrom
resulting cost him his life. A few days before his death, he called Gluelphi,
then eleven years old, to his bedside, and said, " Child, trust no one, all your life,
until you have experience of him. Men betray and are betrayed ; but to know
them, is worth gold. Respect them, but trust them not ; and let it be your
daily task to write down every evening what you have seen and heard."
And therewith the last tears came from his eyes, and soon they were closed.
And from that day, Gluelphi had not omitted, any evening, to follow the death-
bed advice of his father. He had also preserved all his written records, from
youth. They are to him a treasure of knowledge of human nature; and ho
calls them by no name except the good bequest of his dear deceased father ;
148 THE SCHOOL IN BONNAL.
and he often moistens them with tears. They make a thousand heavy hours
pleasant to him, and have been, in his school also, a guide which has quickly led
him to the object he has desired.
He knew the children in a week, better than their parents in seven years ;
and, according to his principles, set himself to make them sweat for pain if they
undertook to keep any thing secret from him, and especially to keep their hearts
always open to his eyes.
9. HE WHO SEPARATES THE PRINCIPLES OF ARITHMETIC AND OF SUSCEPTI-
BILITY TO TRUTH, PUTS ASUNDER WHAT GOD HAS JOINED.
But how much soever he cared for the hearts of his children, he took as mucli
care for their heads ; and required whatever went into them should be as clear
and comprehensible as the silent moon in the heavens. He said, "Nothing can
be called teaching, which does not proceed in that principle; what is obscure,
and deceives, and makes confused, is not, teaching, but perverting the mind."
This perversion of the mind, in his children, he guarded against, by teaching
them, above all, to see and hear closely ; and by laboriously and industriously
teaching them habits of cool observation, and at the same time by strengthening
in them the natural capacity which every man possesses. To this end, he prac-
ticed them especially in arithmetic ; in which he carried them so far, within a
year, that they very soon yawned if any one began to talk to them about the
wonderful puzzles with which Hartknopf 's friends so easily astonished the rest
of the people in the village.
So true is it, that the way to lead men away from error is, not to oppose their
folly with words, but to destroy the spirit ot it within them. To describe the
night, and the dark colors of its shadows, does not help you see ; it is only by
lighting a lamp, that you can show what the night was ; it is only by couching
a cataract, that you can show what the blindness has become. Correct seeing
and correct hearing is the first step toward living wisely ; and arithmetic is the
means by which nature guards us from error in our searches after truth ; the
basis of peace and prosperity, which children can secure for their manhood only
by thoughtful and careful pursuit of their employments.
For such reasons, the lieutenant thought nothing so important as a right
training of his children in arithmetic ; and he said, " A man's mind will not
proceed well, unless it gains the habitude of apprehending and adhering to the
truth, either by means of much experience, or of arithmetical practice, which
will in great part supply the place of that habitude."
But his methods of teaching them arithmetic are too extended to be given
here.
10. A SURE MEANS AGAINST MEAN AND LYING SLANDERS.
In this matter also he succeeded with the children as he desired ; and it could
not but happen that one, who accomplished so much for them, should become
dear to many people. But it was far from being the case that all were satisfied
with him. The chief charge against him was, that he was too proud for a
schoolmaster, and would not talk with the people at all. He said one thing and
another to defend himself, and tried to make them understand that he was using
his time and his lungs for their children ; but the farmers said that, notwith-
standing all that, he might stop a moment or two when any one wanted to say
something to him ; and, if pride did not prevent him, he would.
THE SCHOOL IN BONNAL. 149
All the children, to be sure, contradicted their parents in this, and said that he
certainly was not proud, but they replied, " He may be good to you, and may
be proud nevertheless."
But the rainy weather, in the third week of his school-keeping, accomplished
for him, what the good children could not do, with all their talking.
It was an established principle in Bonnal, that an old bridge, in front of the
school-house, decayed for twenty years, should not be replaced ; and so, when-
ever it rained for two days together, the children had to get wetted almost to
their knees, to get to the school. But the first time that Gluelphi found the
street so deep in water, he stood out in the street, as soon as the children came,
in the middle of the rain, and lifted them, one after another, over the stream.
This looked very funny to a couple of men and their wives, who lived just
opposite the school-house, and who were exactly those who had complained
most that his pride would scarcely let him say good day and good night to peo-
ple. They found great pleasure in seeing him get wet through and through, in
his red coat, and thought he would never keep at it a quarter of an hour, and
expected every moment that he would call out to them to know whether no-
body was coming to help him. But when he continued right on with his work,
just as if not even a cat lived any where near him, not to say a man, and was
dripping wet, clothes and hair, and all over, and still showed no shadow of im-
patience, but kept carrying over one child after another, they began to say, be-
hind their windows, "He must be a good-natured fool, after all, to keep it up so
long, and we seem to have been mistaken about him. If he had been proud,
he would certainly have stopped long ago."
At last they crept out of their holes, and went out to him, and said, u We did
not see, before, that you were taking so much trouble, or we would have come
out to you sooner. Go home and dry yourself; we will carry the children over.
We can bear the rain better than you. And, before school is out, we will bring
a couple of planks, too, so that there shall be a bridge here, as there used to be."
This they did not say merelj1-, but did it. Before eleven o'clock, there was
actually a bridge erected, so that after the school the scholars could go dry-
shod over the brook. And, also, the complaints about his pride ceased ; for the
two neighbors' wives, who had been the loudest in making them, now sang
quite another song.
If this seems incredible to you, reader, make an experiment yourself, and
stand out in the rain for the sake of other people's children, without being called
on to do so, or receiving any thing for it, until you are dripping wet ; and then
see whether those people do not then willingly speak good of you, and do good
to you ; and whether they say any thing evil of you, except in regard to some-
thing actually and very evil, or something which they absolutely can not see and
understand to be otherwise than bad.
11. FOOLISH WORDS, AND SCHOOL PUNISHMENTS.
But it was not long before the people had something else to complain about ;
and, indeed, something worse than before. The Hartknopf party in the village,
that is, discovered that the lieutenant was not a good Christian ; and began qui-
etly to make good and simple people in the village believe it. One of the first
to find comfort in this story, and to endeavor to propagate it, was the old school-
master. He could not endure that all the children should so praise and love
150 THE SCHOOL IN BONNAL.
the new schoolmaster. As long as he had been schoolmaster, they had hated
him ; and he had become so used to this, in thirty years, that he believed it
must be so ; and asserted that the children, not being able to understand what
is good for them, naturally hate all discipline, and consequently all schoolmasters.
But he made not much progress with this theory ; and he fancied people were
going to tell him that the children loved their present schoolmaster because he
was good to them.
This vexed him ; for he could not endure, all his life, to have it flung at him
that his own foolishness was the reason that the children did not love him,
although it was the honest truth. If he observed the least thing which he dis-
approved, the first word was, "You are killing me, body and soul; you will
bring me into my grave. If you did not deserve hell for any other reason, you
deserve it on account of me ; " and the like.
Such language, especially to children, does not cause good feelings ; and they
must have been much more than children to be able to love a fool, who spoke
to them in that way every moment. They knew whom they were dealing with,
and when he was most enraged, they would say to each other, " When we kill
again, and bring him some sausages and meat, we shall not go to hell any more,
at least as long as he has any of them left to eat."
With the new schoolmaster the case was quite otherwise. His harshest re-
proofs to the children, when they did wrong, were, "That is not right," or "You
are injuring yourself," or "In that way you will never arrive at any thing good,"
&c. Little as this was, it was effectual, because it was the truth.
Gluelphi's punishments consisted mostly in exercises intended to help the
faults which they were to punish. For instance, if a child was idle, he was
made to carry stone for the guard-fence, which the teacher was making some of
the older boys construct, at the sand-meadow, or to cut fire- wood, &c. A forget-
ful one was made school-messenger, and for four or five days had to transact
whatever business the teacher had in the village.
Even during his punishments, he was kind to the children, and scarcely ever
talked more with them than while punishing them. "Is it not better for you,"
he would often say to a careless one, " to learn to keep yourself attentive to
what you do, than every moment to be forgetting something, and then to have
to do every thing over again? " Then the child would often throw himself upon
him with tears, and, with his trembling hand in his, would reply, "Yes, dear
Ilerr schoolmaster." And he would then answer, "Good child. Don't cry;
but learn better ; and tell your father and mother to help you overcome your
carelessness, or your idleness."
Disobedience, which was not carelessness, he punished by not speaking pub-
licly to such a child, for three, or four, or five days, but only alone with him ;
intimating to him, at the close of school, to remain. Impertinence and impro-
priety, he punished in the same way. Wickedness, however, and lying, he pun-
ished with the rod ; and any child punished with the rod, was not permitted,
during a whole week, to join in the children's plays ; and his name and his fault
stood entered in the Register of Offenses, until he gave unmistakable evidence
of improvement, when they were stricken out again.
So great was the difference between the old and the new organization of the
school.
CHRISTOPHER AND ALICE.
IN the year 1782, Pestalozzi, with a view of directing the attention of
the readers of " Leonard and Gertrude " from the story to the moral
lessons which it was intended to convey, and to correct some erroneous
impressions which the people had got from the picture he had drawn
of the depravity of subordinate functionaries in the villages, published
his " Christopher and Alice" (Chrutoph and Else.) This work con-
sists of a series of dialogues, in which Christopher, an intelligent farmer,
discusses with his family, chapter by chapter, the history of Bonnal.
The principal interlocutors are, besides Christopher, his wife Alice, Jo-
siah, his head-servant, and Frederic, his eldest son. Some of his neigh-
bors occasionally drop in, and take part in the discussion, which is re-
plete with the soundest views of life, and of parental duty, and opportu-
nity, conveyed in homely but expressive language. But it lacked the
interest of action, and never reached the class of people for whose special
benefit is was intended.
We extract the principal portion of one of the dialogues, in which
Pestalozzi exalts the training office of the mother and the home above
that of the schoolmaster and the school room — a leading principle of his
educational labors through life— one of the earliest and latest of his as-
pirations for the advancement of his father-land, and of humanity.
HOME AND SCHOOL TRAINING. DOMESTIC EDUCATION.
" That is my chapter, father ! " said Alice, when Christopher had read the
twelfth chapter of our book 5* " a pious mother, who herself teaches her children
seems to me to be the finest sight on the earth."
" It is a very different one from a school room, at all events," said Josiah.
Alice. " I did not mean to say that schools are not very good."
Christopher. " Nor would I allow myself to think so."
Josiah. " Well, and it is true, after all, that nothing of what the schoolmaster
can say will ever reach children's hearts in the same way as what their parents
teach them ; and, generally speaking, I am sure there is not in school-going all
the good that people fancy there is."
Christopher. " I am afraid, Josiah, thou art rather straining thy point. We
ought to thank God for all the good that there is in the world ; and, as for the
schools in our country, we can't thank Him enough for them."
Josiah. "Well spoken, master. It is well that there are schools; and God
forbid that I should be ungrateful for any good that it has done to us. But, with
all this, I think that he must be a fool who, having plenty at home, runs about
begging ; and that is the very thing which our village folks do, by forgetting all
* This chapter represents Gertrude in the midst of her children, teaching them, at the
same time that they are engaged in spinning.— B.
152 CHRISTOPHER AND ALICE.
the good lessons which they might teach their children at home, and, instead
thereof, sending them every day to gather up the dry crumbs which are to be got
in our miserable schools. I am sure that is not quite as it ought to be."
Christopher. " Nor is it, perhaps, quite as thou hast put it."
Josiah. " Nay, master ! but only look it in the face, and thou'lt surely see it
the same as I do. That which parents can teach their children is always what
they stand most in need of in life ; and it is a pity that parents should neglect
this, by trusting in the words which the schoolmaster makes them get by heart.
It is very true, they may be good and wise words, and have an excellent mean-
ing to them ; but, after all, they are only words, and coming from the mouth of a
stranger, they don't come half as near home as a father's or a mother's words."
Christopher. "I can not see what thou would 'st be at, Josiah."
Josiah. " Look, master ! The great point in bringing up a child is, that he
should be well brought up for his own house ; he must learn to know, and han-
dle, and use those things on which his bread and his quiet will depend through
life ; and it seems to me very plain, that fathers and mothers can teach that
much better at home, than any schoolmaster can do it in his school. The school-
master, no doubt, tells the children of a great many things which are right and
good, but they are never worth as much in his mouth as in the mouth of an up-
right father, or a pious mother. The schoolmaster, for instance, will tell the child
to fear God, and to honor his father and mother, for that such is the word of
God ; but the child understands little of what he says, and mostly forgets it again
before he comes home. But if, at home, his father gives him milk and bread,
and his mother denies herself a morsel, that she may give it to him, the child
feels and understands that he ought to honor his father and mother, who are so
kind to him, and he will not forget his father's words, which tell him that such is
the word of God, as easily as the empty word of the schoolmaster. In the same
way, if the child is told at school to be merciful, and to love his neighbor as him-
self, he gets the text by heart, and perhaps thinks of it for a few days, till the
nice words slip again from his memory. But at home he sees a poor neighbor's
wife calling in upon his mother, lamenting over her misery, her hunger, and na-
kedness ; he sees her pale countenance, her emaciated and trembling figure, the
very image of wretchedness ; his heart throbs, his tears flow ; he lifts up his eyes
full of grief and anxiety to his mother, as if he himself was starving ; his mother
goes to fetch some refreshments for the poor sufferer, in whose looks the child
now reads comfort and reviving hope ; his anguish ceases, his tears flow no lon-
ger, he approaches her with a smiling face ; at last his mother returns, and her
gift is received with sobs of gratitude, which draw fresh tears from the child's
eye. Here then he learns what it is to be merciful, and to love one's neighbor.
He learns it, without the aid of words, by the real fact ; he sees mercy itself,
instead of learning words about mercy."
Christopher. " I must own I begin to think thou art not quite mistaken in
saying that too much value is put upon the schoolmaster's teaching."
Josiah. " Of course, master ! If thou sendest thy sheep up into the mount-
ain, thou reliest upon their being well kept by the shepherd, who is paid for it,
and thou dost not think of running about after them thyself; but if thou hast
them at home, in thy own stables, thou lookest after them thyself. Now it is just
the same thing with the school ; only there is this difference, that it is easy to
get for the sheep pasture which is infinitely better than the food they have in the
CHRISTOPHER AND ALICE. 153
stable 5 but it is not so easy to find a school in which the children are better
taught than they might be at home. The parents' teaching is the kernel of
wisdom, and the schoolmasters business is only to make a husk over it} and
there even is a great chance whether it turn out well."
Alice. " Why, Josiah, thou makest one's brains whirl all round, about one's
children. I think I see now what thou art at ; and 1 fancy many a poor, igno-
rant mother, who now sends her children to school, without thinking any thing
about it, merely because it is the custom to do so, would be very glad to be taught
better."
Josiah. " There is yet another part of the story, master. "What helps the
common people to get through the world, thou knowest, and to have their daily
bread, and a cheerful heart, is nothing else but good sense and natural under-
standing; and I have never found in all my life a useful man who was what they
call a good scholar. The right understanding with the common people is, as it
were, free and easy, and shows itself always in the proper place and season ; so
that a man's words don't fit but at the very moment when they are spoken, and a
quarter of an hour before or after they would not fit at all. But the school un-
derstanding, brings in all manner of sayings which are fit at all times, in summer
and winter, in hot and cold, in Lent and at Easter ; and that is the reason why
this school understanding does not do any good to common people, who must
regulate themselves according to times and seasons ; and that is the reason, again,
why their natural understandings, which are in them, ought to be drawn out
more. And for this, there are no better teachers than the house, and the fath-
er's and mother's love, and the daily labor at home, and all the wants and neces-
sities of life. But if the children must needs be sent to school, the schoolmaster
should, at least, be an open-hearted, cheerful, affectionate, and kind man, who
would be as a father to the children ; a man made on purpose to open chil -
dren's hearts, and their mouths, and to draw forth their understandings, as it
were, from the hindermost corner. In most schools, however, it is just the con-
trary ; the schoolmaster seems as if he was made on purpose to shut up children's
mouths and hearts, and to bury their good understandings ever so deep under
ground. That is the reason why healthy and cheerful children, whose hearts are
full of joy and gladness, hardly ever like school. Those that show best at school
are the children of whining hypocrites, or of conceited parish-officers; stupid
dunces, who have no pleasure with other children ; these are the bright orna-
ments of school rooms, who hold up their heads among the other children, like
the wooden king in the ninepins among his eight fellows. But, if there is a boy
who has too much good sense to keep his eyes, for hours together, fixed upon a
dozen letters which he hates ; or a merry girl, who, while the schoolmaster dis-
courses of spiritual life, plays with her little hands all manner of temporal fun,
under the desk ; the schoolmaster, in his wisdom, settles that these are the goats
who care not for their everlasting salvation. . . ."
Thus spoke good Josiah, in the overflowing of his zeal, against the nonsense
of village schools, and his master and mistress grew more and more attentive to
what he said.
" Well, I trust," said Christopher, at last, "there still may be some other light
to view the matter in."
But Alice replied : " There may be twenty more lights to view the matter in,
for aught I know. But I care not ; I know this one thing, that I will have my
154 CHRISTOPHER AND ALICE.
children more about me in future ; it seems very natural, indeed, that fathers and
mothers should themselves teach their children as much as they possibly can. I
think there is a great deal in what Josiah says, and one really shudders, when one
comes to reflect what sort of people our village schoolmasters generally are.
There are many of them, I know, Christopher, whom thou wouldst not trust
with a cow, or a calf, over winter ; and it is very true, that one ought to look
more one's self after one's children, and not fancy all is well, provided one sends
them to school."
EVENING HOUR OF A HERMIT/
BY JOHN HENRY PESTALOZZI.
MAN, as he is, the same whether on a throne or under the forest leaves ; man
in his essence; what is he? Why do not the wise tell us? Why do not great
intellects inform us what is the reality of our race ? Does a farmer use oxen,
and not study to understand them ? Does a shepherd not investigate the nature
of his sheep ?
And ye who use men, and say that you protect and cherish them ; do you
care for them as a farmer does for his oxen ? Have you such care of them as a
shepherd over his sheep ? Is your wisdom a knowledge of your race, and are
your benefits those of enlightened shepherds of your people ?
What man is, what he needs, what elevates him and degrades him, what
strengthens him and weakens him, such is the knowledge needed, both by a
shepherd of the people and by the inmate of the most lowly hut.
Everywhere, humanity feels this want. Everywhere it struggles to satisfy
it, with labor and eagerness. For the want of it, men live restless lives, and
at death they cry aloud that they have not fulfilled the purposes of their being.
Their end is not the ripening of the perfect fruits of the year, which in full com-
pletion are laid away for the repose of the winter.
Why does man investigate truth without order or purpose ? Why does he
not seek after what his nature needs, that therewith he may secure pleasure and
blessings for his life ? Why does he not seek Truth, which will afford him in-
ward peace, will develop his faculties, make his days cheerful and his years
blessed?
Source of the deepest peace of our existence, pure power of our nature, bless-
ing of our being, thou art no dream. To seek thee, to investigate after thee, is
the end and destiny of man ; thou art both a necessity to me, and an impulse
from the deepest part of my soul, 0 end and destiny of man I
By what road shall I seek thee, 0 truth, who liftest my nature toward perfec-
tion ? Man, driven by his wants, will find the path to this truth, by the way of
his own inmost soul.
The powers of conferring blessings upon humanity are not a gift of art or of acci-
dent. They exist, with their fundamental principles, in the inmost nature of all
men. Their development is the universal need of humanity.
Central point of life, individual destiny of man, thou art the book of nature.
In thee lieth the power and the plan of that wise teacher ; and every school
education not erected upon the principles of human development, leads astray.
The happy infant learns by this road what his mother is to him ; and thus
grows within him the actual sentiment of love and of gratitude, before he can
* Abendstunde eines Einsiedlers.— Pestalozzi, Werke, vol. 5, p. 271.
156 PESTALOZZI'S EVENING HOUR OF A HERMIT.
understand the words, Duty or Thanks. And the son who eats his father's
bread, and is kept warm from his flocks, finds by the same nature-directed way
the blessing upon his studies, and his duties as a child.
All humanity is in its essence the same ; and to its content there is but one
road. Therefore that truth which rises from our inmost being, is universal human
truth; and would serve as a truth for the reconciliation of those who are quarrel-
ing by thousands over its husks.
Man, it is thou thyself, the inner consciousness of thy powers, which is the
object of the education of nature.
The general elevation of these inward powers of the human mind to a pure
human wisdom, is the universal purpose of the education even of the lowest
men. The practice, application and use of these powers and this wisdom, under
special circumstances and conditions of humanity, is education for a profession
or social condition. These must always be kept subordinate to the general
object of human training.
"Wisdom and power based upon simplicity and innocence, are efficient bless-
ings in all human circumstances, and in every misfortune, as well as an indis-
pensable necessity in every elevation of position.
To him who is not a Man, a man developed in his inmost powers, to him is
wanting a basis for an education suited to his immediate destiny and to his
special circumstances, such as no external elevation can excuse. Between the
father and the prince, the needy man struggling with difficulties for his sustenance
and the rich oppressed by cares still more burdensome, the ignorant woman and
the renowned philosopher, the indolent slumberer and the genius whose eagle
powers influence all the world, there are wide gulfs. But if those, in their lofti-
ness, lack real manhood, dark clouds surround them ; while in these, a cultiva-
ted manhood, pure, elevated and sufficing human greatness, will of itself shino
forth from the lowest hut.
Thus a prince in his greatness may long for a wise and upright code of regula-
tions for his prisons, yet may offer in vain a purse filled with gold for it. Let
him bring real manhood into his council of war, his councils of forestry and of ex-
chequer, and let his conduct be truly fatherly within his own house, and let him
wisely, earnestly and paternally train up judges and protectors for his prisoners.
Without this, the name of enlightened laws is, in the mouth of heartless men,
only another name for selfishness.
So far art thou perhaps, 0 Prince, from the blessing of truth which you seek.
Meanwhile are laboring in the dust beneath your feet, good fathers with their
ill taught children. Prince, learn the wisdom applicable to your prisoners from
the tears of their night watchings; and delegate thy rights over life and death to
men who seek that wisdom in that source. Prince, educated humanity is the
blessing of the world ; and only through it is enlightenment efficient, and wis-
dom, and the inmost blessing of all laws.
Educated powers of humanity, these sources of your mighty deeds and peace-
ful pleasures are no purposeless impulse, nor deceitful error.
The path of nature, for developing the faculties of humanity, must be open
and easy; and the method for educating men to true and satisfying wisdom,
simple, and universally applicable.
Nature develops all the human faculties by practice; and their growth
depends upon their exercise.
PESTALOZZI'S EVENING HOUR OF A HERMIT. 157
The method of nature for educating humanity is, the explanation and practice
of its knowledge, its gifts, and its qualities.
Therefore the simplicity and innocence of that man are educated by nature,
who uses a thorough and obedient explanation of his knowledge, and with
silent industry uses his powers, and develops them into a true human wisdom.
On the other hand, that man is incapable of the pleasure of the blessings of
truth, who violates within himself this natural order, and weakens his sensibility
for obedience and knowledge.
Men, fathers, force not the faculties of your children into paths too distant,
before they have attained strength by exercise, and avoid harshness and over-
fatigue.
When this right order of proceedings is anticipated, the faculties of the mind
are weakened, and lose their steadiness, and the equipoise of their structure.
This you do when, before making them sensitive to truth and wisdom by the
real knowledge of actual objects, you engage them in the thousand-fold confusions
of word-learning and opinions ; and lay the foundation of their mental character
and of the first determination of their powers, instead of truth and actual ob-
jects, with sounds and speech — and words.
The artificial mode of the schools, which everywhere crowds in this affair of
words, instead of the easy and slower waiting method of nature, endows men
with an artificial show of acquirement which ornaments over their lack of inner
natural powers, and which satisfies such times as the present century.
The miserable exhausting struggle for the mere shadow of truth, the struggle
for the accent and sound and words only, of truth, where no interest can be felt,
and no application is practicable ; the subjection of all the powers of growing
humanity to the opinions of a hard and one-sided schoolmaster ; the thousand-
fold niceties of word-changing and fashionable style of teaching, which are made
the basis of human education — all these are sad defections from the path of
nature.
Moreover, a strict and stiff adherence to one order is not nature's way of
teaching. If it were, she would train one-sided characters ; and her truth would
not accommodate itself easily and freely to the feelings of all men.
Such a severe course would not develop the truth within man to be his useful
servant, nor to be a good and affectionate mother, wrhose happiness and wisdom
are the happiness and necessity of her children.
The power of nature, although unquestionably leading to truth, leads with
no stiffness. The voice of the nightingale sounds out of the darkness ; and all
the appearances of nature operate, in an enlivening freedom, without the shadow
of constraint anywhere, according to a prescribed order.
Man loses all the balance of his powers, the efficacy of his wisdom, if his
mind is too one-sidedly and forcibly applied to any subject. Nature's mode of
teaching is therefore not a forcible one.
But her teaching is steady and consistent; and her method is strictly
economical.
Education of man to truth, thou art the education of his existence and his
nature to satisfying wisdom.
Man who seekest truth after this method of nature, you will find it hi propor-
tion as you make it your stand point and your path.
In proportion as that truth is requisite to your repose and your enjoyment, as
158 PESTALOZZI'S EVENING HOUR OF A HERMIT.
it is your guiding star in your troubles and the support upon which your life
rests, in that proportion it will be your blessing.
The circle of knowledge, through which every man in his own place becomes
blessed, begins immediately around him ; from his being ; from his closest rela-
tions; extends from this beginning; and at every increase must have reference
to truth, that central point of all powers for blessing.
Pure sensibility to truth grows up within a narrow sphere ; and pure human
wisdom rests upon the solid basis of the knowledge of the nearest relations, and
of an educated capacity for dealing with the nearest circumstances.
This wisdom, which reveals itself through the necessities of our condition,
strengthens and educates our practical capacity ; and the mental training which
gives it, is simple and steady, consisting of the action of all the powers upon the
phenomena of nature in their actual relations ; and thus it is related to truth.
Power and feeling and practical certainty are its expressions.
Elevating path of nature, the truth to which thou leadest is power and action,
origin, training, completion, and destination of the whole of humanity.
Thou dost educate with certainty; not to a rapid show of .growth; and the
son of nature is confined by limits ; — his speech is the expression and conse-
quence of full knowledge of facts.
The disconnected confusion of the sciolist is as little the basis which nature
points out.
The man who with rapid course flits about every subject of knowledge, and
does not fortify his acquirements by silent steady investigation, loses the power
of observing cheerfully, and with steady search, and the still and genuine pleas-
ure of sensibility to truth.
Unsteady will be the. progress of that man who, hi the hurlyburly of his
sciolisms, finds, to be sure, material for many words, but sacrifices to them the
quietness of real wisdom. Amidst his noisy pride, you will discover, close
around him, in the place where the power of a blessed wisdom would beam
brightly, only empty solitudes and darkness.
Also the slothful empty wastes of dark ignorance lead away from the path of
nature. Lack of knowledge of thy nature, 0 man, contracts the limits of thy
knowledge, more than the necessities of thy being. Misapprehension of the first
principles of thy condition, deadly oppressive tyranny, withholding of all the
pleasures of truth and blessing ; unnatural want of general national enlighten-
ment in relation to the most important actual needs and relations of men, over-
cloud and darken thee, as the deep shadow of night darkens the earth.
The effect of actual life in opposition to the inner consciousness of right, un-
dermines our power of recognizing truth, and perverts the purity of the lofty
and noble simplicity of our fundamental ideas and susceptibilities.
Therefore, all human wisdom is based upon the strength, of a good heart, and
one obedient to truth ; and all human blessings, upon its simplicity and inno-
cence.
Education of humanity in this purity of simplicity and innocence, thou art
the guardian of humanity, who dost protect and guide rightly the undestroyed
principles of the heart, in the course of their mental development.
Man must be trained to inward peace. Content with one's condition, and
with the pleasures attainable in it, patience, reverence and faith in the love of
the Father under all restrictions, that is the right training to wisdom.
PESTALOZZI'S EVENING HOUR OF A HERMIT. 159
"Without inward peace, man wanders about in wild ways. Thirst and longing
after impossible forms, deprive him of every pleasure which present blessings
offer, and of all the powers of a wise, patient, and obedient spirit. If the feel-
ings are not regulated by inward peace, their power destroys the inward strength
of the man, and plagues him with dark tortures, in days during which the cheer-
ful wise man would laugh.
The discontented man worries himself within his happy home, because his
dancing at the festival, his violin at the concert, his address hi the public hall,
•were not distinguished.
Peace, and quiet pleasure, are the first purposes of human education, and its
darling children. Man, thy knowledge and ambition must be subordinate to
these high purposes, or thy curiosity and ambition will become gnawing agonies
and curses.
Man, thou livest not for thyself alone, on earth. Nature educates thee for
relations with those without thee.
In proportion as these relations are near to thee, 0 man, are they important
for the training of thy being for its ends. .
The complete mastery over a near relation, is a source of wisdom and power
over more distant ones.
Fatherhood trains princes, brotherhood, citizens, Both produce order in the
family and in the state.
The domestic relations of man are the first and most important relations of
nature.
Man labors in his calling, and endures the burden of a citizen's labor, that
thereby he may enjoy in quiet, the pure blessings of his domestic happiness.
Therefore the education of man for his professional and social position, must
be subordinated to the ultimate purpose, the pleasures of his pure domestic
happiness.
Therefore art thou, home, the origin of all the purely natural education of
humanity.
Home, thou school of morals and of the state.
First, man, thou art a child ; afterward an apprentice in thy calling.
Childish virtue is the blessing of thy days of learning ; and the first training
of thy faculties to the enjoyment of all the blessings of thy life.
"Whoever departs from this natural order, and forces an unnatural education
for state, vocation, authority, or servitude, turns humanity aside from the enjoy-
ment of the most natural blessings, to voyage upon a rocky sea.
See ye not, 0 men, feel ye not, sons of earth, how your upper classes have lost
their inner powers by their education? Seest thou not, humanity, how their
divergence from the wise order of nature, brings empty and barren curses upon
them and from them downward amongst their people? Feelest thou not, 0
Earth, how the human race wanders away from the happiness of its domestic
relations, and everywhere crowds to wild glittering shows, to make game of
wisdom and to tickle its ambition ?
Erring humanity wanders afar off.
God is the nearest resource for humanity.
Even thy family. 0 man, and the wisest of thy pleasures, will not last thee
forever.
To suffer pain and death and the grave, without God, thy nature, educated to
mildness, goodness, and feeling, has no power.
160 PESTALOZZI'S EVENING HOUR OP A HERMIT.
In God, as the father of thy house, the source of thy blessings, in God as thy
father : — in this belief findest thou peace and power and wisdom which no pain
nor the grave, can shake.
Faith in God is a tendency of human feeling, in its highest condition ; it is
the confiding childlike trust of humanity, in the fatherhood of God.
Faith in God is the fountain of peace in life ; peace in life is the fountain of
inward order ; inward order is the fountain of the unerring application of our
powers ; and this again is the source of the growth of those powers, and of their
training in wisdom ; wisdom is the spring of all human blessings.
Thus, faith in God is the source of all wisdom and all blessings, and is nature's
road to the pure education of man.
Faith in God, thou art buried deep in the being of man. As the sense of
good and evil, as the ineradicable sense of right and wrong, so immovably fast
art thou lodged in our inmost nature, as a foundation for human development.
Faith in God, thou art the portion of the people in every misery, in every
clime. Thou art the power of men in every exaltation, and their strength in
ev6ry adversity.
Faith in God, thou art not a sequel and result of educated wisdom ; thou art
a pure endowment of simplicity ; the hearkening ear of innocence to the voice
of nature, whose father is God.
Childlikeness and obedience are not the result and invariable consequence of
a complete education ; they must be the primitive and spontaneous first princi-
ples of human training.
The wonder of wise men in the depth of creation, and their searches into the
abysses of the creator, are not an education to this faith. In the abysses of
creation, the searcher can lose himself and in its waters he can wander ignorantly,
for away from the fountains of the bottomless ocean.
God, father ; God, an existence within the dwellings of men ; God, within my
own inmost being; God, the giver of his own gifts and of the pleasures of my
life ; — he is the training of man to this faith ; this is the power of nature, who
bases all faith upon pleasure and experience.
Otherwise, arouse thyself, 0 man — I call upon the people — arouse, 0 man, to
the lesson of preponderating goodness. Let this encourage or soothe thee ; that
either happiness will on the whole preponderate. When the flames of misery
burn over thy head and destroy thee, will this dictum of wise men support thee ?
But when thy Father strengthens thee inwardly, makes thy days cheerful,
lifts thy being above all sorrows, and develops within thyself an overbalance of
blessed enjoyments ; then thou enjoyest the education of nature to faith in God.
The bread which my child eats from my hand develops its child's feelings ;
not its wonder at my night watches and my care over its after years. Much
judgment upon my deeds would be folly, and might lead its heart astray, and
away from me.
Simplicity and innocence, pure human feelings of thankfulness and love, are
the source of faith.
On the pure childlike nature of men, is based the hope of everlasting life ;
and a pure human faith in God is not possible for it without this hope.
The tread of a tyrant upon his brethren, upon the children of his God, makes
the inmost soul of humanity to shudder. The widows and orphans of the ranks
of his victims wail, tremble, hunger, believe, and die.
PESTALOZZI'S EVENING HOUR OF A HERMIT. 161
If God is the father of men, then the day of their death is not the day of the
fulfillment of their existence.
If there is any perception of truth in thee, 0 man, speak. Does it not con-
flict with thine inmost convictions, to believe that God is the father of men, and
also that the lives of these wretches are completed so ?
God is not the father of men, or else death is not the completion of our life.
Man, thy inward sense is a sure guide to truth and to thy duty ; and dost thou
doubt, when this sense summons thee to immortality?
Believe in thyself, 0 man ; believe in the inward intelligence of thine own
soul ; thus shalt thou believe in God and immortality.
God is the father of humanity ; God's children are immortal.
"Within thine inmost being, 0 man, lies that which with faith and reverence
recognizes truth, innocence and simplicity.
But simplicity and innocence are not possessed by all men.
To many, this inward consciousness of humanity is a mere dream ; and faith
in God and immortality, based upon this inner consciousness, a contempt and a
reproach.
God, who within my being dost with strength and power teach me truth,
wisdom, holiness, faith and immortality ; God, who hearest all the children of
God ; — God, whom all the good, feeling, pure and loving among men understand
all alike ; — God, shall I not listen to the lessons within my inmost nature, which
are true and which must be true ? Shall I not believe what I am and what I do ?
Faith in God causes a separation of men into the children of God and the
children of the world. Faith in the fatherhood of God is faith in immortality.
God, father of man ; Man, child of God ; this is the aim of faith.
This faith in God is a tendency of man in his relations to his blessings.
Parental love and filial love, these blessings of thy house, 0 man, are results
of faith.
Thy rightful enjoyments, husband and father, the pleasant submission of thy
wife and the deep and soul- elevating gratitude of thy children, are the results
of thy faith in God.
Faith in my own father, who is a child of God, is a training for my faith in
God.
My faith in God is a reinforcement of my faith in God, and of every duty of
my house.
So, 0 elevating nature, thou dost bind together, in thy discipline, my duties
and my pleasures ; and at thy hand man is guided from pleasures enjoyed to
new duties.
All humanity, prince or subject, master or servant, is disciplined for the
especial duties of its station by the enjoyment of its most intimate natural
relations.
The prince who is the child of his God, is the child of his father.
The prince who is child of his father, is father of his people.
The subject who is child of his God, is child of his father.
The subject who is child of his father, is child of his prince.
Station of prince, representation of God, father of the nation. Station of
subject, child of the prince, are each, the child of God. How soft and strong
and subtle is this interweaving of the natural relations of humanity.
0 humanity in thy loftiness !
26
162 PESTALOZZI'S EVENING HOUR OF A HERMIT.
But vain is the sense of thy worth, to a degraded people.
I scarcely venture to name thy rank, householder. "What art thou, and what
canst thou be? An ox for sale? The master of thy house. The representa-
tive of the prince, within thy hut, 0 man in thy degradation! 0 Lord and
Father of all I
In whatever low state, the servant is in his essence like his master ; and is by
nature entitled to the satisfaction of his necessities.
For the raising of the people to the enjoyment of the proper blessings of their
existence, are the high the fathers of the low.
And all the people depend, for the enjoyment of their domestic happiness,
upon their pure childlike confidence in the paternal feeling of their lords ; and
upon the fulfillment of the paternal duties of their lords, for the education and
elevation of their children to the enjoyment of the blessings of humanity.
Is this expectation of men a dream ? Is their childlike expectation a mere
vision in their sleep and weariness of their degradation ?
Faith in God, thou art the strength of their hope.
Princes who believe in God, and understand the brotherhood of men, find in
this belief a stimulus to every duty of their station. They are men trained by
divine power for the blessing of their people.
Princes who disbelieve the fatherhood of God and the brotherhood of men,
find in this unbelief the sources of a terrible annihilation of their recognition of
their duties. They are men of terror ; and their power works destruction. In
the recognition of the supreme paternal authority of God, princes assume to
themselves the obedience of their people as a religious duty.
And the prince who does not found his own rights and duties upon obedience
to God, founds his throne upon the mutable sands of popular belief in his own
power.
Faith in God is in this view the bond of union between prince and subjects ;
the bond of the intimate connection amongst the relations of men for happiness.
Unbelief, disbelief in the brotherhood and fraternal duties of man, disrecogni-
tion and contempt of the paternal rights of God, obstinate hardiness in the mis-
use of power, are the dissolution of all the pure bonds of the happy relations of
humanity.
The clergy are the announcers of the fatherhood of God and of the brother-
hood of men ; and their station is the central point of union between the natural
relations of men, and the blessings which come from faith in God.
Faith in God is the source of all the pure paternal and filial feelings of men ;
the source of all uprightness.
Faith in God without paternal or filial feeling, is a mere glittering nonentity,
without power for blessing.
The haughty administration of laws, the passing of sentences according to the
ancient blasphemies which have grown up in the studies of the law and the
courts, is a mummery in imitation of justice, and no blessing to the people.
Security and innocence, those sources of pure virtue among the people, those
consequences of wise and fatherly justice, are consequences of faith.
Hardy and outrageous attacks upon innocence, right and truth, those evi-
dences of the absence of a paternal feeling in the administration of the laws of
a country, are the consequences of unbelief.
Violence and impudent bold usurpation contrary to right and innocence, in
PESTALOZZI'S EVENING HOUR OF A HERMIT. 163
the spirit of a nation, are sources of national powerlessness ; and thus unbelief
is a source of such powerlessness.
And on the other hand, fatherly and childlike feelings in the national spirit,
are the sources of all pure national blessings.
In like manner, the belief in God among the people, is a source of all pure
national virtue, all popular blessings, and all national power.
Sin is the source and consequence of unbelief. It is the action of men con-
trary to the inner teachings of our nature as to right and wrong. Sin, the
source of the perversion of our first fundamental ideas, and of our pure natural
feelings. Sin, the destruction, 0 man, of thy faith in thyself] and in thine in-
ward nature, destruction of thy faith in God, of thy childlike feelings toward him.
Open sin ; defiance of God by man.
Abhorrence of sin; pure feeling of the childlike relation of man to God, ex-
pression and result of the faith of humanity in the revelation of God within its
own nature.
Abhorrence of open sin : feelings of a child toward a man who insults his
father and mother.
National abhorrence of a people against public sinners ; pledge and seal of
national faith, and of the childlike feelings of the people toward their supreme
head.
National abhorrence by a people of the open defiance by their prince of God,
is a sign of national virtue, and of the weakening of the faith and obedience of
the people toward their supreme head.
Unbelief; source of the destruction of all the inner bonds of society.
Unbelief in rulers ; source of disobedience in subjects.
Paternal feeling and paternal treatment by rulers establishes and assures the
obedience of subjects.
Unbelief destroys the source of obedience.
Under a ruler who is not a father, the tendency of the people can not be
toward the understanding of a popular character, pure in thought and happy in
childlike obedience.
The consequences of unbelief: — Daily increasing burdens, daily decreasing
paternal goodness, arbitrary exertion of power for no good purpose, fantastic
and unnatural abuses of governmental authority, oppressive intermediate officers,
decrease of power in the people to oppose them, are among the inevitable con-
sequences of a government without faith ; which despises the rights of God and
of humanity.
The perception by the people of the perversion of paternal authority is the
dissolution of the pure bonds of nature between the prince and his people.
Thou, good and motherly nature, dost knit the bands of social relations
through the blessings of mutual happiness.
And it is the popular perception, the national feeling of the blessing of this
happiness, which blesses and sanctifies these relations through the gratitude,
love and faith of the people toward their ruler. Here therefore is the sacred
source of all patriotism and civic virtue.
I am touching strings unused, and not accordant with fashionable tones.
Despise the sound, dance-music, trilling calumnies, and drown my voice;
leaving pure humanity and truth unnoticed.
All the powers of humanity only accomplish blessings through faith in God;
12
164 PESTALOZZI'S EVENING HOUR OF A HERMIT.
and the paternal character of princes, the only sources of blessings for the peo-
ple, are the consequence of this faith in God.
Man, how low thou standest 1 If thy prince is a child of God, his authority
is paternal.
Harsh and insolent exercise of authority is not paternal ; is not a sign of faith
in God. It is the destruction of the highest attributes of both prince and
country; of the pure childlike feeling of the people toward the prince.
I can not apply to such conduct, although so common among penetrating
minds in the service of princes, the name of high treason.
But what Jess is it, when they interpret the paternal authority of the prince
to include the right of both good and evil, of both right and wrong?
"What less is it, when in the prince's name they destroy the happiness of
households, rob them of their goods, and cover innocence with infamy and
shame ?
Bond of union between humanity and its blessings, belief of prince and peo-
ple in the supreme Lord of humanity, faith in God, thou alone protectest man-
kind from such perils.
All unbelief is arrogant ; but faith in God, the childlike feeling of humanity
toward God, gives a quiet sublimity to every exertion of its powers.
A brilliant and flashing creation of humanity, is that hardy laughing courage
at danger and destruction, which is a human power ; but it is unfavorable to a
childlike feeling toward God.
Diligent economical use of every gift, aspiration after the strengthening of the
faculties, is the path of nature to the development and strengthening of all the
powers ; and in every degradation and every weakness this is an inclination of
the pure childlikeness of humanity to God.
A proneness to degrading shadows, impulse to make sport with the faculties
and powers, and to hide its weaknesses, is a mark of the lowest and weakest
humanity, turned aside from the natural order of development.
Outward and inward human nobleness, cultivated in the natural method, is
understanding and paternal feelings toward a lower order of endowment.
Man, in thy elevation, use thy powers for this purpose.
Paternal exercise of high endowments toward the undeveloped and weak flock
of common humanity.
Pure blessing of humanity, thou art the power and the result of faith.
0 my cell, pleasure be within thee ! Thou also art a consequence of this faith.
Hail, myself and my hut I
In order that humanity may believe in God, I abide in this hut.
The faith of the people in the true ministers of God is the source of the peace-
fulness of my life.
The priests of God are the representatives of the pure paternal relation of
humanity.
Thy power consecrated, is the enlightenment of God.
God's enlightenment is love, wisdom, and fatherhood.
0 thou who wanderest near my hut, would that I were even a shadow of the
power of my God.
0 Sun, thou picture of his power, thy day is completed. Thou goest down
behind my mountain, 0 day of my completion. 0 hope of the coming morning,
0 power of my faith.
PESTALOZZI'S EVENING HOUR OF A HERMIT. KJ5
I base all freedom upon justice ; but I see no certain justice in this world,
except that inspired by simplicity, piety and love, and in humanity as enlightened
by this inspiration.
All family administration of justice, which is the greatest, purest and most
generally enjoyed in all the world, has as a whole no source except love ; and
yet, in the simplicity of all the nations, it accomplishes the general blessing of
the world.
As all justice rests upon love, so does freedom upon justice. Pure childlike-
ness is the real source of freedom, which rests upon justice ; and pure father-
hood is the source of all such government as is elevated enough to do justice,
and to love freedom.
And the source of justice and of all worldly blessings, the sources of the love
and brotherhood of men, these rest upon the great idea of religion : that we are
the children of God, and that the belief in this truth is the sure foundation of
all human happiness. In this great idea of religion lies the spirit of all true
political wisdom which seeks the real happiness of the people ; for all the moral
faculties, all enlightenment and human wisdom, rest upon the same basis of the
faith of humanity in God.
Forgetfulness of God, neglect of the filial relation of humanity to God, is the
source of the destruction of all the power of morality, enlightenment and wis-
dom, for the blessing of humanity. Therefore is this loss of filial feeling toward
God the greatest of human misfortunes, since it renders all God's paternal in-
struction impossible ; and the restoration of this lost filial feeling is the salvation
of the lost children of God on earth.
The man of God who through the sorrows and death of humanity re-estab-
lishes this universally lost filial feeling toward God, is the saviour of the world,
the sacrificed priest of God, the mediator between God and God-forgetting
humanity. His teachings are pure justice, an instructive philosophy for all peo-
ple ; the revelation of God the Father to the lost race of his children.
VII. PESTALOZZI/-TEACHING AS THE FATHER OF A FAMILY.
[FROM BIBER'S LIFE OF PESTALOZZI.]
THE spirit in which Pestalozzi presided over his house can not be
better described than by his own words, in the discourses which he
addressed to the whole family every Christmas Eve and New-Year's
Day. One of these, delivered on Christmas Eve, 1810, will be read
with interest, as it is not only a faithful expression of the tone which
he maintained in his establishment, but affords, at the same time, a
pleasing picture of that peculiarity of continental custom, by which
Christmas Eve and New-Year's Day are consecrated as the two great
family festivals.
Children, sons and daughters of this house, and ye matured men, my friends
and brethren !
What is there in this day that calls for rejoicing ! For nearly twice ten cen-
turies, this hour has ever been an hour of gladness ! Is its joy, peradventure,
worn out with age, and do we possess no more than the dregs and forms of its
sacred solemnity? If so, I would rather not partake in it; I would not rejoice,
but mourn, in this hour of ancient joy. And I ask : That ancient joy, what was
it ? And I look around me, to see what it is now. I have heard of the ancients,
and I have partly seen it in my own days, that Christmas Eve was a night on the
earth above all earthly nights. Its shades were brighter than the noon-day of
highest earthly joy. The anniversaries of national emancipation from the thral-
dom of tyranny were not to be compared to that heavenly night, the night of
heavenly rejoicing. Through the holy silence of its service resounded the words :
" Glory to God in the highest, and on earth peace, and unto men purity of heart."
It was as if the angels were again gathering together over the heads of men in
that hour, praising God that a Saviour was born unto the world. Oh ! in those
days, Christmas Eve was indeed a holy night, whose joys no words can describe,
its bliss no tongue declare. The earth was changed into a heaven every such
night. God in the highest was glorified, on earth there was peace, and gladness
among the children of men. It was a joy flowing from the innermost sanctuary of
the heart, not a joy of human affection. The joys of human affection are tied to
place and outward circumstances 5 they are individual joys. But the joy of our
ancient Christmas Eve was a universal joy, it was the common joy of humankind ;
for it was not a human, but a divine rejoicing.
Friends and brethren, and ye, my children ; Oh that I could lead you back to
Christendom of old, and show you the solemnity of this hour in the days of sim-
plicity and faith, when half the world was ready to suffer death for the faith in
Christ Jesus !
My friends and brethren ! Oh that I could show you the joys of Christmas
PESTALOZZI AS THE FATHER OF A FAMILY. IQ>J
Eve in the mirror of those days ! The Christian stood at this hour in the midst
of his brethren, his heart filled with the Holy Ghost, and his hand with earthly
gifts. Thus stood the mother among her children, the master among his work-
men, the landlord among his tenants. Thus assembled the congregation before
its pastor 5 thus the rich entered the cottage of the poor. This was the hour in
which enemies offered each other the hand of reconciliation, in which the heavily
laden sinner knelt down, praying in tears for the pardon of his transgressions, and
rejoicing in his heart that a Saviour was born to take away sin.
This hour of heavenly joy was an hour of sanctification 5 the earth was a
heaven-like earth, and, though the dwelling-place of mortal man, breathed the
breath of immortality. Death and sorrow seemed to have departed from the
earth. The holy joys of that night lightened the burdens of the poor, and eased
the pangs of the wretched. Prisoners, who had long been shut out from the light
of day, were liberated on that night, and returned, as if led by an angel of God,
to their desolate homes, to their wives and children, who were kneeling, weeping,
and praying for their deliverance ; for the heart of the judge had softened itself
in the joy, that to him too a Saviour was born, and it had grown milder toward
his fellow-men, his enemy, and his captive. Even the criminal under sentence
of death, whom no human power could rescue from his fate, was more kindly
treated 5 words of peace, words of life everlasting, instilled comfort into his
trembling nerves. He felt not merely his guilt and misery; he felt the pardon
of iniquity, and when his hour drew near, he went to meet his end with manly
composure. Many thousands, entangled in debt by the necessity or the weakness
of life, and persecuted by the arms of the law with merciless rigor, obtained in
this sacred interval remission of their debts from the more generous feelings of
their creditors, who, in the joy of having a Redeemer born to them, became
themselves the redeemers of unfortunate debtors.
Oh, what a night was Christmas Eve to ancient Christendom ! Oh that I
could describe its blessings, and your hearts would be moved to seek God's Holy
Spirit, and your hands would tremblingly give and receive human gifts sanctified
by the solemnity of this hour ; for you would remember, that in this hour was
born unto you Christ the Saviour, and you would rejoice in him with a holy joy.
Oh that Christ Jesus would now appear to us in spirit ! that we might all be
like unto our children, to whom the invisible love of God is made manifest in the
Christ-child* under the form of an innocent babe, like unto them in appearance,
but descending from heaven with pleasant gifts. Oh that the joy of this hour,
wherewith we rejoice over the birth of our Saviour, could enable us to see in
spirit the divine love of Christ Jesus, giving himself up to death to be a ransom
for us. Let us rejoice in the hour in which he was made flesh, in the hour in
which he brought into the world the great gift of his death to be deposited on the
altar of divine love. From this hour was he the Lord's High Priest, the victim
for our sins.
My friends, my brethren and sisters ! let us pray : " Bring back, Oh Lord,
bring back unto the world those happy days, when mankind were truly rejoicing
* Christmas Eve abroad is the time when children receive gifts of every kind from their
parents, godfathers, &c. ; but instead of " Christmas boxes," they are "Christmas trees,"—
young fir-stems, lighted up with little wax-tapers, on the twigs of which all the glittering
gifts are hung. The preparation of the "Christmas tree" is a family mystery, and if the
child ask from whence all the goodly things come, the answer is, "The Christ-child brought
them."— B.
IQQ PESTALOZZI AS THE FATHER OF A FAMILY.
in their Saviour Jesus Christ, and in the hour of his birth. Bring back unto us
those times, when at this hour the hearts of men were rilled with the Holy Ghost,
and their hands with gifts of brotherly love. Oh heavenly Father, thou wilt
bring them back if we seek for them. And, as one of old asked Jesus Christ :
' Lord, what must I do to be saved ?' even so let us ask : ' Lord, what must we
do, that Christmas Eve may bring unto us those blessings which it brought to
the Christian world in its better days ? what must we do that the joy of Christmas
may be an universal joy to our house, as it was in the days of old to all mankind ?' "
It is by answering this question, my friends and brethren, that I will endeavor
to edify you in the solemn moments of this festival, so sacred to the Christian's
heart.
My friends, my brethren ! the joy of Christmas was to our fathers a universal
joy, the common joy of humankind, because it was the joy of holy and heavenly
love. In like manner in our house, the joy of Christmas will become a universal
joy only if it become among us a joy of holy and heavenly love. The fellowship
of love is the only true source of fellowship in rejoicing; its divine power alone
can break the bonds by which joy is restrained in the human breast. In the
absence of that love, our joy is only the joy of individuals in single objects, in
whose excitement selfishness is enthroned. The troop of the joyful is separated
from the multitude of the mournful ; and the latter are left to their fate without
one feeling of sympathy, while the former, full of envy and anxiety, are jealously
guarding the sources of their joy, lest any of those that are rejoicing with them
should divert its streams into their own channels. Such is the joy which, fettered
by the bonds of human selfishness, is unable to rise into a holy and divine feeling.
My friends and brethren ! wherever the fellowship of love is wanting, the fel-
lowship of joy is precluded. If, then, we desire to make Christmas Eve a festival
to our hearts, as it was to the hearts of our fathers, the fellowship of love must
first be established and secured among us. But this is wanting wherever there
is not the mind of Jesus Christ and the power of his Spirit.
My friends and brethren ! unless that mind and that power be in the midst of
us, our house will prove to be built on sand. In vain shall we seek for the fellow-
ship of joy, if we have not that of love.
My friends and brethren ! if there be no other but human and temporal ties to
bind us, we are inwardly divided already, and our external union will and must be
broken up, as a spider's web by the strong wings of a wasp, or by a gush of wind.
My friends and brethren ! it is no small thing for men to be united for a holy
purpose. They must sanctify themselves in their union, that their purpose may
remain to them a holy purpose, and that the work of their hands also may be
holy. But it is far more common for men to corrupt than to sanctify themselves
by their union.
My friends and brethren ! let us not overlook the dangers of every union be-
tween man and man. Wherever men unite in their human capacities, their
union will not lead to their purification or sanctification. It is only where a divine
life forms the tie of union, that man by his union with other men can become
purified and sanctified ; but the union in the tie of a divine life is only possible by
the fellowship of the mind of Christ and the communion of his Holy Spirit.
Whoever has not the mind of Christ, nor his Spirit, will not be ennobled by any
union with man. Let us not be blind, therefore, my brethren, to the dangers of
our union. They are great, very great. It is the work of thy mercy, Oh Lord,
PESTALOZZI AS THE FATHER OF A FAMILY. IQQ
that they have not ensnared us already. For how variously has in our union the
human nature of the one attached itself to the human nature of the other ! how
manifold has been among us the fellowship of weakness ! Have we not endeav-
ored each of us to make the weakness of others a cloak wherewith to cover his
own. Oh, how little has the success of our undertaking effected toward raising
us to a higher state, and strengthening in us the power of divine grace ! How
often have we rejoiced with a merely human joy, unsanctified by the divine
Spirit, in that outward success which became the more illusory as we took a
merely human view of it! Oh Lord, how little have we been strengthened, and
how much have we been enfeebled, by our prosperity. My friends and brethren !
let us not conceal this matter from ourselves ; the history of our union is nothing
else than the history of the merciful dealings of divine grace, with the weakness
of men united together for a holy purpose. We have pursued this purpose after
the fashion of men, but the Lord has blessed our labors with the blessing of
heaven. Of that blessing we have proved ourselves unworthy, for in the midst
of his loving kindness toward us, our weaknesses not only remained the same,
but they were often increased.
My friends and brethren ! the days of our prosperity have not, as they ought
to have done, prepared and strengthened us for the days of adversity ; and yet
adversity must necessarily come upon us, lest we should be subdued by our human
weaknesses, which are in open conflict with the divine purpose of our union. My
friends and brethren ! are we to give way to those weaknesses of our human
nature, and see our house stride on toward dissolution ; or shall we, by elevating
ourselves above them, save our work from destruction ?
My friends and brethren ! is the coming Christmas to be to us a day of deep
mourning, or a joyful day of triumph, to celebrate our conquests over ourselves
and our infirmities? The decisive moment is come. "We must no longer rely
upon outward prosperity for the success of our undertaking ; for there is no pros-
perity that can now become really conducive to its progress ; nothing but right-
eousness can any longer advance the object of our union. You are left, my
friends, almost without a leader. My strength is gone. I am no longer an ex-
ample for you of what you ought to be day by day, as members of our family.
Your task is an important one. You are to educate yourselves as well as the
children intrusted to our care. You are to resist the world and its vain works,
and yet you are to satisfy men who have grown grey-headed in its vanities. You
are to pave a new road through impervious tracts, and to walk on it as if it had
been paved long ago. You are to act the parts of youths in your development,
and that of men in your position to the world.
My friends ! our meeting together was on a less highr it was on a human
ground ; nor has our temporal connection raised us to such an elevation ; and
yet it is indispensable for the attainment of our end, that we should rise to that
point.
Oh my friends, my brethren ! in what a sublime light does this purpose present
itself to my view. Oh that it were possible for me to present it to you in the like
manner as I did the Christmas joy of our forefathers. The purpose of our union
is not founded upon our human nature, but upon the divine spark implanted
within it; it is on this account that it embraces the whole of humankind; it is a
universal purpose, because it addresses itself to that divine seed which God has
universally deposited in the hearts of men. Our means likewise are not derived
j>70 PESTALOZZI AS THE FATHER OF A FAMILY.
from our human nature ; they emanate from a divine life within us. So far only
as we are alive to that purpose in its divine character, so far as it is unfolded in
us by divine means, so far only has it in us a real foundation ; and it is so far only,
that the attainment of it can become to us a source of universal peace and
tranquillity.
My friends and brethren ! if that be wanting among us, our union for the pur-
pose of education is no more than a vain dream ; from which when we wake, we
shall find our eyes filled with tears.
My friends and brethren ! if we be united by no better tie than that which
binds men together in the vanity of their common pursuits, our union will share
the fate of all vain human associations. The fetters of this vain world will then
keep our union in an unholy bondage, and we shall sink, as man always does in
union with man, except he be raised above the degrading influence of merely
human relationship by sanctification in a divine bond. Mean selfishness will then
preside among us, as it presides every where in human society, and it will cause
our union to perish in itself, like a house thrown on a heap by an earthquake, in
the same manner as it has ruined before thousands of human associations. Fix your
view upon this prospect, my friends ; do not turn your eyes from this picture.
How should we feel if all this should be fulfilled in us ? Oh ! do not turn away
your eyes from this picture of truth. If ever we should be overcome by our own
weakness, and obliged to separate ; if any of us should forsake the common cause
and look to their private interests, some in the apparent calmness and satisfaction
of selfishness, and some in the selfish sorrow of weakness ; if we should part from
each other ; if those that are strong among us should abandon the weak ones to
their fate ; if any of us should become intoxicated with the narcotic of vain glory,
or should endeavor for the sake of contemptible gain to obtain for themselves the
credit due to all. ***** ]\jy friends and brethren ! is it possible for
you to place this picture of dissolution, degradation and ruin before your eyes, and
not to feel a sacred determination kindled in your bosom, to do all in your power
to avert the day of such a calamity ?
It is impossible, my friends, my brethren, that you can be indifferent to that
prospect: you will, I know you will, be elevated and united. Oh ! let us deliver
ourselves and our cause from danger, by elevation and unity of spirit. Can we do
otherwise ? Could we have cherished for years the idea of raising the condition
of the people by a better education, and now allow it to sink into oblivion ? Is it
possible for us to forget those sacred hours in which our hearts were filled with
pious enthusiasm at the recollection of our great purpose ; those hours in which,
separated from the world, and firmly united among ourselves, we acknowledged each
other as devoted instruments of that purpose, and gave each other the solemn
promise, which also we have openly declared before men, that we would conse-
crate ourselves to the holy cause for which we are called, and assist each other
in its pursuit, until every one of us should have obtained strength and ability to
pursue it by himself, independently of any farther assistance ? Who that has for
a moment felt in his bosom the spirit of our union, could consent to abandon the
least among us that is truly attached to our cause, instead of lending him a help-
ing hand, and leading him to become a mature instrument for the common pur-
pose ? Is it possible to see our blooming youth, whom none can equal in cheer-
fulness, in native wit, in intelligence and practical acquirements, in physical power
and agility, whose whole education is so evidently superior to that commonly
PESTALOZZI AS THE FATHER OF A FAMILY. IfJ
imparted, and not to mourn at the thought that our union should ever be dissolved ?
Is it possible to view the improvements produced in the method of instruction,
by rendering it conformable to the nature of the human mind, and to be indiffer-
ent to the idea that the experiment, out of which these improvements arose, should
be interrupted ? No, it is impossible. I know you, and though I may have to
complain of much frailty among you, yet I am sure, that many of you would
rather die, than suffer the blessed fruits of our union to be arrested in their
growth by your failings.
No, no ! my brethren ! let the voice of union be raised among us with a shout
in the solemn hour of this festival : the voice of that union which has raised us to
the privilege of becoming the servants of our brethren. Let us be faithful to that
union, let us not depart from the path prescribed to us by the love of mankind.
Let our object be now and forever, to consecrate ourselves to our holy calling, and
to remain faithful to each other in cooperating for the attainment of our great pur-
pose ; to remain faithful to the beloved children who grow up in the midst of us, ill
the flower of youth 5 to remain faithful to truth and love in all the means that we
adopt ; and in the whole sphere of our exertions to preserve purity of heart.
My friends and brethren ! let this day, consecrated to the remembrance of a
Saviour's birth, be the day of a holy renovation of our union ! let it be the day
of a holy renovation of ourselves for the purposes of our calling! let the joy that
Jesus Christ came in the flesh, be one with the joy that we are united in his ser-
vice ; let our joy be the joy of faith and love in Him ! Let the sacred, the divine
character of our calling, raise us far above ourselves, and above the dangers of
human weakness, which exist in our union as in the union of all our brethren.
Let us be sincere with ourselves, let us not deceive ourselves by the vain jingle
of words, let us not contaminate the holy night of our Lord by the delusion of sel-
fishness ! Whoever seeks in our union to serve himself only, let him depart from
us ! Whoever makes our union a scene for the freer indulgence of his weakness,
let him depart from us ! Whoever feels that in our union he grows more frail
and faulty than he would have allowed himself to become elsewhere, let him
depart from us !
We are brought together by chance ; it could not be otherwise ; but let not
chance keep us together like fishes caught in a net, who must all perish together.
No, no ! the hour is come to separate the wheat from the chaff". The hour is
come, when our union must cease to afford food for the wicked. It is enough !
It is enough ! The goodness of God has given to each of us a time of grace and
long suffering. For those who have abused that time, it is now at an end, it must
be at an end ! Whoever does not serve the holy purpose of our union, whoever
disturbs it by his presence, let him depart from us !
My brethren ! The ties of chance must this day be broken ! No other tie can
henceforth be suffered to exist among us than that of love and righteousness. Let
us part rather than perish ! We must either part and follow every one his own
appointed way, or else we must stand together this day, before God and men,
with one heart and one soul ! resolved to follow our common calling. Such is our
duty this day !
My friends, my brethren ! let us be faithful to that calling ; let us cheerfully
run our race together ! I am the weakest among you, but I am ready to bring
any sacrifice that may be required of me for the attainment of our holy purpose.
My friends and brethren ! be you also ready to bring those sacrifices which will
1Y2 PESTALOZZI AS THE FATHER OF A FAMILY.
be required of you ! They will not be small. It is no small matter to put one's
hand to the work of educating mankind 5 to stand forward among men, and to
say : " Come to us and see the great thing which we propose to do for improving
the education of the human race, for benefiting the world, and securing the
welfare of our species."
My friends and brethren ! This is the view which has been taken of the object
of our union, and we ourselves have represented it nearly in the same light.
Feeling the corrupt state into which education has fallen, and suffering under its
mistakes, the world has awarded confidence to the language of my enthusiasm,
and has crowned us with laurel, when we had hardly begun to search after the
means by which a beautiful dream might be realized. I was myself under a great
mistake. I thought the way to my end much shorter than it actually is; while
the incense with which we were perfumed, as well as the unexpected success of
some unripe experiments, confirmed us in that mistake, and had a prejudicial in-
fluence on our union and our institution. The seeds of corruption began to
unfold themselves among us. We contradicted one another with our unripe
opinions in dogmatical arrogance, and ills began to spring up in our house, which,
when the fashion of praising us had grown old, afforded the world an opportunity
of abusing us, likewise as a matter of fashion. Our time of trial is come, but it is
better for us than the hour of vain praise. Let us not deceive ourselves. The
voice of censure is becoming severe against us, and times of trouble are at hand.
My poor house ! thy lovers are become thy accusers, and know thou that the ac-
cusations of lovers are severe, and that their blame will become a testimony
against thee in the mouth of thy enemies. My poor house ! thou art grown up
as a beautiful flower of the field ; the gardeners envy thy beauty, because it
shakes the faith of the world in their hot-houses, and verily they will take
vengeance upon thee !
My friends, my brethren ! despise not this time of tribulation ! Our gold will
be purified, and the heat of the refiner's fire will bring the dross to the surface !
The world will for awhile see nothing but dross, and will lose for a time all faith
in the gold, which is underneath the drossy bubbles.
My friends, my brethren ! let not this offend you, but rejoice rather that your
dross shall be separated from the gold of our holy cause. If the dross be permit-
ted to swim on the surface, and all that is good and valuable among us be hidden
from the eyes of the world, which can not see beyond the surface, rejoice ye!
The hour of purifying will pass over ; the vain dross of our labors will be thrown
away, and be lost like chaff in the fire, but that which is purified will remain.
Think on this, pass it not over lightly ! Ask yourselves : " What then will re-
main ! much, very much, of what we consider as gold, is now boiling up with the
dross. But be ye not offended. The gold of our cause is not to be found in our
outward labors, in our outward success ; it is within you ; there you must seek it,
there you shall find, there you must value it. Our cause can have no value to
us, except that which we possess in ourselves ; and that value is great, it can not be
little •, nor must we allow ourselves to lose it in the unstable estimation formed of
our external undertaking, like a diamond in a heap of sand. No ! the intrinsic
value of our cause is great. It requires an uncommon elevation of heart, single-
ness of sight, absolute submission to the guidance of Providence, indefatigable
exertion, undaunted courage, constant self-denial, the humility of love, and the
strength of heroes.
PESTALOZZI AS THE FATHER OF A FAMILY. 173
My friends, my brethren! let us not deceive ourselves, our aim is one which
heroes only can hope to reach. Whence shall we get that heroic strength of
which we stand in need ?
My brethren! remember that the strength of the Lord is made perfect in
weakness. The Saviour came into the world, lying in a manger, a helpless in-
fant ; and the glory of the only begotten of the Father was declared unto poor
shepherds that kept watch over their flocks.
May the holy reminiscences of this day inspire us with a high and holy courage
for our work. My brethren ! if we are able to celebrate this festival in the spirit
of our noble-hearted ancestors, in the spirit of genuine Christians, then are we
capable likewise of accomplishing our work. The Lord Jesus has said : "If ye
have faith as a grain of mustard seed, ye shall say unto this mountain : ' Remove
hence to yonder place !' and it shall remove." My friends, if ye have faith as a
grain of mustard seed, though obstacles should lie in your way like mountains,
whose feet are rooted in the depth of the earth, and whose tops reach unto
heaven, ye shall say to them : " Remove hence to yonder place !" and they shall
remove. My friends ! if we celebrate this holy festival in true faith, we shall in
the same faith accomplish our task. Cast back your looks upon the times of old,
and see how this festival was celebrated by true faith. His heart filled with the
Holy Spirit, and his hand with gifts of human kindness, the Christian stood at
this hour in the midst of his brethren. The solemn hour of heavenly joy was an
hour of sauctification to our species. The earth was at this hour a heavenly earth.
The dwelling-place of mortal man was filled with the breath of immortality.
If we celebrate this hour in the spirit of ancient Christendom, in the spirit of
better days that are gone by, our hearts will be filled with the Holy Spirit, as well
as our hands with earthly gifts. Thus shall every one of us stand in the midst
of his brethren, in the cheerful circle of our children. With the hand of kind-
ness will we seek their hands, and their eye shall find in ours the beam of love.
Then will the joys of this day be to us heavenly joys, then shall we be sanctified
in the rejoicing of this hour. Then, my friends, my brethren, will our house be
a heavenly house, and the dwelling-place of our weakness be filled with the breath
of immortality.
My friends, my brethren ! the fellowship of our joy will then be a fellowship
of love, and our house will no longer be built on sand. Selfishness and sensual
appetite will then no longer rule over our pleasures, nor embitter our sufferings.
Our union will no longer be disturbed, for heartless indifference will be banished
from among us, and whoever sins against love, will stand confounded before the
image of offended and weeping love. Then shall our union rest, not upon a
human but upon a divine basis, and then it will and must become a source of
blessing to all its members. The pangs of the suffering, the sorrows of the
afflicted, and the burden of the oppressed, will then disappear. I may then adopt
with truth the language of internal tranquillity, and say : " I cast my burden upon
thee, Oh Lord ; thou wilt sustain me." My friends, my brethren ! our cause is
secured, if the fellowship of love dwell among us. Oh heavenly Father, grant
Thou us the grace of fellowship in Thy Spirit !
All human fellowship disturbs the high fellowship of love, which is only to be
found in a divine fellowship, and of this none can partake but those who have the
mind of Christ Jesus, and follow after him in the strength of his Spirit.
My friends, my brethren ! let this holy night be consecrated by earnest prayer
174 PESTALOZZI AS THE FATHER OF A FAMILY.
to God for the mind of Christ Jesus, and for the strength of his Spirit, that our
house may be established, and the work of our calling accomplished in the fellow-
ship of love.
And you, my beloved children, who celebrate this Christmas in the simplicity
of your hearts, what shall I say to you ? We wish to be partakers of your sim-
plicity, of your child-like joy. We know, that except we be converted and be-
come as little children, except we be elevated to the simplicity of a child-like
mind, we shall not enter into the kingdom of heaven, we shall not attain the fel-
lowship of love, by which alone our house can be established on a sure foundation.
Beloved children ! it is for your sakes that we are united in one family 5 our house
is your house, and for your sakes only is it our house. Live in our family in the
simplicity of love, and trust in our faithfulness and our paternal affection toward
you. Be ye children, be ye innocent children in the full sense of the word. Let
this festival establish you in the holy strength of a child-like mind. Behold
Christ Jesus, the Saviour of the world ; behold him with the graces of holy
childhood at the bosom of his mother; behold him in the manger with the sweet
look of holy innocence. Remember him, how he grew, and waxed strong in
spirit, filled with wisdom, and how the grace of God was upon him ; how he was
subject unto his parents; how in fear and love toward them he increased in wis-
dom and stature, and in favor with God and man ; how, being yet a child, he sat
in the temple in the midst of the wise men, and astonished all that heard him by
his understanding and answers ; how grace and love never departed from him all
his days ; how he drew the souis of men toward him by the excellency of his
life ; how he took unto him little children, and declared their sweetness and sim-
plicity to be the source of life everlasting in and with God ; how his grace and
love was made manifest in his sufferings and death, as the power of God to the
salvation of mankind ; how it forsook him not even in the last hour, that in the
midst of its torments his lips instilled consolation into the soul of his mother. Oh,
my children, may this solemn hour inspire you with that spirit of grace and love
that was in Him, and may you be preserved in it all the days of your lives ! We
too, my children, stand in need of your grace and love, to nourish and to
strengthen these paternal feelings, which we pray God that he may grant unto
us, and without which we can not render you any service of love and righteousness
Children, let the graces of childhood elevate our souls, and purify us of all con-
tamination of anger and wrath, and hastiness in your education. May your love
animate our hearts and refresh our spirits, that we may not grow weary in the
duties of our office.
Children, I must conclude : I will again speak to you in a little while. For the
present let it suffice. Children, young men, men, friends and brethren, let our
Christmas be unto us a day of holiness ! May God in heaven sanctify it unto us !
Glory be to God in the highest, and on earth peace, and meekness of heart among
the children of men ! Amen !
PESTALOZZI.-NEW YEAR'S ADDRESS, 1809.
* * * I BOW down my face, fall down, and ask myself, Am I worthy
of the benefactions of my Father ? Am I worthy of that salvation of my
work, and of all the value which God has given, during the past year, to
me, and to my house 1 O God ! dare I even ask it ? Is man ever worthy of
God's benefits ? and dare I, for a moment, imagine myself worthy of the wonder-
ful manner in which the paternal goodness of God has carried our existence,
with all its weaknesses, through the dangers of the past year ? The year was an
important one for us. We saw what our work requires more clearly than ever
before ; we saw its power, and felt our own weakness, more clearly than ever.
The force of circumstances had nearly swallowed up our existence. The means
we used, to extricate ourselves from perils beyond our strength, increased the
evil. Let an everlasting veil fall over the human part of our labors. Let the
first festive hours of this day be devoted to the gratitude which we owe to tha
Saviour of our work, the Father of our life, the everlasting source of all that is
holy or good within our association. I will thank him. I will look within my-
self, and acknowledge how little I was worthy of his goodness ; how little I was
worthy that he should thus rescue the labor of my life. O thou good God, how
much did it require, even to undertake that work ! Father in Heaven, what an
expanse of duty did even the dream of my work lay before me ! I myself dare
scarcely think of the accomplishment of all those duties. Fear and shame must
seize hold upon me, when I reflect what is officially required of me by the relig-
ious and human duties, and the extent, of my house. What have I done, in
taking such extensive burdens on my shoulders ? Near the grave, feeling more
than ever the need of rest, too weak for ordinary duties, uneasy at almost every
occurrence, unforeseeing its almost every danger, inconsiderate in almost every
conclusion, unskillful, helpless, and unpractical in almost every thing which I begin
and ought to finish. I see myself placed in relations to you, which demand the
utmost calmness, the greatest foresight, the deepest deliberation, and the utmost
skill and practical dexterity, that any one human task ever required. I have had
nothing to oppose to all these defects of mine, except my love, and my presenti-
ment of the possibility of good results ; which have never left me. But this pre-
sentiment, and this love, were not re-enforced for my work, either by correspond-
ing inner powers nor corresponding outward means. Thus stood my enterprise
for years. Yet it was not my enterprise : I did not seek what I found ; I did not
know the ocean in which I was to swim, when I threw myself into the stream
which has borne me into it. What I do, is not my work ; I did not begin what I
now see completed here ; nor am I completing what I began. I stand here, sur-
rounded by benefits from my fate, which fate yet controls; by benefits from God,
which he yet controls ; by friends, whom God himself has given to me, and
whom he yet controls. My work exists, my friends, through you, who are around
me; my work exists through you. I have ever the least share in it. My pow-
ers of sharing it, how small soever, are continually becoming smaller. What has
176 PESTALOZZI.— NEW FEAR'S ADDRESS.
come to pass, has come to pass through you ; and what is to come to pass, must
happen through you. God's providence will never leave me to lose you, and to
be obliged to seek out new supports for my work. I could thank you — but what
words could render thanks for what you are to me, and to my work ? Sorrow
takes hold upon me. How little am I to you, in comparison with what you are
to me ! I look within myself, and acknowledge how much I have been wanting
to my work •, how my weaknesses have almost hindered my work more than they
have advanced it. ...
. . . Deeply beloved children ; you too should, in this festive hour, raise
your hearts to your Father in heaven, and promise him to be his children ; with
thanks and devotion, to be his children. Children, your good fortune is great.
At a time when the great majority of children go on in neglect and abandon-
ment, with only want for their teacher, and their passions for their guides 5 in
days when so many, so innumerably many, better and more fortunate children,
suffering under a combination of harshness, violence, and bad guidance, diverted
from the paths of nature, not educated, but trained only into a one-sided, empty
show of knowledge, and an equally one-sided pretense and fashion of practical
efficiency, and thus offered up to the world ; in such a time, you are not given
over to abandonment and neglect : want is in no respect your bad counselor ; nor
are the dubious impulses of passion used in your training. Amongst us, neither
vanity nor fear, neither honor nor shame, neither reward nor punishment, as they
are elsewhere almost universally used, purposely and as part of the method, are
used to show you the path in which you are to go. The divine nature, which is
in you, is counted holy in you. You are, among us, what the divine nature
within you and without you summon you to be. We oppose no vile force against
your gifts or your tendencies ; we constrain them not — we only develop them.
We do not instil into you what is ours, what exists in us as corrupted by ourselves ;
we develop in you what remains uncorrupted within yourselves. Among us, you
are not under the misfortune of seeing your whole being, your whole humanity,
subordinated, and thus sacrificed to the training of some single power, some sin-
gle view of your nature. It is far from us to make you such men as we are. It
is far from us to make you such men as the majority of the men of the time are.
Under our hands, you will become such men as your natures require; as the
holy, the divine, within your natures, require. Father in heaven, grant to us
that the purpose of our labors may be visibly and undeniably in thee, and through
thee. Men around us assert that we propose, as the ultimate end of our labors,
not thine understanding, thy wisdom ; but thy humanity. No, no ! It is far from
me to resign myself to the cunning and art of my race, confined to the limits
within which those faculties do their work. It is far from me to seek, as the end
of my labor, a confined development of the lower endowments of men, and of
their material senses. O God, no ! What I seek is, to elevate human nature to
its highest, its noblest 5 and this I seek to do by love Only in the holy power
of love do I recognize the basis of the development of my race to whatever of
the divine and eternal lies within its nature. All the capacities for intellect, and
art, and knowledge, which are within my nature, I hold to be only means for the
divine elevation of the heart to love. It is only in the elevation of man that I rec-
ognize the possibility of the development of the race itself to manhood. Love is
the only, the eternal foundation of the training of our race to humanity. The
error was great, the deception immeasurable, of believing that I sought the com-
plete development of human nature by a one-sided cultivation of the intellect ; by
PESTALOZZI.— NEW YEAR'S ADDRESS. 177
the exclusive study of arithmetic and mathematics. No. I seek it through the
universality of love. No, no. I seek not training to mathematics, I seek train-
ing to humanity ; and this comes only through love. Let your lives, your whole
lives, my children, show that the whole purpose of my instruction was only love,
and elevation to humanity through love. They will show it. The error of be-
lieving that I sought any other end, of believing that my method was intended
only to obtain for the poor better means of earning bread, will disappear. Deeply
beloved children, you will cause it to disappear. This error has arisen, not from
me, not from my labors, not from my instructions to you ; but only from hasty
glances at my books, the special means of developing single faculties.
Tour existence is a contradiction of this opinion, which gladdens my heart.
Since your examination, I have seen you only for a moment yesterday, I have
spoken with you but little ; but my heart is full of affection for you. How little
were those miserable mechanical accomplishments, which we dealt with, filling
your minds ! Freedom, courage, elevating strife after the lofty, the noble ; these
were upon your brows, in your eyes, in your glances, in your whole being. The
bliss of love beamed from many eyes. Peace was upon your lips. You
were far more yourselves, and for the sake of God, than you were created by us.
The talents which you possess appear in their own form, as you possess them,
and not at all as we have given them to you. It is true that, among us, the bonds
of the folly, the self-seeking, and the misery of our day, are loosed. With us, a
man may be poor. "With us, any one may be destitute of all those means toward
artistic training which are attainable by wealth and by favor, and may yet claim
all the elevation of mind* and of heart for which human nature is created.
Among us, the saying is not heard, that he who is born to eat hay may eat hay.
We know no class of men born only to live like beasts. We believe that the
lofty endowments of human nature are found in all ranks and conditions of men.
"We believe that as every man, who does righteously, is acceptable before God his
creator, so that every man, to whom God himself has given lofty powers of mind
and of heart, is entitled to assistance, before the eyes of men, and in the midst of
them, in the development of the powers which God has given him. Therefore is
it that we simplify the means of that development ; and therefore that we found
upon the holy power of love. Children, that this love may increase, and be as-
sured within you, is all that we propose for our object. Instruction, as such, and
of itself, does not produce love, any more than it produces hate. Therefore it is
that it is not the essence of education. Love is its essence.
27
PESTALOZZI.-ADDRESS ON HIS SEVENTY-THIRD BIRTHDAY.
UPON closer investigation of all these practical means of elevating the poor,
we shall not be able to conceal from ourselves the fact that they all alike lack the
firm certainty arising from the inmost pure spirit of all true and profoundly thor-
ough human education, namely, the divinely-given instinct of father and mother-,
the divinely-given impulse of childlike instincts ; the everlasting purity of broth-
erly and sisterly affection, which never passes beyond the narrow circle of the
domestic relations. They all lack the certainty and continuity which comes from
the connection of material stimuli to faith and love with similarly powerful stimuli
to intellectual and physical activity, which appeal to the whole of human nature
in freedom and by conviction. They all lack the lofty, holy influence of home.
Their external scale of magnitude, on one hand, deprives them all of the genial
intimateness of domestic life, which can only exist within a narrow circle of little
close relations ; and, on the other hand, their organization always rather makes
forcible impressions by public or at least by external force, than exerts the blessed
influence of domestic piety ; and who can conceal from himself how unfatherly
and unmotherly are the human beings often sent forth by such institutions, owing
to their circumstances, and especially to all sorts of influences and interests from
directors, managers, stewards, &c. ? Who can estimate the difficulties which
must arise from this source, in such institutions, in the way of the inner, holy es-
sence of true human education ? Such institutions, however, owing to the pres-
ent condition of non-education, and of the corresponding moral, mental, and do-
mestic debasement from overrefinement, are at present an urgent necessity. May
God grant that the heart of those of the present day may be interested in the
object, and take pity even according to the prevailing contracted views on the
want and degradation of the poor, in all that concerns both soul and body — but
that, at the same time, it will not be forgotten that good institutions for the relief
of sufferers by fire and water are not good institutions for the education of the
poor. Provident regulations for the prevention of losses by fire and water may,
after a fashion, be classed under the head of institutions for educating the poor ;
but institutions for relieving actual losses by them can not.
The only sure foundation upon which we must build, for institutions for popular
education, national culture, and elevating the poor, is the parental heart; which,
by means of the innocence, truth, power, and purity of its love, kindles in the
children the belief in love ; by means of which all the bodily and mental powers
of the children are united to obedience in love, and to diligence in obedience. It
is only in the holiness of home that the equal development of all the human fac-
ulties can be directed, managed, and assured ; and it is from this point that edu-
cational efforts must be conducted, if education, as a national affair, is to have real
reference to the wants of the people, and is to cause, by its influence, the coincid-
ing of external human knowledge, power, and motives with the internal, everlast-
ing, divine essence of our nature.
PESTALOZZI.— ADDRESS ON HIS SEVENTY-THIRD BIRTHDAY. Jfg
If the saying is true, "It is easy to add to what is already discovered," it is in-
finitely more true that it is easy to add to the inward eternal goodness of human
nature, whatever external goodness human skill ean communicate to our race ;
but to reverse this process, to endeavor to develop that eternal inward goodness
of human nature, out of our mere miserable human art, deprived of its divine
foundation ; this is the cause of the deepest error of the wretched debasement of
the present time. The homes of the people — I do not say of the mob, for the
mob have no homes — the homes of the people are the centers where unites all
that is divine in those powers of human nature which admit of education. . . .
The greatest evil of our time, and the greatest and almost insurmountable obstacle
to the operation of any thorough means is this, that the fathers and mothers of our
times have almost universally lost the consciousness that they can do any thing —
every thing — for the education of their children. This great falling away from
their faith, of fathers and mothers, is the universal source of the superficial char-
acter of our means of education.
In order to improve the education of the people as a national interest, and uni-
versally, it is, above all, necessary that parents should be awakened again to con-
sciousness that they can do something — much — every thing — for the education of
their children. Fathers and mothers must, above all, learn to feel vividly how
great an advantage — as intrusted by God and their own conscience with the duty
of educating their own children — they enjoy, over any others to be employed as
assistants therein. And, for like reasons, it is indispensable that there should be
a general public recognition of the fact that a child who has lost father and mother
is still a poor, unfortunate orphan, even though his guardian can employ the first
among all the masters of education in the world to teach him. . . .
. . . Truth is every where and nowhere ; and only he lives in the truth
who sees it every where, as a phenomenon bound up with a thousand others, and
nowhere, as an exacting, isolated idol before him. But the visionary weakness of
man easily leads him to carve a graven image out of every great idea which he
takes to his bosom, and to recognize and admit all truth, all the rights of men,
only with a one-sided reference to this idol, and to whatever may serve its selfish
requirements. Even great men, and deep thinkers, are not secure from the dan-
ger of seeing isolated opinions become almost a sort of monomania ; not indeed
as absolutely as those, the terror of mankind, which are heard from hopeless bed-
lamites 5 yet it is undeniable that favorite conceptions pushed too far, and views
which become daily familiar, are liable, even in deep thinkers, to acquire such a
sort of hardness that it easily becomes impossible to treat them as they are, moral
and intellectual, without prejudice, and freely, but the thinker becomes a servant
to his idea. The world is full of men thus prejudiced for some particular views.
Are there not hundreds in every profession — military, civil, judicial, or any other,
distinguished each in his department — who are holden by their opinions relative
to their favorite pursuit, in a manner at least very similar to those possessed by a
monomania ? I must proceed still further. I must ask myself whether there are
not, amongst us, many traces of this hardening into views of some great idea ? I
must ask, distinctly, have not incompatible ideas become equally fixed, in this way,
in our heads ? This I believe so truly to be the case, that I am completely con-
vinced that we can in no way arrive at a universal internal union of the hour, and
at an actual harmony of views relative to what we call our method, except by ef-
forts to put upon an equality within us all views relative to that method — whether
mathematical, theological-philosophical, natural-philosophical, humanist, philan-
180
PESTALOZZI.-ADDRESS ON HIS SEVENTY-THIRD BIRTHDAY.
thropist, or whatever — and by not permitting ourselves to be governed by any
idea which is in progress of becoming fixed, as I have described. If we can lift
ourselves to this point, the stand to which our efforts have come, by means of the
determination of some of us to conform ourselves in certain views, would, by
means of the increased power of each of us within his department, become really
valuable for the whole of our enterprise ; and I am certain that, in that case, none
of us would intrude himself beyond the circle in which he can work most profit-
ably for the promotion of our designs. In that case, I myself should not be en-
tirely without that circle. On the contrary, I am sure that the sentence of death,
of moral and intellectual failure, would no longer be passed upon me with so much
zeal and pleasure as has been the case for years immediately around me. Many
would then be convinced that I am alive. The misunderstandings which are and
must be every moment crowding about me, as things are, are innumerable. But
if they are for ever and ever to be taken as true against me, because they last
long and are accompanied with the influence of men very active hereabouts, what
must I think of such a fate ? What I do think is this : that courts which con-
demn the accused on such evidence will be abhorred by the whole unprejudiced
world. And for the future I have no fears on this account. I am not ungrateful,
and never shall be known as such. . . . Friends, brothers ! coldnesses have
crept in among us, which are the result of the whole extent of the history of our
association and of that outwardly chaotic condition, which has overpowered the
goodness and nobility which lay and still lies at the bottom of our association, and
have brought it to pass that, here and there among us, one looks at another through
spectacles whose glasses are no longer clear, and can be clear no more. Broth-
ers ! the evils of our house are not of to-day, nor of yesterday. They came from
afar. From the beginning of our union, we have admitted among us habits and
ways of living which must necessarily, by their very nature, produce disagree-
ments; and it is absolutely necessary that, in order to judge of these, we should
look carefully back to the days of the beginning of our association. It was in
truth then that the origin of the evils, under which we have lain so long, sprouted
and took root. What is passed is no longer here ; but, even though we forget it,
its influence is no less upon the present. Friends, brothers ! the hours when we
united ourselves in the beginning, were hours of perfect dreaming; and of groat
error in that dreaming. In those days the world seemed to seek what we sought,
and to love what we loved. The delusion of the time fell in with our efforts ; the
interests of the public authorities seemed at that time to have become the same
with our own ; even the selfishness of thousands, now in opposition to us, seemed
then to coincide with our views. What we did was thought excellent before it
was understood ; even before we ourselves understood it. Honors and praises
carried us almost beyond ourselves. The pecuniary prosperity of our undertaking
seemed to us to be secured, almost without effort and without care. But the vis-
ion of this paradise in the air soon passed by. The thorns and thistles of the
world soon began to grow up around us, as they do round the lives and doings of
all men. But the dreams of those days profited us nothing. They weakened our
powers, when they so variously and so urgently needed strengthening. Truly,
the climate of those days was too pleasant for us. We prepared ourselves for liv-
ing in the warm South, when the hard, cold days of the North were awaiting us.
Why should we conceal from ourselves the truth ? The vigor and purity of our
ardor for our object grew weak in those days, and became, in some cases, only a
pretense while good fortune lasted, not knowing the power of that zeal which iu
PESTALOZZI.— ADDRESS ON HIS SEVENTY-THIRD BIRTHDAY. IQ\
misfortune still burns, and is not extinguished even in days of the greatest trouble.
I mys 'If see in those days the origin of the evils which oppress us now ; and con-
sider incorrect all opinions respecting our later condition, which do not have refer-
ence to these earlier sources of them. It is always necessary, in judging of any
particular situation or occurrence among us, to have reference to the character of
the bond which united us to each other ; whose peculiar quality was this, that no
one of us was, by virtue of that bond, any other than what the peculiarities of his
own personal, individual nature made him. Consider the importance of this
point; that among us nature did every thing, art nothing. In reference to the
persons of the adult members of our house, we lived without government, and
without obedience. No more free development of our individuality can be imag-
ined ; nor any condition more dangerous and oppressive to my home and my
place. Friends! in your judgments upon my condition and my conduct, consider
this, and reflect, further, upon the great concourse of persons who became mem-
bers of the establishment, without knowing what we sought, without desiring what
we had, without the abilities which we needed ; and who thus were, in reference
to myself, presuming, and unrestrained in their conduct, just in proportion as I
was under constraint with reference to them. Friends ! consider the establish-
ment in the extent of all its relations : all the necessities into which I fell, all the
burdens which came upon me 5 and compare them with my destitution of all
those means and powers which were required to meet, even in a distant degree,
the external and internal requirements of our association. Friends ! our inno-
cence at the beginning of our association was praiseworthy, and the aims of that
innocence were praiseworthy. But did innocence ever overcome the power of
the many ? And is it not a mere natural necessity that it should yield to that
power ? Or did it ever perfect an enterprise which ventured to throw itself, with
all its outward weaknesses, into the power of the world and the current of it,
without a strong steersman, as our enterprise did ? Truly, we, in the dreams of
our first innocence, sought for such a life as ancient piety dreamed of in a cloister ;
and at the same time we lived in the utmost imaginable freedom. The youngest
of our inmates soon almost universally practiced a freedom of speech which the
world permits to no novices ; and of the elder ones, none thought of any privi-
leges of a father-prior. And I represented the abbot of the monastery ; when,
in some respects, I was much more fit for the donkey of the monastery, or at least
the sheep, than the abbot. Friends ! I speak plainly on this point. All this
is well understood ; and does not at all derogate from the real good which has
been planted, has taken root, and still exists among us, and which is so perfectly
well known by its results on so many of our pupils, and by the conduct and the
success of so many adult men who have been trained among us. But it is now
time, and also a duty, to turn our attention, with truth, freedom, and earnestness,
to a subject important in itself, and which on various accounts has attracted the
attention of the world. We must endure the responsibilities of our places ; and
it would be well if a deeper consciousness of this obligation prevailed among us.
From this responsibility we can not escape. All that is noble and pure — even
that which is noblest and purest in the world — if it increases and grows great
rapidly, must then decrease and deteriorate ; and we grew much too fast, in our
efforts after our good object, to know and practice sufficiently the rules which
would have maintained and strengthened the growth of what was good amongst
us. The greater number of those who called themselves ours, came to us rather
by chance than by election or our choice ; and however the temporary appear-
132 PESTALOZZI.-ADDRESS ON HIS SEVENTY-THIRD BIRTHDAY.
ance of many things amongst us might have been understood by a practiced eye
to indicate only their ephemeral nature, most of them thought my imprudence and
weakness perennial. This could of course not do otherwise than to originate al-
most incurable evils amongst us. Even the best enterprise, if it increases too
rapidly, becomes degraded by the evil qualities of the mass which accretes to it ;
then seizes, with the vigorous radical power of evil, upon the usually weak roots
of what is good 5 and then becomes, even while intermingled with the overpowered
goodness yet remaining, a recruiting-station for evil, which gathers in every incau-
tious passer-by ; and experience shows that men once enlisted on the side of evil
soon become sworn conspirators for it, and, although feeble in the ordinary opera-
tions of life, show great power and much bad cunning in promoting their evil
objects, whether idleness, disorder, impudence, or whatever they may be — or at
least in obstructing the dominion of their opposites. When things come to this
pass, whether in a small or large association of men, the necessity of some govern-
ing authority, competent to control such a state of affairs, becomes fully recog-
nized ; and, at however late a period, aid from such authority is sought for. But
the very cause that makes such control sought for, disenables those who apply to
such authority from judging of it. Judgments formed in such cases are, there-
fore, commonly wrong ; and the necessitous state into which such applicants have
fallen, is almost always a bad counselor. This was the case with us. We sought
and sought, but did not find. And at no time was there more error relative to
myself. Every one thought me unfit to govern ; but I was still permitted to re-
main, as if I were fit, and the relations of all remained such as if I were so.
This condition of affairs could lead to no relief. I should surely have succumbed
under it, had not the protecting providence of God so graciously watched over
me, that often the apparently unavoidable results of my faults passed by, as if they
had not happened. This is so true, that I myself do not know, and can not ex-
plain it to myself, how I havo been able to pass through the turbulent and track-
less chaos into which I have been cast, without entire ruin ; and to attain to that
point of power and efficiency upon which 1 see and feel myself to be standing.
HOW GERTRUDE TEACHES HER CHILDREN.
THIS work was written in 1801, and is in the form of letters to Pesta-
lozzi's friend Gesner, of Zurich, son of the author of " The Death of
Abel ; " and was, indeed, drawn up at his request. Its purpose is to
present in a condensed form the history of the development of Pestalozzi's
views on the principles and practice of instruction, up to the period of the
composition of the work.
The name is not appropriate to the actual contents of the book ; for
.instead of containing such details of rudimentary instructions as mothers
might give, it is mainly a careful and condensed compend of an extended
course, adapted to the minds of teachers of some experience. The title
was given with reference to the previous work, " Leonard and Gertrude"
in which Gertrude is represented as a pattern teacher for young children ;
and it signifies merely that the present work sets forth at greater length
the principles and practice of the former one. It has an allusive pro-
priety only.
The work commences with reference to Pestalozzi's early confusion of
ideas respecting education, and states briefly his early labors for improv-
ing the condition of the poor. But he says his early hopes, as ex-
pressed in Iselin's "Ephemeridez " (1782,) were no less comprehensive than
his later ones. His progress had been in working out the details of the
application of his principles to practical instruction. In the course of the
unsuccessful experiment at Neuhof, he proceeds, he had acquired an
acquaintance with the real needs of the Swiss people, altogether deeper
than that of his cotemporaries. In the despondent years then following,
he endeavored to do something toward supplying those needs, by com-
posing and publishing his " Inquiries into the Course of Nature in the
Development of Mankind." But Pestalozzi was not made for a master of
theories, whether in social or mental philosophy, or elsewhere. His work
neither satisfied him nor commanded the attention of the public.
Pestalozzi then traces his career as a practical educator, beginning with
his sudden resolution to become a schoolmaster, and his bold assumption,*
single-handed and without money, books, apparatus, or any thing except
a ruinous old building, of the charge of the school of homeless poor
children at Stanz, and pausing to give brief accounts, partly autobiograph-
ical, of his three assistants, Kriisi, Buss, and Tobler.*
Besides the exposition of his practical views, of which the following
pages present an abstract in h:s own words, the work contains a consider-
* These autobiographies will be found in the "American Journal of Education," Vol. V.,
p. 155.
184 How GERTRUDE TEACHES HER CHILDREN.
able portion of polemic matter, directed against cotemporaiy evils and
errors in received modes of education. A principal origin of the superfi-
cial and unsubstantial character of these modes he finds to have been the
introduction of printing, which, according to him, has caused an excessive
devotion to mere language, without regard to thought, and has resulted
in making book-men, instead of thinkers.
The latter portion of the work contains a somewhat obscure and un-
satisfactory statement of the position of religious education in his system,
and of the mode of giving it ; which, however, is by no means to be taken
as an adequate presentation of Pestalozzi's views on this point.
The positive part of the book may be considered as an extended an-
swer to the question, "What is to be done to give the child all the theo-
retical and practical knowledge which he will need in order to perform
properly the duties of his life, and thus to attain to inward contentment? "
This answer professes to discuss both the theory and the practice re-
ferred to in the question ; but the former is predominant, although there*
is an honest effort to give the latter its proper place.
The following pages will sufficiently present the chief features of the
most important portion of the work, that which sets forth the system of
instruction within the three primary divisions of Number, Form, and
Speech. For a more full account and analysis of this book, see "Ameri-
can Journal of Education," Vol. IV,, Number 10, (Sept 185V,) p. 72, et
na.
PESTALOZZTS ACCOUNT OF HIS OWN EDUCATIONAL EXPERIENCE.
POPULAR education once lay before me like an immense marsh, in the mire of
which I waded about, until I had discovered the sources from which its waters
spring, as well as the causes by which their free course is obstructed, and
made myself acquainted with those points from which a hope of draining its
pools might be conceived.
You shall now follow me yourself for a while through these labyrinthine wind-
ings, from which I extricated myself by accident rather than by my own art
or reflection.
Ever since my youthful days, the course of my feelings, rolled on like a
mighty stream, was directed to this one point ; namely, to stop the sources of
that misery in which I saw the people around me immersed.
It is now more than thirty years since I first put my hand to this same work,
which I am still pursuing. Iselin's " Ephemerides " bear witness that my present
dreams and wishes are not more comprehensive than those which I was even
then seeking to realize.
I lived for years together in a circle of more than fifty pauper children ; in
poverty did I share my bread with them, and lived myself like a pauper, to try
if I could teach paupers to live as men.
The plan which I had formed for their education embraced agriculture, manu-
facture, and commerce. But, young as I was, I knew not what attention, and
what powers, the realization of my dreams would require. I allowed myself
to be guided by a deep and decided feeling of what seemed to me essential to
the execution of my project ; and it is true that, with all the experience of after
life, I have found but little reason to modify the views I then entertained.
Nevertheless my confidence in their truth, founded upon the apparent infallibil-
ity of my feeling, became my ruin. For it is equally true, on the other hand,
that in no one of the three departments above-mentioned did I possess any prac-
tical ability for the management of details, nor was my mind of a cast to keep
up a persevering attention to little things ; and, in an insulated position, with
limited means, I was unable to procure such assistance as might have made up
for my own deficiencies. In a short time I was surrounded with embarrass-
ments, arid saw the great object of my wishes defeated.
In the struggle, however, in which this attempt involved me, I had learned a
vast deal of truth ; and I was never more fully convinced of the importance
of my views and plans than at the moment when they seemed to be for ever set
at rest by a total failure. My heart too was still aiming at the same object;
and, being now myself plunged into wretchedness, I had a better opportunity,
than any man in prosperity ever can have, of making myself intimately ac-
quainted with the wretchedness of the people, and with its sources. I suffered
even as the people suffered ; and they appeared to me such as they were, and
as they would not have shewn themselves to any one else. For a length of
186 PESTALOZZI'S EDUCATIONAL EXPERIENCE.
years I sat amongst them like the owl among the birds. I was cast away by
men, and their sneers followed after me, "Wretch that thou art!" they ex-
claimed ; " thou art less able than the meanest laborer to help thyself, and yet
thou fanciest thyself able to help the people! " Yet amidst the scorn which I
read on all lips, the mighty stream of my feeling was still directed to the same
point; to stop the sources of the misery in which I saw the people around me
sinking; and hi one respect, at least, my power was daily increased. My mis-
fortune was a school, in which Providence had placed me to learn truth for my
great object ; and I learned of it more and more. That which deceived no
other, has ever deceived me ; but what deceived every one else, now deceived
me no longer.
I knew the people in a manner in which no one around me knew them.
The glitter of prosperity arising from the newly-introduced manufactures, the
freshened aspect of their houses, the abundance of then- harvests, all this could
not deceive me ; nor even the Socratic discoursing of some of their teachers,
nor the reading associations among bailiffs' sons and hair-dressers. I saw their
misery, but I lost myself in the vast prospect of its scattered and insulated
sources ; and while my knowledge of their real condition became every day
more extensive, my practical capability of remedying the evils under which
they labored, increased in a far less proportion. Even "Leonard and Gertrude"
the work which sympathy with their sufferings extorted from me, was, after all,
but the production of my internal inability to offer them any real help. I
stood among my contemporaries like a monument which bespeaks life, but is in
itself dead. Many cast a glance upon it ; but they could appreciate me and
my plans no better than I myself was able to form a correct estimate of the
various powers, and the details of knowledge, necessary to carry them into
effect.
I grew careless ; and, being swallowed up in a vortex of anxiety for outward
action, I neglected to work out to a sufficient depth, within my own mind, the
foundations of what I intended to bring about.
Had I done this, to what internal elevation might I have risen for the accom-
plishment of my purposes ! and how rapidly should I then have reached my
aim ! I attained it not, because I was unworthy of it ; because I sought it
merely in the outward; because I allowed my love of truth and of justice to
become a passion which tossed me about, like a torn-up reed, on the waves of
life, nor would permit me to take root again in firm ground, and to imbibe
that nourishment and strength of which I stood so much in need for the fur-
therance of my object. It was far too vain a hope, that some one else would
rescue that loose reed from the waves, and secure it in the ground in which I
myself neglected to plant it.
Oh, my dear friend ! Who is the man that has but one feeling in common
with my soul, and knows not how low I must now have sunk ? And thou,
my beloved Gesner, before thou readest on, wilt consecrate a tear to my
course
Deep dissatisfaction was gnawing my heart ; eternal truth and eternal recti-
tude were converted by my passion into airy castles. With a hardened mind 1
clung stubbornly to words and sounds which had lost within me the basis of
truth. Thus I degraded myself every day more with the worship of common-
places, and the trumpeting of those quackeries, wherewith these modern times
pretend to better the condition of mankind.
PESTALOZZI'S EDUCATIONAL EXPERIENCE. igf
I was not, however, insensible to this internal abasement, nor did I fail to
struggle against it. For three years I toiled, more than I can express, over my
"Inquiries into the Course of Nature in the Development of Mankind," chiefly
with a view to get settled in my own mind as to the progress of my favorite
ideas, and to bring my innate feelings into harmony with my notions of civil
right and moral obligation. But this work, likewise, is no more than a testi-
mony of my internal incapacity ; a mere play of my reflective faculties. The
subject is not comprehensively viewed, nor is there a due exercise of power to
combat myself, or a sufficient tendency to that practical ability which was
requisite for my purposes. It only served to increase that deficiency within
myself, arising from a disproportion between my power and my knowledge,
which it was indispensable that I should fill up, though I grew every day more
unable to do so.
Nor did I reap more than I sowed. My book produced upon those around
me the same effect as did every thing else I did ; hardly any one understood
me ; and in my immediate neighborhood there were not two men to be found,
who did not hint that they considered the whole book as a heap of nonsense.
And even lately, a man of importance, who has much kindness for me, said
with Swiss familiarity : " Don't you now feel yourself, Mr. Pestalozzi, that when
you wrote that book you did not know what you wanted to be at ? " Thus,
however, to be misunderstood and wronged was my lot: but instead of profiting
by it, as I ought to have done, I warred against my misfortune with internal
scorn and a general contempt of mankind ; and by thus injuring the foundation,
which my cause ought to have had within myself, I did it infinitely more harm
than all those could do, by whom I was misunderstood and despised. Yet I
had not lost sight of my aim ; but my adherence to it was no more than the
obstinacy of a perverted imagination and a murmuring heart ; it was on a pro-
faned soil that I sought to cherish the sacred plant of human happiness.
I, who had just then, in my "Inquiries," declared the claims of civil right as
mere claims of our animal nature, and therefore essential impediments to moral
purity, the only thing that is of real value to human nature, now descended
so low, that amidst the violent convulsions of the revolution I expected the
mere sound of social systems, and of political theories, to produce a good effect
upon the men of my age, who, with few exceptions, lived upon mere puff and
swell, seeking power, and hankering after well-set tables.
My head was gray ; yet I was still a child. With a heart in which all the
foundations of life were shaken, I still pursued, in those stormy times, my fa-
vorite object ; but my way was one of prejudice, of passion, and of error. To
bring to light the inveterate causes of social evils, to spread impassioned views
of the social constitution and the unalterable basis of man's rights, nay, to turn
to account the spirit of violence which had risen up amongst us, for the cure of
some of the ills under which the people suffered ; such were the means by
which I hoped and sought to effect my purpose. But the purer doctrines of
my former days had been but sound and word to the men among whom I lived ;
how much less, then, was it to be expected, that they should apprehend my
meaning in the view which I now took. Even this inferior sort of truth they
contaminated by their filth : they remained the same as ever ; and they acted
toward me in a manner which I ought to have anticipated, but which I did not
anticipate, because the dream of my wishes kept me suspended in mid-air, and
188 PESTALOZZI'S EDUCATIONAL EXPERIENCE.
my soul was a stranger to that selfishness by which I might have recognized
them in their true colors. I was deceived not only in every fox, but also in
every fool ; and to every one that came before me, and spoke well, I gave full
credit for the sincerity of his intentions. With all this I knew more than any
one else about the people, and about the sources of their savage and degraded
condition ; but I wished nothing further than that those sources might be
stopped, and the evils which sprang from them arrested ; and the new men,
(novi homines) of Helvetia, whose wishes went further, and who had no knowl-
edge of the condition of the people, found, of course, that I was not made for
them. These men, in their new position, like shipwrecked women, took every
straw for a mast, on which the republic might be driven to a safe shore ; but
me, me alone, they took for a straw not fit for a fly to cling to.
They knew it not, they intended it not ; but they did me good, more good
than any men have ever done me. They restored me to myself; for, in the
amazement caused by the sudden change of their ship's repair into a shipwreck,
I had not another word left, but that which I pronounced in the first days of
confusion : " I will turn schoolmaster." For this I found confidence. I did
turn schoolmaster. Ever since I have been engaged in a mighty struggle, and
compelled, as it were, in spite of myself, to fill up those internal deficiencies by
which my purposes were formerly defeated.
To lay before you, my friend, the whole of my existence, and my operations,
since that period, is my present task. Through Legrand I had made some in-
terest with the first Directoire for the subject of popular education, and I was
preparing to open an extensive establishment for that purpose in Argovie, when
Stanz was burnt down, and Legrand requested me to make the scene of mis-
ery the first scene of my operations. I went; I would have gone into the re-
motest clefts of the mountains, to come nearer to my aim ; and now I really did
come nearer. . . . But imagine my position. . . . Alone, destitute of all
means of instruction, and of all other assistance, I united in my person the
offices of superintendent, paymaster, steward, and sometimes chambermaid, in
a half-ruined house. I was surrounded with ignorance, disease, and with every
kind of novelty. TJje number of children rose, by degrees, to eighty : all of
different ages ; some full of pretensions ; others inured to open beggary ; and
all, with a few solitary exceptions, entirely ignorant. What a task ! to educate,
to develop these children, what a task !
I ventured upon it. I stood in the midst of these children, pronouncing va-
rious sounds, and asking them to imitate them ; whoever saw it, was struck
with the effect. It is true it was a meteor which vanishes in the air as soon as
it appears. No one understood its nature. I did not understand it myself. It
was the result of a simple idea, or rather of a fact of human nature, which was
revealed to my feelings, but of which I was far from having a clear consciousness.
PESTALOZZL— METHODS OF ELEMENTARY INSTRUCTION.
1. THE ELEMENTARY MEANS OP INSTRUCTION DEPEND UPON NUMBER, FORM,
AND SPEECH.
IDEAS of the elements of instruction were for a long time working in my
mind, vividly though indistinctly, until at last, like a "Deus ex machina" the
conception that the means of the elucidation of all our intuitional knowkdge pro-
ceed from number, form, and speech, seemed suddenly to give me new light on
the point which I was investigating.
After long consideration of the subject — or rather, uncertain dreams about
it — I at last set myself to conceive how an educated man proceeds, and must
proceed, when endeavoring to abstract, and gradually make clear, any subject
now floating confusedly and dimly before his eyes.
In such a case, he will — and must — observe the three following points : —
1. How many subjects, or how various ones, are before him.
2. How they look ; what is their form and outline.
3. "What they are called ; how he can recall each to mind by means of a
sound, a word.
The doing this evidently presupposes, in such a man, the following developed
powers : —
1 . The power of considering unlike objects in relation to their forms, and of
recalling to mind their material.
2. That of abstracting these objects as to their number, and of distinctly
conceiving them either as one or as many.
3. That of repeating by language, and fixing, so as not to be forgotten, the
conception of an object as to number and form.
Thus I conclude that number, form, and speech are commonly the element-
ary means of instruction, since they include the whole sum of the external
qualities of an object, so far as relates to its extent and number, and become
known to my intellect through speech. Instruction, as an art, must thus, by
an invariable law, proceed from this threefold basis, and endeavor
1. To teach the children to consider any object brought before their con-
sciousness, as a unity ; that is, as separate from whatever it seems to be bound
up with.
2. To teach them an acquaintance with the form of each such object; its size
and relations.
3. To make them as early as possible acquainted with the whole circle of
words and names of all the objects known to them.
The instruction of children being to proceed from these three elementary
points, it is evident, again, that the first efforts of the art must be directed to
develop, establish, and strengthen, with the utmost psychological skill, the fun-
damental knowledge of numbering, measuring, and speaking, upon whose cor-
rect attainment depends the right knowledge of all visible objects ; and after-
190 PESTALOZZL— METHODS OF INSTRUCTION.
ward to bring the means of developing and training these three departments
of mental attainment to the highest degree of simplicity, of perfection, and of
agreement together.
The only difficulty which occurred to me upon the recognition of these three
elementary points was this : Why are not all those conditions of things, which
we recognize through the three senses, not elementary in the same sense, as
number, ( form, and speech? But I soon observed that all possible objects have
number, form, and name; but that the other attributes, recognized through the
five senses, are not possessed in common with all others as those are, but only
sometimes one and sometimes another of them. Between the three attributes
of number, form, and name, and others, I also found this substantial and dis-
tinct difference — that I was unable to make any of the others elementary points
of human knowledge ; while, on the contrary, I saw just as clearly that all
other such attributes of things as are recognized by the five senses, permit
themselves to be put into immediate relations with those three ; and in conse-
quence, that in the instruction of children, knowledge of all the other qualities
of subjects must be deduced immediately from the preliminary knowledge of
form, number and name. I saw that by my acquaintance with the unity, form,
and name of an object, my knowledge of it becomes definite knowledge ; that
by gradually aiming to know all its other qualities, I acquire a clear knowl-
edge ; and by understanding the relations of all facts relative to it, I acquire an
intelligent knowledge.
I now proceeded further, and found that all our knowledge proceeds from
three elementary faculties, namely: —
1. The active faculty, which renders us capable of language.
2. The indefinite power of mere perception by the senses, which gives us our
consciousness of all forms.
3. The definite power of perception not by the senses alone, from which must
be gained the consciousness of unity, and through it the power of counting
and computing.
I thus concluded that the art of educating our race must be based upon the
first and simplest results of these three fundamental elements — sound, form, and
number ; and that instruction in any one department could "and would never
lead to a result beneficial to our nature, considered in its whole compass, unless
these three simple results of our fundamental faculties should be recognized as
the universal starting-points for all instruction, fixed as such by nature herself;
and unless these results were accordingly developed into forms proceeding uni-
versally and harmoniously from them, and calculated efficiently and surely to
carry instruction forward to its completion, through the steps of a progression
unbroken, and dealing alike and equally with all three. This I concluded the
only means of proceeding in all three of these departments, from indistinct in-
tuitions to definite ones, from intuitions to clear perceptions, and from clear per-
ceptions to intelligent ideas.
Thus, moreover, I find art actually and most intimately united with nature,
or rather with the ideal by means of which nature makes the objects of the
creation known to us ; and so was solved my problem, viz., to discover a com-
mon origin of all the means of the art of instruction, and, at the same time, that
form of it in which the development of the race is defined by the constitution
itself of our nature: — and the difficulty removed, in the way of applying the
PESTALOZZI.-METHODS OF INSTRUCTION. IQl
mechanical laws, which I recognized as at the foundation of human instruction,
to that system of instruction which the experience of thousands of years haa
given to the human race for its own development ; that is, to writing, arithme-
tic, reading, $b.
2. THE FIRST ELEMENTARY MEANS OF INSTRUCTION is, ACCORDINGLY,
SOUND.
From this arise the following subdivisions of instruction : —
A. In Tones ; or, the means of training the organs of speech.
B. In Words ; or, the means of becoming acquainted with single objects.
C. In Language ; or, the means of becoming able to express ourselves with
clearness relatively to such objects as become known to us, and to all which we
are capable of seeing in those objects.
To repeat these subdivisions.
A. Instruction in Tones. This, again, divides itself into instruction in speak-
ing tones, and singing tones.
a. Speaking tones.
With respect to these, it should not be left to chance whether they are heard
by the child at an early or late period ; and in great number or in small. It is
important that he should hear all of them, and as early as possible.
His knowledge of them should be complete, before he has attained the ability
to form them ; and in like manner his power of imitating them all and with fa-
cility should be completely developed, before the forms of the letters are laid
before him, and before his first exercises in reading.
The spelling-book must therefore contain all the sounds of which language
consists ; and should in every family be daily repeated by the child who is
studying them, in the presence of the child in the cradle; so that the knowl-
edge of those sounds may thus by frequent repetition become deeply impressed
upon the latter, and indeed be made quite indelible, even before it is able to
repeat one of them.
No one who has not seen it can imagine how the pronunciation of such sim-
ple sounds as ba, ba, ba, da, da, da, ma, ma, ma, la, la, la, &c., excites the at-
tention of young children, and stimulates them ; or of the gain to the general
powers of acquisition of the child which comes from the early acquaintance
with these sounds.
In accordance with this principle of the importance of the knowledge of
sound and tones, before the child can imitate them, and in the conviction that
it is equally important what representations and objects come before the eyes
of young children, and what sounds come to his ears, I have composed a "Book
for Mothers ; " in which I explain, by illuminated wood-cuts, not only the fun-
damental points of number and form, but also the most important other attri-
butes with which the five senses make us acquainted ; and in which, by an
acquaintance with many names, thus assured, and rendered vivid by much
actual inspection, future reading is prepared for and made easy. In the same
way also, by practice in sounds, preparatory to spelling, I prepare and facilitate
this study also ; for by this book, I make these sounds at home and, I may say,
quarter them upon the child's mind, before the child can pronounce a syllable
of them.
I intend to accompany these cuts, for the youngest children, with a book of
}C)2 PESTALOZZI.— METHODS OF INSTRUCTION.
methods, in which every word which must be said to the child upon each sub-
ject elucidated, shall be stated so clearly that even the most inexperienced
mother can sufficiently attain my purpose; for the reason that not a word will
need to be added to those which I shall set forth. f
Thus prepared from the "Book for Mothers," and acquainted by actual practice
from the spelling-book with the entire extent of sounds, the child must, as soon as
his organs become trained to articulation, become accustomed to repeat over the
various columns of sounds in the spelling-book, with as much ease as he does
such other purposeless sounds as people give him to imitate.
This book differs from all previous ones in this : that its method is universal ;
and that the pupil himself proceeds in a visible manner, beginning with the
vowels, and constructing syllables by the gradual addition of consonants be-
hind and before, in a manner which is comprehensive, and which perceptibly
facilitates speech and reading.
My method is : to take each vowel with all the consonants one after another,
fromb to z, and thus to form at first the simple easy syllables, ab, ad, afj &c. >•
and then to put before each of these simple syllables such consonants as are
actually so placed in common language ; as, for instance, before ab, in succession,
b, g, sch, st, &c. ; making bab, gab, schab, &c. By going through all the vow-
els in this manner, with this simple prefixing of consonants, I formed first easy
syllables, and then, by prefixing more consonants, more difficult ones. This ex-
ercise necessitated manifold repetitions of the simple sounds, and a general and
orderly classification of all the syllables which are alike in their elements ; re-
sulting in an indelible impression of their sounds, which is a very great assist-
ance in learning to read.
The advantages of the book are explained in it, as follows : —
1. It keeps the child at spelling single syllables, until sufficient skill is ac-
quired in the exercises.
2. By the universal employment of similarities of sound, it renders the repeti-
tion of similar forms not disagreeable to the child, and thus facilitates the
design of impressing them indelibly on the mind.
3. It very rapidly enables the children to pronounce at once every new word
formed by the addition of new consonants to syllables already known, without
being obliged to spell them over beforehand ; and also to spell these combina-
tions by heart, which is afterward a great assistance in orthography.
In the short introduction prefixed to the book, explaining the use of it, moth-
ers are required themselves to repeat daily to their children, before they can
read, these series of sounds, and to pronounce them in different successions, so
as to attract attention, and to give an acquaintance with each separate sound.
This recitation must be prosecuted with redoubled zeal, and begun again from
the beginning, as soon as the children begin to speak, to enable them them-
selves to repeat them, and thus to learn quickly to read.
In order to make the knowledge of the written characters, which must pre-
cede spelling, easier to the children, I have annexed them to the spelling-book,
printed in a large character, in order to make their distinctions more easily dis-
cernible by the eye.
These letters are to be pasted separately on stiff paper, and put before the
children. The vowels are in red, to distinguish them, and must be learned
thoroughly, as well as their pronunciation, before going further. After this
PESTALOZZI— METHODS OF INSTRUCTION. 293
they are by little and little. to be taught the consonants, but always along with
a vowel ; because they can not be pronounced without a vowel.
As soon as the children, partly by their exercise, partly by the spelling which
I am about to describe, begin to have a sufficient knowledge of the letters, they
may be set at the threefold series of letters, also appended to the book ; where,
in a smaller type, is given, over the German printed letter, the German written,
and the Roman printed letters. The child, reading each syllable in the form of
letter already familiar to him, and then repeating it in the other two, will learn
to read in all three alphabets, without any loss of time.
The same principle is still to be adhered to in these exercises : that every syl-
lable is nothing but a sound constructed by the addition of a consonant to a
vowel ; the vowel being thus always the foundation of the syllable. The vowel
should be laid down first — or slid out on the spelling-board hung up on the
wall, which should have a groove at the upper and lower side, in which the let-
ters should stand and move easily backward and forward — and the consonants
added, in the order given in the book. Each syllable should at the same time
be pronounced by the teacher and repeated by the children, until indelibly im-
pressed on their minds. Then the teacher may ask for each letter, in its order
or out of it ; and make them spell the syllables when covered up out of sight.
It is very necessary, especially in the first part of the book, to proceed slowly,
and never to proceed to any thing new until what precedes it has been learned
beyond the power of forgetting ; for upon this depends the foundation of the
whole course of instruction in reading, upon which what follows is to be built
by small and gradual additions.
"When in this way the children have arrived at a certain degree of facility in
spelling, it may be interchanged with exercises of another kind. Thus, for ex-
ample, a word may be spelled by beginning with one letter and adding the
others, one after another, until it is complete, pronouncing it as each letter is
added ; as, p, pi, pin. Then the reverse process may be followed, by taking
away one letter after another, and thus going backward in the same manner ;
repeating it until the children can spell the word by heart, correctly. The same
thing can also be done by beginning at the end of the word, instead of the be-
ginning.
Lastly, the word may be divided into syllables, the syllables numbered, and
repeated and spelled promiscuously by their numbers.
Great advantages may be gained in schools, by teaching the children, from
the beginning, to repeat the words all together at the same moment; so that the
sound produced by all shall be heard as a simple sound, whether the words
were repeated to them, or pointed out by the number of the tetters or syllables.
This keeping time together renders the instructor's part quite mechanical, and
operates with incredible power upon the senses of the children.
"When these exercises in spelling have been gone through with on the tablet,
the book itself is then to be put into the child's hand, as a first reading-book ;
and he is to be kept at work upon it until he has acquired the most complete
facility in reading it.
So much for instruction in the sounds of speech. I have to add a word, on
the sounds of singing. But as singing proper can not be reckoned a means of
proceeding from indistinct intuitions to clear ideas, that is, as one of the means
of instruction which I am at present discussing, but is rather a capacity, to be
28
194 PESTALOZZI.— METHODS OF INSTRUCTION.
developed from other points of view, and for other purposes, I put off its con-
sideration to the time when I shall consider the system of education ; saying at
present only this : 4hat singing, according to the general principle, begins with
what is simplest, completes this, and proceeds only gradually from it, when
completed, to the beginning of what is new. '
B. The second department of the domain of sound, or of the special element-
ary means 'of instruction derived from sound, is —
Instruction in words, or rather in names.
I have already remarked that the child must receive its first instruction in
this department, also, from the " Book for Mothers.'11 This is so arranged, that the
most important subjects of the world, and especially those that, as generic
names, include whole classes of subjects within themselves, are discussed ; and
the mother is enabled to make the child well-acquainted with the most import-
ant of all these names. By this course of proceeding, the child is prepared,
even from its earliest years, for instruction in names ; that for the second spe-
cial means of instruction depending on the power of uttering sounds.
The instruction in names is given by means of series of names of the more
important subjects, from all the realms of nature, history, geography, and hu-
man vocations and relations. These columns of words are put into the child's
hand immediately after the end of his studies in the spelling-book, as a mere
exercise in learning to read ; and experience has shown me that it is possible
for the children to have completely committed to memory the columns, within
no more time than is required to learn to read them readily. The advantage of
so complete a knowledge of such various and comprehensive views of names
at this stage, is immeasurable, in relation to the facilitation of subsequent in-
struction.
C. The third special means of instruction proceeding from the faculty of
sounds is —
Instruction in language itself.
And here is the point at which begins to be developed the proper method by
which the art of instruction, by taking advantage of the development of the capaci-
ties of the human mind, can give an acquaintance with language which shall keep
up with the course of nature in general development. But I should say, rather,
here begins to develop itself the method by which, according to the will of the
Creator, man can secure himself from the hands of mere natural blindness and
natural capability for instruction, to be put into the hands of the higher powers
which have been developing in him for thousands of years ; the method by
•which the human race, independently — man — can secure for the development
of his powers that more definite and comprehensive tendency and that more
rapid progress, for which nature has given him power and means but no guid-
ance, and in which she can never guide him while he is man only ; the form in
which man can do all this without interfering with the loftiness and simplicity
of the physical development of nature, the harmony that exists in our merely
sensuous development ; without taking away any part of ourselves, or a single
hair of that uniform protection which mother nature exercises over even the
mere physical development.
All these attainments must be reached by means of a finished art of teaching
language, and the highest grade of psychology ; thus securing the utmost per-
fection in the mechanism of the natural progression from confused intuitions to
PESTALOZZI.— METHODS OF INSTRUCTION. ^95
intelligent ideas. This is, in truth, far beyond my powers ; and I feel myself to
be, on this subject, as the voice of one crying in the wilderness.
But the Egyptian, who first fastened a shovel with a crooked handle to the
horn of an ox, and thus taught him to perform the labor of a man at digging,
thus prepared the way for the invention of the plow, although he did not bring
it to perfection.
My services are only the first bending of the shovel-handle, and the fastening
of it to a new horn. But why do I speak by similitudes ? I ought to and will
state what I mean, plainly, and without circumlocution.
I desire to remove the imperfections from school instruction ; both from the
obsolete system of stammering servile old schoolmasters, and from the later sys-
tem which has by no means taken its place — in the common schools ; and to
knit it to the immovable power of nature herself and to the light which God
kindles and ever maintains in the hearts of fathers and mothers ; to the desires
of parents that their children may be respectable before God and man.
In order to define the form of our instruction in language, or rather the vari-
ous forms in which its object can be gained, that is, through which we are to
become able to express ourselves distinctly on subjects with which we are ac-
quainted, and as to every thing which we see about them, we must inquire: —
1. "What is man's ultimate object in language?
2. "What are the means, or rather what is the progression, through which na-
ture herself, by the gradual development of the faculty of language, brings us
to this end ?
The answer to the first question is, evidently : To bring our race from ob-
scure intuitions to intelligent ideas; and to the second: The means by which
she gradually brings us to this end have, unquestionably, this order of suc-
cession, viz. : —
a. We recognize an object generally, and designate it as a unity — an object.
b. "We become generally acquainted with its characteristics, and learn to des-
ignate them.
c. We acquire, through language, the power of defining more in detail these
traits, by verbs and adverbs, and making clear to ourselves their modifications
by modifications in words themselves, and in their juxtaposition.
1. On the effort to learn the names of objects, I have already spoken.
2. Efforts to comprehend and to teach the names of the qualities of objects
as desirable, are divided into —
a. Efforts to teach the child to express himself with distinctness in relation
to number and form : (Number and form, as qualities possessed by all things,
are the two most comprehensive universal abstractions of physical nature ; and
are the two central points to which are referred all other means of rendering
our ideas intelligent.)
b. Efforts to teach the child to express himself with distinctness upon all
other qualities of things, besides number and form; as well those qualities
which are perceived through the five senses, as those which are perceived, not
by means of a simple intuition of them, but by means of our faculties of imag-
ination and judgment.
Children must early become accustomed to consider with ease form and
number, the first physical universal qualities which the experience of thou-
sands of years has taught us to abstract from the nature of all things ; and to
19G PESTALOZZl.— METHODS OF INSTRUCTION.
consider them, not merely as qualities inherent in each particular thing, but as
physical universal qualities. He must not only learn early to distinguish a
round and a triangular thing as such, but must as early as possible have im-
pressed upon his mind the idea of circularity, and triangularity, as a pure ab-
straction ; so that he may be able to apply the proper term, expressing this
universal abstract idea, to whatever occurs to him in nature which is round,
triangular,' simple, fourfold, &c. Here also comes up clearly the reason why
speech is to be and must be treated as a means of expressing form and num-
ber, in a special manner, differing from its treatment as a means of expressing
all the other qualities which we observe in natural objects by the five senses.
I therefore began, even in the "Book for Mothers" to lead the children to-
ward the clear knowledge of those universal qualities. This book furnishes
both a comprehensive view of the most usual forms and the simplest means of
making the first relations of numbers intelligible to the child.
More advanced steps toward this purpose must, however, together with the
corresponding exercises in language, be put off to a later period, and must be
connected with the special exercises in number and form, which two, as the
elementary points of our knowledge, must be taken up after a full course of
exercises in language.
The cuts in the elementary manual for this instruction, the "Book for Moth-
ers, or for the earliest childhood," are so selected as to bring forward all the uni-
versal physical qualities of which we become aware through the five senses ;
and as to enable mothers readily to give their children the command of the
most definite expressions relative to them, without any pains of their own.
As relates, next, to those qualities of things which become known to us, not
immediately through the five senses, but through the separating powers of our
faculty of comparison, imagination, and faculty of abstraction, in regard to
them also, I adhere to my principle, not to endeavor to bring any human opin-
ion to a premature ripeness, but to make use of the necessary knowledge of
the appropriate abstract terms by the children, as a mere exercise of memory ;
and also to some extent as a light nourishment for the play of their imagina-
tions and of their powers of forethought.
In reference to such objects as we recognize immediately by the five senses,
and in reference to which it is necessary to teach the child as quickly as possi-
ble to express himself with precision, I take from a dictionary substances whose
most prominent qualities are such as we can distinguish by the five senses, and
put down with them the adjectives which describe those qualities ; as —
(Aal.) Eel. Slippery, worm-shaped, tough-skinned.
(Aa,s.) Carcass. Dead, offensive.
(Abend.) Evening. Quiet, cheerful, cool, rainy.
(Aclise.) Axle. Strong, weak, greasy.
(Acker.} Field. Sandy, clayey, sowed, manured, fertile, profitable, unprofit-
able.
Then I reverse this proceeding, and in the same way select from the dictiona-
ry adjectives expressing distinguishing qualities of objects recognized by the
five senses, and set down after them the substantive names of objects possess-
ing them ; as —
Round. Ball, hat, moon, sun
Light. Feather, down, air.
PESTALOZZI. -METHODS OF INSTRUCTION. 19*7
Heavy. Gold, lead, oak-wood.
Hot. Oven, summer-day, fire.
High. Tower, mountain, giants, trees.
Deep. Oceans, seas, cellars, graves.
Soft. Flesh, wax, butter.
Elastic, Steel-springs, whalebone.
I did not endeavor, by completing these explanatory suffixes, to diminish the
field of the child's independent intellectual activity ; but only gave a few terms,
calculated to appeal distinctly to his senses, and then inquired, in continuation:
What else can you mention of the same sort ?
In far the greatest number of cases the children found that their experience
furnished them additional terms, frequently such as had not occurred to the
teacher ; and thus their circle of knowledge was widened and elucidated in a
manner either impossible by the catechetical method, or possible only with a
hundred times greater expenditure of art and exertion.
In all proceedings by catechisation, the child is constrained, in part by the
limits of the defined idea respecting which he is catechised, in part by the
form in which it is done, in part by the limits of the teacher's knowledge, and
lastly, and more important, by the limits of a painful care lest they should get
out of the regular artistic track. What unfortunate limitations for the child !
but in my course they are avoided.
Having finished this portion of study, I proceed, by means of the dictionary,
to communicate to the child, now variously acquainted with the objects of the
world, a further increase of the gradually growing clearness of his knowledge
of objects so far as known to him.
For this purpose, I divide language, that great witness of the past respecting
all that now exists, into four chief heads, viz. : —
1. Geography.
2. History.
3. Nature,
4. Natural History.
But in order to avoid all unnecessary repetition of the same words, and to
make the form of instruction as brief as possible, I divide these chief heads into
some forty subheads, and bring the names of objects before the children only
under those latter subdivisions.
I then turn attention to that great object of my intuitions, myself; or
rather, to that whole series of terms in language which relate to myself; by
bringing all that language, that great witness of the past, says upon man under
the following chief heads.
First head. What does language say of man, considered as a merely phys-
ical being; as a member of the animal world?
Second head. What does she say of him as striving toward physical inde-
pendence by means of the social state ?
Third Jiead. What does she say of him as a reasoning being, striving for
inner independence ; or self-improvement ?
I then divide these three chief heads, as before, into some forty subheads,
and bring them before the children only under the latter.
The first exhibition of these series of names, both relating to men and to the
other subjects of the world, must be strictly alphabetical, without any inter-
198 PESTALOZZI.— METHODS OF INSTRUCTION.
mixture of any opinion, and not as any consequence of any opinion ; but a
gradually increased clearness in the knowledge of them must be attained merely
by the juxtaposition of similar intuitions, and similar intuitional ideas.
"When this has been done, when the witness of the past as to all that now
exists has thus been made useful in the whole simplicity of her alphabetical
arrangement, I propose this question: —
How does the method arrange these subjects further, for fuller definition ?
To answer this, a new labor begins. The same columns of words with which
the child has become acquainted in seven or eight columns, in an alphabetical
order, almost beyond the possibility of forgetting them, are laid before him
again, in the same columns, but in a classified manner, by which the method
arranges them very differently, and enables the child himself to arrange them
on the new principle.
The plan is this : The different heads, under which the words are to be newly
arranged, are put in a row, and distinguished by a series of numbers, abbrevia-
tions, or some other arbitrary marks.
The child must, during his first studies in reading, become thoroughly master
of this series of heads ; and he may then find, in the columns of words, against
each word, the mark of that head under which it belongs; and thus he can, at
first sight of the figure, tell under what head it belongs, and thus himself alter
the alphabetical nomenclature into a scientific one.
I do not know that this plan needs to be illustrated by an example ; but,
though it seems to me almost superfluous, I will still give one, on account of
the newness of the plan. Thus, for instance, one of the subdivisions of Europe
is Germany. Let the child first become acquainted, beyond the power of for-
getting them, with the subdivision of Germany into ten circles. Now let the
names of the cities of Germany be laid before him in alphabetical order, to
be read ; there being, at the name of each city, the number of the circle in
which it lies. As soon as he can read these names of cities fluently, let him be
shown how the numbers annexed to them refer to the heads above, and the
child will after a few lessons be able to locate all the cities of Germany accord-
ing to the heads thus set above them. Let there be put before him, for instance,
the following names of German places, with figures :—
Aachen, 8 Allendorf, 5 Altona, 10
Aalen, 3 Allersperg, 2 Altorf, 1
Abendberg, 4 Alschausen, 3 Altranstiidt, 9
Aberthan, 11 Alsleben, 10 Altwasser, 13
Acken, 10 Altbunzlau, 11 Alkerdissen, 8
Adersbach, 11 Altena, 8 Amberg, 2
Agler, 1 Altenau, 10 Ambras, 1
Ahrbergen, 10 Altenberg, 9 Amoneburg, 6
Aigremont, 8 Altenburg, 9 Andernach, 6.
Ala, 1 Altensalza, 10
Allenbach, 5 Altkirchen, 8
He may then read these as follows: —
Aachen is in the Westphalian circle.
Abendberg is in the Franconian circle.
Aacken is in the Lower Saxon circle ; &c.
The child will thus evidently be enabled, at the first glance at the number or
PESTALOZZI.-METHODS OF INSTRUCTION. jgg
mark which distinguishes the head under which any word belongs, to determine
it ; and thus, as was said, to change the alphabetical nomenclature into a scien-
tific one.
And having gone so far, I find myself, in this direction, at the limit of my
course, as peculiar to me ; and the powers of the children so developed, that
they can, in any department of the method to which their disposition inclines
them, and to which they are inclined to attend, make an independent use for
themselves of the means of assistance which already exist in all these depart-
ments, but which are of such a character that, hitherto, only a few fortunate
persons have been able to use them. To this point, and no further, have I
sought to attain. What I desired, and desire, was, not to teach the world any
art or science — for I know none — but to make more easy for the people at
large the mastery of the points of commencement of all arts and sciences ; to
open to the powers of the poor and weak in the country, neglected and given
up to desolation, the approaches to learning, which are the approaches to hu-
manity ; and, if possible, to burn down the barrier which keeps the more lowly
of the citizens of Europe far behind the barbarians of the north and south in
respect to independent intellectual power, which is the basis of all efficient ac-
quirement. It keeps them so, because, notwithstanding our windy boastings on
universal enlightenment, it deprives ten men to one of the right of all men in
society, the right of being instructed ; or at least of the possibility of making
use of this right.
May that barrier, after my death, burn up with a bright flame ! But yet I
know that I myself am only one feeble coal, lying among wet straw. But I
see a wind, and that not far off, which shall kindle the coal into a blaze ; the
wet straw around me will gradually dry, grow warm, kindle, and at last burn.
Yes, however wet it is round me now, it will burn, it will burn !
But I have occupied so much time with the second of the special means of
instruction in language, that I find I have not yet said any thing of the third
of those means, by which is to be attained the last purpose of instruction, the
rendering our ideas intelligent. It is this : —
c. The endeavor to enable the child correctly to define, by language, the con-
nections of objects with each other, and their intermodifications by number,
tune, and relation ; or, rather, to make still better understood the existence, the
qualities, and the powers of all those objects of which knowledge has been
gained by the study of names, and made clear to a certain extent by juxtaposi-
tion of their names and their qualities.
From this point of view we may discern the foundations on which a real
grammar is to be constructed, and, at the same time, the further progression by
which, through this means, we are to arrive at the last purpose of instruction,
the rendering intelligent of ideas.
Here, also, I prepare the children for the first steps by very simple but still
psychological instruction in speaking ; and, without a word of any form or rule,
I cause the mother first to repeat to the child, as mere exercises in speaking,
sentences, which are to be repeated after her, almost as much on account of the
training of the organs of speech, as of the sentences themselves. The two ob-
jects, practice in speaking and the learning of words as language, must be
kept apart from each other; and the former must also be attended to by itself,
by proper exercises. In the exercises for both purposes at once, then, the
mother repeats to the child the following sentences: —
200 PESTALOZZI.-METHODS OF INSTRUCTION.
The father is kind.
Thy butterfly has variously-colored wings.
Cattle eat grass.
The pine is straight-stemmed.*
When the child has pronounced these so often that it is easy for him, the
mother inquires, "Who is good? What has various-colored wings?" And
again, "What is the father? What has the butterfly?" And so on, 03
follows : — -
Who is ? What are ?
Carnivorous beasts eat flesh.
Deer are light-footed.
Eoots are spread out.
Who has? What has?
The lion hath strength.
Man has reason.
The hound has a keen scent.
The elephant has a trunk, &c., &c.
Thus I proceed, through the whole extent of the declensions and conjuga-
tions, to unite the first and second steps of these exercises ; going also, in par-
ticular, into the use of the verbs, after a mode of which I give the following
examples : —
Siiwple Connection.
Eegard — the teacher's words.
Breathe — through the lungs.
Bend — a tree.
Tie — a sheaf, the stockings, &c.
After this comes the second species of exercise, in verbs in composition ; as,
Eegard. I regard (acute) the teacher's words, my duty, my estate. I regard
one person more than another ; I judge (eracJite) whether a thing is so, or other-
wise ; I take an important matter into consideration (obacht /)! watch over (beo-
bachte) a man whom I do not trust, an aifair which I am desirous of arranging,
and my duty ; a good man honors (hochachtet) virtue, and despises (verachtet]
vice.
So far as a man regards any thing, he is attentive (achtsam) to it ; so far as he
does not regard it, he is inattentive (unachtsam.}
I regard myself more than every thing else ; and care more for (acliUn auf}
myself than every thing else.
Then I proceed to enlarge the sphere of these exercises by additions gradu-
ally more extensive, and thus progressively more variously developed and more
definite ; as, for instance : —
I shall.
I shall gain.
I shall gain my health by no other means.
I shall gain my health, after all that I have suffered, by no other means.
I shall gain my health, after all that I have suffered in my illness, by no other
means.
I shall gain my health, after all that I have suffered in my sickness, by no
other means than by temperance, &c., &c.
All these sentences are then each to be carried through the whole tense-
conjugation; as,
T shall gain.
Thou wilt gain, &c.
I shall gain my health.
Thou wilt gain thy health, &c.
The same may then be carried through the different tenses.
Care is taken to select, for these sentences, so firmly to be fixed in the child's
* In the German, all these sentences are constructed precisely like the first ; and are as
simple.— Trans.
Stand. To rest on the legs with the body upright.
o rest upon any thing with the bocly horizontal, &c., &c.
PESTALOZZI.— METHODS OF INSTRUCTION. 201
mind, such as shall be particularly instructive, elevating, and suitable to his
condition.
"With them I join examples of description of material objects, in order to ex-
ercise and strengthen in the children the powers which these exercises develop
in them. For instance : —
A bell is a bowl or vessel, open below, wide, thick, round, usually hanging
free, growing smaller from below up, egg-shaped at the top, and having in the
middle of it a perpendicular bar, hanging loose, which, upon a violent motion of
the bell, strikes it from below on both sides, and thus occasions the sound which
we hear from it.
Go. To move forward step by step.
Stand. T
Lie. To
I would gladly leave these exercises in language, at my death, as a legacy to
my pupils, making them, by means of brief observations annexed to the more
important verbs, a vehicle for conveying to their minds the same impressions
which have been made upon my own, by the experiences of my life on the sub-
jects of their significance. Thus I would make these exercises in words a
means of imparting truth, correct views, and pure feelings on all the doings and
failings of men. For example : —
Breathe, (athmen.') Thy life depends upon a breath. Man ! when thou snort-
est like a tyrant, and inspirest the pure air of the earth like poison into thy
lungs, what doest thou but to hasten to become breathless, and so free humanity,
weary of thy snorting, from thy presence.
But I must leave this part of the subject.
I have dwelt at length upon language as a means of the gradual clearing up
of our ideas. But it is the most important means for that purpose. My meth-
od of instruction is distinguished especially in this, that it makes more use of
language, as a means of lifting the child from obscure intuitions to intelligent
ideas, than has heretofore been the case; and also in this, that it excludes
from the first elementary instruction all combinations of words which presup-
pose an actual knowledge of language. Any one who admits how nature leads
to intelligent comprehension of all tilings by a clear comprehension of single
things, will admit also that single words must be clearly understood by the
child before he can intelligently comprehend them in connection ; and any one
who admits this, rejects at once all the received elementary books of instruc-
tion ; for they all presuppose an acquaintance with language in the child before
they communicate it to him. It is a remarkable fact that even the best school-
book of the last century forgot that the child must learn to talk before he can
be talked with. This omission is remarkable, but it is true ; and since I ob-
served it, I have wondered no longer that we can develop children into other
men than were trained by those who had so far forgotten both the piety and
the wisdom of antiquity. Language is an art — an immeasurable art ; or, rather,
the compendium of all the arts which our race has acquired. It is in a peculiar
sense the reflection of all the impressions which the whole extent of nature has
made upon our race. As such I use it, and seek, by means of its spoken
sounds, to produce in the children the same impressions which have occasioned
the production of the sounds by mankind. The gift of speech is a great one.
It gives the child, in a moment, what it has taken nature thousands of years to
give mankind. It is said of the poor beast, What would he be if he knew his
strength? And I say of man, What would he be if he knew his strength —
through language?
202 PESTALOZZI.— METHODS OF INSTRUCTION.
It is a great defect in the very heart of human education, that we have been
so forgetful of what was proper, as not only to do nothing toward teaching
the lower classes to speak, but as to have permitted the speechless to learn by
rote isolated abstract terms.
In truth, the Indians could not do more in order to keep their lower classes
eternally in stupidity, and in the lowest ranks of humanity.
Let these facts be denied by any one who dares. I appeal to all clergymen,
all authorities, all men who live among the people, who, in the midst of their
so great carelessness, are subjected to such a distorted and mistaken model of
fatherly care. Let any one who has lived among such a people stand forward,
and testify whether he has not experienced how difficult it is to get any idea
into the heads of the poor creatures. But all are agreed on the point. " Yes,
yes," say the clergy; "When they come to us they do not understand one
word of our instructions." " Yes, yes," say the judges; ."However right they
are, it is impossible for them to make any one understand the justice of their
cause." The lady says, pitifully and proudly, they are scarcely a step in advance
of beasts ; they can not be trained to any service. Fools, who can not count
five, look upon them as more foolish than themselves, the fools ; and villains of
all sorts cry out, each with the gesture natural to him, " "Well for us that it is
so ! If it were otherwise, we could no longer buy so cheaply, nor sell so dearly."
Nearly the same is the speech of all the boxes of the great European Chris-
tian comic theater, regarding the pit : and they can not speak otherwise of it ;
for they have been for a century making the pit more mindless than any Asiatic
or heathen one would be. I repeat my position once more : — The Christian
people of our portion of the world is sunken to this depth, because, for more
than a century, in its lower schools, a power over the human mind has been ac-
corded to empty words, which not only in itself destroyed the power of atten-
tion to the impressions of nature, but destroyed the very susceptibility itself of
men to them. I say, once more, that while this has been done, and has made
of our European Christian people the most wordy, rattle-box people on the face
of the earth, they have not been taught to speak. This being the case, it is no
wonder that the Christianity of this century and this part of the world has its
present prospects; it is, on the contrary, a wonder that, considering all the
bungling methods which have been proved upon it in our wordy and rattle-box
schools, it has retained so much of its native force as can still be recognized
every where in the hearts of the people. But, God be praised ! the folly of all
these apish methods will always find an end, an antagonist in human nature
itself; and will cease to injure our race, when it has reached the highest point
of its apishness which can be endured. Folly and error, in whatever garb, con-
tain the seeds of their own transitoriness and destruction ; truth alone, in every
form, contains within itself the seeds of eternal life.
The second elementary means, from which all human knowledge, and conse-
quently the existence of all means of instruction, proceeds and must proceed, is
FORM.
Instruction in form must precede the conscious intuition of things having
form ; whose representation, for purposes of instruction, must be deduced in
part from the nature of the means of intuition, and in part from the purpose of
instruction itself.
The whole sum of our knowledge comes,
PESTALOZZI.— METHODS OF INSTRUCTION. 203
1. Through the impressions derived from all things around us, when brought
into relation with our five senses. This mode of intuition is without rule, con-
fused, and its progress is very confused and tedious.
2. Through whatever is brought before our senses by the intervention of
methodic guidance, so far as this depends upon our parents and teachers. This
mode of intuition naturally corresponds to the intelligence and activity of our
parents and teachers, in respect to comprehensiveness and connection ; and is
of a more or less correct psychological character ; and, according to the same
rule, it pursues a course more or less rapid, and leading with more or less speed
and certainty toward the purpose of instruction, the attainment of intelligent
ideas.
3. Through our own determination to attain to knowledge, and to obtain intui-
tions by our independent striving after the various means of them. Knowl-
edge thus attained possesses a positive and proper value ; and, by giving to the
results of our intuitions a free existence within ourselves, brings us nearer to
the attainment of a moral influence upon our own education.
4. Through the results of effort and labor in our callings, and all activity
which has not mere intuition as its object. This department of knowledge con-
nects our intuitions with our situations and relations ; brings the results of those
intuitions into agreement with our duty and with virtue ; and, both by the con-
straining force of its progress and by our purposelessness as to its results, a
most important influence upon the correctness, completeness, and harmony of
our views, as related to the attainment of our purpose, intelligent ideas.
5. Through a means analogous to our intuitional knowledge ; inasmuch as it
instructs us in the properties of things not pertaining properly to our intuitions,
but in which we perceive a similarity to things which we know by our intui-
tions. This mode of intuition enables us to make our progress in knowl-
edge, which, as a result of actual intuition, is only the work of the five senses,
the work of our minds and of all their powers ; so that thus we enjoy as many
kinds of intuition as we have powers of mind. But the term intuition, in this
latter sense, has a more extended meaning than in the common usage of lan-
guage ; and includes the whole range of feelings which are by nature insepa-
rable from my mind.
It is important to be acquainted with the distinction between these two kinds
of intuitions ; in order to be able to comprehend the rules which apply to each
of them.
With this purpose, I return to the course of my discussion.
From the consciousness of intuition of things having form, comes the art of
geometry. This however depends upon a power of intuition which it is
important to distinguish from the primary means of knowledge, as well as from,
the mere simple intuition of things. From this power of intuition are devel-
oped all the departments of geometry and those deduced from them. But
this very faculty of intuition leads us, by the comparison of different objects, be-
yond the rules of surveying, to a freer imitation of the relations between those
objects — to drawing; and, lastly, we make use of the art of drawing in
writing.
GEOMETRY.
This presupposes an intuitional ABC; that is, the power of simplifying and
defining the rules of geometry by the accurate distinction of all the dissimilari-
ties which come before the intuition.
204 PESTALOZZI— METHODS OF INSTRUCTION.
I will draw attention again to the empirical succession which led me to my
views on this subject, and will give for this purpose an extract from my Report.
In this I say, " Having granted the principle that intuition is the basis of all
knowledge, it follows irresistibly that correct intuition is the proper basis of the
most correct opinions.
" But with reference to the method of education, thorough correctness of in-
tuition is evidently a result of measuring the subject to be judged of, or else of
a faculty of perceiving relations, so far developed as to make such measuring
superfluous. Thus a readiness at measuring correctly has, in education, an im-
mediate relation to the necessity of intuition. Drawing is a linear definition of
forms, whose shape and contents are correctly and fully defined by means of a
developed power of measuring.
" The principle that practice and readiness in measuring should precede prac-
tice in drawing, or at least must keep pace with it, is as obvious as it is unused.
But the process of our methods of education is, to begin with incorrect seeing ;
to build awry, then to pull down, and so on ten times over, until after a long
time the sense of relations becomes developed, and then at last we come to
what we should have begun with — to measuring. Such is the proceeding of
our methods, and yet we are so many thousands of years older than the Egyp-
tians and Etruscans, whose drawings all depend upon a trained power of meas-
uring, or in fact were at bottom nothing than measurings.
" And now the question comes up, By what means is the child to be trained
to this basis of all art, the right meaning of objects which come before his eyes ?
Evidently by a succession including the whole of all possible intuitions ; and
by an analysis of the square, according to simple, certain, and definite rules.
" Young artists, in the absence of such elementary exercises, find the means,
by long practice in their art, of acquiring greater or less facility in so placing
any object before their eyes and imitating it as it is in nature. And it can not
be denied that many of them, by painful and long-continued efforts, have, from
the most confused intuitions, attained to a sense of relations so far advanced
that the measuring of objects is superfluous to them. But then each individual
had a different system ; none of them had any nomenclature, for none of them
had any distinct conscious comprehension of the system ; and, accordingly, they
could not properly communicate it to their scholars. The latter were thus in
the same condition in which their teachers had been, and were obliged to attain
the same result — correct sense of relations — with the extremest exertion and
by long practice, and with their own means, or rather with no means at all.
Thus art remained in the possession of a few fortunate individuals, who had
time and leisure to travel by such an incommodious road to the requisite attain-
ment. Art could not be considered as concerning all men, nor could instruc-
tion in it be demanded as a universal right, although it is such. At least, this
can not be denied by any one who admits that it is the right of living men, in
an enlightened state, to be able to learn reading and writing ; for the tenden-
cies to draw, and the capacity for measuring, develop naturally and freely in
the child ; while the painstaking efforts which must be made in order to bring
him to spell and read, must be applied either with great skill or with harshness
and violence, if they are not to injure him more than reading is worth to him.
And drawing, if it is to promote the aim of instruction, the attainment of intel-
ligent ideas, is necessarily connected with the measuring of forms. The child
PESTALOZZI.— METHODS OF INSTRUCTION. 205
before whom an object is placed to be drawn before he can represent to him-
self its proportions in their whole form, and express himself upon it, cau never,
make the art, as it should be, an actual means of proceeding from obscure intui-
tions to intelligent ideas; nor procure from it the actual substantial advantage,
throughout his whole education and in harmony with the great purpose of it,
which it ought to and can afford him."
In order to establish the art of drawing upon this basis, it must be subordin-
ated to that of geometry ; and the subdivisions into angles and curves which
proceed from the rudimental form of the square, as well as the divisions of
curves by straight lines, must be arranged into regularly classified geometrical
forms. This has been done ; and I believe that I have arranged a series of geo-
metrical forms, whose use will as much facilitate the child's acquisition of geom-
etry, and his acquaintance with the proportions of all forms, as does the alpha-
bet of sounds his studies in language.
This intuitional alphabet* is a symmetrical subdivision of an equilateral square
into fixed geometrical forms, and evidently requires a knowledge of the origin
of the square ; that is, of horizontal and perpendicular lines.
The subdivision of the square by right lines produces means of determining
and measuring angles, circles, and all curves.
This is brought before the child in the following manner: —
The qualities of the right line are first explained to him by itself alone, and
drawn in various arbitrary directions; until a variety of exercises has given
him a clear apprehension of it, without reference to any ulterior application.
He is next made acquainted with right lines, as horizontal, perpendicular, and
oblique, and to distinguish them as inclining or extending toward the right or
left ; then with various parallel lines and their names, as horizontal, perpen-
dicular, and inclined parallels; then with the names of the different varieties
of angles formed by the intersection of these lines, so that he can distinguish
them as right, acute, and obtuse angles. He is then made acquainted with the
primitive of all geometrical forms, the equilateral triangle, which is formed by
the junction of two angles, and with its divisions into halves, fourths, sixths,
&c. ; and then with the circle and its variations, and to recognize and name
them and their forms.
All these definitions are to be done merely by the power of the eye ; and the
names of the geometrical forms are, in this part of the studies, merely square ;
horizontal and perpendicular quadrilateral, or rectangle; circle, semicircle,
quarter-circle ; first-oval, half-oval, and quarter-oval ; second, third, &c., oval ;
and thus he must be introduced to the use of these forms as means of geomet-
rical study; and must learn the nature of the relations by which they are
generated.
* I should here observe that the alphabet of intuition is the indispensable and only true
means of instruction in judging correctly of the forms of all things. Yet it has hitherto
been entirely neglected, until it is entirely unknown. For instruction in number and speech,
on the contrary, there are a hundred such means. But this want of means of instruction in
form is not merely a simple defect in the system of education to human knowledge — it is
also a breach in the necessary foundations of all knowledge. It is a defect of knowledge
upon a point to which knowledge of number and speech must be subordinated. My alpha-
bet of intuition will supply this serious defect in instruction, and assure the basis upon which
all other means of instruction must be founded. 1 beg such Germans as may be inclined to
form an opinion on the subject, to consider this position as the basis of my method ; upon
whose correctness or incorrectness depends the value or worthlessness of all my researches.
206 PE3TALOZZI.-METHODS OF INSTRUCTION.
The first means of reaching these results is —
1. The endeavor to teach the child to recognize and name the relations of
these geometrical forms.
2. To enable him to know and make use of them independently.
Preparation for this purpose has already been made in the "Book for Moth-
ers;'1'1 and various objects set before him — triangular, round, oval, wide, long,
and narrow. After this, various detached portions of the alphabet of intuition
are set before him, as a quadrilateral in quarters, eighths, sixths, &c., and cir-
cles, and half and quarter-circles, ovals, and half and quarter-ovals ; thus furn-
ishing him in advance with an obscure consciousness of the clear conception
which he must acquire under the instruction of the method, and the subsequent
application of these forms. He is also prepared for this conception and appli-
cation in the "Book for Mothers" in which are given, on one hand, the rudi-
ments of a definite nomenclature for these forms, and, on the other, the com-
mencement of arithmetic, which presupposes geometry.
The study of the alphabet of intuition will lead toward the same end ; for in
that alphabet speech and number, the means before used for attaining an ob-
scure consciousness, are made more clearly applicable to the definite aim of
geometry, and thus the pupil will gain a more assured power of expressing him-
self definitely as to the number and proportion of all forms.
3. The third means of attaining this purpose is the copying of forms them-
selves ; by means of which the children, using at the same time the two other
means above-mentioned, will generally gain not only intelligent ideas as to each
form, but the power of laying off each form with certainty. In order to gain
the first of those steps, the relations of the forms known to them in the first
course as horizontal and perpendicular quadrilaterals, are now to be brought out
by teaching them that " Horizontal quadrilateral, two are twice as long as wide ;
perpendicular quadrilateral, two are twice as high as wide," &c. ; going through
all the parts of the figure also. In this exercise, also, on account of the various
directions of the inclined lines of some quadrilaterals, it must be shown that, of
the horizontal ones, some are once and a half times as high as wide, &c., until
the description is easy. In like manner are to be studied the various directions
of inclined lines, and of acute and obtuse angles, as well as the various subdi-
visions of the circle, and the ovals and their parts, arising from the subdivisions
of the square.
By the recognition of these definite forms, the geometrical faculty develops
from an uncertain natural faculty of intuition to an artistic power according to
definite rules ; from which comes that power of judging correctly of the rela-
tions of all forms, which I call the power of intuition. This is a new power ;
which must precede the former usual and recognized views of the artistic culti-
vation of our powers, as their common and actual basis.
By means of it, every child arrives, in the simplest manner, at the power of
rightly judging of every object in nature according to its inner relations, and its
relations to other objects ; and of expressing himself with distinctness relatively
to it. By this method of proceeding he becomes able, when he sees any figure,
to define it accurately, not only as to the proportion between hight and breadth,
but as to the relations of every variation of its form from the equilateral tri-
angle, in curves and crooked outlines; and to apply to all these the names by
which these variations should be designated in the alphabet of intuition. The
PESTALOZZI. -METHODS OF INSTRUCTION. 207
means of attaining this power are within geometry itself, and are to be devel-
oped still further by drawing, especially by linear drawing ; and carried to such
a point, that his power of definitely measuring objects, with such a degree of
skill and accuracy, that after completing his course of elementary (fxercises he
will no longer need, even in the case of the most complicated objects, to pro-
ceed by actual geometrical rules, but can without assistance correctly determine
the relations of all their parts amongst each other, and express himself distinctly
respecting them.
Even children of inferior capacity attain to indescribably great results by the
development of this power. This assertion is no dream. I have taught chil-
dren on these principles ; and my theory on this subject is nothing except a re-
sult of my experience upon it. Let any one come and see the children. They
are still at the beginning of the course, but their beginning has carried them so
far that it must be a very extraordinary kind of man who can stand by and not
quickly be convinced ; and still their progress is by no means extraordinary.
DRAWING
Is the ability to represent to one's self, in similar lines, the outlines of any
object and what is contained within them, by means of merely looking at the
object, and thus to imitate it correctly.
This art is facilitated out of all measure by the new method, since it is,
throughout, an easy application of forms which have not only been brought be-
fore the intuition of the child, but by practice in imitating which he has ac-
quired actual geometrical ability.
The mode pursued is as follows : — As soon as the child can correctly and
readily draw the straight horizontal lines with which the alphabet of intuition
begins, there are sought for him, out of the chaos of intuitions, figures whose
outline requires nothing but the application of the horizontal lines which are
already easy to him, or at most only a not noticeable departure from them.
Then we proceed to the perpendicular line, and then to the right-angled trian-
gle, &c. ; and, in proportion as the child is more assured in the simple application of
these forms, we gradually pass from them to the application of them. The results
of the application of this rule, entirely coincident with the essence of physico-
mechanical laws, are no less in drawing than are those of the use of the alpha-
bet of intuition upon the geometrical powers of the child. In this course they
become thoroughly acquainted with the first elements of drawing before going
further ; and accordingly, even in the first stages of their progress, there is de-
veloped in them a perception of what the consequences of the thorough mas-
tery of the whole subject will be, and with this an endeavor after perfection,
and a perseverance in the attainment of their object, such as the foolishness
and disorderliness of the usual methods would never produce. The basis of
this progress is not merely in the cultivation of the hand ; it is founded upon
the innermost powers of human nature ; and practical books of geometrical
forms coming in succession afterward, enable the children, pursuing this course
on correct psychological principles, and under the proper conditions of physico-
mechanical laws, gradually to attain the desired point, namely, that the fur-
ther use of geometrical lines to be employed by the eye shall gradually become
entirely superfluous, and that, of the means of attaining their art, nothing shall
remain but the art itself.
208 PESTALOZZI.— METHODS OF INSTRUCTION.
WRITING.
Nature herself subordinates this art to drawing, and to all the means by
which the latter is taught to the child and carried to perfection; and, accord-
ingly, is actually and especially subordinate to geometry.
Writing ought, even still less than drawing, to be begun and pursued without
previous training in linear geometry; not only because it is itself a kind of lin-
ear drawing, and does not allow arbitrary variations from the fixed lines of its
forms, but more particularly because, if facility is acquired in it before drawing,
it must necessarily injure the hand for the latter, by confirming it in particular
forms before it has been sufficiently trained to a universal capacity for all forms,
euch as drawing requires. It is another reason why drawing should precede
writing, that it beyond measure facilitates the proper formation of the letters by
the child, thus saving him a great loss of time spent in weaning himself from
wrong forms which he has been acquiring for years together. This, again, is
of advantage to him during his whole course, in that, even in the first begin-
nings of study, he becomes conscious of the power to be acquired by the mas-
tery of it ; so that, even in the first part of his studies in writing, he becomes
resolved not to leave any thing incomplete or imperfect, in his rudimentary
acquirements.
Writing, like drawing, must be first commenced on the slate, with a pencil ;
children being competent to make a perfect letter on the slate, at an ago
When it would be infinitely difficult to teach them how to guide the pen.
This use of the slate-pencil before the pen is to be recommended, both in
writing and drawing, for the additional reason that it admits of the easy recti-
fication of errors ; while, by the remaining on the paper of a faulty letter, a
worse one is always made next.
And I shall cite, as a material advantage of this method, that the child will
wash from the slate even perfectly good work ; an advantage incredible to all
who do not know the importance of educating children without presumption,
and so as to prevent them from vanity in attaching value to the work of their
hands.
1 divide the study of writing into two epochs : —
1. That in which the child is to become familiar with the forms of letters and
their connection, independently of the use of the pen ; and
2. That in which his hand is to be trained to the use of the pen, the proper
instrument for writing.
During the first of these epochs I place the letters before the child, in strictly
correct forms ; and have caused a copy-book to be engraved, by means of which
the child, if he has the advantages consequent upon pursuing my whole meth-
od, can acquire facility in writing almost by himself without assistance.
The characteristics of this writing-book are : —
1. It dwells sufficiently long upon the rudimentary and fundamental forms of
the letters.
2 It proceeds gradually, only from the simple forms of the letters to the
complex.
3. It practices the child in the combination of several letters, beginning from
the moment when he can correctly write a simple one ; and goes on, step by
step, in the writing of such words as contain those letters only which he is
already able to make perfectly.
PESTALOZZI.-METHODS OF INSTRUCTION. 209
4. Lastly, it has the advantage of being cut up into single lines ; so that the
line to be written upon can always be made to stand immediately under the
copy.
In the second epoch, in which the child is to be introduced to the use of the
pen, the proper instrument for writing, he is practiced in the forms of the let-
ters and in their combinations, even to a higher degree of perfection ; and the
teacher's work is then only to apply this perfected skill in drawing these forms
to writing proper, by the use of the pen.
But the child must here also come at the new step in his progress with those
he has already made. His first copy for the pen is precisely like his copy for
the pencil ; and he must commence his practice with the pen by writing the
letters as large as he drew them, and only gradually becoming accustomed to
imitating the smaller usual forms of writing.
The psychology of all departments of education requires a clear distinction to
be preserved between their means ; and a keen discrimination as to which of
them the child can and should be made to practice at any age. As in all de-
partments, I apply this principle in writing also ; and by a steady adherence to
this principle, and with the help of the book of slate-pencil copies founded on
it, which has been prepared for children of four and five years of age, I confi-
dently assert that by this method even an unskillful schoolmaster, or a very
inexperienced mother, can instruct children, up to a certain point, in both plain
and ornamental writing, without having themselves been previously able to do
it. It is, in this particular, as every where, the main design of my method to
make home instruction again possible to our neglected people ; and to enable
every mother, whose heart beats for her child, to follow my elementary exer-
cises in a progressive order, quite to their end ; and to practice them through-
out with her children. To do this, she need be but a little way forward of the
child itself.
'My heart is lifted up by the blessed wishes that spring from this idea. But
when I first expressed distantly something of these hopes, I was answered, from
all sides, "The mothers among the people at large will not approve of it; " and
not only men from the common people, but men who teach the common peo-
ple— who teach them Christianity! — said to me, scoffingly, "You may search
all our villages up and down, but you will find no mother who will do what
you require from her." I answered them, " Then I will, by the use of these
means of mine, enable heathen mothers from the furthest north to do it ; and,
if it is really true that Christian mothers in peaceful Europe — that Christian
mothers in my fatherland — can not be carried forward as far as I will carry
heathen mothers from the wild north; — then I will call upon these gentlemen,
who are to-day thus insulting the people of the fatherland, whom they and
their fathers have hitherto taught, instructed, and directed ; and, if they dare
wash their hands of the blame, and say, " "We are guiltless of this inexpressible
shame of the people in peaceful Europe, we are guiltless of this unspeakable
disgrace of the best natured, most teachable, and patient of all the European
nations, the Swiss" — if they dare say, ""We and our fathers have done
what it was our duty to do, in order to remove from our father-land the name-
less unhappiness of this inhuman condition of our country and our father-land,
to prevent this decay of the first foundations of morality and religion in our
country and our father-land " — to these men. who dared to tell me, " You may
29
210 PESTALOZZI.-METHODS OF INSTRUCTION.
search the land up and down, but its mothers will not do nor desire what you
wish," I will reply, "Cry out to these unnatural mothers of our father-land, as
did Christ to Jerusalem, 'Mothers, mothers, how often have we wished to
gather you under the wings of wisdom, humanity, and Christianity, as a hen
gathers her chickens under her wings, and ye would not! '" If they dare do
this, then I .will be silent, and believe their assertion and their experience, in-
stead of believing in the mothers of the country, and in the hearts which God
has put into their breasts. But if they dare not, I will not believe in them, but in
the mothers, and in the hearts which God has put in their breasts ; and will
moreover meet the miserable statement with which they have rejected from
themselves the people of the land, like the production of an evil creation, and
proclaim it an insult to the people, to nature, and to truth ; and will go my way,
like a wanderer who in a distant forest hears a wind whose blowing he does not
feel. I must go my way, for the sake of what I desire to speak. I have all
my life seen all manner of such word-men, hardened in systems and ideals, with
no knowledge or respect for the people ; and the appearance of those who to-
day are, as I have shown, insulting the people, is more similar to theirs than
any other that I know. Such men believe themselves to be upon an eminence,
and the people at a depth far below them ; but they are mistaken on both
points, and like wretched apes, by the arrogance of their miserable nature, hin-
dered and made incapable of right judgment on the real value of actual animal
power, or that of real human endowments ; thus these wretched word-men are,
even by the loftiest attainments of their unnatural course, become incapable of
observing that they are walking on stilts, and that they must get down from
their wretched wooden legs, in order to be planted as firmly as common people
are, upon God's earth. I am forced to pity them. I have heard many of these
wretched word-men say, with such a mixture of nun-like innocence and rabbin-
ical wisdom, " "What can be better for the people than the Heidelberg cate-
chism and the psalter ? " that I have been forced, out of consideration for hu-
manity, to give up my respect for even the foundation of this error. And even
if I would excuse the error, it would still be an error, and will be. Men are
ever like themselves ; and book -learned men, and their pupils, have likewise
been so. I will therefore open my mouth no longer against the verbiage of
their human sayings, and the tinkling bells of their ceremoniousness, and the
delightful foolish frame of mind which must naturally thence arise ; but will
only say, with that greatest of men, who ever beneficially advocated the cause
of truth, the people, and love, against the errors of the book-learned, " Lord,
forgive them, for they know not what they do."
But to return : The study of writing seems to appear, in the third place, as an
introduction to learning speech. It is, indeed, essentially, nothing but a pecu-
liar and special application of the latter.
As, therefore, writing, considered as a study of form, comes according to my
method into connection with geometry and drawing, and thus enjoys all the ad-
vantages derivable from the early development of those studies, so, as a special
department of the study of speech, it comes into connection with all that has
been done, from the cradle upward, by the method for the development of that
faculty, and enjoys the same advantages which were secured and established-
for it, from the previous training of it by the " Book for Mothers" and the spell-
ing and reading-book.
PESTALOZZI.— METHODS OF INSTRUCTION. 211
A child taught by this method knows the spelling-book and the first reading-
book almost by rote ; he knows, to a great extent, the basis of orthography
and speech ; and when he has acquired facility in the forms of writing, by means
of the pencil-book and the first exercises, so far as concern single letters and
their connection, he will need no special copies to proceed in his studies in writ-
ing, for he will then, by means of his knowledge of speech and orthography,
have the substance of all the copies in his head, and can write down, from the ac-
quaintance he has acquired with the spelling and reading-books, whole series
of words ; by which Ms knowledge of language is continually increased, and
his memory and imagination trained.
The advantages of exercises in writing thus arranged, and connected with
those in language, are as follows: —
1. They continually increase the grammatical facility which the child has
already acquired, and make its basis in his mind more firm. This can not fail
to be the case ; for the arrangement of the reading-book, in which nouns, ad-
verbs, verbs, conjunctions, &c., stand in separate columns, enables him to write
them down as they stand ; by which means he acquires the power of determ-
ining at once in which series any word belongs that comes before him. In this
manner even the rules applicable to these classes of words will shape them-
selves in his mind.
2. By these exercises in language, according to the method, is also cultivated
the general power of arriving at intelligent ideas ; for the child may, as a writ-
ing-exercise, write out his dictionary, according to the headings and distinctions
of the series of subdivisions which he has already learned, into groups of words,
and thus arrange for himself orderly, generalized views of the various classes of
things.
3. The means of gradually attaining to intelligent ideas by writing-exercises
are re-enforced in two ways : first, because the pupil gains practice both by the
writing and reading-lessons, through the elucidatory juxtapositions of the im-
portant nouns, verbs, adverbs, &c. ; and, second, he gains independent power in
discovering and adding the ideas derived from his own experience to the various
series of terms whose chief conceptions he has made his own while engaged
in studying reading.
Thus, in the writing-exercises, for example, he sets down not only the names
of what he has learned in the reading-book to call "high" and "pointed," but
he practices himself, and the very task stimulates him to do so, in remembering
and adding such objects as he recollects, within his own experience, of that
form.
I will give an example, to illustrate the investigating spirit of children as to
such additions.
I gave out to them the word " Three-cornered ;" of which, along with a
country schoolmaster, they furnished the following instances : —
Three-cornered : Triangle ; plumb-level ; half a neck-cloth ; carpenter's square ;
a kind of tile ; bayonet; prism; beech-nut; engraver's scraper; wound left by
leech ; blade of a sword-cane ; buckwheat kernel ; leg of a pair of dividers ; the
under surface of the nose; leaf of "Good Henry;" spinach leaf; seecl-pod of
tulip ; figure 4 ; seed-pod of shepherd's pouch.
They found still others on tables, and in round windows, which they were
unable to give names for.
The like is the case with reference to the addition of adjectives to the nouns.
212 PESTALOZZI. -METHODS OF INSTRUCTION.
For instance, the children annexed to the nouns eel, egg, evening, not only all
the adjectives which they had learned as annexed to them in the reading-book,
but those also which their own experience enabled them to add as appropriate.
Thus, by this mode of collecting the qualities of all things, they arrive, by the
simplest of processes, at the means of becoming acquainted and familiar with
the nature, essence, and qualities of all things, from various directions, and in
a mode harmonizing with their own experience. The same is true of verbs ;
as, for instance, if the children are to elucidate the verb "to observe," by ad-
ding nouns and adverbs to it, they would elucidate or accompany them, not
only with the words which they had found accompanying them in the reading-
book, but would add others, as in the previous case.
The consequences of these exercises are far-reaching. The descriptions
which the children have learned by rote, as of the bell, going, standing, lying,
the eye, the ear, &c., become definite and universal guides to them, by means
of which they become able to express themselves, both orally and in writing,
as to every thing with whose form and contents they become acquainted. It
will of course be observed, that this result can be reached, not by isolated, ex-
clusive practice in writing, but by connecting it with the whole series of means
by which the method gradually elevates its pupils to the attainment of intelli-
gent ideas.
It is also, as standing in connection with the whole course of instruction, that
I say of the study of writing, that it should be completed, not merely as an art,
but as a business acquirement ; and that the child should be carried to such a
degree of facility in it, that he shall be able to express himself as distinctly
respecting it, and use it as easily and as universally, as speaking.
The third elementary means of our knowledge is
NUMBER.
While sound and form lead us toward the intelligence of ideas, and the intel-
lectual independence which are attained through them, by the use of various
means of instruction subordinate to themselves, arithmetic is the only depart-
ment of instruction which makes use of no such subordinate means, but seems,
throughout the whole extent of its influence, to be only a simple result of the
primitive faculty, by which we represent clearly to ourselves, in all cases of in-
tuition, the relations of greater and less, and, in cases where measurement is
impossible, to form a perfectly clear idea of the relation.
Sound and form often, and in various ways, contain within themselves a germ
of error and delusion ; but number, never : it alone leads to infallible results ;
and, if geometry makes the same claim, it can be only by means of the applica-
tion of arithmetic, and in conjunction with it ; that is, it is infallible, as long as
it arithmeticizes.
Since, therefore, this department of instruction, which leads with most cer-
tainty toward the purpose of all instruction — intelligent ideas — must be hon-
ored as the most important of all the departments, it is therefore evident that it
must also be pursued universally, and with the utmost care and wisdom ; and
that it is of the utmost importance for the attainment of the ultimate object of
education ; and also that it should be put in a form which shall admit all the
advantages which a profound psychology and a most comprehensive knowledge
of the invariable laws of the physical mechanism of instruction can secure. I
PESTALOZZI.— METHODS OF INSTRUCTION. 213
have, therefore, made the utmost efforts to bring arithmetic before the intuition
of the child, as the clearest result of these laws ; and not only to reduce the
element of it in the mind to that simplicity which they wear in the actual phe-
nomena of nature, but also to preserve this same simplicity without any varia-
tion, strictly and without exception, in every step of onward progress ; in the
conviction that even the furthest attainments in this study can only be the
means of true enlightenment — that is, means of attaining to intelligent ideas
and correct views — so far as it is developed in the human mind in the same
order of progress in which it proceeds from nature herself, from the very
beginning.
ARITHMETIC.
This arises wholly from the simple collocation and separation of several uni-
ties. Its primitive formula is evidently as has been stated. One and one make
two, and one from two leaves one. Every figure, whatever its value, is in
itself only a mode of abbreviating this rudimentary form of all computation.
It is, however, important that the recollection of the primitive form of the rela-
tions of numbers should not be weakened in the mind by the abbreviated
means of arithmetic; but that they should, by means of the forms in which the
study is pursued, be carefully and deeply impressed upon it; and that all prog-
ress in this department toward the end proposed should be founded upon that
deeply-seated consciousness of the material relations, which lies at the basis of
all arithmetic. If this does not happen, the very first means of attaining
intelligent ideas would be degraded to a mere plan of memory and imagination,
and thus made powerless for its real object.
This must, of course, be the case ; for if, for instance, we learn by rote that
three and four are seven, and then proceed to use this seven as if we really
knew that three and four made it, we should deceive ourselves ; for the inner
truth of the seven would not be in us, since we should not be conscious of the
material basis which alone can give the empty words any truth for us. The
fact is the same in all the departments of human knowledge. Drawing, in like
manner, if not based upon the geometry from which it is deduced, loses that
internal truthfulness, by means of which only it can lead us toward intelligent
ideas.
I begin, in the " Book for Mothers" to endeavor to make upon the child that
firm impression of the relations of numbers, as such actual interchanges of more
and less, as may be observed in objects discernible by the eye. The first tables
of that work contain a series of objects intended to bring distinctly before the
eyes of the children the ideas of one, two, three, &c., up to ten. Then I let the
children select from the pictures the objects which represent one; then the
twos, threes, &c. Then I make the same relations familiar to them by their
fingers, or with peas, small stones, or such other objects as may be at hand ;
and I daily renew the consciousness of the numbers hundreds and hundreds of
times, by the division of words into syllables and letters on the spelling-board,
and asking, How many syllables has that word? What is the first? The sec-
ond? &c. In this manner the primitive form of all arithmetic becomes deeply
impressed upon the children's minds, by which means they become familiar
with the means of abbreviating it, by figures, with the full consciousness of
their inner truth, before proceeding to the use of the figures without keeping this
background of intuition before their eyes. Aside from the advantage of thus
214 PESTALOZZI.-METIIODS OF INSTRUCTION.
making arithmetic a basis for intelligent ideas, it is incredible how easy the
study thus becomes, even to children, through this assured preparation of the in-
tuition ; and experience shows that the beginning even is difficult only because
this psychological rule is not used to the proper extent. I must, therefore, go
somewhat more into detail upon such of my rules as are here applicable.
Besides the steps already mentioned, and after them, I make use of the spell-
ing-tablets also as a means of teaching arithmetic. I call each tablet one, and
begin with the child at a time when it can learn its letters, to instruct it in the
knowledge of the relations of numbers. I lay down one tablet, and ask the
child, "Are there many tablets?" He answers, "No; only one." Then I
put one more, and say, " One and one. How many is it? " The child answers,
" One and one are two." And so I go on, adding only one at a time, then two.
three, &c., at a time.
When the child has thoroughly mastered the combinations of one and one, as
far as ten, and states them with entire facility, I put the spelling-tablets before
him in the same manner, but vary the question, and say, " If you have two
tablets, how many times one tablet have you ? " The child sees, reckons, and
answers correctly, " If I have two tablets, I have twice one tablet."
When he has thus, by the limited and often-repeated computation of their
parts, gained a clear understanding of the number of ones in each of the first
numbers, the question is varied again, and he is asked, with the tablets in sight
as before, " How many times one are two ? how many times one are three ? "
&c. ; and again, " How many times is one in two; in three ?"&c. When the
child has thus become acquainted with the simplest rudimentary forms of addi-
tion, multiplication, and division, and intuition has enabled him to master the
essence of the processes, the next step is to make him thoroughly acquainted,
in like manner, by intuition, with the rudimentary forms of subtraction. This
is done as follows : — From the whole ten tablets together I take away one, and
ask, "If you take away one from ten, how many remains? " The child reck-
ons, finds nine, and answers, " If I take one away from ten, there remain nine."
Then I take away another, and ask, " One less than nine is how many? " The
child reckons again, finds nine, and answers, "One less than nine is eight."
And so it proceeds to the end.
This mode of explaining arithmetic can be practiced by means of the follow-
ing series of figures : —
1 11 11 11 &c.
1 111 111 111 &c.
1 1111 1111 1111 &c.
When the additions in one of these columns are finished, they may be used
for subtraction ; e. g. : — ,
If one and two are three, and two and three make five, and two and five
make seven, &c., up to twenty-one ; then two tablets may be removed, and the
question asked, " Two less than twenty-one is how many ? " and so on, until
none are left.
The knowledge of the greater or less number of objects, which is awakened
in the child by the laying before him of actual movable bodies, is strengthened
again by the use of arithmetical tables, by means of which the same succes-
sions of relations are set before him in lines and points. These tables are used
as guides, in reference to computing with real objects, as the spelling-book is in
PESTALOZZI.-METHODS OF INSTRUCTION. £15
connection with writing words on the blackboard ; and when the child has pro-
ceeded as far, in reckoning with real objects, as these tables, which are entirely
based on intuition, his apprehension of the actual relations of numbers will
have become so strengthened, that the abbreviated modes of proceeding by the
usual figures, even without the intuition of objects, will be incredibly easy to
him, while his mind will have been preserved from error, defects, and fanciful
instructions. Thus it may be said, with strict correctness, that such a study of
arithmetic is exclusively an exercise of the reason, and not at all of the memo-
ry, nor any mechanical routine practice ; but the result of the clearest and most
definite intuitions, and leading to nothing except to intelligent ideas.
But as increase and decrease takes place, not only by increase and decrease
of the number of single objects, but by the division of single objects into sev-
eral parts, there thus arises a second form of arithmetic, or, rather, a method is
offered by which each single object may itself be made the basis of an infinite
partition of itself, and an infinite division into single parts existing within it.
And as, in the previous form of arithmetic, the number one was taken as the
starting-point for the increase and decrease in the number of single objects, and
as the basis of the intuitional knowledge of all their changes, in like manner a
figure must be found in the second form of arithmetic which shall occupy the
same place. It must be infinitely divisible, and all its parts alike ; a figure by
which the parts in fractional arithmetic, each first as part of a whole, and again
as independent, undivided unities, may be brought before the intuition in such
a way that every relation of a fraction to its integer may be presented to the
child's eye as definitely and accurately as, by our method, in the simple form
of arithmetic, the number one was seen by him to be distinctly contained three
times in three.
No figure will serve this purpose except the equilateral square.
By means of this figure we can place before the eye of the child the relation
of the parts to unity ; that is, the progressive series of fractions, beginning with
the universal starting-point of all increase and decrease, the number one, with
as much distinctness as we formerly set before him in a sensible form the in-
crease and decrease of whole unities. I have also prepared an intuitional table
of fractions, in eleven columns, each consisting of ten squares. The squares in
the first column are whole, those in the second are divided into two equal parts,
those in the third into three, &c., as far as ten. This simply-divided table is
followed by a second, in which these simple intuitional divisions are continued
in a further progression. The squares, which in the first table are divided into
two equal parts, are now divided into two, four, six, eight, ten, twelve, four-
teen, sixteen, eighteen, and twenty parts ; those in the next column into three,
six, nine, twelve, &c.
As this intuitional alphabet consists of geometrical forms, which are derived
from the tenfold subdivision of an equilateral square, it is evident that we have
established a common source for the alphabet of intuition, and this arithmetical
alphabet ; or, rather, that we have established such a harmony between the
elementary means of instruction in form and number, that our geometrical
forms are made the primary basis of the relations of numbers, and the funda-
mental relations of numbers, on the other hand, the primary basis of the geo-
metrical forms.
In this manner we arrive at the conclusion that we can not teach children
216 PESTALOZZl.-METHODS OF INSTRUCTION.
arithmetic, under our method, except by the use of the same alphabet which
we used previously as an alphabet ol intuition in the more restricted sense ;
that is, as a basis for measuring, writing, and drawing.
The child's apprehension of the actual material relations of all fractions will
become so clear by the use of this table, that the study of fractions in the usual
figures, as in the case of the arithmetic of integers, will become incredibly easy.
Experience shows that by this method the children arrive four or five years
earlier at a proper facility by this method than could possibly be the case without
its use. These exercises also, as well as the previous ones, preserve the child's
mind from confusion, omissions, and fanciful instructions ; and in this respect
also it may be said, with distinctness, that this mode of studying arithmetic is
exclusively a training of the reason ; in no sense a mere exercise of memory,
nor any routine mechanical process. It is the result of the clearest and most
definite intuitions ; and leads, by an easy path, through correct understanding,
to truth.
[The following " Course of Instruction " pursued in the Normal and
Model Schools of the British Home and Colonial Infant and Juvenile
School Society, on Gray's Inn Road, London, presents some interesting
applications, as well as modifications, of Pestalozzi's methods of element-
ary instruction as set forth in the foregoing extracts from "How Ger-
trude Teaches Her Children." ]
NORMAL SCHOOL FOR PRIMARY SCHOOL TEACHERS. 2 1 7
COURSE of INSTRUCTION for the TEACHERS in training af the HOME and COLONIAL
INFANT and JUVENILE SCHOOL SOCIETY.
I. SCRIPTURE. — The authenticity of the Bible and the evidences of Christianity ;
a general view of the different books of the Bible ; a daily Scripture text with re-
marks, chiefly of a practical nature ; instruction in the most important doctrines of
the Bible to promote real religion, the lessons especially bearing upon the duties
and trials of teachers.
II. WRITING AND SPELLING.
III. LANGUAGE. — Grammar; etymology; composition.
IV". NUMBER.— Mental arithmetic ; ciphering.
V. FORM. — Lines and angles ; superficies ; solids.
VI. NATURAL HISTORY. — Mammals ; birds ; plants.
VII. ELEMENTARY DRAWING. — For the cultivation of taste and invention; as an
imitative art.
VIII. VOCAL Music. — Singing ; the notation of music.
IX. GEOGRAPHY. — A general view of the world ; England and its colonies ;
Palestine.
X. OBJECTS. — The parts, qualities, and uses of common objects ; the essential
properties of matter.
XL — EDUCATIONAL LESSONS. — Principles of education as founded on the nature
of children ; on the government of children, and moral training ; on subjects for
lessons ; on graduated instruction ; on methods of teaching ; on writing and giving
XIL PHYSICAL EXERCISES.
First or Lowest Class.— Six Weeks.
The students in this class are chiefly occupied in receiving instruction for their own improve-
ment, with a view to their future training.
H. M. Morning.
8 15. The business of the day is commenced with a text from Scripture, and remarks. This is
followed by an educational motto, setting forth some principle or practice of education,
on which a few remarks are also made.
8 30. A lesson on Scripture.
9 15 Practice in singing pieces from vf Hymns and Poetry."
9 30. A lesson on objects, or the properties of matter.
10 30. Recreation.
10 45. Observing a lesson given to the children in one of the practicing schools by the superin-
tendent of those schools.
11 30. A lesson on language.
12 30. Dismissal. Afternoon.
2 0. A lesson previously given in the preparatory or practising schools, examined as to its
object, and the method of giving it.
3 0. A lesson on number.
4 0. A lesson in singing and the notation of music, or in drawing, for the cultivation of taste
and invention.
5 0. Walking exercise on Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
5 30. Dismissal on Tuesday and Thursday.
Evening.
6 30. Scripture instruction, or analyzing lessons in " Model Lessons."
7 30. Entering' heads of lessons in note-books.
9 15. Dismissal.
Saturday.
8 15 A Scripture text and educational motto, as on the previous days.
8 30. Scripture instruction.
9 30. Gymnastics, under a drill-sergeant.
10 30. Scripture instruction.
11 30. Entering heads of lessons in note-books.
Note.— The afternoon of Saturday is a holiday for all the teachers in the Institution.
Second Class.— Twelve Weeks.
As the students now begin what may properly be called their training, more time is appropil-
ated to the principles and practice of early education.
H. M. Morning.
ft 15. A Scripture text and educational motto as to the lowest class.
8 30. A lesson to the upper section of the class in geography, or on the principles and practice
of early education, and to the lower section on Scripture.
9 15. A lesson on number or drawing as an imitative art.
10 0. In charge of classes of children in the schools, or a continuation of the lesson on drawing.
10 45. A lesson on the principles and practice of early education.
11 30. Attending and remarking on gallery lessons given by students of the class
12 30. Dismissal.
218
NORMAL SCHOOL FOR PRIMARY SCHOOL TEACHERS.
H. M. Afternoon.
2 0. In charge of classes of children m the schools.
2 30. Observing a lesson given to the children by the mistress of the infant school.
3 0. Drawing up sketches of lessons, or analyzing lessons in "Model Lessons," or other exer-
cises of the same kind.
4 0. Notation of music, or practising drawing.
5 0. Walking exercise on Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
Evening,
6 30. A lesson on Scripture, or natural history.
7 30. Entering notes in daily journals.*
9 15. Dismissal.
Saturday.
& 15. A Scripture text and educational motto, as in the other days of the week.
fe 30. A lesson to the upper section of the class on geography, and to the lower section on
Scripture.
9 30. Gymnastics.
10 30. A lesson on Scripture.
11 30. Entering notes in daily journals.
Third Class.— Six Weeks.
The previous instruction and practice of the students is now brought to bear upon the govern-
ment of large numbers of children, and the time is chiefly employed as assistants in the schools,
or in taking the entire management of one of the small practicing schools. When they are not so
employed, their time is occupied as follows, viz. :
H. M. Morning.
8 15. A Scripture text and educational motto.
* 30. A lesson on the principles and 'practice of early education, or on geography.
9 15. In the schools employed as general assistants.
12 30. Dismissal.
Afternoon.
2 0. In the schools as before.
5 0. Dismissal. Evening.
6 30. A lesson on natural history or Scripture.
7 30. Entering notes in daily journals.
9 15. Dismissal. Saturday.
8 15. A Scripture text and educational motto.
8 30. A lesson on geography.
9 30. Gymnastics.
10 30. A Scripture lesson.
11 30. Entering notes in daily journals.
Time allotted to each, subject of study.
The following table exhibits the time weekly allotted in the different classes to each subject of
study, and also the average weekly time.
—
First or
Lowest
Class.
Second Class.
Third
Class.
A v 'race
Weekly
First
Period.
Second
Period.
I. General Improvement : — Scripture ....
Writing and spelling, reports of lessons, tec.
Language .--..-.--
Number and form .......
Natural history ......
Geography, including the Holy Land -
Objects _ -
Vocal music ......
Drawing ......
Gymnastics and walking exercise -
II. Lessons on the principles and practice of early education
III. Practice in the Schools: — Taking charge of classes, >
and afterwards of galleries of children j
Giving an opinion on the lessons of other teachers, »
Giving lessons publicly - - - - - \
Attending as assistants in the schools -
Having the sole charge of schools under inspection -
Recapitulation : — General improvement ...
Principles and practice of education -
H. M.
8 30
10 30
6 15
5 0
0 0
0 0
6 15
4 15
3 0
1 0
H. M.
7 0
12 30
2 15
0 0
3 0
1 0
0 0
3 0
5 0
1 0
H. M.
7 0
12 30
0 0
2 15
3 0
1 15
0 0
3 0
5 0
1 0
H. M.
3 45
10 30
0 0
0 0
3 0
2 30
0 0
0 0
0 0
1 0
H. M.
6 34
11 30
2 7
1 49
2 15
1 11
1 34
2 34
3 15
1 0
11 15
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
12 30
12 45
3 0
9 45
4 0
4 30
0 0
0 0
4 0
4 30
0 0
0 0
34 45
12 45
8 30
0 0
0 0
32 15
0 0
20 45
3 0
32 15
2 0
2 15
0 0
10 13
34 0
9 45
12 15
56 0
44 45
11 15
0 0
35 0
12 30
8 30
Total number of hours weekly -
56 0
56 0
56 0
56 0
• Much time and ' attention are given to these journals, both by the students and those who instruct them, ag
Well as by the ladies of the Committee, to whom they are «eut for examination.
NORMAL SCHOOL FOR PRIMARY SCHOOL TEACHERS. 219
It is deemed unnecessary to give any syllabus of the courses of ordinary in-
struction, but the following syllabus of lessons on the principles and practice of
early education, is annexed, as it shows what is in some degree peculiar to tin's in-
stitution.
First Course.
It is a distinctive feature at this course that the ideas are chiefly gained from
examples presented to the students. The lessons are mainly explanatory of the
examples.
I. Lesson on the daily routine of employment in the Institution. The instruc-
tions by the committee for students. General rules and regulations.
IL Examination and analysis of lessons from " Model Lessons," viz. : —
Lessons on objects, Part L p. 61-93.
" color, Part I. p. 149-157.
animals, Part I. p. 160-165.
" number, Part L p. 103-140.
Scripture Lessons, Part IIL p. 1-28.
III. Drawing out sketches of lessons on various subjects, after the example of
those analyzed.
I.— On Objects.
1. On a shell or leaf, according to the model of a lesson on a feather.
2. Copper or iron .... lead.
3. Tea or sealing wax ..." loaf sugar.
4. Vinegar or ink " " milk
5. Recapitulation.
6. Parchment
7. Cloth
8. Pipeclay .
9. Wood or rice
10. Recapitulation.
11. A candle or hammer
12. A turnip or acorn
13. An ess
paper,
leather,
chalk,
coal
lead.
a rose-leaf.
honeycomb.
14. A bird or bee . ..." a butterfly.
15. Recapitulation.
IL — On Animals.
1. Sheep . model — hare. 2. Goat . model — cow.
IIL— On Color.
1. The color blue . model — red. 2. Color yellow . model — green.
IV. Lessons in which " Practical Remarks " form the text-book.
V. On the art of questioning children, and on the different methods of giving
lessons.
The students afterwards draw out lessons in full, according to models
given.
VL On the best method of drawing out children's observation upon the objects
around them, and upon the circumstances in which they are placed, and
on fixing the knowledge so gained in the mind.
VIL The characteristics of young children that must be kept in view and acted
upon, in order to secure their attention, to interest them in their lessons,
and to gain ascendency over them.
1. Love of activity.
2. Love of imitation.
3. Curiosity, or love of knowledge.
4. Susceptibility to kindness and sympathy.
5. Deficiency in the power of attention.
6. The love of frequent change.
7. The force of early association.
8. Disposition to repeat the means by which they have once at-
tained their ends.
220 NORMAL SCHOOL FOR PRIMARY SCHOOL TEACHERS.
VIII. On the senses, and the use to be made of them in early education.
IX. The gallery lessons given to the children of the preparatory or practicing
schools, as to the subjects, the manner of treating them, and their bear-
ing upon the education of the children.
First Preparatory School. — 1. Form — 1st step.
2. Color — 1st and 2nd step.
3. Size — 1st step.
4. Actions — 1st step.
5. Human body — 1st step.
6. Objects — 1st step.
7. Number — 1st step.
8. Religious instruction — 1st step.
9. Sounds — 1st step.
Second Preparatory School. — 1. Form — 2nd step.
2. Color— 3rd and 4th step.
3. Size — 2nd step.
4. Actions — 2nd step.
5. Place — 1st step.
6. Objects — 2nd step.
7. Animals — 2nd step.
8. Number — 2nd and 3rd step.
9. Moral instruction — 2nd step.
10. Religious instruction — 2nd step.
11: Sounds — 2nd step.
X. A general view of the different subjects of instruction in the preparatory
schools, with a view to lead the students to draw from them principles
and plans of teaching.
Second Course.
I. Instructions on familiar or conversational lessons, and on the subjects chosen
for these lessons, in the preparatory schools.
IL Analysis of lessons in "Model Lessons."
- 1. Form, Part II. p. 150-226.
2. The human body, Part I p. 24-50.
3. A flower, Part II. p. 65-76.
4. Scripture lessons, Part II. p. 1-21.
5. Bible examination, Part II. p. 125-132.
IIL Drawing up sketches of lessons in writing, according to a given model,
first, singly, and then in a series or course.
Objects.
1. On sugar, after the model of the lesson on bread.
2. Spices and liquids corns.
3. Leather and silk " " cotton.
Animals.
1. On a tiger . . . Model — A pheasant
2. The elephant and the cat . " A pig.
3. Different kinds of teeth . " Different kinds of feet
of animals.
4. Comparison of parts of a
quadruped and bird. . . " Hand and foot
Scripture Illustrations.
1. The sun and the dew. Model — The rainbow.
2. Sheep — lion " The vine.
3. Fishermen of Galilee " The shepherds of Judsea.
Scripture Narratives.
1. On the Prodigal Son, and on > Model — Joseph's forgiveness
2. The Brazen Serpent . $ of lib brethren.
NORMAL SCHOOL FOR PRIMARY SCHOOL TEACHERS. 221
8. David's Veneration for his King " Solomon's respect
for his mother.
4. The Nobleman's Son. « Mark x. 46 to 52.
In Series or Course.
1. A variety of sketches, after the model of the lesson on
water.
2. A series of sketches on a given subject on
prayer, <^ U C **4fe.
,.^ ^ llllllllllliiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiHiiyii %.
w #* \
/
%
D73173q^s
c^
O*
^
/\
*,
n x-x
JJ /\
-*^ v
/ ^
,*v
^ ^
XX
^
^ <^
** *
\/
/x
'! y \
•P
%-, y
*> ^
/\
*,
r W
\/
r-U,
\ ^
V ^
7\
$j&
\